U.S. Department
of Transportation
Federal Aviation
Administration
Initiated By: AJR-0 Distribution: ZAT-712, ZAT-423 (External)
Vice President, System Operations Services
Order JO 7110.10T
Flight Services
February 14, 2008
An electronic version of this publication is on the internet at
http://www.faa.gov/atpubs
This web version contains Change 1, dated 7/31/2008
DIRECTIVE NO.
RECORD OF CHANGES JO 7110.10T
CHANGE
TO
BASIC
SUPPLEMENTS
OPTIONAL
CHANGE
TO
BASIC
SUPPLEMENTS
OPTIONAL
FAA Form 1320-5 (6-80) USE PREVIOUS EDITION
JO 7110.10T CHG 1
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION
CHANGE
Initiated By: AJR-0 Distribution: ZAT-712: ZAT-423 (External)
Vice President, System Operations Services
SUBJ: FLIGHT SERVICES
1._PURPOSE. This change transmits revised pages to Order JO 7110.10T, Flight Services, and a
Briefing Guide.
2._DISTRIBUTION. This change is distributed to select offices in Washington headquarters,
regional offices, the William J. Hughes Technical Center, and the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center;
to all air traffic field facilities and international aviation field offices; and to interested aviation public.
3._EFFECTIVE DATE. July 31, 2008.
4._EXPLANATION OF CHANGES. See the Explanation of Changes attachment which has
editorial corrections and changes submitted through normal procedures. The Briefing Guide lists only
new or modified material, along with background information.
5._DISPOSITION OF TRANSMITTAL. Retain this transmittal until superseded by a new basic
order.
6._PAGE CONTROL CHART. See the Page Control Chart attachment.
JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08
Explanation of Changes E of C-1
Flight Services
Explanation of Changes
Direct questions through appropriate facility/service center office staff
to the Office of Primary Interest (OPI)
a. 4-3-8. DEPARTURE REPORTS
This change adds an exception for locations where the IFR
facility has requested omission of the report, provided the
procedures are specified in a letter of agreement between
the flight service station and departure control facility.
b. 4-4-8. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT
INFORMATION SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSSs
ONLY
This new paragraph establishes procedures for the use of
the AFIS by FSS ATCS personnel in 11 of the FSSs in
Alaska. This change cancels and incorporates
N_JO_7110.483, Alaska Automatic Flight Information
Service (AFIS), effective June 3, 2008.
c. 6-2-3. ALASKA SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The address PANCYAYI is no longer valid and FIFO no
longer needs this information directly from FSSs/AFSSs.
Paragraph deleted.
d. Editorial/format changes were made where
necessary. Revision bars were not used because of the
insignificant nature of these changes.
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
Page Control Chart 1
PAGE CONTROL CHART
REMOVE PAGES DATED INSERT PAGES DATED
Table of Contents iii through x . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 Table of Contents iii through x . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
4-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
4-2-2 and 4-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-2-2 and 4-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08
4-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
4-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08
4-3-4 and 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-3-4 and 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
4-4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-4-5 through 4-4-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
6-2-1 and 6-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 6-2-1 and 6-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
6-2-5 and 6-2-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 6-2-5 and 6-2-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
6-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 6-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
6-6-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 6-3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08
7-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 7-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08
7-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 7-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
10-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 10-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
10-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 10-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08
14-1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08
14-1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
14-1-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08
14-1-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
PCG-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 PCG-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
PCG A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 PCG A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08
PCG A-4 through A-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 PCG A-4 through A-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
Index I-1 and I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 Index I-1 and I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Foreword
Flight Services
JO 7110.10T
Foreword
This order prescribes air traffic control procedures and phraseology for use by personnel providing air traffic control
services. Controllers are required to be familiar with the provisions of this order that pertain to their operational
responsibilities and to exercise their best judgment if they encounter situations not covered by it.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Explanation of Changes E of C-1
Flight Services
Explanation of Changes
Direct questions through appropriate facility/service center office staff
to the Office of Primary Interest (OPI)
e. 2-3-2. AREA/ROUTE BRIEFING
PROCEDURES and 2-3-3. MONITORING
The requirement for summarizing weather for TIBS
broadcasts will be discontinued. TIBS procedures are
modified to take advantage of automation capabilities, to
modernize out-of-date requirements, and to discourage
the practice of misusing TIBS as a substitute for a standard
weather briefing. Recording accuracy would be assured
by continuous software data sampling on the multiple data
feeds into the FS21 system. If unexpected data (garbled or
missing text, etc.) appear, the National Weather Service
(NWS), the FS21 Data Center Supervisor, the Recording
Correction Specialist (RCS), and the National Operations
Center (NOC) would be alerted. The RCS will perform
manual intervention of the TIBS data stream, through
access to the TIBS creation process. Consultation with
NWS, as necessary, would provide corrected data.
Redundancy (DCA and FTW Data Centers and Richland,
WA, and Madison, AL, NOCs), and failure alarms on the
TIBS servers ensure the availability of the TIBS product.
In addition to continuous data sampling, the recorded
product will be monitored by quality assurance once each
shift, to ensure the clarity and accuracy of the broadcast.
This change cancels and incorporates N JO 7110.466,
Automation of Telephone Information Briefing Service
(TIBS) and Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service
(HIWAS) Broadcasts, effective April 27, 2007.
f. 2-4-3. CONTENT
The requirements for HIWAS are changed to eliminate
mandatory summarization. Also the requirement to
include weather considered significant but not already
contained in a current hazardous weather advisory is
removed. HIWAS will include a verbatim text-to-voice
announcement of all current hazardous weather advisor-
ies. When two or more advisories are effective during the
same timeframe, on the same outlet or group of outlets,
the software will precede the text of each advisory with a
summary list of effective advisories, allowing the pilot to
listen to the full advisory text on the broadcast or to
contact Flight Watch or Flight Service, as appropriate, for
an update. Also, the NOTE in subparagraph d to “delete
all reference to Flight Watch when not available. . . .” is
deleted with the addition of the “as appropriate” remark
in the closing statement. This change cancels and
incorporates N JO 7110.466, Automation of Telephone
Information Briefing Service (TIBS) and Hazardous
Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS) Broadcasts,
effective April 27, 2007.
g. 6-1-2. FLIGHT PLANS
This change expands the use of the DVFR flight plan
procedures developed in the Southwest Region to all
facilities except Alaska. Affected AFSSs will now be the
primary contact for DVFR operations, assigning a DVFR
beacon code, and transmitting all DVFR flight plan
information directly to NORAD. This new subparagraph
adds the instruction to advise a pilot to activate his/her
DVFR flight plan with Flight Service and that a discrete
beacon code will be assigned upon activation. This
change cancels and incorporates N JO 7110.470, Auto-
mated Flight Service Station (AFSS) Handling of Defense
Visual Flight Rules (DVFR) Flight Plans, effective
June_24, 2007.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 19:30:28
h. 6-2-1. FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING
This change expands the use of the DVFR flight plan
procedures developed in the Southwest Region to all
facilities except Alaska. Affected AFSSs will now be the
primary contact for DVFR operations, assigning a DVFR
beacon code and transmitting all DVFR flight plan
information directly to NORAD. Both Model 1 Full
Capacity (M1FC) and OASIS will require flight plan
entry modifications for the systems to accept the NORAD
address and to transmit the DVFR flight plan correctly.
Flight Services for the 21st Century will perform this
process. This change cancels and incorporates N JO
7110.470, Automated Flight Service Station (AFSS)
Handling of Defense Visual Flight Rules (DVFR),
effective June 24, 2007.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
E of C-2 Explanation of Changes
i. 6-6-2. AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZ-DVFR,
6-6-3. FORWARDING DVFR INFORMATION,
and 6-6-5. ADDRESSING DVFR FLIGHT PLAN
MESSAGES
This change expands the use of the DVFR flight plan
procedures developed in the Southwest Region to all
facilities except Alaska. Affected AFSSs will now be the
primary contact for DVFR operations, assigning a DVFR
beacon code and transmitting all DVFR flight plan
information directly to NORAD. This change cancels and
incorporates N JO 7110.470, Automated Flight Service
Station (AFSS) Handling of Defense Visual Flight Rules
(DVFR) Flight Plans, effective June 24, 2007.
j. 7-2-3. INBOUND PRIVATE AIRCRAFT:
ADIZ REQUIREMENTS
This change expands the use of the DVFR flight plan
procedures developed in the Southwest Region to all
facilities except Alaska. Affected AFSSs will now be the
primary contact for DVFR operations, assigning a DVFR
beacon code and transmitting all DVFR flight plan
information directly to NORAD. This section applies to
aircraft inbound to the United States from foreign
departure points. This change cancels and incorporates
N_JO 7110.470, Automated Flight Service Station (AFSS)
Handling of Defense Visual Flight Rules (DVFR) Flight
Plans, effective June 24, 2007.
k. 11-1-18. VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE
INDICATORS (VASIs)
This editorial change clarifies Table 11-1-8, VASI
Intensity Setting, Three-Step System.
l. Editorial/format changes were made where
necessary. Revision bars were not used because of the
insignificant nature of these changes.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
i Table of Contents作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 19:30:36
Chapter 1. Introduction
Section 1. General
1-1-1. PURPOSE
This order prescribes procedures and phraseology for
use by air traffic personnel providing flight services.
Flight service specialists are required to be familiar
with the provisions of this order that pertain to their
operational responsibilities and to exercise their best
judgment if they encounter situations that are not
covered.
1-1-2. DISTRIBUTION
This order is distributed to selected offices in
Washington headquarters, regional offices, service
area offices, the William J. Hughes Technical Center,
the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, all air
traffic field facilities, international aviation field
offices, and interested aviation public.
1-1-3. CANCELLATION
FAA Order 7110.10S, Flight Services, dated
February_16,_2006, and all changes to it are canceled.
1-1-4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES
Changes incorporated into this basic order as well as
changes submitted in the future are found in the
explanation of changes page(s). It is advisable to
retain these page(s) throughout the duration of the
basic order. If further information is desired, direct
questions through the appropriate facility/service
area office staff to Flight Services Safety and
Operations Support, Operational Procedures.
1-1-5. EFFECTIVE DATE
a. This order is effective February_14,_2008.
b. This order and its changes are scheduled to be
published to coincide with AIRAC dates. The
effective dates will be:
Publication Schedule
Basic
or
Change
Cutoff Date
for Submission
Effective Date
of Publication
JO 7110.10T 8/30/07 2/14/08
Change 1 2/14/08 7/31/08
Change 2 7/31/08 3/12/09
Change 3 3/12/09 8/27/09
JO 7110.10U 8/27/09 2/11/10
c. Facilities shall notify service area office
distribution officers if orders or changes are not
received at least 30_days prior to effective dates.
1-1-6. RECOMMENDATION FOR
PROCEDURAL CHANGES
a. Submit recommended changes directly to the
facility management.
b. Procedural changes will not be made to this
order until software for Model 1 Full Capacity
(M1FC), AISR and the Operational and Supportabil-
ity Implementation System (OASIS) has been
adapted to accomplish the revised procedures.
1-1-7. SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION
This publication may be purchased from the U.S.
Government Printing Office. Address subscription
inquiries to:
Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, DC 20402
Telephone: (202) 512-1800
Internet: http://www.gpoaccess.gov/index.html
FAA air traffic publications are also available on the
FAA's web site at http://www.faa.gov/atpubs/
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
1-2-1 Terms of Reference
Section 2. Terms of Reference
1-2-1. WORD MEANINGS
As used in this manual, the words listed below have
the following meanings:
a. “Shall” or an action verb in the imperative sense
means a procedure is mandatory.
b. “Should” means a procedure is recommended.
c. “May” or “need not” means a procedure is
optional.
d. “Will” means futurity, not a requirement for
application of a procedure.
e. Singular words include the plural.
f. Plural words include the singular.
g. “Aircraft” means the airframe, crew members,
or both.
h. “Altitude” means indicated altitude mean sea
level (MSL), flight level (FL), or both.
i. “Miles” means nautical miles unless otherwise
specified and means statute miles in conjunction with
visibility.
j. “Time,” when used for ATC operational
activities, is the hour and the minute/s in Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC). Change to the next minute is
made at the minute plus 30 seconds, except time
checks are given to the nearest quarter minute. The
word “local” or the time zone equivalent shall be
stated when local time is given during radio and
telephone communications. The term “ZULU” may
be used to denote UTC.
1-2-2. NOTES
Statements of fact or of an explanatory nature and
relating to the use of directive material have been
identified and worded as “Notes.”
1-2-3. JO 7110.10 CHANGES
a. Each reprinted, revised, or additional page will
show the change number and the effective date of the
change.
b. Bold lines in the margin of the text will mark the
location of all changes except editorial corrections.
1-2-4. ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations authorized for use in the application of
the procedures in this order are those contained in
FAAO_JO_7340.2, Contractions.
NOTE-
In this order, the abbreviation M1 identifies Model 1 Full
Capacity procedures, AISR identifies AISR procedures,
and OASIS identifies Operational and Supportability
Implementation System procedures. Additional abbrevi-
ations associated with OASIS are:
WINGS - Weather Information and Navigational
Graphics System, and
WIND - Weather Information Network Display.
1-2-5. EXAMPLES
Any illustration used which serves to explain subject
material is identified as an “Example.”
1-2-6. PHRASEOLOGY
Phraseology depicted in this order is mandatory.
NOTE-
Exceptions to this para are referenced in para 5-1-1, and
para_14-1-2 Note.
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
1-3-1 Responsibility
Section 3. Responsibility
1-3-1. PROCEDURAL APPLICATIONS
Apply the procedures in this order, except when other
procedures are contained in a letter of agreement
(LOA) or other appropriate FAA documents,
provided they only supplement this order and any
standards they specify are not less than those in this
order.
NOTE1. Pilots are required to abide by applicable provisions of
14 CFR or any other pertinent regulations regardless of
the application of any procedure in this order.
2. FAAO JO 7210.3, Facility Operation and Administra-
tion, contains administrative instructions pertaining to
these letters and documents.
1-3-2. DUTY PRIORITY
Because there are many variables involved, it is
impossible to provide a standard list of duty priorities
that apply to every situation. Each set of
circumstances must be evaluated on its own merit,
and when more than one action is required, personnel
shall exercise their best judgment based on the facts
and circumstances known to them. Action which
appears most critical from a safety standpoint should
be performed first.
a. The following order of duty priorities is offered
as a guideline.
1. Emergency Situations.
2. Inflight Services.
3. Preflight Services.
b. Emergency situations are those where life or
property is in immediate danger. Inflight services are
those provided to or affecting aircraft in flight or
otherwise operating on the airport surface. This
includes services to airborne aircraft, such as
NAVAID monitoring and restoration, LAA, delivery
of ATC clearances, advisories or requests, issuance of
military flight advisory messages, EFAS, NOTAM,
SAR communications searches, flight plan handling,
transcribed or live broadcasts, weather observations,
PIREPs, and pilot briefings. Preflight services are
those which directly affect aircraft operations but
which are provided prior to actual departure and
usually by telephone. These include pilot briefings,
recorded data, flight plan filing/processing, and
aircraft operational reservations.
1-3-3. DUTY FAMILIARIZATION AND
TRANSFER OF POSITION
RESPONSIBILITY
The transfer of position responsibility shall be
accomplished in accordance with appropriate facility
directives each time the operational responsibility for
a position is transferred from one specialist to
another. The relieving specialist and the specialist
being relieved shall share equal responsibility for the
completeness and accuracy of the position relief
briefing.
a. Purpose. This para prescribes the method and
the step-by-step process for conducting a position
relief briefing and transferring position responsibility
from one specialist to another.
b. Discussion.
1. In all operational facilities, the increase in
traffic density and the need for the expeditious
movement of air traffic without compromising safety
have emphasized the importance of the position relief
process. Major problems occur whenever there is a
heavy reliance upon mem ory unsupported by
routines or systematic reminders. This procedure
addresses the complete task of transferring position
responsibility and the associated relief briefing.
2. Position relief unavoidably provides added
workload for specialists at the time of relief. The
intent of this procedure is to make the transfer of
position responsibility take place smoothly and to
ensure a complete transfer of information with a
minimum amount of workload. The method takes
advantage of a self-briefing concept in which the
relieving specialist obtains needed status information
by reading from the Status Information Areas to
begin the relief process. Up-to-the-minute informa-
tion relating to the provision of flight services to
pilots and aircraft in flight requires verbal exchanges
between specialists during the relief process. The
method also specifies the point when the transfer of
position responsibility occurs.
3. In the final part of the relief process, the
specialist being relieved monitors and reviews the
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
1-3-2 Responsibility
position to ensure that nothing has been overlooked
or incorrectly displayed and that the transfer of
position responsibility occurred with a complete
briefing.
c. Terms. The following terms are important for a
complete understanding of this procedure:
1. Status Information Areas. Manual or auto-
mated displays of the current status of position-re-
lated equipment and operational conditions or
procedures.
2. Written Notes. Manually recorded items of
information kept at designated locations on the
positions of operation are elem ents of Status
Information Areas.
3. Checklist. An ordered listing of items to be
covered in a position relief.
d. Precautions.
1. Specialists involved in the position relief
process should not rush or be influenced to rush.
2. During position operation, each item of status
information which is or may be an operational factor
for the relieving specialist should be recorded as soon
as it is operationally feasible so that it will not be
forgotten or incorrectly recorded.
3. Extra care should be taken when more than
one specialist relieves or is being relieved from a
position at the same time; e.g., combining or
decombining positions.
e. Responsibilities. The specialist being relieved
shall be responsible for ensuring that any pertinent
status information of which he/she is aware is relayed
to the relieving specialist and is either:
1. Accurately displayed in the Status Informa-
tion Areas for which he/she has responsibility, or
2. Relayed to the position having responsibility
for accurately displaying the status information. Prior
to accepting responsibility for a position, the
relieving specialist shall be responsible for ensuring
that any unresolved questions pertaining to the
operation of the position are resolved. The specialists
engaged in a position relief shall conduct the relief
process at the position being relieved, unless other
procedures have been established and authorized by
the facility air traffic manager.
f. Step-By-Step Process of Position Relief.
1. Preview of the Position
RELIEVING SPECIALIST
(a) Follow the checklist and review the Status
Information Areas.
NOTE-
This substep may be replaced by an authorized preduty
briefing provided an equivalent review of checklist items
is accomplished.
(b) Observe position equipment, operational
situation, and the work environment.
(c) Listen to voice communications and
observe other operational actions.
(d) Observe current and pending aircraft and
vehicular traffic and correlate with flight and other
movement information.
(e) Indicate to the specialist being relieved
that the position has been previewed and that the
verbal briefing may begin.
NOTE-
Substeps (b), (c), and (d) may be conducted concurrently
or in order.
2. Verbal Briefing
SPECIALIST BEING RELIEVED
(a) Review with the relieving specialist, the
checklist, Status Information Areas, written notes,
and other prescribed sources of information, and
advise of known omissions, updates, and inac-
curacies. Also brief the relieving specialist on the
abnormal status of items not listed on the Status
Information Areas, as well as on any items of special
operational interest calling for verbal explanation or
additional discussion.
(b) Brief on traffic, if applicable.
(c) Completely answer any questions asked.
(d) Observe overall position operation. If
assistance is needed, provide or summon it as
appropriate.
(e) Sign off the position in accordance with
existing directives or otherwise indicate that the relief
process is complete.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 2-2-3, Duty Familiarization and the Transfer of
Position Responsibility.
RELIEVING SPECIALIST
(f) Ask questions necessary to ensure a
complete understanding of the operations situation.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
1-3-3 Responsibility
(g) Make a statement or otherwise indicate to
the specialist being relieved that position responsibil-
ity has been assumed.
(h) Sign on the position unless a facility
directive authorizes substep (g) above.
(i) Check, verify, and update the information
obtained in steps 1 and 2.
g. Check position equipment in accordance with
existing directives.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-1-1 General
Chapter 2. Broadcast Procedures
Section 1. General
2-1-1. TYPES OF BROADCASTS
Weather and flight information shall be broadcast/
recorded by one or more of the following categories:
a. Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB).
(Alaska only.)
b. Telephone Inform ation Briefing Service
(TIBS).
c. Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service
(HIWAS).
d. Meteorological Information for Aircraft in
Flight (VOLMET ICAO).
2-1-2. SPEECH RATE
Data shall be spoken at a rate of 100 to 120
words-per-minute.
2-1-3. INTERRUPTION OF BROADCAST
Interrupt broadcast only when you believe that a pilot
requires immediate attention; e.g., to issue an airport
advisory. When a pilot calls during a broadcast:
a. Broadcast for a short interval on the frequency
to which the pilot is listening simultaneously with the
broadcast frequencies, and complete the aircraft
contact immediately after the broadcast.
b. If the pilot repeats the call, interrupt the
broadcast and answer the call.
2-1-4. REDUCING RECORDED WEATHER
INFORMATION SERVICES
Recorded weather information services (TWEB and
TIB S) may be reduced during the hours of
1800-0600 local time only. Resumption of full
broadcast service should be adjusted seasonally to
coincide with daylight hours. During the period of
reduced broadcast, record a statement indicating
when the broadcast will be resumed and to contact
Flight Service for weather briefing and other
services.
PHRASEOLOGY-
THE TIBS RECORDING IS SUSPENDED. REGULAR
RECORDED WEATHER SERVICE WILL BE RESUMED
AT (time) ZULU/ (time) LOCAL. FOR PILOT WEATHER
BRIEFING AND OTHER SERVICES CONTACT A
FLIGHT SERVICE FACILITY (phone number or
additional telephone instructions, as appropriate).
PHRASEOLOGY-
THE TWEB RECORDING IS SUSPENDED. REGULAR
RECORDED WEATHER SERVICE WILL BE RESUMED
AT (time) ZULU/ (time) LOCAL. FOR PILOT WEATHER
BRIEFING AND OTHER SERVICES CONTACT A
FLIGHT SERVICE FACILITY (frequency or phone
number, as appropriate).
2-1-5. ANNOUNCING MISSING ITEMS
With the exception of RVR, announce the word
“MISSING” when any items or components of a
weather report are not reported, or in place of
unreadable or obviously incorrect items or portions
of weather reports. If the complete report is not
available for broadcast, state the location and the
word “MISSING.” When appropriate, instead of
speaking the name of several locations with missing
reports, announce: “OTHER SCHEDULED
REPORTS MISSING.”
NOTE-
On occasion, a parameter from an automated observation
may be reported as missing in the body of the report but
is available as a manually reported parameter in the
remarks section. When the report is spoken, include the
manually reported element in its proper sequence within
the report.
2-1-6. WEATHER REPORT
PHRASEOLOGY
Use the following phraseology and procedures for
radio-telephone communications and broadcast of
surface weather observations:
a. Location.
1. Announce the geographic name (not the
identifier) once for broadcasts.
2. When the location name is duplicated within
500 miles, follow the location name with the state
name.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-1-2 General
EXAMPLE“Wilmington, North Carolina.”
“Wilmington, Delaware.”
3. When weather reports originate at more than
one airport at the same geographical location,
identify the airport.
EXAMPLE“Chicago Midway.”
“Chicago O'Hare.”
4. Where it is considered necessary and is
requested by the military base commander, broadcast
military observations by stating the location, the
name of the airport if different, and the controlling
military branch.
EXAMPLE“Fort Riley, Marshall Army Air Field.”
“Andrews Air Force Base.”
“Norfolk Naval Air Station.”
b. Automated Observation. If AUTO appears after
the date/time element, follow the location announce-
ment with the phrase “AUTOMATED.”
PHRASEOLOGY(Location) AUTOMATED.
c. Special Reports. If a special report is available
at the time of the broadcast, follow the location with
the words “SPECIAL REPORT, (last two digits of
the time) OBSERVATION.”
d. Wind Direction and Speed. Announce wind
direction and speed by stating the word WIND
followed by the separate digits of the wind direction
to the nearest 10 degrees and the separate digits of the
speed. A “G” between two wind speed values is
announced as GUSTS. Broadcast local wind as it
appears in the report. Announce the variability of
wind at the end of the wind group. (See TBL 2-1-1.)
TBL 2-1-1
Wind Direction and Speed
Wind Phraseology
VRB04KT WIND VARIABLE AT FOUR.
00000KT WIND CALM.
26012KT WIND TWO SIX ZERO AT ONE
TWO.
29012KT
260V320
WIND TWO NINER ZERO AT
ONE TWO WIND VARIABLE
BETWEEN TWO SIX ZERO
AND THREE TWO ZERO.
30008KT WIND THREE ZERO ZERO AT
EIGHT.
36012G20KT WIND THREE SIX ZERO AT
ONE TWO GUSTS TWO ZERO.
e. Visibility. Announce visibility as follows:
(See TBL 2-1-2.)
TBL 2-1-2
Visibility
Contraction Phraseology
M1 /4SM VISIBILITY LESS THAN ONE
QUARTER.
0SM VISIBILITY ZERO.
1
/16SM VISIBILITY ONE SIXTEENTH.
1
/8SM VISIBILITY ONE EIGHTH.
3
/4SM VISIBILITY THREE QUARTERS.
11 /2SM VISIBILITY ONE AND ONE-HALF.
8SM VISIBILITY EIGHT.
25SM VISIBILITY TWO FIVE.
NOTE-
When visibility is less than 3 miles and variable, the
variable limits will be reported in the remarks.
f. RVR. When RVR is reported, announce in
accordance with TBL 2-1-3. Omit RVR when it is
not reported. Do not announce as missing.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-1-3 General
TBL 2-1-3
RVR
Contraction Phraseology
R16/M0600FT RUNWAY ONE SIX VISUAL
RANGE LESS THAN SIX
HUNDRED.
R17L/2400V
3000FT
RUNWAY ONE SEVEN LEFT
VISUAL RANGE VARIABLE
BETWEEN TWO THOUSAND
FOUR HUNDRED AND THREE
THOUSAND.
R28L/3500FT RUNWAY TWO EIGHT LEFT
VISUAL RANGE THREE
THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED.
R35R/P6000FT RUNWAY THREE FIVE RIGHT
VISUAL RANGE MORE THAN
SIX THOUSAND.
Note: “R-V-R” may be spoken in lieu of “visual
range.”
g. Weather Elements. TBL 2-1-4 depicts sample
phraseology for weather element contractions.
Intensity refers to precipitation, not descriptors.
Proximity is spoken after the phenomenon to which
it refers. Descriptors are spoken ahead of weather
phenomenon with the exception of “showers” which
is spoken after the precipitation. Table TBL 2-1-8
contains a complete list of weather elements and
appropriate phraseology.
TBL 2-1-4
Examples of combining intensity, descriptors and
weather phenomenon.
Contractions Phraseology
BLSN BLOWING SNOW.
FZDZ FREEZING DRIZZLE.
FZRA FREEZING RAIN.
-FZRAPL LIGHT FREEZING RAIN, ICE
PELLETS.
MIFG SHALLOW FOG.
SHRA RAIN SHOWERS.
+TSRA THUNDERSTORM, HEAVY
RAIN (SHOWERS)1.
TSRA THUNDERSTORM, RAIN.
+TSRAGR THUNDERSTORM, HEAVY
RAIN, HAIL.
-SHRA LIGHT RAIN SHOWERS.
SHSN SNOW SHOWERS.
VCSH SHOWERS IN THE VICINITY.
1
Since thunderstorms imply showery precipitation,
“showers” may be used to describe precipitation that
accompany thunderstorms.
h. Ceiling and sky coverage.
1. Broadcast Sky Coverage in the same order as
reported on the weather observation. Announce
ceiling as follows: (See TBL 2-1-5.)
TBL 2-1-5
Ceiling and Sky coverage
Contraction Phraseology
BKN000
SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED.
BKN000
CEILING LESS THAN FIVE
ZERO BROKEN.
FEW0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED.
FEW000
FEW CLOUDS AT LESS THAN
FIVE ZERO.
SCT0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED.
SCT000
LESS THAN FIVE ZERO
SCATTERED.
(lowest layer
aloft) BKN/
OVC
(precede with) CEILING.
VV INDEFINITE CEILING.
1
Surface-based obscurations. Requires remarks,
i.e. RMK FG SCT000, FU BKN000, etc.
No remark means the layer is aloft.
2. State cloud heights in tens, hundreds and/or
thousands of feet. (See TBL 2-1-6.)
TBL 2-1-6
Cloud Heights
Number Phraseology
0001 ZERO.
003 THREE HUNDRED.
018 ONE THOUSAND EIGHT
HUNDRED.
200 TWO ZERO THOUSAND.
1
Spoken as zero only when used with VV.
NOTE-
When the ceiling is less than 3,000 feet and variable, the
variable limits will be reported in the remarks.
3. Announce sky conditions as indicated.
(See TBL 2-1-7.)
TBL 2-1-7
Sky Conditions
Contraction Phraseology
BKN (height) BROKEN.
CLR1 CLEAR BELOW ONE TWO
THOUSAND.
FEW FEW CLOUDS AT (height).
SCT (height) SCATTERED.
SKC CLEAR.
OVC (height) OVERCAST.
1
Automated weather reports.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-1-4 General
TBL 2-1-8
Weather Elements
QUALIFIER WEATHER PHENOMENA
INTENSITY
or
PROXIMITY
1
DESCRIPTOR
2
PRECIPITATION
3
OBSCURATION
4
OTHER
5
- Light MI Shallow DZ Drizzle BR Mist PO Well-
Developed
Dust/Sand
Whirls
BC Patchy RA Rain FG Fog SQ Squalls
Moderate
(No Qualifier)
DR Low Drifting SN Snow FU Smoke FC
+FC
Funnel Cloud,
Tornado or
Waterspout
BL Blowing SG Snow Grains DU Dust SS Sandstorm
+ Heavy SH Showers IC Ice Crystals SA Sand DS Duststorm
TS Thunderstorm PL Ice Pellets HZ Haze
VC In the Vicinity FZ Freezing GR Hail PY Spray
PR Partial GS Small Hail or
Snow Pellets
(_1/4”)
VA Volcanic Ash
UP *Unknown
Precipitation
* Automated stations only.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:23:20
4. The following are examples of broadcast
phraseology of sky and ceiling conditions:
(See TBL 2-1-9.)
TBL 2-1-9
Sky and ceiling conditions
Condition Phraseology
BKN000
BKN010
BKN050 RMK
FG BKN000
SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED,
CEILING ONE THOUSAND
BROKEN, FIVE THOUSAND
BROKEN. FOG OBSCURING
FIVE TO SEVEN EIGHTS OF
THE SKY.
BKN010 CEILING ONE THOUSAND
BROKEN.
SCT000
SCT020
OVC035 RMK
FG SCT000
SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED,
TWO THOUSAND
SCATTERED, CEILING THREE
THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED
OVERCAST. FOG OBSCURING
THREE TO FOUR EIGHTS OF
THE SKY.
SCT020
OVC250
TWO THOUSAND
SCATTERED, CEILING TWO
FIVE THOUSAND OVERCAST.
VV000 INDEFINITE CEILING ZERO.
VV012 INDEFINITE CEILING ONE
THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-1-5 General
i. Temperature and Dew Point. Announce temper-
ature and dew point in degrees Celsius. Temperatures
below zero are preceded with an M and are announced
by prefixing the word MINUS to the values. When
the temperature and dew point spread is greater than
3 degrees, broadcast only the temperature. (See
TBL 2-1-10.)
TBL 2-1-10
Temperature and Dew Point
Value Phraseology
02/M01 TEMPERATURE TWO, DEW
POINT MINUS ONE.
14/09 TEMPERATURE ONE FOUR.
36/34 TEMPERATURE THREE SIX,
DEW POINT THREE FOUR.
j. Altimeter Setting. Announce the four digits of
the altimeter setting. (See TBL 2-1-11.)
TBL 2-1-11
Altimeter Setting
Phraseology
A2989 ALTIMETER TWO NINER
EIGHT NINER.
A3025 ALTIMETER THREE ZERO
TWO FIVE.
k. Remarks. Announce pertinent remarks. Do not
broadcast additive data or other information intended
for NWS analysis or processing that does not
contribute to the description of the weather occurring
at the station. (See TBL 2-1-12.)
TBL 2-1-12
Remarks
Remarks Phraseology
ACSL OVR
RDG SW
STANDING LENTICULAR
ALTOCUMULUS OVER RIDGE
SOUTHWEST.
FG SCT000 FOG OBSCURING THREE TO
FOUR EIGHTHS OF SKY.
FU SCT012 SMOKE LAYER ONE
THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED
SCATTERED.
SCT020 V
BKN
TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED
VARIABLE BROKEN.
OCNL LTGCG
OHD TS OHD
MOV E
OCCASIONAL LIGHTNING
CLOUD TO GROUND
OVERHEAD. THUNDERSTORM
OVERHEAD MOVING EAST
VIS 3/4V1 1/2 VISIBILITY VARIABLE
BETWEEN THREE QUARTERS
AND ONE AND ONE HALF.
VIS NE 3 S 2 VISIBILITY NORTHEAST
THREE, SOUTH TWO.
2-1-7. CURRENT DATA
An aviation surface report is considered current for
1_hour beyond the standard time of observation
(H+00) unless superseded by a special or local
observation or by the next hourly report. Do not
broadcast obsolete data.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-2-1 Transcribed Weather Broadcasts (TWEB) (Alaska Only)
Section 2. Transcribed Weather Broadcasts (TWEB)
(Alaska Only)
2-2-1. GENERAL
a. Transcribed weather broadcast service provides
continuous aeronautical and meteorological informa-
tion on L/MF and VOR facilities.
b. At TWEB equipment locations controlling two
or more VORs, the one used least for ground-to-air
communications, preferably the nearest VOR, may
be used as a TWEB outlet simultaneously with the
NDB facility. Where this is accomplished, capability
to manually override the broadcast shall be provided
for emergency communications.
2-2-2. CONTENT
User needs should dictate the content of these recordings.
Required items are denoted with an asterisk (*).
a. *Introduction. State the preparation time.
PHRASEOLOGY-
TRANSCRIBED AVIATION WEATHER BROADCAST
PREPARED AT (time) ZULU.
b. *Adverse Conditions. Extracted from WST,
WS, WA, CWA and AWW.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WEATHER ADVISORIES ARE IN EFFECT FOR
(adverse conditions) OVER (geographical area)
(summary).
c. Synopsis. A brief statement describing the type,
location, and movement of weather systems and/or
masses which might affect the route or the area.
d. TWEB Route Forecasts. Broadcast from
appropriate forecast data. Include the valid time of
forecasts.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ROUTE FORECAST(S) VALID UNTIL (time) ZULU.
e. Winds Aloft Forecast. Broadcast winds aloft
forecast for the location nearest to the TWEB. The
broadcast should include the levels from 3,000 to
12,000 feet, but shall always include at least two
forecast levels above the surface.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WINDS ALOFT FORECAST VALID UNTIL (time) ZULU.
(Location) (Altitude) (direction) AT (speed).
f. Radar Reports (RAREP). Use local or pertinent
RAREPs. If the facility has access to real time
weather radar equipment, summarize observed data
using the RAREPs to determine precipitation type,
intensity, movement, and height.
g. *Surface Weather Reports. Record surface
reports as described in para 2-1-6, Weather Report
Phraseology.
1. Broadcast local reports first, then the
remainder of the reports beginning with the first
station east of true north and continuing clockwise
around the TWEB location.
2. Announce the location name of a surface
report once.
(a) Surface weather broadcast introduction:
PHRASEOLOGY-
AVIATION WEATHER, (4 digits of time), ZULU
OBSERVATIONS.
(b) Special weather reports:
PHRASEOLOGY(Location name) SPECIAL REPORT (last 2 digits of time)
OBSERVATION, (weather report).
h. *Density Altitude. Include temperature and the
statement “CHECK DENSITY ALTITUDE” as part
of the surface weather broadcast for any station with
a field elevation of 2,000 feet MSL or above that
meets the following criteria: (See TBL 2-2-1.)
TBL 2-2-1
Density Altitude
Field Elevation Temperature (C)
2,000-2,999 29 degrees or higher
3,000-3,999 27 degrees or higher
4,000-4,999 24 degrees or higher
5,000-5,999 21 degrees or higher
6,000-6,999 18 degrees or higher
7,000-higher 16 degrees or higher
i. Pilot Weather Reports. Summarize PIREPs and,
if the weather conditions meet soliciting require-
ments, append a request for PIREPs.
1. Summary.
PHRASEOLOGY-
PILOT WEATHER REPORTS SUMMARY (text).
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-2-2 Transcribed Weather Broadcasts (TWEB) (Alaska Only)
2. *Request for PIREPs, if applicable.
(See para_9-2-5, Soliciting PIREPs.)
PHRASEOLOGY-
PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED
(location, area) FOR (cloud tops, icing, turbulence, etc.).
j. *ALNOT Alert Announcement, if applicable.
PHRASEOLOGY-
OVERDUE AIRCRAFT ALERT, (time) ZULU (aircraft
identification), (color), (type), DEPARTED (airport) VIA
(route), (destination). LAST KNOWN POSITION (state
last known position). THIS AIRCRAFT IS OVERDUE.
ALL AIRCRAFT ARE REQUESTED TO MONITOR ONE
TWO ONE POINT FIVE FOR E-L-T SIGNAL. INFORM
THE NEAREST F-A-A FACILITY OF ANY
INFORMATION REGARDING THIS AIRCRAFT.
k. *Closing statement.
PHRASEOLOGY-
FOR NOTAM, MILITARY TRAINING ACTIVITY, OR
OTHER SERVICES, CONTACT A FLIGHT SERVICE
STATION.
2-2-3. TESTING TWEB EQUIPMENT
When TWEB equipment is to be tested, broadcast an
advisory to this effect. Care shall be exercised to
ensure no obsolete information is broadcast during a
testing period.
2-2-4. SERVICE MAY BE SUSPENDED
TWEB service may be suspended:
a. For routine maintenance only during periods
when weather conditions within 100 miles of the
broadcast outlet are equal to or better than a ceiling
of 3,000 feet and visibility of 5 miles.
b. When the equipment fails. If a malfunction
occurs in the recording or control unit but the tape
transport unit remains operative, continue broadcast-
ing current data. Remove data as it becomes obsolete.
2-2-5. MONITORING
a. At TWEB equipment locations, listen to at least
one complete TWEB cycle each hour. Check for
completeness, accuracy, speech rate, and proper
enunciation. Correct any noted irregularities.
b. If practical:
1. The control facility shall monitor the
transmissions through local outlet.
2. The AFSS/FSS associated with a remote
outlet shall monitor the transmissions for a sufficient
period each hour to assure voice quality and clarity.
c. Promptly correct or inform the TWEB facility
of any irregularities.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-3-1 Telephone Information Briefing Service (TIBS) for Automated Flight Service Stations (AFSS)
Section 3. Telephone Information Briefing Service
(TIBS) for Automated Flight Service Stations (AFSS)
2-3-1. GENERAL
a. TIBS provides a continuous telephone record-
ing of meteorological and/or aeronautical informa-
tion.
1. TIBS shall contain:
(a) Area and/or route briefings.
(b) Airspace procedures, if applicable.
(c) Special announcements, if applicable.
2. TIBS should also contain, but not be limited
to:
(a) Surface observations (METARs).
(b) Terminal forecasts (TAFs).
(c) Winds/temperatures aloft forecasts.
NOTE-
User needs should dictate the content of these recordings.
b. Each AFSS shall provide at least four route
and/or area briefings. As a minimum, area briefings
should encompass a 50 NM radius. Each briefing
should require the pilot to access no more than two
channels which shall be route and/or area specific.
Pilots shall have access to NOTAM data through one
of the following:
1. Area or route briefings.
2. On separate channels which are designated
specifically for NOTAM.
3. By access to a briefer.
c. Separate channels shall be designated for each
route, area, local meteorological/aeronautical in-
formation, special event, airspace procedures, etc.
EXAMPLE201 Houston local area (75 NMR)
202 Houston to New Orleans
203 Houston to Brownsville
204 Houston to Midland
205 Houston to Dallas/Ft. Worth
206 Houston area surface observations
207 Houston area terminal forecasts
208 Houston to Shreveport
209-224 (Facility discretion as user needs
dictate)
2-3-2. AREA/ROUTE BRIEFING
PROCEDURES
Service is provided 24 hours a day, but may be
reduced in accordance with para 2-1-4. Recorded
information shall be updated as conditions change;
e.g., conditions improve from IFR to MVFR or from
MVFR to VFR, or conditions decrease from VFR to
MVFR or from MVFR to IFR. Area and route
forecast channels shall be updated whenever material
is updated.
a. Introduction. State the preparation time and the
route and/or the area of coverage. The service area
may be configured to meet the individual facility's
needs; e.g., 50 NM radius, route oriented.
NOTE-
For the purpose of TIBS broadcasts, an area briefing may
be a geographic location not defined by a nautical mile
radius, for example, NORTHWEST NEBRASKA.
PHRASEOLOGY-
THIS RECORDING PREPARED AT (time) LOCAL or
(time) ZULU. BRIEFING SUMMARY FOR:
A (number of miles) NAUTICAL MILE RADIUS OF
(location),
or
(location not defined by nautical mile radius),
or
THE ROUTE FROM (location) TO (location).
b. Adverse Conditions. Include WST, WS, WA,
CWA, AWW, UUA and any other available
information that may adversely affect flight in the
route/area.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WEATHER ADVISORIES ARE IN EFFECT FOR
(adverse conditions) OVER (geographic area) (text).
c. VFR Not Recommended Statement. Include
this recommendation when current or forecast
conditions, surface or aloft, would make flight under
visual flight rules doubtful.
PHRASEOLOGY-
V-F-R FLIGHT NOT RECOMMENDED (location) DUE
TO (conditions).
d. Synopsis. A brief statement describing the type,
location, and movement of weather systems and/or
masses which might affect the route or the area. This
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-3-2 Telephone Information Briefing Service (TIBS) for Automated Flight Service Stations (AFSS)
element may be combined with adverse conditions
and/or the VNR element, in any order, when it will
help to more clearly describe conditions.
e. Current Conditions. Include current weather
conditions over the route/area and PIREPs on
conditions reported aloft.
NOTE-
When communicating weather information on the TIBS
broadcast or telephone, specialists may announce cloud
heights in either group form or in hundreds or thousands
of feet, such as, seventeen thousand or one seven
thousand.
f. Density Altitude. Include the statem ent
“CHECK DENSITY ALTITUDE” as part of the
surface weather broadcast for any weather reporting
point with a field elevation of 2,000 feet MSL or
above that reaches the criteria found in TBL 2-2-1.
g. En Route Forecast. Include forecast informa-
tion from appropriate data; e.g., FA Synopsis, TAFs
and weather advisories.
h. Winds Aloft. Include winds aloft as forecast for
the route/area as interpolated from forecast data for
the local and/or the adjacent reporting locations for
levels through 12,000 feet. The broadcast should
include the levels from 3,000 to 12,000 feet, but shall
always include at least two forecast levels above the
surface.
i. Request for PIREPs. When weather conditions
within the area or along the route meet requirements
for soliciting PIREPs (para 9-2-5), include a request
in the recording.
PHRASEOLOGY-
PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED.
CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH OR FLIGHT SERVICE, AS
APPROPRIATE.
j. NOTAM information that affects the route/area
may be included as part of the briefing, on a separate
channel, or obtained by direct contact with a pilot
weather briefer.
k. Military Training Activity. Include a statement
in the closing announcement to contact a briefer for
information on military training activity.
l. Closing Announcement. The closing announce-
ment shall be appropriate for the facility equipment
and the mode of operation; e.g., refer to the
appropriate channel or briefer for NOTAM and
military training activity information.
2-3-3. MONITORING
a. Manually prepared meteorological recordings
shall be monitored immediately after recording and
as necessary to insure accuracy of data. Non-meteor-
ological recordings shall be monitored and checked
for quality and accuracy immediately after recording
and once each shift. After each recording, the TIBS
shall be checked for availability by calling
1-800-WX-BRIEF or a locally designated phone
number. Subsequent checks may be accomplished
using local monitoring.
b. Automated TIBS products shall be monitored
once each shift to ensure clarity and accuracy.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-4-1 Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS)
Section 4. Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service
(HIWAS)
2-4-1. GENERAL
a. Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service
(HIWAS) is a continuous broadcast of inflight
weather advisories including summarized AWWs,
SIGMETs, convective SIGMETs, CWAs,
AIRMETs, and urgent PIREPs.
b. The HIWAS broadcast area is defined as that
area within 150 NM of HIWAS outlets assigned to
your facility.
2-4-2. PRIORITY
HIWAS broadcast shall not be interrupted/delayed
except for emergency situations, when an aircraft
requires immediate attention, or for reasonable use of
the voice override capability on specific HIWAS
outlets in order to use the limited RCO to maintain en
route communications. The service shall be provided
24 hours a day.
a. Make the following announcement if there are
no hazardous weather advisories in the HIWAS
broadcast area.
PHRASEOLOGY-
THIS RECORDING PREPARED AT (time) ZULU.
THERE ARE NO HAZARDOUS WEATHER
ADVISORIES WITHIN A ONE-FIVE-ZERO NAUTICAL
MILE RADIUS OF THIS HIWAS OUTLET.
b. The update recording shall be completed as
soon as practicable, but not more than 15 minutes
from time of receipt of new hazardous weather
information.
2-4-3. CONTENT
Record hazardous weather information occurring
within the HIWAS broadcast area. The broadcast
shall include the following elements:
a. Statement of introduction including the appro-
priate area(s) and a recording time.
PHRASEOLOGY-
HIWAS WITHIN A ONE-FIVE-ZERO NAUTICAL MILE
RADIUS OF (geographic area) RECORDED AT (time)
ZULU (text).
NOTE-
Border facilities shall append “in domestic U.S.
airspace” to the geographical area text in the
introduction statement.
b. Statement of hazardous weather, including
WSTs, WSs, WAs, UUAs, AWWs, and CWAs.
c. Request for PIREPs, if applicable. (See para
9-2-5.)
PHRASEOLOGY-
PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED.
d. Recommendation to contact AFSS/FSS/
FLIGHT WATCH for additional details concerning
hazardous weather.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH OR FLIGHT SERVICE, AS
APPROPRIATE, FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
2-4-4. BROADCAST PROCEDURES
a. Upon receipt of new hazardous weather
information:
1. HIWAS facilities shall update the HIWAS
broadcast.
2. Make a HIWAS update announcement once
on all communications/NAVAID frequencies except
on emergency, EFAS, and navigational frequencies
already dedicated to continuous broadcast services.
Delete reference to Flight Watch when those services
are closed.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT, HAZARDOUS WEATHER
ADVISORY UPDATE FOR (geographical area) IS
AVAILABLE ON HIWAS, OR CONTACT FLIGHT
WATCH, OR FLIGHT SERVICE.
b. In the event that a HIWAS broadcast area is out
of service, make the following announcement on all
communications/NAVAID frequencies except on
emergency, EFAS, and navigational frequencies
already dedicated to continuous broadcast services:
PHRASEOLOGY-
ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT, HAZARDOUS WEATHER
ADVISORY UPDATE IS AVAILABLE FROM FLIGHT
WATCH OR FLIGHT SERVICE.
NOTE-
Simultaneous announcements may cause heterodyne
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
2-4-2 Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS)
problems on multiple outlets having the same frequency
and announcements may have to be rebroadcast to insure
compliance.
2-4-5. SUSPENSION
HIWAS broadcasts shall not be suspended for routine
maintenance during periods when weather advisories
have been issued for the HIWAS outlet area.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
3-1-1 General
Chapter 3. Pilot Briefing
Section 1. General
3-1-1. DEFINITION
Pilot weather briefings are defined as “The
translation of weather observations and forecasts,
including surface, upper air, radar, satellite, and pilot
reports into a form directly usable by the pilot or
flight supervisory personnel to formulate plans and
make decisions for the safe and efficient operation of
aircraft.” These briefings shall also include informa-
tion on NOTAM, flow control, and other items as
requested.
3-1-2. PREDUTY REQUIREMENTS
Before assuming pilot briefing duties, familiarize
yourself sufficiently with aeronautical and meteoro-
logical conditions to effectively provide briefing
service. This includes:
a. General locations of weather causing systems
and general weather conditions for the entire
contiguous United States and/or other briefing areas,
as appropriate; e.g., Alaska, Hawaii, Mexico,
Canada, Puerto Rico.
b. Detailed information of current and forecast
weather conditions for the geographical area deemed
significant by the facility air traffic manager.
c. Other pertinent items; e.g., NOTAM, MTR/
MOA activity.
REFERENCE-
Accomplish this in accordance with FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 1-3-3 and
pertinent facility directives.
3-1-3. PREFLIGHT BRIEFING DISPLAY
Provide a preflight briefing display for specialist/pi-
lot use. The contents and method of display shall be
based on individual facility requirements; e.g.,
available equipment, space. Additional displays, as
required, shall be provided to ensure availability of
information at all inflight and preflight positions. At
the discretion of facility management, provide a
separate display for pilot use. All material in such
displays shall be kept updated.
REFERENCE-
Enhance facsimile charts in accordance with FAAO JO 7110.10, Para
3-1-4.
3-1-4. WEATHER DISPLAY PRODUCTS
a. The weather graphic display should include, but
not necessarily be limited to, the following analysis,
prognosis, and data products:
1. Weather Depiction.
2. Surface Analysis.
3. Forecast Winds Aloft.
4. Current Winds Aloft.
5. National Radar Summary.
6. 850 MB.
7. 700 MB.
8. 500 MB.
9. 300 MB.
10. 200 MB.
11. Composite Moisture Stability Chart (Lifted
Index, Precipitable Water, Freezing Level-Mean
Relative Humidity).
12. 12- and 24-hour low level significant
weather prognosis.
13. High level significant weather prognosis.
14. 36- and 48-hour surface prognosis.
NOTE-
Because of presentation limitations and techniques, some
interim system products may not take on the same
appearance as conventional facsimile products. During
the transition into a national graphic weather display
system (GWDS) program, some flexibility of product
display, format, and content may be authorized.
b. The utility of charts is greatly enhanced by
coloring and shading. Use the symbols and colors
shown in subparas 3d and e, on all weather chart
displays. Facsimile products used for closed circuit
television (CCTV) may be highlighted to accentuate
the displays. In addition, to allow for the greatest
contrast between shaded areas and symbology,
different colors may be required to enhance color
weather graphic systems.
c. Map features. (See FIG 3-1-1.)
d. Precipitation and obstruction to vision.
(See FIG 3-1-2.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
3-1-2 General
FIG 3-1-1
Map Features
Chart
FIG 3-1-2
Precipitation and Obstruction To Vision
Chart
e. The facsimile products which cannot be
displayed shall be retained for specialist/pilot use.
f. Interpret and summarize weather radar video
displays and issue pertinent information on observed/
reported weather areas.
1. Use all available radar data and PIREPs to
determine intensity, tops, area of coverage, move-
ment, etc.
REFERENCE-
Pilot/Controller Glossary, Radar Weather Echo Intensity Levels.
2. Identify data obtained from sources other
than radar video display by source and time of
observation.
3. To the extent possible, define area of
coverage in relation to VORs or airways for the route
structure being flown. Airports or geographic points
may be used to assist the pilot in relating coverage to
route of flight or destination.
EXAMPLE“A broken line of weak to intense echoes covers an area
along and three zero miles east of a line from the Crazy
Woman V-O-R to the Riverton V-O-R. Average tops
between two-six thousand and three-four thousand. This
line is increasing in intensity. Movement has been from
northwest to southeast at three zero knots. The line
includes an intense echo one five miles in diameter on
Victor Two Ninety-eight forty-eight miles southeast of the
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
3-1-3 General
Worland V-O-R, tops four three thousand. There are no
known echoes within three-zero nautical miles of Victor
Eight-five or Victor Two Ninety-eight south at this time.”
3-1-5. FORECASTS, WARNINGS, AND
ADVISORIES
a. Use only weather forecasts, warnings, and
advisories issued by an NWS office (including
CWSUs), the U.S. military, foreign governments, or
FAA owned or leased graphics systems.
b. Use the information in the Meteorological
Impact Statement (MIS) for preduty briefings,
background, and supplemental information only. The
MIS is a traffic flow planning product and is not to be
used as an integral part of a briefing presentation.
c. The OUTLOOK section of WSTs includes
meteorological discussion information. Extract
pertinent forecast data concerning convective
activity location, movement, and intensity for
briefing purposes. Do not provide discussion type
information unless requested by the pilot.
d. When an NWS forecast meets amendment
criteria, request assistance from the appropriate NWS
office.
3-1-6. UNAVAILABILITY OF DATA
Use all available means to obtain the data required to
brief pilots to their destination. If a complete briefing
cannot be provided due to circuit problems or missing
data, inform the pilot of this fact. Brief to the extent
possible. As appropriate, furnish the pilot with the
telephone number of another AFSS/FSS, or advise
the pilot of the time you expect the data to be
available.
3-1-7. TYPE OF BRIEFING TO BE
CONDUCTED
Provide the pilot with the type of briefing requested;
i.e., standard, abbreviated, or outlook. When it is not
clear initially which type briefing is desired, provide
the first one or two items requested, and then
ascertain if the pilot would like a standard briefing. If
a standard briefing is requested, conduct the briefing
in accordance with para 3-2-1. If the pilot does not
desire a standard briefing, provide either an
abbreviated briefing in accordance with para 3-2-2,
or an outlook briefing, in accordance with para
3-2-3.
3-1-8. RECORDING PILOT BRIEFINGS
a. FSS. Use FAA Form s 7233-1, 7233-2,
7233-5, and 7230-21 for recording pilot briefings.
Document the briefing by one of the following
methods:
1. FAA Form 7233-2. Use a separate form each
day. Two or more forms may be used simultaneously
at different operating positions. Complete boxes 1
through 3 on each form. Enter appropriate data in
columns 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (if pertinent), and 9. The pilot's
name may be substituted for the aircraft identification
if unknown. As applicable, enter OTLK (outlook
briefing), AB (abbreviated briefing), and/or VNR in
column 8.
2. FAA Form 7233-1. Check the “pilot
briefing” block, fill in specialist initials, and time
started. As applicable, also enter AB, OTLK, and/or
check the VNR block.
3. FAA Forms 7233-5/7230-21. Enter PB in
block 14 if a briefing is provided. As applicable, also
enter AB, OTLK, and/or VNR in the same block.
b. M1. Pilot briefings are logged and stored on the
DD file for accountability. The required elements are:
PB (DESTINATION), (ACID), REMARKS.
NOTE-
If current partial exists for the proposed flight,
DESTINATION and ACID are optional.
EXAMPLE-
PB Preflight Briefing logged using
current partial.
PB DSM Preflight Briefing logged bypassing
destination in current partial.
PB ,,VNR Preflight Briefing logged using
current partial, with remarks added.
PB DSM,, VNR Preflight Briefing logged bypassing
destination in current partial, with
remarks added.
PB DSM,N1,VNR Preflight Briefing logged bypassing
destination and ACID in current
partial, with remarks added.
c. OASIS. Pilot briefings are logged using the
Briefing Log dialog box and stored in a history file for
retrieval. The required elements for OASIS logging
acceptance for a pilot weather brief are ACID and
flight rules. As applicable, enter OTLK (outlook
briefing), AB (abbreviated briefing), and/or VNR in
the “Remarks” text box.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
3-1-4 General
NOTE-
Data used in the briefing request and contained in the
Briefing Menu (Area, Region, Route, Selected Location),
Flight Plan, or Flight Workspace dialog boxes will be
automatically populated into the Briefing Log dialog box.
Additional data to complete the Briefing Log may be
entered directly into the Briefing Log dialog box. Detailed
instructions are contained in the WINGS online help and
the WINGS System Users Guide.
d. Where recorders are used, facility management
may limit entries on pilot briefing records to those
required for facility use.
e. Where fast-file recorders are used and the pilot
states the source of a briefing on the recorder, it shall
be entered in the remarks field of the flight plan.
EXAMPLE-
PB/DCA PB/DUATS
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
3-2-1 Preflight Pilot Briefing作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:23:37
Section 2. Preflight Pilot Briefing
3-2-1. CONDUCT OF STANDARD
BRIEFING
a. Brief by translating, interpreting, and summa-
rizing available data for the intended flight. Do not
read individual weather reports or forecasts unless, in
your judgment, it is necessary to emphasize an
important point or unless specifically requested to do
so by the pilot. Obtain the following information if it
is pertinent and not evident or already known:
1. Type of flight planned.
2. Aircraft identification or pilot's name.
3. Aircraft type.
4. Departure point.
5. Route of flight.
6. Destination.
7. Flight altitude(s).
8. ETD and ETE.
Pilot briefer shall issue the following cautionary
advisory to a pilot planning a flight outside of United
States controlled airspace, unless the pilot states “I
have the international cautionary advisory.”
PHRASEOLOGY-
CHECK DATA AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER
ENTERING FOREIGN AIRSPACE, AS OUR
INTERNATIONAL DATA MAY BE INACCURATE OR
INCOMPLETE.
b. Using all sources of weather and aeronautical
information, provide the following data when it is
applicable to the proposed flight. Provide items 1
through 8 in the sequence listed except as noted.
1. Adverse Conditions. Include this element
when meteorological or aeronautical conditions are
reported or forecast that might influence the pilot to
alter the proposed flight. Emphasize conditions that
are particularly significant, such as low level wind
shear, thunderstorms, reported icing, frontal zones
along the route of flight, airport closures, air traffic
delays, etc. Weather advisories (WS, WA, WST,
CWA, and AWW) shall be given by stating the type
of advisory followed by the pertinent information.
EXAMPLE``An AIRMET is in effect until 1400 for possible moderate
turbulence below 10,000 feet over the mountainous area
of southern California.”
2. VFR Flight Not Recommended (VNR).
Include this statement when VFR flight is proposed
and sky conditions or visibilities are present or
forecast, surface or aloft, that in your judgment would
make flight under visual flight rules doubtful.
Describe the conditions, affected locations, and
times.
EXAMPLE``There are broken clouds along the entire route between
niner and one one thousand feet at the present time. With
the approach of a cold front, these clouds are forecast to
become overcast and to lower to below seven thousand
with mountains and passes becoming obscured. V-F-R
flight is not recommended between Salt Lake City and
Grand Junction after two two zero zero ZULU.”
``V-F-R flight is not recommended in the Seattle area
until early afternoon. The current weather at Seattle is
indefinite ceiling three hundred sky obscured, visibility
one, mist, and little improvement is expected before one
eight zero zero ZULU.”
NOTE-
This recommendation is advisory in nature. The decision
as to whether the flight can be conducted safely rests
solely with the pilot.
3. Synopsis. Provide a brief statement describ-
ing the type, location, and movement of weather
systems and/or air masses which might affect the
proposed flight. This element may be combined with
adverse conditions and/or the VNR element, in any
order, when it will help to more clearly describe
conditions.
4. Current Conditions. Summarize from all
available sources reported weather conditions
applicable to the flight. This element may be omitted
if the proposed time of departure is beyond 2 hours
unless the information is requested by the pilot.
NOTE1. If the surface meteorological observation originates
from an automated observation facility and is presented
as a singular report, follow the location announcement
with the phrase ``AUTOMATED.”
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
3-2-2 Preflight Pilot Briefing
2. The briefer should provide sufficient automated
surface observation information when requested by the
pilot or when deemed pertinent to the briefing.
5. En Route Forecast. Summarize from ap-
propriate data (Area Forecast) TAFs, prognosis
charts, weather advisories, etc., forecast conditions
applicable to the proposed flight. Provide the
information in a logical order; i.e., climb out, en
route, and descent.
6. Destination Forecast. Provide the destina-
tion forecast including significant changes expected
within 1 hour before and after the ETA.
7. Winds Aloft. Provide forecast winds aloft for
the proposed route using degrees of the compass.
Interpolate wind directions and speeds between
levels and stations as necessary. Provide temperature
information on request.
NOTE-
OASIS will interpolate wind direction and speed between
levels and stations as necessary if an altitude is provided.
8. Notices to Airmen (NOTAM).
(a) Provide available NOTAM (L) (Flight
Plan Area), NOTAM (D), and Prohibited Areas P-40,
P-49, P-56, and the Special Flight Rules Area for
Washington, DC, information pertinent to the flight.
(b) For M1FC and OASIS facilities, provide
Flight Data Center (FDC) NOTAM which are
pertinent to the proposed flight and are not already
carried in the Notices to Airmen publication.
NOTE-
OASIS separates Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR)
NOTAM from other FDC and General FDC NOTAM in the
Weather and Aeronautical Briefing Window under a
separate tabbed page labeled TFR.
(c) For nonautomated Alaska FSS facilities,
provide FDC NOTAM within 400 NM radius of your
facility which are pertinent to the proposed flight and
are not already carried in the Notices to Airmen
publication.
NOTE-
If approved by the Flight Services Operations Area Office,
the area may be adjusted to meet user requirements.
(d) Combine this elem ent with current
conditions when it would be logical and advanta-
geous to do so.
9. ATC Delays. Inform the pilot of any known
ATC delays and/or any flow control advisories on
hand that might affect the proposed flight.
10. Request for PIREPs. Include this element
when, in your judgment, a report of actual inflight
conditions is beneficial or when conditions meet
criteria for solicitation of PIREPs (para 9-2-5).
Advise the pilot to contact Flight Watch or Flight
Service to report en route conditions.
11. EFAS. When appropriate, inform pilots of
the availability of Flight Watch for weather updates;
e.g., thunderstorms, icing.
12. Upon request.
(a) In addition to pertinent D NOTAM,
provide information available to your position of
operation on Special Use Airspace (SUA), SUA
related airspace (i.e., Air Traffic Control Assigned
Airspace (ATCAA)) and military training route
(MTR) activity within your flight plan area plus an
additional 100 NM extension. For all SUA and MTR
data requests, advise the pilot that information may
be incomplete and to contact the appropriate ATC
facility for additional information while in flight.
NOTE1. Pertinent D NOTAM include: Restricted Areas,
Refueling Tracks, Prohibited Areas P-40, P-49, P-56,
and the Special Flight Rules Area for Washington, DC.
2. For air to ground positions utilize information
obtained from Special Use Airspace/In-Flight Service
Enhancement (SUA/ISE) and Model 1 Full Capacity/Op-
erational and Supportability Implementation System
(M1FC/OASIS). For all other positions utilize informa-
tion obtained from M1FC/OASIS.
3. SUA and related airspace includes the following types
of airspace: Alert Area, Military Operations Area (MOA),
Prohibited Area, Restricted Area, Refueling Anchor,
Warning Area and Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace
(ATCAA). MTR data includes the following types of
airspace: IFR Training Routes (IR), VFR Training
Routes (VR), Slow Training Routes (SR) and Aerial
Refueling Tracks (AR).
(b) Review the appropriate aeronautical
publications and inform the pilot of pertinent
NOTAM, special notices, and other information
about Prohibited Areas P-40, P-49, P-56, and the
Special Flight Rules Area for Washington, DC, when
pertinent to the flight.
(c) Provide approximate density altitude
data.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
3-2-3 Preflight Pilot Briefing
(d) Provide information regarding such items
as air traffic service and rules, customs/immigration
procedures, ADIZ rules, SAR, Flight Watch, etc.
(e) Provide LORAN C NOTAM.
REFERENCE-
FAAO 7930.2, Para 5-3-7c, NOTAM (D) NAVAID.
(f) Provide military NOTAM.
REFERENCE-
FAAO 7930.2, Para 8-3-1, Military NOTAM Availability.
(g) Provide GPS Receiver Autonomous
Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) Aeronautical Informa-
tion. RAIM information shall be provided 1-hour
before to 1-hour after the ETA, or a time frame
requested by the pilot.
(h) Provide runway friction measurement
NOTAMs.
(i) Provide Special FDC instrument approach
procedure changes.
3-2-2. CONDUCT OF ABBREVIATED
BRIEFING
Provide an abbreviated briefing when a pilot requests
information to supplement mass disseminated data;
update a previous briefing; or when the pilot requests
that the briefing be limited to specific information.
Pilot briefers shall issue the following cautionary
advisory to a pilot planning a flight outside of United
States controlled airspace, unless the pilot states “I
have the international cautionary advisory”:
PHRASEOLOGY-
CHECK DATA AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER
ENTERING FOREIGN AIRSPACE, AS OUR
INTERNATIONAL DATA MAY BE INACCURATE OR
INCOMPLETE.
Conduct abbreviated briefings as follows:
a. When a pilot desires specific information only,
provide the requested information. If adverse
conditions are reported or forecast, advise the pilot of
this fact. Provide details on these conditions in
accordance with subpara 3-2-1b1, at the pilot's
request.
b. When a pilot requests an update to a previous
briefing, obtain from the pilot the time the briefing
was received and necessary background information.
To the extent possible, limit the briefing to
appreciable changes in meteorological and aeronauti-
cal conditions since the previous briefing.
c. When a pilot requests information to supple-
ment data obtained through AFSS/FSS mass
dissemination media, obtain pertinent background
information, the specific items required by the pilot,
and provide the information in the sequence listed in
subpara 3-2-1b.
d. Solicit PIREPs in accordance with subpara
3-2-1b10.
e. When a pilot requests to file a flight plan only,
ask if he/she requires the latest information on
adverse conditions along the route of flight. If he/she
responds ``yes”:
1. Provide information on adverse conditions
pertinent to the intended route of flight.
2. Provide details on these conditions in
accordance with subpara 3-2-1b1.
3-2-3. CONDUCT OF OUTLOOK BRIEFING
a. Provide an outlook briefing when the proposed
departure is 6 hours or more from the time of the
briefing. Conduct the briefing in accordance with
subpara 3-2-1b, but limit the briefing to forecast data
applicable to the proposed flight. Omit items 2, 4, and
7 through 11 unless specifically requested by the pilot
or deemed pertinent by the briefer.
b. When the proposed flight is scheduled to be
conducted beyond the valid time of the available
forecast material, provide a general outlook and then
advise the pilot when complete forecast data will be
available for the proposed flight. Upon request
transfer the call to, or furnish the telephone number
of the appropriate NWS office.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-1-1 General
Chapter 4. Inflight Services
Section 1. General
4-1-1. INFLIGHT SERVICES
Inflight services are those provided to or affecting
aircraft inflight or otherwise operating on the airport
surface. This includes services to airborne aircraft,
such as NAVAID monitoring and restoration, LAA,
delivery of ATC clearances, advisories or requests,
issuance of military flight advisory messages, EFAS,
NOTAM, SAR communications searches, flight plan
handling, transcribed or live broadcast, weather
observations, PIREPs, and pilot briefings.
NOTE-
Provide inflight services in accordance with the
procedures in this chapter to aircraft on a “first come, first
served” basis, as circumstances permit.
4-1-2. EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY
SERVICE (EFAS/FLIGHT WATCH)
A service specifically designed to provide, upon pilot
request, timely weather information pertinent to the
type of flight, intended route of flight, and altitude.
NOTE-
The facilities providing this service are listed in the
Airport/Facility Directory (A/FD).
4-1-3. OPERATIONAL PRIORITY
a. Emergency situations are those where life or
property are in immediate danger. Aircraft in distress
have priority over all other aircraft.
b. Provide priority service to civilian air ambu-
lance (LIFEGUARD), or military air evacuation
(AIR EVAC, MED EVAC) flights. When requested
by the pilot, provide notifications to expedite ground
handling of patients, vital organs, or urgently needed
medical materials. Assist the pilots of air ambulance/
evacuation aircraft to avoid areas of significant
weather and turbulent conditions.
NOTE-
Air carrier/Air taxi usage of “Lifeguard” call sign
indicates that operational priority is requested.
c. Provide maximum assistance to search and
rescue (SAR) aircraft performing a SAR mission.
d. Provide special handling as required to expedite
Flight Check and SAFI aircraft.
4-1-4. INFLIGHT WEATHER BRIEFING
Upon request, provide the pilot with an inflight
weather briefing, in accordance with the procedure
outlined in Chapter 3, Section 2. The following
cautionary advisory shall be issued to a pilot planning
a flight outside of United States controlled airspace,
unless the pilot states “I have the international
cautionary advisory.”
PHRASEOLOGY-
CHECK DATA AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER
ENTERING FOREIGN AIRSPACE, AS OUR
INTERNATIONAL DATA MAY BE INACCURATE OR
INCOMPLETE.
4-1-5. INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT
MALFUNCTIONS
a. Inflight equipment malfunctions include partial
or complete failure of equipment which may affect
either safety and/or the ability of the flight to proceed.
Specialists may expect reports from pilots regarding
VOR, ADF, Low Frequency Navigation Receivers,
impairment of air-ground communications capabili-
ty, or other equipment deemed appropriate by the
pilot.
b. When a pilot reports a flight equipment
malfunction, determine the nature and extent of any
assistance desired.
c. Provide maximum assistance possible consis-
tent with equipment, workload, and any special
handling requested.
d. Relay to other specialists or facilities who will
subsequently handle the aircraft all pertinent details
concerning the aircraft and any special handling
requested or being provided.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-2-1 Data Recording
Section 2. Data Recording
4-2-1. TYPES OF DATA RECORDED
a. M1FC/OASIS entry for:
1. Flight plans and related messages.
2. Logging pilot briefings and aircraft contacts.
3. Service A/B messages.
b. AISR/manual functions strip marking.
4-2-2. METHODS OF RECORDING DATA
a. In M1FC and OASIS facilities, entries are made
directly into the computer.
NOTE-
Inflight positions may use locally approved written
procedures to record data during heavy traffic periods,
however, aircraft contact information should be logged in
the computer system as soon as practical.
b. AISR facilities use FAA Form 7230-21 or FAA
Form 7233-5 to record flight progress data or inflight
pilot briefs. Flight notification messages may be used
as substitutes for strips.
c. Use control/clearance symbols, abbreviations,
location identifiers, and contractions for recording
position reports, traffic clearances, and other data,
where appropriate, in M1FC or OASIS entries and on
flight progress strips. When recording data, you may
use:
1. Plain language markings to supplement data
when it will aid in understanding the recorded
information.
2. Locally approved contractions and identifiers
for frequently used terms and local fixes not listed in
either FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions or FAAO
JO_7350.8, Location Identifiers. Use only within
your facility, not on data or interphone circuits. All
locally approved contractions and identifiers shall be
placed in facility files for record and reference
purposes.
3. Plain sheets of paper to record information
when the use of flight progress strips is not feasible.
4. Blank paper to record lengthy ATC clear-
ances or in the case of numerous contacts with the
same aircraft; e.g., orientation or emergencies.
d. To prevent misinterpretation of data hand
printed on flight progress strips, use the standard
hand-printed characters shown in FIG 4-2-1.
FIG 4-2-1
Hand-Printed_Characters_Chart
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-2-2 Data Recording
NOTE-
A slant line crossing through the numeral zero and an
underline of the letter “S” on handwritten portions of
flight progress strips are required only when there is
reason to believe the lack of these markings could lead to
a misunderstanding. A slant line through the numeral zero
is required on all weather data.
e. To correct or update data, draw a horizontal line
through it and write the correct information adjacent
to it.
f. Do not erase any item.
4-2-3. IFR/VFR/DVFR FLIGHT PLAN
RECORDING
a. Use FAA Form 7233-1 to record flight plans in
an AISR facility, and forward information on flight
plan modifications, cancellations, activations, and
closures to the appropriate position for handling.
b. M1FC VFR/DVFR Flight Plan. The following
commands are normally used in the performance of
VFR/DVFR flight plan functions.
1. Flight Plan Filing. (See TBL 4-2-1.)
TBL 4-2-1
Flight Plan Filing
Command Result
FP Displays blank domestic flight plan
mask.
(Fill in mask) Enter flight plan elements as
required.
GI Transmits flight plan.
2. Flight Plan Modification. (See TBL 4-2-2.)
TBL 4-2-2
Flight Plan Modification
Command Result
FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID.
(Modify data) Flight plan elements as required
using TAB key.
STPM Existing flight plan replaced by
modified flight plan on proposed
list.
STIM Existing flight plan replaced by
modified flight plan on inbound list.
3. Cancel Flight Plan. (See TBL 4-2-3.)
TBL 4-2-3
Cancel Flight Plan
Command Result
FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID.
CX Flight plan cancelled.
CX (remarks) Flight plan cancelled with remarks.
NOTE-
A cancelled flight plan is one that has not been activated.
4. Flight Plan Activation. (See TBL 4-2-4.)
TBL 4-2-4
Flight Plan Activation
Command Result
FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID.
(Change P
Time to D
Time)
Prepares Flight plan for
transmission.
GI Flight notification is transmitted.
5. Flight Plan Closure. When closing a VFR
flight plan, obtain departure point and destination, if
not already known. (See TBL 4-2-5.)
NOTE-
OASIS VFR/DVFR Flight Plan. Use the flight plan
functions to record domestic VFR/DVFR flight plan filing,
modification, cancellation, activation and closure data.
Detailed instructions are contained in the WINGS online
help and the WINGS System Users Guide.
TBL 4-2-5
Flight Plan Closure
Command Result
CL ACID Flight plan closed.
CL ACID,
(remarks)
Flight plan closed with remarks.
c. M1FC IFR Flight Plans. The following com-
mands are normally used in the performance of IFR
flight plan functions.
1. Flight Plan Filing. (See TBL 4-2-6.)
TBL 4-2-6
Flight Plan Filing
Command Result
FP Displays blank domestic flight plan
mask.
(Fill in mask) Enter flight plan elements as
required.
GI Transmits flight plan with route
validation.
GI RO Transmits flight plan by-passing
route validation.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-2-3 Data Recording
2. Flight Plan Modification. (See TBL 4-2-7.)
TBL 4-2-7
Flight Plan Modification
Command Result
FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID.
(Modify data) Modify flight plan elements as
required using TAB key.
STPM Existing flight plan replaced by
modified flight plan on proposed
list.
3. Cancel Flight Plan. (See TBL 4-2-8.)
NOTE-
OASIS IFR Flight Plan. Use the flight plan functions to
record IFR flight plan filing, modification and
cancellation data. Detailed instructions are contained in
the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users
Guide.
TBL 4-2-8
Cancel Flight Plan
Command Result
FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID.
CX Flight plan cancelled.
CX (remarks) Flight plan cancelled with remarks.
4-2-4. PILOT WEATHER REPORTS
a. PIREPs are formatted for input into M1FC by
the use of “Display PIREP entry format (WY)”
keyword. The following commands are required to
transmit PIR EPs via the PIR EP mask. (See
TBL 4-2-9.)
TBL 4-2-9
PIREP Entry
Command Result
WY Displays the PIREP entry format
mask.
Formulate PIREP using either the free form area of
the mask, or the mask, but not both.
GI(s) (1) Transmits to the AWPs.
(2) Generates P alert flag at all
terminals enabled for P alerts within
FSDPS family.
b. In an AISR facility, use FAA Form 7110-2 or
material deemed appropriate.
c. PIREPs are formatted for input into OASIS by
using a Transmit PIREP dialog box. A properly
formatted pilot report will generate an Auto Update
alarm at designated workstations.
4-2-5. LOGGING AIRCRAFT CONTACTS
a. M1FC. Aircraft contacts and inflight briefings
are logged and stored on the DD file for
accountability. The required elements are:
1. Inflight Briefing (IB).
2. Type of Flight (TOF).
3. Type of Service (TOS).
4. ACID.
5. Remarks.
EXAMPLE-
IB (TOF),(TOS),(ACID), REMARKS.
NOTE-
If current partial exists, ACID is optional.
(See TBL 4-2-10.)
TBL 4-2-10
Type of Flight
TOF (TYPE OF FLIGHT)
IC IFR AIR CARRIER
IG IFR GENERAL
IM IFR MILITARY
IT IFR AIR TAXI
VC VFR AIR CARRIER
VG VFR GENERAL
VM VFR MILITARY
VT VFR AIR TAXI
Example: “IGI” = IFR General ICAO.
For DVFR, replace “V” with “D.”
For ICAO, add “I” to TOF.
TOS (TYPE OF SERVICE)
A ACFT contact & airport advisory
AB ACFT contact, airport advisory &
briefing
B ACFT contact & briefing
BLANK ACFT contact
(See TBL 4-2-11.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/4-2-4 Data Recording
TBL 4-2-11
Contacts & Inflight Briefings
CB This is used to log
general information
in the DD file
without adding to
the traffic count.
Current partial is
by-passed.
IB DG,,N1234, “Remarks” ACFT contact,
DVFR General,
ACID in current
partial by-passed.
IB IG,,,ALSTG ACFT contact, IFR
General, Remarks.
IB IGI,B,N1,VNR ACFT contact, IFR
General ICAO,
Briefing, ACID in
current partial
by-passed,
Remarks.
IB VM,B,, “Remarks” ACFT contact,
VFR Military,
Briefing.
IB VG,A,, “Remarks” ACFT contact,
VFR General,
Airport Advisory.
IB ,,N1,Remarks This is used to log
additional radio
contacts.
b. OASIS. Aircraft contacts and inflight briefings
are logged and stored in the history files for
accountability.
NOTE-
ACID and Flight Rules are required to log an inflight
briefing or aircraft contact.
c. In the REMARKS block, locally approved
contractions and identifiers may be used for
frequently used terms not listed in either FAAO
JO_7340.2, Contractions or FAAO JO 7350.8,
Location Identifiers.
d. If the inflight position is recorded, you may
limit entries in the REMARKS to those necessary for
your use.
4-2-6. FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS (FAA
FORMS 7230-21 AND 7233-5)
a. When officially used to record inflight data, use
flight progress strips to record:
1. Aircraft contacts.
2. ATC clearances.
3. Pilot briefings on airborne aircraft.
4. Other operationally significant items.
b. Use one flight progress strip for each flight, and
record all contacts with that flight on the same strip.
If supplemental strips are needed for additional
writing space, keep the original and supplemental
strips together and consider them as one strip.
4-2-7. FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS AND
ENTRY DATA
a. Flight progress strip. (See FIG 4-2-2.)
FIG 4-2-2
Flight Progress Strip
b. Flight progress strip entry. (See FIG 4-2-3.)
3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-2-5 Data Recording
FIG 4-2-3
Strip Entry 1
FIG 4-2-4
Strip Entry 2
FIG 4-2-5
Flight Progress Strip
Flight progress strip Item and Information.
(See TBL 4-2-12.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-2-6 Data Recording
TBL 4-2-12
Item and Information
Item Information
1 ACID (To identify IFR aircraft
piloted by solo USAF
under-graduate pilot, the letter Z
will be added to aircraft ID on the
flight progress strip. Do not use the
suffix in ground-to-air
communications.)
2 Type of aircraft/special equipment.
3 TAS and altitude (IFR). Altitude
(VFR/DVFR, if known).
4 Departure point.
5 Route of flight.
6 Destination.
7 Actual departure time, or Time VFR
flight plan activated.
8 ETA at destination.
9 Estimated time of fuel exhaustion.
10 Type of flight.
11 Action time; e.g., overdue time, fuel
exhaustion time, LR contact time.
12 Time of contact with pilot.
13 Information received from
pilot/another facility.
14 Data issued to the aircraft.
Flight progress strip abbreviation. (See TBL 4-2-13)
TBL 4-2-13
Abbreviation
Abbreviation Meaning
_ Over Flight.
↓Inbound Flight.
_ Outbound Flight.
I IFR.
IR Island Reporting.
D DVFR.
LR Lake Reporting.
S SVFR.
V VFR.
MR Mountain Reporting.
SR Swamp Reporting.
Flight progress strip abbreviation. (See TBL 4-2-14)
TBL 4-2-14
Abbreviation
Abbreviation Meaning
A AIRMET (WA).
AA Airport Advisory.
CWT Caution Wake Turbulence.
DA Decided Against Flight.
DD Decided to Delay Flight.
DW Downwind.
FP Filed Flight Plan.
IC Incomplete Briefing.
PB Pilot Brief.
RY Runway.
S SIGMET (WS) and/or Convective
SIGMET (WST).
VNR VFR Flight not recommended (Pilot
Brief).
c. Record ATC instructions and clearances
completely and exactly.
d. Summarize other data using approved symbols
and contractions.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:23:50
e. Do not record issuance of altimeter setting
unless that is the only information provided during
the contact.
f. When flight notification messages are used to
record flight progress data, cut or tear the paper to fit
the strip holder. Enter items 10 through 14 in the
corresponding numbered location illustrated in
FIG 4-2-4.
4-2-8. AIRCRAFT CONTACTS
a. Use a flight progress strip, the aircraft proposal,
or flight notification message to record information
on aircraft contacts. Inflight and flight watch contacts
may be logged in either M1FC or OASIS equipment,
on flight progress strips, or on facility approved
alternate forms.
b. If the station has the aircraft's flight plan, enter
FP in space 14 to show FAA Form 7233-1 is filed in
the facility.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-2-7 Data Recording
c. If there is no flight plan on file for the aircraft
contacting the station, obtain and post the following:
1. ACID.
2. Type of flight.
3. Time of contact.
4. Aircraft contact record.
5. Other items which are operationally signifi-
cant.
d. If the inflight position is recorded, you may
limit entries in the aircraft contact portion of the strip
to those necessary for your use.
TBL 4-2-15
Clearance Abbreviation
Abbreviation Meaning
A Cleared to airport (point of intended
landing).
B Center clearance delivered.
C ATC clears (when clearance relayed
through non-ATC facility).
CAF Cleared as filed.
D Cleared to depart from the fix.
F Cleared to the fix.
H Cleared to hold and instructions
issued.
L Cleared to land.
N Clearance not delivered.
O Cleared to the outer marker.
PD Cleared to climb/descend at pilot's
discretion.
Q Cleared to fly specified sectors of a
NAVAID defined in terms of
courses, bearings, radials, or
quadrants within a designated
radius.
T Cleared through (for landing and
takeoff through intermediate point).
V Cleared over the fix.
X Cleared to cross (airway, route,
radial) at (point).
Z Tower jurisdiction.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:03
4-2-9. CONTROL SYMBOLOGY
a. Use authorized control and clearance symbols
or abbreviations for recording clearances, reports,
and instructions.
b. The following tables contain abbreviation and
control information symbols. (See TBL 4-2-15 and
TBL 4-2-16.)
TBL 4-2-16
Miscellaneous Abbreviation
Abbreviation Meaning
BC Back course approach.
CT Contact approach.
FA Final approach.
GPS GPS approach.
I Initial approach.
ILS ILS approach.
MA Missed approach.
MLS MLS approach.
NDB Nondirectional radio beacon
approach.
OTP VFR conditions-on-top.
PA Precision approach.
PT Procedure turn.
RH Runway heading.
RP Report immediately upon passing
(fix/altitude).
RX Report crossing.
SA Surveillance approach.
SI Straight-in approach.
TA TACAN approach.
TL Turn left.
TR Turn right.
VA Visual approach.
VR VOR approach.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-2-8 Data Recording
FIG 4-2-6
Control Information Symbols Chart 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-2-9 Data Recording
FIG 4-2-7
Control Information Symbols Chart 2
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-3-1 Radio Communications作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:12
Section 3. Radio Communications
4-3-1. FREQUENCY USE
a. Use radio frequencies for the specific purposes
for which they are assigned. A frequency may be used
for more than one function when required. Use the
minimum number of frequencies to conduct
communications. Request pilots file flight plans on
discrete frequencies when possible.
b. Monitor assigned radio frequencies continu-
ously. Keep speaker volumes at a level sufficient to
hear all transmissions.
4-3-2. AUTHORIZED TRANSMISSIONS
a. Transmit only those messages necessary for
safe and efficient use of the National Airspace System
(NAS).
1. Relay operational information to an aircraft
or its company, as requested, when abnorm al
conditions necessitate such requests. Do not agree to
handle such messages on a regular basis.
2. Relay official FAA messages as required.
b. Inform an aircraft of the source of any message
you relay from an airport manager, a military
commander, or other appropriate authority.
c. Use the words or phrases in radio communica-
tions as contained in the Pilot/Controller Glossary.
4-3-3. RADIO MESSAGE FORMAT
Initiate radio communications with an aircraft by
using the following format:
a. Initial call up.
1. State the prefix “November” when establish-
ing initial communications with U.S. Registered
aircraft followed by the phonetic pronunciation of the
numbers/letters of the aircraft registration.
2. Identification of the calling unit.
3. The type of message to follow when this will
assist the pilot.
4. The word over, if required.
EXAMPLE“November Three Four Seven Seven Papa, Fort Worth
Radio, over.”
“November Three Four Seven Seven Papa, Fort Worth
Radio, A-T-C clearance, over.”
b. Replying to call up from aircraft.
1. Identification of the aircraft initiating the call
up. Use the full identification in reply to aircraft with
similar sounding identifications. For other aircraft,
use the same identification the pilot used in initial call
up; then use the correct identification after
communications have been established.
2. Identification of the replying unit.
3. The word over, if required.
c. The word heavy shall be used as part of the
identification in communications with or about
heavy jet aircraft when providing airport advisories.
PHRASEOLOGY-
UNITED FIFTY-EIGHT HEAVY
NOTE1. Most airlines will use the word heavy following the
company prefix and trip number when establishing
communications or when changing frequencies.
2. When in radio-telephone communications with “Air
Force One,” do not add the heavy designator to the call
sign. State only the call sign “Air Force One” regardless
of the type of aircraft.
d. Preface a clearance or instruction intended for
a specific aircraft with the identification of that
aircraft.
e. Emphasize appropriate digits, letters, or similar
sounding words to aid in distinguishing between
similar sounding aircraft identifications. Additional-
ly, notify each pilot concerned when communicating
with aircraft having similar sounding identifications.
EXAMPLE“American Five Twenty-one and American Twenty-one,
transmissions being made to each of you on this
frequency.”
“Advisory to Cessna One Three Two Four, transmissions
to Cessna One Two Three Four also being made on this
frequency.”作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:21
4-3-4. ABBREVIATED TRANSMISSION
Transmissions may be abbreviated as follows:
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-3-2 Radio Communications
a. Use the identification prefix and the last three
digits or letters of the aircraft identification after
communications have been established and type of
aircraft is known. Do not abbreviate similar sounding
aircraft identifications or the identification of an air
carrier or other civil aircraft having an FAA
authorized call sign.
b. Omit the facility identification after commu-
nication has been established.
c. Transmit the message immediately after the
callup (without waiting for the aircraft's reply) when
the message is short and receipt is generally assured.
d. Omit the word over, if the message obviously
requires a reply.
4-3-5. ROUTINE RADIO CONTACTS
Record information received from or given to the
pilot. Prior to terminating the contact, provide the
following information:
a. Weather Advisory. When a weather advisory is
in effect, such as a WA, WS, WST, CWA, or AWW,
which pertains to an area within 150 miles of the
aircraft's position, obtain the route and destination if
not already known. Deliver the advisory if it is
pertinent and the pilot indicates that it has not been
received previously.
b. Shifting to Flight Watch. In-flight specialists
shall recommend shifting to the flight watch
frequency for en route advisories when weather
conditions in an area along the pilot's route of flight
so dictate. An example would be a pilot flying into an
area of marginal weather farther along the route. It
would be advantageous for the pilot to contact the
flight watch specialist to pursue an alternate course of
action should the need arise.
PHRASEOLOGY-
FOR ADDITIONAL EN ROUTE WEATHER, CONTACT
FLIGHT WATCH (frequency).
NOTE-
Delete all references to Flight Watch when not available.
c. NOTAM. When the destination is in your
station's flight plan area, inform the pilot of any
pertinent NOTAM.
d. Altimeter Setting.
1. If the aircraft is operating below 18,000 feet
MSL, issue current altimeter setting obtained from
direct reading instruments or received from weather
reporting stations. Use the setting for the location
nearest the position of the aircraft.
2. If the aircraft is arriving or departing a local
airport served by an operating control tower, issue
altimeter setting on request only.
3. Aircraft arriving or departing from a
nontowered airport which has a commissioned
ASOS/AWOS, with ground-to-air capability, shall
be advised to monitor the ASOS/AWOS frequency
for the altimeter setting.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MONITOR (airport) ASOS/AWOS FOR CURRENT
ALTIMETER.
NOTE-
This requirement is deleted if the pilot states, on initial
contact, that he/she has the automated weather.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:32
4. When the barometric pressure is greater than
31.00 inches Hg., Flight Standards will implement
high barometric pressure procedures by NOTAM
defining the geographic area affected. When this
occurs, use the following procedures:
(a) IFR aircraft. Issue the altimeter setting
and advise the pilot that high pressure altimeter
setting procedures are in effect. Control facilities will
issue specific instructions when relaying IFR
clearances and control instructions through AFSS/
FSS facilities when the altimeter is above 31.00
inches Hg.
(b) VFR aircraft. Issue the altimeter setting.
Advise the pilot that high pressure altimeter setting
procedures are in effect and to use an altimeter setting
of 31.00 inches Hg. en route.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ALTIMETER IN EXCESS OF THREE ONE ZERO ZERO.
HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER SETTING
PROCEDURES ARE IN EFFECT.
NOTE-
Airports unable to accurately measure barometric
pressures above 31.00 inches Hg. will report the
barometric pressure as missing or in excess of 31.00
inches Hg. Flight operations to or from those airports are
restricted to VFR weather conditions.
REFERENCE-
AIM, Chapter 7, Section 2, and FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 2-6-2,
Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS).
e. Incorrect Cruising Altitude. If the aircraft is
operating VFR at an altitude between 3,000 feet AGL
to, but not including FL180, and reports at an
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-3-3 Radio Communications
incorrect cruising altitude for the direction of flight,
issue a VFR cruising altitude advisory.
PHRASEOLOGY-
V-F-R CRUISING LEVELS FOR YOUR DIRECTION
OF FLIGHT ARE: (Odd/Even) ALTITUDES PLUS FIVE
HUNDRED FEET.
NOTE-
Facilities located in those areas where VFR altitude
separation is below 3,000 feet AGL or above FL 180 shall
provide appropriate phraseology examples for local use.
f. Altimeter Setting in Millibars. If a request for
the altimeter setting in millibars is received, use the
setting for the location nearest the position of the
aircraft and convert to the millibar equivalent value
using the millibar conversion chart. If the millibar
setting is not a whole number, always round down.
(See TBL 4-3-1.)
TBL 4-3-1
Millibar Conversion Chart
MILLIBAR CONVERSION CHART
inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars
27.50 931.3 28.00 948.2 28.50 965.1 29.00 982.1 29.50 999.0 30.00 1015.9 30.50 1032.8 31.00 1049.8
27.51 931.6 28.01 948.5 28.51 965.5 29.01 982.4 29.51 999.3 30.01 1016.3 30.51 1033.2 31.01 1050.1
27.52 931.9 28.02 948.9 28.52 965.8 29.02 982.7 29.52 999.7 30.02 1016.6 30.52 1033.5 31.02 1050.5
27.53 932.3 28.03 949.2 28.53 966.1 29.03 983.1 29.53 1000.0 30.03 1016.9 30.53 1033.9 31.03 1050.8
27.54 932.6 28.04 949.5 28.54 966.5 29.04 983.4 29.54 1000.3 30.04 1017.3 30.54 1034.2 31.04 1051.1
27.55 933.0 28.05 949.9 28.55 966.8 29.05 983.7 29.55 1000.7 30.05 1017.6 30.55 1034.5 31.05 1051.5
27.56 933.3 28.06 950.2 28.56 967.2 29.06 984.1 29.56 1001.0 30.06 1017.9 30.56 1034.9 31.06 1051.8
27.57 933.6 28.07 950.6 28.57 967.5 29.07 984.4 29.57 1001.4 30.07 1018.3 30.57 1035.2 31.07 1052.2
27.58 934.0 28.08 950.9 28.58 967.8 29.08 984.8 29.58 1001.7 30.08 1018.6 30.58 1035.6 31.08 1052.5
27.59 934.3 28.09 951.2 28.59 968.2 29.09 985.1 29.59 1002.0 30.09 1019.0 30.59 1035.9 31.09 1052.8
27.60 934.6 28.10 951.6 28.60 968.5 29.10 985.4 29.60 1002.4 30.10 1019.3 30.60 1036.2 31.10 1053.2
27.61 935.0 28.11 951.9 28.61 968.8 29.11 985.8 29.61 1002.7 30.11 1019.6 30.61 1036.6 31.11 1053.5
27.62 935.3 28.12 952.3 28.62 969.2 29.12 986.1 29.62 1003.0 30.12 1020.0 30.62 1036.9 31.12 1053.8
27.63 935.7 28.13 952.6 28.63 969.5 29.13 986.5 29.63 1003.4 30.13 1020.3 30.63 1037.3 31.13 1054.2
27.64 936.0 28.14 952.9 28.64 969.9 29.14 986.8 29.64 1003.7 30.14 1020.7 30.64 1037.6 31.14 1054.5
27.65 936.3 28.15 953.3 28.65 970.2 29.15 987.1 29.65 1004.1 30.15 1021.0 30.65 1037.9 31.15 1054.9
27.66 936.7 28.16 953.6 28.66 970.5 29.16 987.5 29.66 1004.4 30.16 1021.3 30.66 1038.3 31.16 1055.2
27.67 937.0 28.17 953.9 28.67 970.9 29.17 987.8 29.67 1004.7 30.17 1021.7 30.67 1038.6 31.17 1055.5
27.68 937.4 28.18 954.3 28.68 971.2 29.18 988.1 29.68 1005.1 30.18 1022.0 30.68 1038.9 31.18 1055.9
27.69 937.7 28.19 954.6 28.69 971.6 29.19 988.5 29.69 1005.4 30.19 1022.4 30.69 1039.3 31.19 1056.2
27.70 938.0 28.20 955.0 28.70 971.9 29.20 988.8 29.70 1005.8 30.20 1022.7 30.70 1039.6 31.20 1056.6
27.71 938.4 28.21 955.3 28.71 972.2 29.21 989.2 29.71 1006.1 30.21 1023.0 30.71 1040.0 31.21 1056.9
27.72 938.7 28.22 955.6 28.72 972.6 29.22 989.5 29.72 1006.4 30.22 1023.4 30.72 1040.3 31.22 1057.2
27.73 939.0 28.23 956.0 28.73 972.9 29.23 989.8 29.73 1006.8 30.23 1023.7 30.73 1040.6 31.23 1057.6
27.74 939.4 28.24 956.3 28.74 973.2 29.24 990.2 29.74 1007.1 30.24 1024.0 30.74 1041.0 31.24 1057.9
27.75 939.7 28.25 956.7 28.75 973.6 29.25 990.5 29.75 1007.5 30.25 1024.4 30.75 1041.3 31.25 1058.2
27.76 940.1 28.26 957.0 28.76 973.9 29.26 990.8 29.76 1007.8 30.26 1024.7 30.76 1041.6 31.26 1058.6
27.77 940.4 28.27 957.3 28.77 974.3 29.27 991.2 29.77 1008.1 30.27 1025.1 30.77 1042.0 31.27 1058.9
27.78 940.7 28.28 957.7 28.78 974.6 29.28 991.5 29.78 1008.5 30.28 1025.4 30.78 1042.3 31.28 1059.3
27.79 941.1 28.29 958.0 28.79 974.9 29.29 991.9 29.79 1008.8 30.29 1025.7 30.79 1042.7 31.29 1059.6
27.80 941.4 28.30 958.3 28.80 975.3 29.30 992.2 29.80 1009.1 30.30 1026.1 30.80 1043.0 31.30 1059.9
27.81 941.8 28.31 958.7 28.81 975.6 29.31 992.6 29.81 1009.5 30.31 1026.4 30.81 1043.3 31.31 1060.3
27.82 942.1 28.32 959.0 28.82 976.0 29.32 992.9 29.82 1009.8 30.32 1026.8 30.82 1043.7 31.32 1060.6
27.83 942.4 28.33 959.4 28.83 976.3 29.33 993.2 29.83 1010.2 30.33 1027.1 30.83 1044.0 31.33 1061.0
27.84 942.8 28.34 959.7 28.84 976.6 29.34 992.6 29.84 1010.5 30.34 1027.4 30.84 1044.4 31.34 1061.3
27.85 943.1 28.35 960.0 28.85 977.0 29.35 993.9 29.85 1010.8 30.35 1027.8 30.85 1044.7 31.35 1061.6
27.86 943.4 28.36 960.4 28.86 977.3 29.36 994.2 29.86 1011.2 30.36 1028.1 30.86 1045.0 31.36 1062.0
27.87 943.8 28.37 960.7 28.87 977.7 29.37 994.6 29.87 1011.5 30.37 1028.4 30.87 1045.4 31.37 1062.3
27.88 944.1 28.38 961.1 28.88 978.0 29.38 994.9 29.88 1011.9 30.38 1028.8 30.88 1045.7 31.38 1062.6
27.89 944.5 28.39 961.4 28.89 978.3 29.39 995.3 29.89 1012.2 30.39 1029.1 30.89 1046.1 31.39 1063.0
27.90 944.8 28.40 961.7 28.90 978.7 29.40 995.6 29.90 1012.5 30.40 1029.5 30.90 1046.4 31.40 1063.3
27.91 945.1 28.41 962.1 28.91 979.0 29.41 995.9 29.91 1012.9 30.41 1029.8 30.91 1046.7 31.41 1063.7
27.92 945.5 28.42 962.4 28.92 979.3 29.42 996.3 29.92 1013.2 30.42 1030.1 30.92 1047.1 31.42 1064.0
27.93 945.8 28.43 962.8 28.93 979.7 29.43 996.6 29.93 1013.5 30.43 1030.5 30.93 1047.4 31.43 1064.3
27.94 946.2 28.44 963.1 28.94 980.0 29.44 997.0 29.94 1013.9 30.44 1030.8 30.94 1047.7 31.44 1064.7
27.95 946.5 28.45 963.4 28.95 980.4 29.45 997.3 29.95 1014.2 30.45 1031.2 30.95 1048.1 31.45 1065.0
27.96 946.8 28.46 963.8 28.96 980.7 29.46 997.6 29.96 1014.6 30.46 1031.5 30.96 1044.4 31.46 1065.4
27.97 947.2 28.47 964.1 28.97 981.0 29.47 998.0 29.97 1014.9 30.47 1031.8 30.97 1048.8 31.47 1065.7
27.98 947.5 28.48 964.4 28.98 981.4 29.48 998.3 29.98 1015.2 30.48 1032.2 30.98 1049.1 31.48 1066.0
27.99 947.9 28.49 964.8 28.99 981.7 29.49 998.6 29.99 1015.6 30.49 1032.5 30.99 1049.4 31.49 1066.4
JO 7110.10T 2/14/4-3-4 Radio Communications作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:43
4-3-6. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS
TRANSFER
Transfer radio communications by specifying the
following:
a. The name of the facility to be contacted and the
frequency.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTACT (name of facility) ON (frequency).
b. In situations where an aircraft will continue to
communicate with your facility, use the following:
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTACT (name of service) ON (frequency).
4-3-7. ATC CLEARANCES, ADVISORIES,
OR REQUESTS
a. Notify ATC via interphone of a pilot's request
for clearance and include the departure and
destination airports and, if appropriate, departing
runway and time in the request. Relay, verbatim, ATC
clearances, advisories, and requests received from the
control facility. Give a time check to the nearest
quarter minute when relaying a clearance that
includes a release or void time.
NOTE-
For ATC clearances, “verbatim” means exact control
instructions, in the format stated in FAAO JO 7110.65, Air
Traffic Control, Para 4-2-1, Clearance Items.
PHRASEOLOGY-
Aircraft on the ground:
(Facility) RADIO, CLEARANCE REQUEST.
After go-ahead from ATC,
(Aircraft identification) DEPARTING (airport),
RUNWAY (number if applicable) DESTINATION (fix or
airport). (If applicable), CAN BE OFF AT (time).
Aircraft airborne:
(Facility) RADIO, CLEARANCE REQUEST.
After go-ahead from ATC:
(Aircraft identification), (position), (altitude), (route),
AND (destination).
b. Prefix all ATC clearances, advisories, or
requests with the appropriate phrase “A-T-C
CLEARS,” “A-T-C ADVISES,” etc.
c. When issuing information, relaying clearances,
or instructions, ensure acknowledgement by the
pilot.
d. If altitude, heading, or other items are read back
by the pilot, ensure the readback is correct. If
incorrect or incomplete, make corrections as
appropriate.
NOTE-
Pilots may acknowledge clearances, instructions, or
information by using “Wilco,” “Roger,” “Affirmative,”
or other appropriate words or remarks.
REFERENCE-
Pilot/Controller Glossary.
4-3-8. DEPARTURE REPORTS
a. When an IFR aircraft reports airborne or is
observed airborne, transmit the aircraft identification
and departure time to the control facility from which
the clearance was received.
PHRASEOLOGY(Facility) RADIO. DEPARTURE. (Aircraft
identification), (time).
NOTE1. This includes known VFR departure times of aircraft
which are to obtain IFR clearances when airborne.
2. The requirement for transmitting departure reports
may be omitted if requested by the IFR control facility,
provided the procedures are specified in a Letter of
Agreement.
b. When an aircraft which has filed an IFR flight
plan requests a VFR departure, facilitate the request
as follows:
1. If the facility/sector responsible for issuing
the clearance is unable to issue a clearance, inform the
pilot and suggest that the delay be taken on the
ground. If the pilot insists upon taking off VFR and
obtaining an IFR clearance in the air, relay the pilot's
intentions and, if possible, the VFR departure time to
the facility/sector holding the flight plan.
2. After obtaining approval from the facility/
sector responsible for issuing the IFR clearance, an
aircraft planning IFR flight may be authorized to
depart VFR. Inform the pilot of the proper frequency
and, if appropriate, where or when to contact the
facility responsible for issuing the clearance.
3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:58
4-3-5 Radio Communications
(a) When requesting:
PHRASEOLOGY(Facility) RADIO. (Aircraft identification), REQUEST
V-F-R DEPARTURE.
(b) When relaying to aircraft:
PHRASEOLOGY-
A-T-C ADVISES (aircraft identification) V-F-R
DEPARTURE APPROVED. CONTACT (facility) ON
(frequency) AT (location or time, if required) FOR
CLEARANCE.
(c) Relaying to control facility:
PHRASEOLOGY(Facility) RADIO. (Aircraft identification) DEPARTED
V-F-R AT (time).
4-3-9. IFR FLIGHT PROGRESS REPORTS
Relay to the appropriate ATC facility the aircraft
identification, position, time, altitude, estimate of
next reporting point, name of subsequent reporting
point, and any pilot remarks or requests including
amended flight plan data.
PHRASEOLOGY(Facility) RADIO. PROGRESS. (Aircraft identification),
(position), (altitude), (time) (name and estimate of next
reporting point) (name of subsequent reporting point)
(pilot's remarks).
4-3-10. ARRIVAL/MISSED APPROACH
REPORTS
Relay to the appropriate ATC facility, by the most
expeditious means available, the time that an IFR
aircraft lands, cancels, or executes a missed approach,
and intentions, if known.
4-3-11. NONDELIVERY OF MESSAGES
Inform ATC when a message has not been delivered
within:
a. Three minutes of receipt; or
b. Three minutes after the specified delivery time;
or
c. A specified cancellation time.
4-3-12. BROADCAST (BLIND
TRANSMISSION) OF MESSAGES
Broadcast messages as requested by ATC. If no
accompanying transmitting instructions are received,
transmit the message four times:
a. Once upon receipt; and
b. At approximately 3-minute intervals thereaf-
ter.
4-3-13. PENETRATION OF CLASS A
AIRSPACE OR PROHIBITED/RESTRICTED
AREA
a. Penetration of Class A airspace. When a VFR
aircraft's position report indicates penetration of
Class A airspace:
1. Inform the pilot of the Class A airspace
penetration and request intentions.
PHRASEOLOGY-
YOU ARE IN CLASS A AIRSPACE. AN A-T-C
CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED. REQUEST YOUR
INTENTIONS.
2. Inform the control facility immediately.
3. Relay ATC instructions.
b. Penetration of PROHIBITED/RESTRICTED
AREA. When an aircraft report indicates penetration
of a prohibited/restricted area:
1. Inform the pilot.
PHRASEOLOGY-
YOU ARE IN A PROHIBITED/RESTRICTED AREA.
AUTHORIZATION IS REQUIRED. REQUEST YOUR
INTENTIONS.
2. Inform the control facility immediately.
3. Relay ATC instructions.
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-4-1 Airport Advisory Services
Section 4. Airport Advisory Services
4-4-1. GENERAL
Airport advisory services are provided at airports
without an operating control tower that have certified
automated weather reporting via voice capability.
a. Local Airport Advisory (LAA) is a service
provided by facilities, which are located on the
landing airport, have ground-to-air communication
on a discrete frequency or the tower frequency when
the tower is closed, automated weather reporting with
voice broadcasting, and a continuous ASOS/AWOS
data display, other continuous direct reading
instruments, or manual observations available to the
specialist.
b. Remote Airport Advisory (RAA) is a remote
service which may be provided by facilities, which
are not located on the landing airport, but have
ground-to-air communication on a discrete frequen-
cy or the tower frequency when the tower is closed,
automated weather reporting with voice available to
the pilot at the landing airport, and a continuous
ASOS/AWOS data display, other direct reading
instruments, or manual observation is available to the
AFSS specialist.
c. Remote Airport Information Service (RAIS) is
a temporary service provided by facilities, which are
not located on the landing airport, but have
communication capability and automated weather
reporting available to the pilot at the landing airport.
d. Final Guard Service is a value added service
provided in conjunction with LAA/RAA only during
periods of significant and fast changing weather
conditions that may affect landing and takeoff
operations.
1. When the pilot reports “On final” or “Taking
the active runway,” the specialist shall provide the
current wind direction, speed, and altimeter.
2. If during the operation conditions change and
in the specialist's opinion, the changing information
might be useful to the pilot, the specialist shall
broadcast the information in the blind.
3. Pilots will not be required or expected to
acknowledge the broadcast.
NOTE-
FAA policy requires pilots to access the current automated
weather prior to requesting any remote ATC services at
nontowered airports. It is the pilot's responsibility to
comply with the Federal Aviation Regulations (FARs) if
landing clearance is required.
e. During initial contact if the pilot reports: “I have
the automated weather,” do not provide weather
information unless specifically requested by the pilot
or a special report is transmitted.
EXAMPLE-
RAIS:
Pilot - “Green Bay radio, Cessna 12RG, ten northeast,
landing Eau Claire, request airport information, I have
the automated weather.”
FSS - “Cessna 12RG, Eau Claire airport information,
your traffic is a Cessna 172 entering downwind and a
Convair 660 reported on final, both one minute ago. There
is an airport maintenance vehicle . . ..”
f. If additional pilots initiate contact a short time
after LAA/RAIS/RAA was provided, determine if
the new pilot(s) copied the information when it was
provided.
1. If the new pilot responds in the affirmative,
do not repeat the information.
2. If the new pilot acknowledges the LAA/
RAIS/RAA information then requests specific
information, provide only the information requested.
NOTE-
The intent is to reduce frequency clutter while insuring
that the pilots are aware of the situation as it changes.
g. If a pilot asks for LAA/RAIS/RAA at an airport
where the requested service is not available but one
of the three services is available, inform the pilot
about what service is available, and provide the
appropriate service.
PHRASEOLOGY(Airport name) LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY IS NOT
AVAILABLE. REMOTE AIRPORT INFORMATION . . ..
h. At airports where automated current weather is
available to the pilot via ASOS/AWOS voice
recording:
1. When the pilot reports, “I have the automated
weather,” provide the appropriate nonweather
elements.
2. At airports with commissioned ASOS/
AWOS with continuous automated voice capability,
instruct the pilot to monitor the automated broadcast
and advise intentions.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-4-2 Airport Advisory Services
PHRASEOLOGY-
MONITOR (location) ASOS/AWOS (frequency). ADVISE
INTENTIONS.
3. If the pilot reports the AWOS/ASOS is out of
service, provide the last reported weather available.
4. If the pilot requests special VFR clearance,
provide the appropriate elements and follow the
procedures in Section 5.
4-4-2. LAA/RAIS/RAA ELEMENTS AND
PHRASEOLOGY
a. State the airport name and the words, Airport
Advisory, Airport Information, or Remote Advisory.
PHRASEOLOGY(Airport name), AIRPORT ADVISORY . . . or (Airport
name), AIRPORT INFORMATION . . . or (Airport name),
REMOTE ADVISORY . . ..
b. Provide the information as appropriate, se-
quencing the elements in the following manner or to
best serve the current traffic situation:
1. Final Guard is a value added wind and
altimeter monitoring service provided in conjunction
with LAA/RAA during periods of significant and/or
fast changing weather conditions that may affect
landing and takeoff operations. The specialist shall
monitor the remoted display of the current wind and
altimeter. Provide Final Guard as follows:
(a) When the pilot reports “On final” or
“Taking the active runway,” the specialist shall
provide the current wind direction, speed, and
altimeter.
(b) If during the landing or takeoff operation
conditions change and, in the specialist's opinion, the
changing information might be useful to the pilot, the
specialist shall broadcast the new wind and/or
altimeter information in the blind.
(c) Pilots will not be required or expected to
acknowledge the broadcast.
PHRASEOLOGY-
N12RG, WIND NOW (Direction) AT (Speed).
NOTE-
FAA policy requires pilots to access the current automated
weather prior to requesting any remote ATC services at
nontowered airports. It is the pilot's responsibility to
comply with the FARs if landing clearance is required.
Final Guard is never provided with RAIS.
2. Favored or Designated Runway is a value
added service offered in conjunction with LAA/
RAA. The specialist shall check the current wind data
and provide the runway information as follows:
(a) For takeoff and landing operations state
the runway most nearly aligned into the wind.
(b) Inform the pilot when the current wind
direction is varying enough that the selection of the
favored runway may be affected, when there is more
than 10 knots between peaks and lulls, or the pilot has
requested the information.
(c) If there is no wind, state the runway
currently in use, the runway favored by a shorter
taxiway, or other local consideration.
(d) When airport management has designated
a runway to be used under certain wind or other
conditions (and has informed the FSS in writing)
issue runway information accordingly.
(e) If the majority of the traffic has been using
a runway other than the favored or designated
runway, advise the pilot.
EXAMPLE-
Landing airport has runways 27 (longer) and 32 with most
pilots utilizing the shorter runway, “FAVORED RUNWAY
32, WINDS VARYING BETWEEN 280 AND 340, SPEED
15 GUSTING 28.”
(f) When a pilot advises he/she will use a
runway other than the favored or the designated
runway, inform all known concerned traffic.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT. (Aircraft type)
DEPARTING/LANDING RUNWAY (number).
(g) If a pilot requests the distance between an
intersection and the runway end, furnish measured
data from the local airport intersection takeoff
diagram or other appropriate sources.
(h) The favored or designated runway is
never provided with RAIS.
3. Traffic. Factual information about observed
or reported traffic, which may constitute a collision
hazard. This may include positions of aircraft inflight
and/or aircraft and vehicles operating on the airport.
PHRASEOLOGY-
TRAFFIC (Aircraft type), (position), (minutes) AGO.
4. Altimeter Setting.
(a) LAA/RAA: Apply special procedures
when the altimeter setting is more than
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-4-3 Airport Advisory Services
31.00_inches_Hg. Stations with the capability of
reading altimeter settings above 31.00 inches Hg.
shall issue altimeter settings.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ALTIMETER IN EXCESS OF THREE ONE ZERO ZERO.
HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER SETTING
PROCEDURES ARE IN EFFECT.
(b) RAIS: Do not provide the altimeter unless
specifically requested. Then, provide the altimeter
from the last official weather report.
5. Weather. When the pilot does not have the
weather conditions, issue the last reported or known
weather information as follows:
(a) LAA/RAIS/RAA:
(1) Wind direction and speed.
(2) Altimeter.
(3) Ceiling and visibility to VFR aircraft
when less than basic VFR conditions exist.
(4) Visibility to VFR aircraft when it is less
than three miles in any quadrant.
(5) Touchdown RVR/RVV for the runway
in use where RVR/RVV readout equipment is located
at the workstation providing the service.
(6) To IFR aircraft executing an instrument
approach or departure and to the appropriate control
facility when visibility is less than 3 miles or when
the ceiling is less than 1,000 feet or below the highest
circling minimum, whichever is greater.
6. Weather advisory alert. Provide in accor-
dance with subpara 4-3-5a.
PHRASEOLOGY(Advisory description) IS CURRENT FOR (condition)
OVER (area).
7. Density Altitude.
(a) Facilities at airports with field elevations
of 2,000 feet MSL or higher, transmit a density
altitude advisory to departing general aviation
aircraft whenever the temperature reaches the criteria
contained in TBL 2-2-1.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CHECK DENSITY ALTITUDE
(b) Omit this advisory if pilot states the
computation has been done or if the specialist is
aware that a density altitude computation for that
aircraft was included in the preflight briefing.
8. Wake Turbulence. Issue cautionary informa-
tion to any aircraft if in your judgment wake
turbulence may have an adverse effect on it.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CAUTION WAKE TURBULENCE (traffic information).
NOTE-
Wake turbulence may be encountered by aircraft in flight
as well as when operating on the airport movement area.
Because wake turbulence is unpredictable, air traffic
personnel are not responsible for anticipating its
existence or effect.
9. NOTAM. NOTAMs concerning local
NAVAIDs and field conditions pertinent to flight.
EXAMPLE“All runways covered by packed snow 6 inches deep.”
10. Braking Action. Furnish braking action
reports as received from pilots or airport management
to all aircraft as follows:
(a) Describe braking action using the terms
fair, poor, or nil. If the pilot or airport management
reports braking action in other than the foregoing
terms, ask them to categorize braking action in these
terms.
(b) When known, include the type of aircraft
or vehicle from which the report is received.
EXAMPLE“Braking action poor.”
“Braking action poor, reported by a Cessna Four-Oh-
One.”
(c) If the braking action report affects only a
portion of a runway, obtain enough information from
the pilot or airport management to describe braking
action in terms easily understood by the pilot.
EXAMPLE“Braking action poor first half of Runway Six, reported by
a Gulfstream Two.”
“Braking action poor Runway Two-Seven, reported by a
Boeing Seven Twenty-Seven.”
NOTE-
Descriptive terms, such as first/last half of the runway,
should normally be used rather than landmark
descriptions, such as opposite the fire station, south of a
taxiway.
11. Runway Friction. Provide runway friction
measurement readings/values as received from
airport management to aircraft as follows:
(a) At airports with friction measuring
devices, provide runway friction reports, as received
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-4-4 Airport Advisory Services
from airport management, to pilots. State the runway
number followed by the MU number for each of the
three runway zones, the time of the report in UTC,
and a word describing the cause of the runway friction
problem.
EXAMPLE“Runway two seven, MU forty-two, forty-one, twentyeight at one zero one eight ZULU, ice.”
(b) Issue the runway surface condition and/or
the runway condition reading (RCR), if provided, to
all USAF and ANG aircraft. Issue the RCR to other
aircraft upon request.
EXAMPLE“Ice on runway, R-C-R zero five, patchy.”
NOTE-
USAF has established RCR procedures for determining
the average deceleration readings of runways under
conditions of water, slush, ice, or snow. The use of RCR
code is dependent upon the pilot's having a “stopping
capability chart” specifically applicable to his/her
aircraft. USAF offices furnish RCR information at
airports serving USAF and ANG aircraft.
12. Do not approve or disapprove simulated
instrument approaches.
4-4-3. CHARTS
Keep charts depicting runways, local taxi routes,
intersection takeoff information, airport traffic
patterns, and instrument approach procedures
convenient to the airport advisory position.
4-4-4. AUTHORIZED FREQUENCIES
a. LAA/RAA:
1. Provide LAA/RAA on the appropriate
discrete frequency at nontower locations and on the
tower local control frequency at an airport with a
part-time tower when that facility is not operating.
2. If a pilot calls on another frequency, issue
advisories on the frequency to which the pilot is
listening, in addition to the appropriate LAA/RAA
frequency.
3. Encourage the pilot to guard the LAA/RAA
frequency or tower local control frequency within a
10-mile radius of the airport.
NOTE-
In situations where the inflight position is split, advise
pilot of appropriate frequency to obtain LAA/RAA/RAIS.
PHRASEOLOGY-
FOR FURTHER ADVISORY SERVICE AT (airport
name), MONITOR (frequency) WITHIN ONE ZERO
MILES.
b. RAIS:
1. Provide RAIS on the existing discrete
frequency located at the remote airport.
2. If a pilot calls and appears to be unaware that
RAIS is available, offer the service.
3. If a pilot calls on another frequency, issue
advisories on the frequency the pilot is listening, in
addition to the appropriate LAA/RAA frequency.
4. If RAIS is requested when it is not offered,
inform the pilot that the service is not available and
follow para 4-4-5.
NOTE-
This service is only provided at remote airports that have
an existing discrete communications capability between
the airport and the flight service station serving the
airport and a NOTAM D announcing the availability of
the service is in effect.
4-4-5. REQUEST FOR LAA/RAIS/RAA AT
AIRPORTS WHERE THE SERVICES ARE
UNAVAILABLE
Advise the pilot that the requested LAA/RAIS/RAA
service is not available. Provide CTAF frequency
and/or the ASOS/AWOS frequency, when available.
When not available, issue the last known surface
condition and altimeter.
PHRASEOLOGY(Airport name) AIRPORT ADVISORY or AIRPORT
INFORMATION or REMOTE ADVISORY NOT
AVAILABLE. CONTACT (airport name) CTAF
(frequency).
4-4-6. TRAFFIC CONTROL
When there is no control tower in operation and a
pilot appears unaware of this fact, inform him/her as
follows:
PHRASEOLOGY-
NO CONTROL TOWER IN OPERATION.
4-4-7. AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CHECKS
When requested, provide observed information.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-4-5 Airport Advisory Services
PHRASEOLOGY-
LANDING GEAR APPEARS TO BE DOWN AND IN
PLACE.
4-4-8. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION
SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSSs ONLY
Use the AFIS to provide advance non-control airport,
meteorological, and pertinent NOTAM information
to aircraft.
NOTE-
Use of the AFIS by pilots is not mandatory, but pilots who
use two-way radio communication with the FSS are urged
to use the service.
a. Begin each new AFIS message with the
airport/facility name and a phonetic alphabet letter.
The phonetic alphabet letter shall also be spoken at
the end of the message and be used sequentially,
beginning with “Alfa, ” ending with “Zulu.”
Full-time facilities shall repeat the letter without
regard to the beginning of a new day. Part-time
facilities shall identify the first resumed broadcast
message with “Alfa.”
b. The AFIS recording shall be reviewed for
completeness, accuracy, speech rate, and proper
enunciation before being transmitted.
c. Maintain an AFIS message that reflects the
most current local airport information.
1. Make a new AFIS recording when any of the
following occur:
(a) Upon receipt of any new official weather,
regardless of any change in values.
(b) When runway braking action reports are
received that indicate runway braking is worse than
that which was included in the current AFIS
broadcast.
(c) When there is a change in any other
pertinent data for the airport or surrounding area, such
as change in favored runway, new or canceled
NOTAMs, AIRMETs, SIGMETs, CWAs, PIREPs, or
other information that facilitates the repetitive
transmission of essential but routine information.
2. Data may be omitted because of rapidly
changing weather conditions or other circumstances
when deemed necessary by the supervisor or
controller-in-charge. When this occurs, the AFIS
shall state the name of the appropriate facility to
contact (and frequency, if different from airport
CTAF) to obtain the missing data.
3. Broadcast, on the LAA frequency, the new
airport AFIS phonetic alphabet identifier after each
new recording.
4. After establishing two-way radio communic-
ation, if the pilot does not state that he/she has the
current AFIS code, the specialist shall either:
(a) Use LAA procedures to issue pertinent
AFIS information, or
(b) Advise the pilot to return to the AFIS
frequency.
Specialists shall provide LAA information when the
AFIS is not available.
5. At the discretion of the supervisor/control-
ler-in-charge, AFIS broadcasts may be suspended
within specified time periods. During these periods,
the AFIS shall contain a brief statement the AFIS is
suspended for the specified time and pilots should
contact the FSS for LAA.
PHRASEOLOGY“(Airport name) FLIGHT INFORMATION
BROADCASTS ARE SUSPENDED UNTIL (time).
CONTACT (facility name) RADIO ON (frequency) FOR
AIRPORT INFORMATION.”
6. Part-time and seasonal facilities shall record
a message with the appropriate frequency and facility
contact information as well as known information
regarding resumption of FSS LAA.
PHRASEOLOGY“(Name of FSS) HOURS OF OPERATION ARE (time)
LOCAL TIME TO (time) LOCAL TIME. THE COMMON
TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY IS (frequency).
PILOT CONTROLLED LIGHTING IS AVAILABLE ON
(frequency). FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
CONTACT (name of AFSS) ON (frequency).”
“(Name of FSS) IS CLOSED FOR THE WINTER
SEASON. THE COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY
FREQUENCY IS (frequency). PILOT CONTROLLED
LIGHTING IS AVAILABLE ON (frequency). FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT (name of
AFSS) ON (frequency).”
7. In the event of an AFIS equipment failure, the
supervisor/controller-in-charge shall make an entry
in the Daily Record of Facility Operation, FAA Form
7230-4; notify the appropriate Technical Operations
personnel; issue a NOTAM; and resume LAA.
8. Use the following format and include the
following in AFIS broadcast as appropriate:
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/4-4-6 Airport Advisory Services
(a) (Airport/facility name) airport informa-
tion.
(b) Phonetic alphabet designator.
(c) Special routing procedures in effect (when
appropriate for the Ketchikan (KTN) area).
(d) Time of the AFIS preparation (UTC)
followed by the word, “ZULU.”
(e) Weather information consisting of: Wind,
visibility, present weather (obstructions to visibility),
sky condition, temperature, dew point, altimeter,
pertinent remarks included in the official weather
observation. The ceiling/sky condition, visibility,
and obstructions to vision may be omitted if the
ceiling is above 5,000 feet and the visibility is more
than 5 miles.
EXAMPLE“The weather is better than five thousand and five.”
(f) Favored runway and additional local
information, as required.
(g) NOTAMs concerning local NAVAIDs and
field conditions pertinent to flight.
EXAMPLE“Notice to Airmen, Iliamna NDB out of service.”
“Transcribed weather broadcast out of service.”
(h) Runway breaking action or friction
reports when provided. Include the time of the report
and a word describing the cause of the runway friction
problem.
PHRASEOLOGY“RUNWAY (number) MU (first value, second value, third
value) AT (time), (cause).”
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 4-4-2, LAA/RAIS/RAA Elements and
Phraseology.
(i) Low Level Wind shear (LLWS) advisory,
including those contained in the terminal forecast and
in pilot reports. (Include pilot report information at
least 20 minutes following the report).
EXAMPLE“Low level wind shear is forecast.”
(j) Unauthorized Laser Illumination Events.
When a laser event is reported, include reported
unauthorized laser illumination events on the AFIS
broadcast for one hour following the last report.
Include the time, location, altitude, color, and
direction of the laser as reported by the pilot.
PHRASEOLOGY“UNAUTHORIZED LASER ILLUMINATION EVENT,
(UTC time), (location), (altitude), (color), (direction).”
EXAMPLE“Unauthorized laser illumination event at zero one zero
zero Zulu, eight-mile final runway one eight at three
thousand feet, green laser from the southwest.”
(k) Man-Portable Air Defense Systems
(MANPADS) alert and advisory. Specify the nature
and location of threat or incident, whether reported or
observed and by whom, time (if known), and
notification to pilots to advise ATC if they need to
divert.
PHRASEOLOGY“MANPADS ALERT. EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION.
MANPADS THREAT/ATTACK/POST-EVENT ACTIVITY
OBSERVED/REPORTED BY (reporting agency)
(location) AT (time, if known). (When transmitting to an
individual aircraft) ADVISE ON INITIAL CONTACT IF
YOU WANT TO DIVERT.”
EXAMPLE“MANPADS alert. Exercise extreme caution. MANPADS
threat reported by TSA, Anchorage area. Advise on initial
contact if you want to divert.”
“MANPADS alert. Exercise extreme caution. MANPADS
attack observed by flight service station one-half mile
northwest of airfield at one-two-five-zero Zulu. Advise
on initial contact if you want to divert.”
NOTE1. Upon receiving or observing an unauthorized
MANPADS alert/advisory, contact the Alaska Flight
Service Information Area Group through the Alaskan
Region Regional Operations Center (ROC).
2. Continue broadcasting the MANPADS alert/advisory
until advised by national headquarters the threat is no
longer present. Coordination may be through Alaska
Flight Service Information Area Group or the Alaskan
Region ROC.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 2-1-9, Handling MANPADS Incidents.
(l) Any other advisories applicable to the area
covered by the FSS LAA.
(m) Local frequency advisory.
PHRASEOLOGY“CONTACT (facility name) RADIO ON (frequency) FOR
TRAFFIC ADVISORIES.”
(n) Instructions for the pilot to acknowledge
receipt of the FSS AFIS message on initial contact.
EXAMPLE“Dillingham airport information ALFA. One six five five
3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-4-7 Airport Advisory Services
Zulu. Wind one three zero at eight; visibility one five;
ceiling four thousand overcast; temperature four, dew
point three; altimeter two niner niner zero. Favored
runway one niner. Notice to Airmen, Dillingham V-O-R
out of service. Contact Dillingham Radio on one two three
point six for traffic advisories. Advise on initial contact
you have ALFA.”
“Kotzebue information ALFA. One six five five Zulu.
Wind, two one zero at five; visibility two, fog; ceiling one
hundred overcast; temperature minus one two, dew point
minus one four; altimeter three one zero five. Altimeter in
excess of three one zero zero, high pressure altimeter
setting procedures are in effect. Favored runway two six.
Weather in Kotzebue surface area is below V-F-R minima
- an ATC clearance is required. Contact Kotzebue Radio
on one two three point six for traffic advisories and advise
intentions. Notice to Airmen, Hotham NDB out of service.
Transcribed Weather Broadcast out of service. Advise on
initial contact you have ALFA.”
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-5-1 Special VFR Operation
Section 5. Special VFR Operation
4-5-1. AUTHORIZATION
a. Special VFR (SVFR) operations in weather
conditions less than VFR minima are authorized:
1. For helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft at any
location not prohibited by 14_CFR Part_91, Ap-
pendix_D, Section_3, or when an exception to 14_CFR
Part_91, Appendix_D, Section_3 has been granted and
an associated letter of agreement established.
REFERENCE14 CFR Part 91, Appendix D, Section 3. Controlled airspace within which
special V-F-R weather minimums are not authorized.
2. Only within surface areas.
3. Only when requested by the pilot.
b. When the primary airport is reporting VFR,
SVFR operations may be authorized for aircraft
transiting surface areas when the pilot advises the
inability to maintain VFR.
NOTE-
Control facilities shall always retain SVFR operations
authority when IFR operations are being conducted in
surface areas.
4-5-2. REQUESTS FOR SPECIAL VFR
CLEARANCE
a. Transmit SVFR clearances only for operations
within surface areas on the basis of weather
conditions. If weather conditions are not reported,
transmit an SVFR clearance whenever a pilot advises
unable to maintain VFR and requests an SVFR
clearance, provided the pilot reports having at least
1-mile flight visibility.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ATC CLEARS (aircraft identification) TO ENTER/OUT
OF/THROUGH (name) SURFACE AREA, and if
applicable, (direction) OF (name) AIRPORT (specified
routing),
and
MAINTAIN SPECIAL V-F-R CONDITIONS AT OR
BELOW (altitude) (if applicable) WHILE IN SURFACE
AREA.
ATC CLEARS (aircraft identification) TO OPERATE
WITHIN (name) SURFACE AREA. MAINTAIN SPECIAL
V-F-R CONDITIONS AT OR BELOW (altitude).
b. Transmit clearance for local SVFR operations
for a specified period (series of takeoffs and landings,
etc.) upon request if the aircraft can be recalled when
traffic or weather conditions require. Where
warranted, letters of agreement may be established.
PHRASEOLOGY-
LOCAL SPECIAL V-F-R OPERATIONS IN THE
IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF (name) AIRPORT ARE
AUTHORIZED UNTIL (time). MAINTAIN SPECIAL
V-F-R CONDITIONS AT OR BELOW (altitude).
c. If an aircraft operating under visual flight rules
attempts to enter, depart, or operate within surface
areas contrary to the provisions of 14 CFR
Section 91.157 (visual flight rules), ensure the pilot
is aware of the current weather conditions. Provide
the following information:
1. At airports with commissioned ASOS/
AWOS with continuous automated voice capability,
instruct the pilot to monitor the automated broadcast
and advise intentions.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MONITOR (location) ASOS/AWOS (frequency). ADVISE
INTENTIONS.
2. At airports without a commissioned ASOS/
AWOS, or, if the pilot is unable to receive the
ASOS/AWOS broadcast, issue the most current
weather report available. Advise the pilot that the
weather is below VFR minima, and request the pilot's
intentions.
PHRASEOLOGY(Location) WEATHER, CEILING (height), VISIBILITY
(miles). (Location) SURFACE AREA IS BELOW V-F-R
MINIMA. AN ATC CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED.
ADVISE INTENTIONS.
NOTE-
Helicopters performing hover taxiing operations (nor-
mally not above 10 feet) within the boundary of the airport
are considered to be taxiing aircraft.
d. At a pilot's request, issue an SVFR clearance,
if appropriate, when an SVFR letter of agreement
exists between an AFSS/FSS and the control facility.
If no agreement exists, request clearance from the
control facility. State the aircraft's location and route
of flight.
PHRASEOLOGY(Facility name) RADIO. REQUEST SPECIAL V-F-R
CLEARANCE (aircraft identification) (direction) OF
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-5-2 Special VFR Operation
(location) AIRPORT (specified routing) INTO/OUT
OF/THROUGH THE (location) SURFACE AREA.
NOTE-
IFR aircraft shall normally have priority over special
VFR (SVFR) aircraft.
1. If the pilot is operating outside surface area
and requests SVFR clearance, issue the clearance or
if unable, advise the pilot to maintain VFR outside
surface area and to standby for clearance.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN V-F-R OUTSIDE (location) SURFACE
AREA. STANDBY FOR CLEARANCE.
2. When an aircraft requests a SVFR clearance
to enter surface area during periods of SVFR activity,
instruct the pilot to maintain VFR conditions outside
surface area pending arrival/recall/departure of
SVFR operations.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN V-F-R CONDITIONS OUTSIDE OF THE
(location) SURFACE AREA PENDING
ARRIVAL/RECALL/DEPARTURE OF IFR/SPECIAL
V-F-R AIRCRAFT.
3. If the pilot is operating inside the surface area
and requests an SVFR clearance, advise the pilot to
maintain VFR and standby for clearance.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN V-F-R, STANDBY FOR CLEARANCE.
e. Suspend SVFR operations when necessary to
comply with instructions contained in subpara
4-5-4b or when requested by the control facility.
PHRASEOLOGY-
SPECIAL V-F-R AUTHORIZATION DISCONTINUED.
RETURN TO AIRPORT OR DEPART SURFACE AREA.
ADVISE INTENTIONS.
After response
REPORT LANDING COMPLETED/LEAVING
SURFACE AREA.
4-5-3. VISIBILITY BELOW 1 MILE
a. When the ground visibility is officially reported
at an airport as less than 1 mile, treat requests for
SVFR operations at that airport by other than
helicopters as follows:
NOTE14 CFR Part 91 does not prohibit helicopter Special VFR
flights when visibility is less than 1 mile.
1. Inform departing aircraft that ground visibili-
ty is less than 1 mile and that a clearance cannot be
issued.
PHRASEOLOGY(Location) VISIBILITY (value). A-T-C UNABLE TO
ISSUE DEPARTURE CLEARANCE.
2. Inform arriving aircraft operating outside of
the surface area that ground visibility is less than
1_mile and, unless an emergency exists, a clearance
cannot be issued.
PHRASEOLOGY(Location) VISIBILITY (value). A-T-C UNABLE TO
ISSUE ENTRY CLEARANCE UNLESS AN
EMERGENCY EXISTS.
3. Inform arriving aircraft operating within the
surface area that ground visibility is less than 1 mile
and request the pilot's intentions. Relay the pilot's
response to the control facility immediately.
PHRASEOLOGY(Location) VISIBILITY (value). ADVISE INTENTIONS.
b. When weather conditions are not officially
reported at an airport and the pilot advises the flight
visibility is less than 1 mile, treat request for SVFR
operations at that airport by other than helicopters as
follows:
NOTE14 CFR Part 91 prescribes use of officially reported
ground visibility at airports where it is provided, and
landing or takeoff flight visibility where it is not, as the
governing ground visibility for VFR and SVFR
operations.
1. Inform departing aircraft that a clearance
cannot be issued.
PHRASEOLOGY-
UNABLE TO ISSUE DEPARTURE CLEARANCE.
2. Inform arriving aircraft operating outside the
surface area that unless an emergency exists, a
clearance cannot be issued.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ATC UNABLE TO ISSUE ENTRY CLEARANCE UNLESS
AN EMERGENCY EXISTS.
3. Request intentions of arriving aircraft
operating within surface areas. Relay the pilot's
response to the control facility immediately.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ADVISE INTENTIONS.
c. Transmit a clearance to scheduled air carrier
aircraft to conduct operations if ground visibility is
not less than 1/2 mile.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-5-3 Special VFR Operation
d. Transmit a clearance to an aircraft to fly through
surface area if the pilot reports flight visibility is at
least 1 statute mile.
4-5-4. PREDESIGNED SPECIAL VFR
CLEARANCES
Transmit predesigned SVFR clearances only during
those periods authorized by the control facility.
NOTE-
The control facility may rescind this authorization at any
time.
a. Apply these procedures only to aircraft
equipped with a functioning two-way radio. Refer all
requests for no-radio SVFR operations to the control
facility.
b. Transmit clearances so that only one aircraft at
a time operates in surface area unless:
1. Otherwise authorized by a letter of agreement
between the control facility and the AFSS/FSS.
2. A pilot requests and all pilots agree that they
will maintain visual separation while operating in
surface area.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN VISUAL SEPARATION FROM (aircraft type).
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-6-1 En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:25:32
Section 6. En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS)
4-6-1. GENERAL
The purpose of EFAS, radio call “FLIGHT WATCH”
(FW), is to provide en route aircraft with timely and
pertinent weather data tailored to a specific altitude
and route using the most current available sources of
aviation meteorological information.
4-6-2. POSITION RESPONSIBILITIES
Prior to assuming the duties of the flight watch
position:
a. Perform a thorough self-briefing by reviewing
available weather data.
b. When relieving a specialist on the FW position,
obtain a preduty briefing from the person being
relieved.
c. When appropriate, obtain a briefing of current
and forecast weather within the flight watch area
(FWA) from the CWSU of the associated ARTCC.
(See para 4-6-5.)
d. Maintain currency of weather conditions and
trends while assigned the FW position by reviewing
new or revised meteorological issuances and by
observing weather trends contained in current
weather reports and PIREPs.
4-6-3. OPERATING PROCEDURES
a. Tailor en route flight advisories to the phase of
flight that begins after climb out and ends with
descent to land. Current weather and terminal
forecast at the airport of first intended landing and/or
the alternate airport shall be provided on request.
When conditions dictate, provide information on
weather for alternate routes and/or altitudes to assist
the pilot in the avoidance of hazardous flight
conditions. Advise the pilot to contact the adjacent
flight watch facility when adverse weather conditions
along the intended route extend beyond the FWA.
b. EFAS shall not be used for routine inflight
services; e.g., flight plan filing, position reporting, or
full route (preflight) briefings. If a request for
information is received that is not within the scope of
EFAS, advise the pilot of the appropriate AFSS/FSS
to contact.
EXAMPLE“Cessna Four Seven Five Eight Xray, Cleveland Flight
Watch, contact Altoona Radio on one two two point four
to file your flight plan.”
c. Suggest route or destination changes to avoid
areas of weather which in the judgment of the
specialist constitute a threat to safe flight.
d. Alert the associated CWS U or WSFO
immediately of reported or observed significant
weather that is not included in aviation forecasts.
4-6-4. FREQUENCIES
a. Use frequency 122.0 mHz to provide EFAS to
aircraft below FL 180.
b. Use the assigned discrete frequency to provide
EFAS to aircraft at FL 180 and above. This frequency
can also be used for communications with aircraft
below FL 180 when communication coverage
permits.
c. Aircraft operating at FL 180 or above that
contact FW on frequency 122.0 mHz should be
advised to change to the discrete frequency for EFAS.
PHRASEOLOGY(Aircraft identification) (facility) FLIGHT WATCH, FOR
SERVICE AT YOUR ALTITUDE, CONTACT FLIGHT
WATCH ON (frequency).
d. Avoid the simultaneous keying of two or more
transmitters on the same frequency. This action can
block or hinder communications.
NOTE-
Frequency 122.0 mHz RCF outlets are geographically
located to ensure communications coverage at 5,000 feet
AGL and above over the conterminous United States.
High altitude discrete frequency RCF outlets are
geographically located to ensure communications
coverage between FL 180 and FL 450 over the EFAS
facility's area of responsibility. Communications practic-
es should be guided by these restrictions.
4-6-5. NWS SUPPORT TO EFAS
The NWS support function for EFAS is as follows:
a. The associated CWSU is designated as the
primary support facility for each EFAS facility. The
CWSU should be contacted at least once per shift for
a general briefing of meteorological conditions
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-6-2 En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS)
which are impacting, or expected to impact, aviation
weather within the FW/ARTCC area.
NOTE-
Due to assigned priorities, the CWSU meteorologist may
not be able to provide indepth briefing service for up to
2_hours after the start of the first shift of the CWSU unit.
(See FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 14-3-6, National Weather
Service (NWS) Support, for establishment of operational
support.)
b. During the period when the CWSU is not
available to provide consultation service, WSFOs are
responsible for responding to EFAS facility requests
regarding weather conditions prevailing within the
WSFO area of responsibility. The EFAS specialist
should contact the responsible WSFO directly for
clarification of forecasts or questions concerning
products originated by the WFSO.
NOTE-
The ARTCC/EFAS area may encompass multiple WSFO
areas.
c. Consult with the National Aviation Weather
Advisory Unit (NAWAU), as appropriate, when
further information or clarification is needed
regarding SIGMET, convective SIGMET, AIRMET,
and FA products.
4-6-6. PILOT WEATHER REPORTS
a. Actively solicit and disseminate PIREPs in
accordance with , . Additionally, PIREPs concerning
winds and temperature aloft, windshear, turbulence,
and icing shall be solicited and disseminated when
one or more of these conditions or criteria exists.
Flight Watch specialists shall solicit sufficient
PIREPs to remain aware of flight conditions.
b. Maintain a graphic display of pertinent PIREPs
within the FWA. Periodically review the display and
actively solicit additional PIREPs when necessary to
ensure completeness and accuracy of the informa-
tion.
c. Requests for special solicitation of PIREPs
from other facilities or the NWS shall be honored as
rapidly as operations permit.
4-6-7. GRAPHIC WEATHER DISPLAY
a. Flight watch specialists shall review, (if
available) as a minimum, the graphic display
information (computer “view sequence,” pictorial or
written) listed below prior to assuming FW duties.
Review the chart, computer “view sequence,” and
written data as needed during the watch to update and
maintain a thorough knowledge of weather synoptic
and forecast information affecting aviation opera-
tions.
1. Surface Analysis.
2. Weather Depiction Analysis.
3. National Weather Radar Summary.
4. Lifted Index Analysis.
5. Freezing Level Analysis.
6. 850 mb Upper Air Analysis.
7. 700 mb Upper Air Analysis.
8. 500 mb Upper Air Analysis.
9. 300 mb Upper Air Analysis.
10. 250 mb Upper Air Analysis.
11. 200 mb Upper Air Analysis.
12. 500 mb Heights and Vorticity Analysis.
13. 500 mb Heights and Vorticity Prognosis.
14. High Level Significant Weather Prognosis.
15. 12 and 24-hour Low Level Significant
Weather Prognosis.
16. 36 and 48-hour Low Level Significant
Weather Prognosis.
17. Maximum Temperature 24 and 36-hour
Forecast.
18. Minimum Temperature 24 and 36-hour
Forecast.
19. Winds Aloft Forecast.
20. Severe Weather Outlook.
b. Where hard copy charts are received and locally
enhanced, conform to the standards established in
para 3-1-4.
c. Access local and remote weather displays as
necessary to maintain current knowledge of
precipitation intensity, movement, and coverage.
Provide pertinent real-time weather radar informa-
tion that will directly impact the aircraft's flight.
NOTE-
Specialist judgment should be exercised to determine if
the pilot would be better served by more general
information such as radar summary data when the aircraft
is one hour or more from the destination airport.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
4-6-3 En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS)
4-6-8. INTERRUPTIONS TO SERVICE
Notification of temporary outages, either equipment
or operational, shall be made in accordance with
FAAO 7930.2, Notices to Airmen (NOTAM).
Additionally, notify adjacent FWCSs of outages
where overlapping coverage may occur to provide
continuous service.
4-6-9. EMERGENCIES
a. Emergency situations shall be handled in
accordance with Chapter 5.
b. When working an aircraft in an emergency
situation over a remote outlet, the normal procedure
is to provide assistance on the initial contact
frequency. Flight watch specialists should bear in
mind that air traffic facilities based at, or near to, the
remote location may be in a better position to assist
the pilot. A decision to affect a frequency change
should be based on the situation and circumstances
involved in the emergency.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-1-1 General
Chapter 5. Emergency Services
Section 1. General
5-1-1. EMERGENCY DETERMINATION
a. Because of the infinite variety of possible
emergency situations, specific procedures cannot be
prescribed. However, when you believe an emergen-
cy exists or is imminent, select and pursue a course
of action which appears to be most appropriate under
the circumstances, and which most nearly conforms
to the instructions in this manual.
b. An emergency can be either a DISTRESS or
URGENCY condition, as defined in the Pilot/
Controller Glossary.
NOTE-
A pilot who encounters a DISTRESS condition may
declare an emergency by beginning the initial commu-
nication with the word MAYDAY, preferably repeated
three times. For an URGENCY condition, the word
PAN-PAN may be used in the same manner.
c. If the words MAYDAY or PAN-PAN are not
used, and you are in doubt that a situation constitutes
an emergency or potential emergency, handle it as
though it were an emergency.
d. Consider an aircraft emergency exists and
inform the appropriate control facility and the DF net
control (See FAAO JO 7210.3, para 6-3-3, DF Net
Control Position Operation), if not the same, when:
1. An emergency is declared by any of the
following:
(a) The pilot.
(b) Facility personnel.
(c) Officials responsible for the operation of
the aircraft.
2. Reports indicate that the aircraft's operating
efficiency is so impaired that a forced landing may
be/is necessary.
3. Reports indicate the crew has abandoned the
aircraft or is about to do so.
4. Intercept or escort services are requested.
5. The need for ground rescue appears likely.
6. An Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)
signal is heard or reported.
REFERENCE-
Subpara 5-1-2c and para 5-2-8.
5-1-2. RESPONSIBILITY
a. If you are in communication with an aircraft in
distress, handle the emergency and coordinate and
direct the activities of assisting facilities. Transfer
this responsibility to another facility only when you
feel better handling of the emergency will result.
b. When you receive information about an aircraft
in distress, forward detailed data to the appropriate
control facility in whose area the emergency exists.
NOTE-
Notifying the appropriate control facility about a VFR
aircraft emergency allows provision of IFR separation if
considered necessary.
c. The ARTCC is responsible for consolidation of
all pertinent ELT signal information. Notify the
ARTCC of all heard or reported ELT signals.
5-1-3. OBTAINING INFORMATION
Obtain enough information to handle the emergency
intelligently. Base your decision as to what type of
assistance is needed on information and requests
received from the pilot. 14 CFR Part 91 authorizes the
pilot to determine a course of action.
5-1-4. COORDINATION
a. Request necessary assistance from other
facilities as soon as possible, particularly if radar or
DF service is available.
b. Coordinate efforts to the extent possible to
assist any aircraft believed overdue, lost, or in
emergency status.
5-1-5. PROVIDING ASSISTANCE
a. Provide maximum assistance to aircraft in
distress. If the aircraft is transponder equipped and
not on an IFR flight plan, request the pilot to squawk
code 7700.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-1-2 General
PHRASEOLOGY-
REQUEST YOU SQUAWK SEVEN SEVEN ZERO ZERO.
b. Enlist the service of available radar and DF
facilities.
5-1-6. RECORDING INFORMATION
Record all actions taken in the provision of
emergency assistance.
5-1-7. SAFE ALTITUDES FOR
ORIENTATIONS
a. Providing a safe altitude, during an orientation,
is advisory in nature.
b. Safe altitude computations, once the aircraft
position is known, are as follows:
1. Locate the maximum elevation figure on the
appropriate VFR sectional chart.
2. To the maximum elevation figure,
(a) add 1,000 feet over nonmountainous
terrain, or
(b) add 2,000 feet over mountainous terrain.
3. The mountainous/nonmountainous areas are
found in Title 14 CFR, Part 95.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-2-1 Operations
Section 2. Operations
5-2-1. INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS
a. Start assistance as soon as enough information
has been obtained upon which to act. Information
requirements will vary, depending on the existing
situation. Minimum required information for inflight
emergencies is:
1. Aircraft identification, type, and transponder.
2. Nature of the emergency.
3. Pilot's desires.
b. After initiating action, provide the altimeter
setting and obtain the following items or any other
pertinent information from the pilot or aircraft
operator as necessary:
1. Aircraft altitude.
2. Fuel remaining in time.
3. Pilot reported weather.
4. Pilot capability for IFR flight.
5. Time and place of last known position.
6. Heading since last known position.
7. Airspeed.
8. Navigation equipment capability.
9. NAVAID signals received.
10. Visible landmarks.
11. Aircraft color.
12. Number of people on board.
13. Point of departure and destination.
14. Emergency equipment on board.
5-2-2. FREQUENCY CHANGES
Provide assistance on the initial contact frequency.
Change frequencies only when there is a valid reason.
5-2-3. AIRCRAFT ORIENTATION
Orient an aircraft by the means most appropriate to
the circumstances. Recognized methods include:
a. Radar.
b. DF.
c. NAVAIDs.
d. Pilotage.
e. Sighting by other aircraft.
5-2-4. ALTITUDE CHANGE FOR
IMPROVED RECEPTION
If deemed necessary, and if weather and circum-
stances permit, recommend the aircraft maintain or
increase altitude to improve communications, radar,
or DF reception.
5-2-5. ALERTING CONTROL FACILITY
When an aircraft is considered to be in emergency
status, alert the appropriate control facility and
forward the following information as available:
a. Facility and person calling.
b. Flight plan, including color of aircraft if known.
c. Time of last transmission received, by whom,
and frequency used.
d. Last known position, estimated present posi-
tion, and maximum range of flight of the aircraft
based on remaining fuel and airspeed.
e. Action taken by reporting facility and proposed
action.
f. Number of persons on board.
g. Fuel status.
h. Position of other aircraft near the aircraft's route
of flight when requested.
i. Whether an ELT signal has been heard or
reported in the vicinity of the last known position.
j. Other pertinent information.
5-2-6. VFR AIRCRAFT IN WEATHER
DIFFICULTY
If a VFR aircraft requests assistance when it
encounters or is about to encounter IFR weather
conditions, request the pilot contact the appropriate
control facility. Inform that facility of the situation.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-2-2 Operations
If the pilot is unable to communicate with the control
facility, relay information and clearances.
5-2-7. AIRCRAFT POSITION PLOTS
Plot the flight path of the aircraft on a chart, including
position reports, predicted positions, possible range
of flight, and any other pertinent information. Solicit
the assistance of other aircraft known to be operating
near the aircraft in distress. Forward the information
to the appropriate control facility.
5-2-8. EMERGENCY LOCATOR
TRANSMITTER (ELT) SIGNALS
When an ELT signal is heard or reported:
a. Notify the ARTCC, who will coordinate with
the Rescue Coordination Center (RCC).
b. If the ELT signal report was received from an
airborne aircraft, attempt to obtain the following
information:
1. The aircraft altitude.
2. Where and when the signal was first heard.
3. Where and when maximum signal was heard.
4. Where and when signal faded or was lost.
Solicit the assistance of other aircraft known to be
operating in the signal area for the same information.
Relay all information obtained to the ARTCC.
c. Attempt to obtain fixes or bearings on the signal
and forward any information obtained to the ARTCC.
NOTE-
Fix information, in relation to a VOR or a VORTAC
(radial distance), facilitates accurate ELT plotting by
RCC and should be provided when possible.
d. In addition to the above, when the ELT signal
strength indicates the transmitter may be on the
airport or in the vicinity, notify the on-site technical
operations services personnel for their action.
e. Air traffic personnel shall not leave their
required duty stations to locate an ELT signal source.
f. Attempt to locate the signal source by checking
all adjacent airports not already checked by other
ATC facilities for the following information:
1. Can ELT signal be heard.
2. Does signal strength indicate transmitter may
be on airport.
3. Can attempt be made to locate and silence
transmitter.
4. Advise the results of any action taken.
Forward all information obtained and action taken to
the ARTCC.
g. Notify the ARTCC if the signal source is
located and whether the aircraft is in distress, plus any
action taken or proposed for silencing the transmitter.
Request person who located signal's source to
attempt to obtain ELT make, model, etc., for relay to
RCC via the ARTCC.
h. Notify the ARTCC if the signal terminates prior
to location of the source.
NOTE1. The ARTCC serves as the contact point for collecting
information and coordinating with the RCC on all ELT
signals.
2. Operational ground testing of ELT has been
authorized during the first 5 minutes of each hour. To
avoid confusing the tests with an actual alarm, the testing
is restricted to no more than three audio sweeps.
3. Portable hand-carried receivers assigned to air traffic
facilities (where no technical operations services
personnel are available) may be loaned to responsible
airport personnel or local authorities to assist in locating
signal source.
5-2-9. EXPLOSIVE CARGO
When you receive information that an emergency
landing will be made with explosive cargo aboard,
inform the pilot of the safest or least congested airport
areas. Relay the explosive cargo information to:
a. The emergency equipment crew.
b. The airport management.
c. The appropriate military agencies when re-
quested by the pilot.
5-2-10. EXPLOSIVE DETECTION DOG
HANDLER TEAMS
Take the following actions upon receipt of a pilot
request for the location of the nearest explosive
detection K-9 team.
a. Obtain the aircraft's identification and current
position and advise the person in charge of the watch
of the pilot's request.
b. Relay the pilot's request to the FAA
Washington Operations Center, AEO-100, (202)
267-3333, and provide the aircraft identification and
position.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-2-3 Operations
c. AEO-100 will provide the nearest location.
Have AEO-100 standby while the information is
relayed to the pilot.
d. If the pilot wishes to divert to the airport
location provided, obtain an estimated arrival time
from the pilot and advise the person in charge of the
watch.
e. After the aircraft destination has been deter-
mined, estimate the arrival time and advise
AEO-100. AEO-100 will then notify the appropriate
airport authority at the diversion airport. In the event
the K-9 team is not available at this airport,
AEO-100 will advise the air traffic facility and
provide them with the secondary location. Relay this
to the pilot concerned for appropriate action.
REFERENCE-
FAAO 7210.3, Para 2-1-10, Explosives Detection K-9 Teams.
5-2-11. INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT
MALFUNCTIONS
When a pilot reports an inflight equipment
malfunction, take the following action:
a. Request the nature and extent of any special
handling desired.
NOTE14 CFR Part 91 requires the pilot in command of each
aircraft operated in controlled airspace under IFR shall
report as soon as practical to ATC any malfunctions of
navigational, approach, or communication equipment
occurring in flight. This includes the degree to which the
capability of the aircraft to operate IFR in the air traffic
control system is impaired and the nature and extent of any
assistance desired from air traffic control.
b. Provide the maximum assistance possible
consistent with equipment, workload, and any
special handling requested.
c. Relay any special handling required or being
provided to other specialists or facilities who will
subsequently handle the aircraft.
5-2-12. NAVY FLEET SUPPORT MISSIONS
Handle Navy Fleet Support Missions aircraft as
follows:
a. When you receive information concerning an
emergency to a U.S. Navy Special Flight Number
aircraft, inform the nearest ARTCC of all pertinent
information.
b. Relay the words SPECIAL FLIGHT NUM-
BER followed by the number given as part of the
routine IFR flight information.
5-2-13. COUNTRIES IN THE SPECIAL
INTEREST FLIGHT PROGRAM
Upon receipt of any flight movement data on an
aircraft registered in a communist-controlled
country, notify the supervisor and the appropriate
ARTCC immediately. Additionally, if the aircraft is
making an emergency or an unscheduled landing in
the United States, notify the nearest Bureau of
Customs and Border Protection office.
NOTE-
Communist-controlled countries include Albania, Bul-
garia, Cambodia, Peoples Republic of China, Cuba,
North Korea, Outer Mongolia, Romania, Former USSR
countries recognized as the Russian Federation Common-
wealth of Independent States, and Socialist Republic of
Vietnam.
5-2-14. MINIMUM FUEL
If an aircraft declares a state of “minimum fuel,”
inform any facility to whom control jurisdiction is
transferred of the minimum fuel problem and be alert
for any occurrence which might delay the aircraft en
route.
NOTE-
Use of the term minimum fuel indicates recognition by a
pilot that the fuel supply has reached a state whereupon
reaching destination, any undue delay cannot be
accepted. This is not an emergency situation, but merely
an advisory that indicates an emergency situation is
possible should any undue delay occur. A minimum fuel
advisory does not imply a need for traffic priority.
Common sense and good judgment will determine the
extent of assistance to be given in minimum fuel
situations. If, at any time, the remaining usable fuel supply
suggests the need for traffic priority to ensure a safe
landing, the pilot should declare an emergency and report
fuel remaining in minutes.
5-2-15. AIRCRAFT BOMB THREATS
a. When information is received from any source
that a bomb has been placed on, in, or near an aircraft
for the purpose of damaging or destroying such
aircraft, notify the supervisor or facility manager. If
the threat is general in nature, handle it as a suspicious
activity. When the threat is targeted against a specific
aircraft and you are in contact with that aircraft, take
the following actions as appropriate:
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-2-4 Operations
NOTE1. Facility supervisors are expected to notify the
appropriate offices, agencies, and operators/air carriers
according to applicable plans, directives, FAAO
JO_7210.3, Facility Operation and Administration, or
military directives.
2. Suspicious activity is covered in FAAO JO 7210.3,
Facility Operation and Administration. Military facilities
would report a general threat through the chain of
command or according to service directives.
3. A specific threat may be directed at an aircraft registry
or tail number, the air carrier flight number, the name of
an operator, crew member or passenger, the departure/
arrival point or times, or combinations thereof.
1. Advise the pilot of the threat.
2. Inform the pilot that technical assistance can
be obtained from an FAA aviation explosives expert.
NOTE-
An FAA aviation explosives expert is on call at all times
and may be contacted by calling the FAA Operations
Center, Washington, DC, (202) 267-3333,
ETN 521-0111, or DSN 851-3750. Technical advice can
be relayed to assist civil or military air crews in their
search for a bomb and in determining what precautionary
action to take if one is found.
3. Ask if the pilot desires to climb or descend to
an altitude that would equalize or reduce the outside
air pressure/existing cabin air pressure differential.
Obtain and relay an appropriate clearance consider-
ing MEA, MOCA, MRA, and weather.
NOTE-
Equalizing existing cabin air pressure with outside air
pressure is a key step which the pilot may wish to take to
minimize the damage potential of a bomb.
4. Handle the aircraft as an emergency, and/or
provide the most expeditious handling possible with
respect to the safety of other aircraft, ground
facilities, and personnel.
NOTE-
Emergency handling is discretionary and should be based
on the situation. With certain types of threats, plans may
call for a low-key action or response.
5. Obtain and relay clearance to a new
destination, if requested.
6. When a pilot requests technical assistance or
if it is apparent that such assistance is needed, do
NOT suggest what actions the pilot should take
concerning a bomb, but obtain the following
information and notify the supervisor who will
contact the FAA aviation explosives expert:
NOTE-
This information is needed by the FAA aviation explosives
expert so that the situation can be assessed and immediate
recommendations made to the pilot. The aviation
explosives expert may not be familiar with all military
aircraft configurations but can offer technical assistance
which would be beneficial to the pilot.
(a) Type, series, and model of the aircraft.
(b) Precise location/description of the bomb
device if known.
(c) Other details which may be pertinent.
NOTE-
The following details may be of significance if known, but
it is not intended that the pilot should disturb a suspected
bomb/bomb container to ascertain the information:
1. The altitude or time set for the bomb to explode.
2. Type of detonating action (barometric, time, antihandling, remote radio transmitter).
3. Power source (battery, electrical, mechanical).
4. Type of initiator (blasting cap, flash bulb, chemical).
5. Type of explosive/incendiary charge (dynamite, black
powder, chemical).
b. When a bomb threat involves an aircraft on the
ground and you are in contact with the suspect
aircraft, take the following actions in addition to
those discussed in the preceding paragraphs which
may be appropriate:
1. If the aircraft is at an airport where tower
control or LAA is not available, or if the pilot ignores
the threat at any airport, recommend that takeoff be
delayed until the pilot or aircraft operator establishes
that a bomb is not aboard in accordance with 14 CFR
Part 121. If the pilot insists on taking off, and in your
opinion the operation will not adversely affect other
traffic, issue or relay an ATC clearance.
REFERENCE14 CFR Part 121.537.
2. Advise the aircraft to remain as far away from
other aircraft and facilities as possible, to clear the
runway, if appropriate, and to taxi to an isolated or
designated search area. When it is impractical or if the
pilot takes an alternative action, such as parking and
offloading immediately, advise other aircraft to
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-2-5 Operations
remain clear of the suspect aircraft by at least
100_yards, if able.
NOTE-
Passenger deplaning may be of paramount importance
and must be considered before the aircraft is parked or
moved away from the service areas. The decision to use
ramp facilities rests with the pilot, aircraft operator,
and/or airport manager.
c. If you are unable to inform the suspect aircraft
of a bomb threat or if you lose contact with the
aircraft, advise your supervisor and relay pertinent
details to other sectors or facilities as deemed
necessary.
d. When a pilot reports the discovery of a bomb or
suspected bomb on an aircraft which is airborne or on
the ground, determine the pilot's intentions and
comply with his/her requests insofar as possible.
Take all the actions discussed in the preceding
paragraphs which may be appropriate under the
existing circumstances.
e. The handling of aircraft when a hijacker has or
is suspected of having a bomb requires special
considerations. Be responsive to the pilot's requests
and notify supervisory personnel. Apply hijacking
procedures and, if needed, offer assistance to the pilot
according to the preceding paragraphs.
5-2-16. SECURITY CONTROL OF AIR
TRAFFIC AND NAVIGATION AIDS
(SCATANA)
a. The SCATANA Plan outlines responsibilities,
procedures, and instructions for the security control
of civil and military air traffic and NAVAIDs under
various emergency conditions.
b. When notified of SCATANA implementation,
follow the instructions of FAA Form 7610-1 and any
additional instructions received from the ARTCC.
1. To ensure that SCATANA actions can be
taken expeditiously, periodic SCATANA tests will be
conducted in connection with NORAD exercises.
Tests may be local, regional, or national in scope.
2. AFSS/FSS facilities will participate in tests
except where such participation will involve the
safety of aircraft.
3. During SCATANA tests, all actions will be
simulated.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7610.4, Special Operations.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-3-1 Direction Finder (DF) Service
Section 3. Direction Finder (DF) Service
5-3-1. ACTIONS REQUIRED
When providing DF services to an aircraft in
emergency status:
a. Determine if the aircraft is in VFR or IFR
weather conditions, fuel remaining, altitude, and
heading.
b. If the aircraft is operating in IFR weather
conditions, coordinate with the appropriate control
facility.
c. Determine if the aircraft is on a flight plan. If the
aircraft is not on an IFR flight plan and is in VFR
weather conditions, advise the pilot to remain VFR.
d. Alert the DF net whenever the following
conditions exist:
1. The pilot is lost.
2. An emergency is declared.
NOTE-
It is not necessary to alert the DF net if a terminal
controller visually sights the aircraft.
5-3-2. VFR DF SERVICE
a. Provide DF service to VFR aircraft when either
of the following conditions exist:
1. The pilot requests the service.
2. You suggest the service and the pilot concurs.
b. Advise the pilot to remain VFR, and provide
local altimeter setting.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN V-F-R AT ALL TIMES. ADVISE IF
HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO
REMAIN V-F-R. (location) ALTIMETER (setting).
c. Obtain heading and altitude. Advise the pilot to
maintain straight and level flight and to align the
heading indicator with the magnetic compass.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT. RESET
YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR
MAGNETIC COMPASS. AFTER YOU HAVE DONE
THIS, SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE.
d. Determine the weather and fuel conditions.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WHAT IS THE WEATHER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND
FUEL REMAINING IN TIME?
e. Advise the pilot to maintain the same heading,
request type of navigational equipment, and airspeed.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). WHAT TYPE OF
NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON
BOARD AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED?
f. While receiving the reply, determ ine the
bearing. After determining the aircraft's bearing,
provide DF service by informing the pilot of the
following:
1. Direction of turn.
2. Magnetic heading, spoken in three digits (do
not state the word “degrees.”) All headings will be
provided in increments of 5 degrees.
3. Nature of service.
4. Microphone instructions.
5. Request for report when airport is in sight.
PHRASEOLOGY-
TURN LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees) FOR D-F
GUIDANCE TO (name of airport, fix, or location).
WHEN A REQUEST FOR TRANSMISSION IS
RECEIVED, PRESS YOUR MICROPHONE BUTTON
FOR THE SPECIFIED NUMBER OF SECONDS
FOLLOWED BY YOUR AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION.
and if appropriate,
REPORT (name) AIRPORT IN SIGHT.
g. Provide pertinent information on known field
conditions and latest weather information at the
destination airport.
h. Request the pilot to transmit for specified
periods (normally 5-10 seconds), as required. The
frequency of these requests will vary depending on
such factors as wind, frequency congestion, and
distance, but should be made at least once each
minute until the pilot reports the airport in sight or the
service is terminated.
PHRASEOLOGY-
TRANSMIT (number) SECONDS.
TURN LEFT/RIGHT, HEADING (degrees), or
CONTINUE HEADING (degrees).
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-3-2 Direction Finder (DF) Service
i. Inform the pilot when DF service is terminated
and provide the (CTAF) frequency, if appropriate,
and the local altimeter setting.
PHRASEOLOGY-
D-F ORIENTATION SERVICE TERMINATED.
COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY
(frequency) ALTIMETER (setting).
NOTE-
Service may be terminated when airport is in sight, the
desired fix or location is reached, practice steers or
approaches are discontinued, etc.
j. Notify DF net when service is terminated.
5-3-3. DF FIXING BY NET
When the DF net is in operation, determine the
aircraft's position as follows:
a. Tell the pilot to transmit for 10 seconds.
b. Plot the bearings obtained from two or more
antenna sites. Inform the pilot of the aircraft's
position, and the safe altitude for orientation in that
area.
NOTE-
The ARTCC or AFSS/FSS designated as DF net control is
responsible for evaluating and plotting bearings received
from individual antenna sites.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:25:46
5-3-4. DF FIXING BY ONE FACILITY
One DF facility can determine an aircraft's location
by:
a. Plotting the position from a VOR or ADF and
an observed DF bearing.
b. Time method.
1. Determine the aircraft's heading and DF
bearing.
2. Tell the pilot to turn left or right, whichever
requires the lesser amount of turn, to a heading
perpendicular to the DF bearing.
3. After turn is completed, tell the pilot to
transmit (normally 5-10 seconds). Observe the DF
bearing.
4. One minute later, request another transmis-
sion. Determine bearing and turn aircraft toward the
DF site.
5. Divide the difference in bearings (steps 3 and
4) into 60. The result is the number of minutes the
aircraft is from the DF site.
NOTE-
One station DF fixing is based on zero winds.
EXAMPLE-
Original bearing of 360 and aircraft heading of 200, the
pilot should be advised to turn right to a heading of 270.
Observe bearing, wait 1 minute, and observe bearing. If
the first bearing (after completion of turn) was 337 and the
second bearing was 325, a difference of 12, the aircraft is
5 minutes from the DF site.
c. Distance method.
1. Use the procedures specified in steps 1
through 4 in subpara 5-3-4b.
2. Request the aircraft's true airspeed.
3. Compute the distance by dividing the bearing
change (for 1 minute) into the airspeed figure.
EXAMPLE140 airspeed divided by 10 (bearing change for 1 minute)
= 14 miles from DF site.
d. After the aircraft's position is determined,
provide this information, and the safe altitude for
orientation in that area.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:25:57
5-3-5. EMERGENCY DF APPROACH
PROCEDURE
a. Under emergency conditions where a standard
instrument approach cannot be executed, provide DF
guidance and instrument approach service, if
available, as follows:
1. Obtain and relay ATC clearance including
radio failure procedures.
2. Issue destination airport weather.
3. Provide guidance as specified in VFR DF
Service, para 5-3-2, except delete the VFR
requirement. To avoid large turns over the DF site, the
aircraft should be guided to pass over the DF site
established on the course that the pilot will maintain
on the outbound leg of the approach.
PHRASEOLOGY-
TURN LEFT/RIGHT, HEADING (degrees) FOR D-F
GUIDANCE AND APPROACH TO THE (name)
AIRPORT. MAINTAIN (altitude specified by ATC).
WHEN A REQUEST FOR TRANSMISSION IS
RECEIVED, PRESS YOUR MICROPHONE BUTTON
FOR THE SPECIFIED NUMBER OF SECONDS
FOLLOWED BY YOUR AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-3-3 Direction Finder (DF) Service
REPORT AIRPORT IN SIGHT. IF NO TRANSMISSION
IS RECEIVED FOR (time of interval) PROCEED V-F-R.
IF UNABLE, PROCEED (routing, fix, altitude as
specified by ATC). CONTACT (facility) ON (frequency).
b. Inform the pilot when the aircraft is over the DF
site. Advise pilot to perform landing check, and
provide guidance for outbound track.
PHRASEOLOGY-
OVER (ABEAM) D-F SITE, PERFORM LANDING
CHECK. CONTINUE HEADING (degrees) or TURN
LEFT/RIGHT, HEADING (degrees). REPORT
ESTABLISHED HEADING (degrees).
c. Provide DF approach guidance in accordance
with the triangle or teardrop approach procedures as
specified on FAA Form 8260-10.
1. Triangle Approach Pattern.
(a) Time the outbound leg and issue descent
information. Normally, the outbound track should be
maintained for 3 minutes, but this may be adjusted
depending on airspeed and nature of the emergency.
Time intervals between bearing observations should
not exceed 15 seconds.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ON OUTBOUND LEG. DESCEND AND MAINTAIN
(altitude specified on FAA Form 8260-10 for outbound
course).作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:04
(b) When outbound leg is completed, issue
turn instructions so that the aircraft's course is
perpendicular to the final approach course. Issue
further descent information if so specified on FAA
Form 8260-10. Issue missed approach procedures as
specified on FAA Form 8260-10.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ON BASE LEG. IN CASE OF MISSED APPROACH,
CLIMB TO (altitude) ON COURSE (degrees) WITHIN
(number) MILES.
(c) At least two turns should be made onto
final approach.
(d) When the aircraft is on final approach,
advise the pilot to start descent and provide minimum
descent altitude and field elevation information. Take
bearings more frequently. Time intervals between
bearing observations should not exceed 5 seconds
during the estimated last 30 seconds of the approach.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ON FINAL APPROACH, BEGIN DESCENT. MINIMUM
DESCENT ALTITUDE (altitude), FIELD ELEVATION
(elevation). REPORT RUNWAY IN SIGHT.
(e) If the aircraft misses the approach, inform
the appropriate control facility.
2. Teardrop Approach Pattern.
(a) Provide guidance to establish the aircraft
on the outbound course. Issue descent information, if
appropriate. Time intervals between bearing observa-
tions should not exceed 15 seconds.
(b) Issue direction of turn and inbound
heading information. Issue missed approach proce-
dures as specified on FAA Form 8260-10.
(c) When procedure turn is complete, provide
directional guidance and issue descent information.
The time intervals between the bearing observations
should not exceed 5 seconds during the estimated last
30 seconds of the approach.
(d) If aircraft misses the approach, inform the
appropriate control facility.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-4-1 ADF/VOR Orientation作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:12
Section 4. ADF/VOR Orientation
5-4-1. ACTIONS REQUIRED
When providing ADF/VOR orientation services to
an aircraft in emergency status:
a. Determine if the aircraft is in VFR or IFR
weather conditions, fuel remaining, altitude, and
heading.
b. If the aircraft is operating in IFR weather
conditions, coordinate with the appropriate control
facility.
c. Determine if the aircraft is on a flight plan. If the
aircraft is not on an IFR flight plan and is in VFR
weather conditions, advise the pilot to remain VFR.
5-4-2. ADF ORIENTATION/ADF CROSSFIX
When using ADF orientation and/or crossfix
procedures, determine the aircraft's position as
follows:
a. Position Fixing.
1. Advise the pilot to remain VFR, and provide
local altimeter setting.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN V-F-R AT ALL TIMES. ADVISE IF
HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO
REMAIN V-F-R. (Location) ALTIMETER (setting).
2. Obtain heading and altitude. Advise the pilot
to maintain straight and level flight and to align the
heading indicator with the magnetic compass.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT. RESET
YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR
MAGNETIC COMPASS. AFTER YOU HAVE DONE
THIS, SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE.
3. Determine the weather and the fuel condi-
tions.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WHAT IS THE WEATHER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND
FUEL REMAINING IN TIME?
4. Advise the pilot to maintain the sam e
heading, verify the aircraft has ADF equipment, and
determine the airspeed.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). WHAT TYPE OF
NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON
BOARD, AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED?
5. Advise the pilot to tune the ADF receiver to
the NDB. Provide the NDB name, identifier, and
frequency.
PHRASEOLOGY-
TUNE YOUR A-D-F RECEIVER TO THE (name)
RADIO BEACON, FREQUENCY (frequency),
IDENTIFICATION (ident). CHECK VOLUME UP AND
IDENTIFY THE STATION. ADVISE WHEN YOU HAVE
DONE THIS.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:20
6. After acknowledgment has been received,
advise the pilot to set the ADF function switch to the
ADF position and report the reading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
IF YOU HAVE A ROTATING COMPASS CARD (ROSE)
ON YOUR A-D-F INDICATOR, MAKE CERTAIN
NORTH IS AT THE TOP OF THE DIAL. TURN THE
FUNCTION SWITCH TO THE A-D-F POSITION.
WHEN THE NEEDLE STABILIZES, ADVISE THE
A-D-F NEEDLE READING.
REFERENCE-
The Instrument Flying Handbook. North may mean “north, N, zero (0) or
360.”
7. Compute the magnetic bearing.
NOTE-
Relative Bearing (RB) + Magnetic Heading (MH) =
Magnetic Bearing (MB)
If the MB exceeds 360 degrees, subtract 360 to determine
MB; i.e., 480 degrees - 360 degrees = 120 degrees MB.
8. Advise the pilot of direction from the NDB.
PHRASEOLOGY-
YOU ARE (direction) OF THE (name) RADIO BEACON.
b. Orientation.
1. Turn the aircraft inbound to the NDB being
used. Provide the direction of the turn and the heading
to be flown. Advise the pilot to report when
established on that heading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
FOR A-D-F ORIENTATION, TURN LEFT/RIGHT
HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED
HEADING (degrees).
2. Notify the appropriate control facility.
Provide all required information including the
aircraft's position and heading.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-4-2 ADF/VOR Orientation
3. Verify that the aircraft is established on a line
of position to the NDB.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WHAT IS YOUR A-D-F NEEDLE READING?作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:28
4. Provide heading adjustments as needed for
the aircraft to continue inbound to the NDB.
(a) If the pilot indicates an ADF reading other
than 3-6-0, compute the new heading and advise the
aircraft.
PHRASEOLOGY-
TURN LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees). REPORT
ESTABLISHED HEADING (degrees).
(b) After pilot reports established and needle
is on 3-6-0, heading adjustments are not necessary.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE HEADING (degrees).
c. Crossfixing. After the aircraft is established
inbound to the NDB, use the following procedures:
1. Advise the pilot to tune the ADF receiver to
the NDB to be used for crossfixing. Provide the NDB
name, identifier, and frequency.
PHRASEOLOGY-
TUNE YOUR A-D-F RECEIVER TO THE (name)
RADIO BEACON, FREQUENCY (frequency),
IDENTIFICATION (identification). CHECK VOLUME
UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION. ADVISE WHEN
YOU HAVE DONE THIS.
2. After acknowledgment has been received,
request ADF reading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WHEN THE NEEDLE STABILIZES, ADVISE THE
A-D-F NEEDLE READING.
3. Compute and plot the second line of position.
NOTE-
The intersection of the two lines of position is the aircraft's
position at the time of the second ADF reading.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:35
4. Advise the pilot of the aircraft's position and
the safe altitude for orientation in that area.
PHRASEOLOGY-
YOU ARE (miles)(direction) OF THE (name) RADIO
BEACON. THE SAFE ALTITUDE FOR ORIENTATIONS
IN THAT AREA IS (feet).
5. Request pilot's intentions and provide
assistance, as requested.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS?
5-4-3. VOR ORIENTATION/VOR CROSSFIX
When using VOR orientation and/or crossfix
procedures, determine the aircraft's position as
follows:
a. Position Fixing.
1. Advise the pilot to remain VFR and provide
the local altimeter setting.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN V-F-R AT ALL TIMES. ADVISE IF
HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO
REMAIN V-F-R. (Location) ALTIMETER (setting).
2. Obtain heading and altitude. Advise the pilot
to maintain straight and level flight and to align the
heading indicator to agree with the magnetic
compass.
PHRASEOLOGY-
MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT. RESET
YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR
MAGNETIC COMPASS. AFTER YOU HAVE DONE
THIS, SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:46
3. Determine the weather conditions and the
fuel status.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WHAT IS THE WEATHER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND
FUEL REMAINING IN TIME.
4. Advise the pilot to maintain the sam e
heading, verify the aircraft has VOR equipment, and
determine the airspeed.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). WHAT TYPE OF
NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON
BOARD, AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED?
5. If the pilot calls on a simplex frequency, such
as 122.2, advise the pilot to tune the receiver to the
VOR you have selected. Provide the VOR name,
frequency, and communication procedures.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY.
TUNE YOUR V-O-R RECEIVER TO THE (name)
V-O-R, FREQUENCY (frequency) IDENTIFICATION
(identification). CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY
THE STATION. ADVISE WHEN YOU HAVE DONE
THIS.
NOTE-
If the pilot calls on duplex (122.1), use the VOR the pilot
is tuned as the initial VOR.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-4-3 ADF/VOR Orientation
6. Determine the aircraft's course selector
reading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL
THE LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A “TO”
INDICATION. ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR
READING.
7. Advise the pilot of the aircraft's position.
PHRASEOLOGY-
YOU ARE (direction) OF THE (name) V-O-R.
b. Orientation.
1. Turn the aircraft inbound to the VOR being
used. Provide the direction of turn and the heading to
be flown. Advise the pilot to report when established
on that heading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
FOR V-O-R ORIENTATION, TURN LEFT/RIGHT
HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED
HEADING (degrees).
2. Notify the appropriate control facility.
Provide all the required information including the
aircraft's position and heading.
3. Verify that the aircraft is established on a line
of position to the VOR.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WHAT IS THE POSITION OF YOUR LEFT/RIGHT
NEEDLE?
4. Provide heading adjustments as needed for
the aircraft to continue inbound to the VOR.
(a) When the pilot indicates the left/right
needle is not centered, advise the pilot to recenter
needle with a “TO” indication and report the course
selector reading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
Pilot response indicates needle not centered.
ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL
THE LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A “TO”
INDICATION. ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR
READING. (If appropriate) TURN LEFT/RIGHT
HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED
(degrees).
(b) After the aircraft is established on the
inbound radial, advise the aircraft to continue on the
inbound heading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE HEADING (degrees).
5. _Plot line of position.
c. Crossfixing. After the aircraft is established
inbound to the VOR, use the following procedures:
1. Advise the pilot to tune the receiver to the
VOR you have selected for crossfixing. Provide VOR
name, frequency, and lost communications proce-
dures.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY.
TUNE YOUR V-O-R RECEIVER TO THE (name)
V-O-R, FREQUENCY (frequency), IDENTIFICATION
(identification). CHECK VOLUME UP. IF
COMMUNICATION IS NOT ESTABLISHED
IMMEDIATELY, RETURN TO THIS FREQUENCY.
2. Using only the voice feature of the second
VOR, establish positive communication with the
aircraft.
PHRASEOLOGY(Name) RADIO TRANSMITTING ON THE (name)
V-O-R. HOW DO YOU HEAR? OVER.
NOTE-
Transmit only on the frequency of the VOR being used for
crossfixing, if available.
3. After communication has been reestablished,
advise the pilot to recenter the VOR left/right needle
and advise the reading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL
THE LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A “TO”
INDICATION. ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR
READING.
4. If the pilot is transmitting on duplex (122.1)
and the cross fix VOR has no voice capability provide
the following instructions.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY.
TUNE YOUR VOR RECEIVER TO THE (name) VOR,
FREQUENCY (frequency), IDENTIFICATION (ident).
CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION.
ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL
THE LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A “TO”
INDICATION. ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR
READING (PAUSE).
RETUNE YOUR VOR RECEIVER TO THE (name) VOR,
FREQUENCY (frequency), IDENTIFICATION
(identification). SAY YOUR AIRCRAFT
IDENTIFICATION AND THE (name) VOR COURSE
SELECTOR READING.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
5-4-4 ADF/VOR Orientation
5. Advise the pilot to continue the inbound
heading.
PHRASEOLOGY-
CONTINUE HEADING (degrees).
6. Plot the new line of position from the second
VOR, advise the pilot of the aircraft's position, and
the safe altitude for orientation in that area.
PHRASEOLOGY-
YOU ARE (miles) (direction) OF THE (name) V-O-R.
THE SAFE ALTITUDE FOR ORIENTATIONS IN THAT
AREA IS (feet).
NOTE-
The intersection of the two lines of position is the aircraft's
position at the time of the second VOR reading.
7. Request the pilot's intentions.
PHRASEOLOGY-
WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS?
5-4-4. GUIDANCE TO AIRPORT
After establishing the aircraft's position and if the
pilot requests guidance to the airport:
a. Plot the course to the airport.
b. Provide the course guidance information to the
pilot.
1. Advise the pilot of the direction of the turn
and the heading to the airport.
PHRASEOLOGY-
FOR A HEADING TO THE (name) AIRPORT, TURN
LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees). REPORT
ESTABLISHED HEADING (degrees).
2. After the pilot reports established on the
heading to the airport, advise the pilot of the position
in relation to the airport.
PHRASEOLOGY-
YOU ARE (miles) (direction) OF THE (name) AIRPORT.
CONTINUE HEADING (degrees).
3. Continue to provide assistance in the form of
pilotage and airport information as necessary.
PHRASEOLOGY-
DO YOU SEE ANY PROMINENT LANDMARKS?
ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THE (name) AIRPORT?
(Name) AIRPORT FIELD ELEVATION (feet). IT HAS
(number and surface type) RUNWAYS. THE RUNWAY/S
RUN (direction). THE AIRPORT IS LOCATED
(direction/distance) FROM (landmark visible to the
aircraft).
4. Advise the pilot to report the landing airport
in sight.
PHRASEOLOGY-
REPORT AIRPORT IN SIGHT.
5. Determine when the pilot no longer needs
assistance.
PHRASEOLOGY-
DO YOU REQUIRE FURTHER ASSISTANCE?
6. When the pilot indicates assistance is no
longer required, terminate the service. Provide the
CTAF frequency, if appropriate, and the local
altimeter setting.
PHRASEOLOGY(VOR/ADF) ORIENTATION SERVICE TERMINATED.
COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY
(frequency). ALTIMETER (setting).
NOTE-
CTAF is defined as a UNICOM, Multicom, AFSS/FSS, or
ATCT frequency.
7. Notify appropriate control facility of the
aircraft's position, termination of services, and the
pilot's intentions.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-1-1 General
Chapter 6. Flight Data
Section 1. General
6-1-1. COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE
Most flight movement data exchanged outside of the
facility is processed by automated systems such as
the National Airspace Data Interchange Network
(NADIN). It is important to adhere to strict format
and procedures during normal operations as well as
system interruption periods.
a. Circuit interruption notifications should be as
follows:
1. AFSS.
(a) M1FC. Notify their FSDPS and ap-
propriate telco servicing company of all outages.
(b) OASIS. Notify NADIN or WMSCR, (as
appropriate), the Harris Help Desk, and appropriate
telco servicing company of all outages.
NOTE-
The FSDPS notifies NADIN for Service B outages or AWP
for Service A outages, as well as the ARTCC Systems
Engineer (SE).
2. FSS. Notify their guard facility, the AISR
Customer Service Center, and NADIN.
b. All outage reports should refer to the correct
circuit and/or equipment identification numbers.
Facilities should obtain and record ticket numbers
provided by AISR or the telco authority.
NOTE-
OASIS facilities should obtain and record ticket numbers
provided by Harris or the telco servicing company.
c. AISR and NADIN telephone numbers are as
follows:
1. NADIN/ATLANTA (KATLYTYX)
(770) 210-7675.
2. NADIN/SALT LAKE CITY (KSLCYTYX)
(801) 320-2172.
3. AISR HELPDESK 866-466-1336.
d. OASIS telephone numbers are as follows:
1. WMSCR/ATLANTA 770-210-7931.
2. WMSCR/SALT LAKE CITY
801-320-2045.
3. HARRIS HELPDESK 877-373-0110.
6-1-2. FLIGHT PLANS
The filing of VFR flight plans is recommended. Brief
pilots, as appropriate, on the following:
a. Identify the tie-in station for the departure
point, and advise the pilot to report departure time
directly to that facility.
b. When a departure report is unlikely because of
inadequate communications capability, advise the
pilot that the flight plan will be activated
immediately, using the proposed departure time as
the actual departure time. Include “ASMD DEP” in
remarks. The pilot is responsible for cancelling or
extending the flight plan if the flight is cancelled or
delayed.
c. Determine the flight plan area in which the
destination is located. Request the pilot close the
flight plan with the tie-in station. Provide the pilot
the tie-in station's phone number, upon request.
d. Recommend that a separate flight plan be filed
for each leg of a VFR flight.
e. Request the pilot inform an AFSS/FSS
whenever the filed time en route changes more than
30_minutes.
f. On return flights from remote areas, such as a
fishing site, establish a mutually acceptable date/time
with the pilot for alerting search and rescue.
g. On a single flight to be conducted under both
IFR/VFR flight rules, confirm whether the VFR
portion is by flight plan and, if so, with whom the
pilot will close. File two separate flight plans.
h. If a pilot indicates the flight will penetrate
Class_A airspace, advise the pilot of the Class_A
requirements.
i. When a pilot files to an airport served by a
part-time FSS and the ETA is during the period the
facility is closed, ask the pilot to close with the
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-1-2 General
associated AFSS/FSS, identified in FAAO
JO_7350.8, Location Identifiers and the Airport/Fa-
cility Directory.
j. Upon request, inform pilots filing IFR flight
plans of the appropriate and most effective means of
obtaining IFR departure clearances.
k. When a pilot files a DVFR flight plan, advise
the pilot to activate with Flight Service. Also advise
the pilot that a discrete beacon code will be assigned
upon activation.
NOTE1. A discrete beacon code may be assigned when the
flight plan is filed, as necessary. If the pilot wants to file
a DVFR flight plan that departs outside the facility's flight
plan area, provide the applicable toll-free number for the
departure FSS.
2. Discrete beacon codes are assigned to facilities in
accordance with FAAO 7110.66, National Beacon Code
Allocation Plan.
6-1-3. FLIGHT PLAN DATA
Handle flight plan data as follows:
a. AISR.
1. Record flight plan data received from an
operations office on FAA Form 7233-1 or a flight
progress strip. The operations office must obtain
complete information on the flight, but need forward
to the FAA only those items necessary for control or
VFR flight plan purposes.
2. Accept military flight plan proposals,
cancellations, and closures from any source
including collect telephone calls.
3. Pass the FAA Form 7233-1 to the appropriate
operating position for delivery of the flight
notification message.
b. M1FC/OASIS.
1. Record flight plan data on domestic or ICAO
flight plan mask or dialog box as appropriate. Flight
plan data received from an operations office may be
limited to only those items necessary for control or
VFR flight plan purposes, provided the operations
office obtains complete information on the flight.
2. Accept military flight plan proposals,
cancellations, and closures from any source,
including collect telephone calls.
3. Transmit flight notification messages as
follows:
(a) M1FC. From a flight plan mask in order
for M1FC to place the message in the aircraft data file
and provide automatic log and tally.
(b) OASIS. From a flight plan dialog box in
order for OASIS to place the message in the history
file and provide automatic log and tally.
NOTE-
Part-time operations offices must provide complete
information in the event it is needed for SAR purposes.
6-1-4. PART-TIME FSS CLOSURE ACTION
Part-time facilities shall forward the following
information to the designated guard AFSS/FSS.
a. Inbound flights - all information.
b. Outbound flights - VFR and IFR flight plan
data when proposed departure time and/or ETA is
within the period from 1 hour prior to closing until
1_hour after opening.
c. All other pertinent information; e.g., NOTAM,
pending outages.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-2-1 Flight Plan Proposals
Section 2. Flight Plan Proposals
6-2-1. FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING
Record flight plans on FAA Form 7233-1, M1FC
Domestic Flight Plan Mask, or in the OASIS
Domestic Flight Plan dialog box. Completion of all
blocks or fields is not required in every case, and all
items filed are not always transmitted. Use authorized
abbreviations where possible. Complete as follows:
NOTE-
OASIS. For detailed instructions on the Domestic
Flight Plan dialog box, refer to the WINGS online
help or the WINGS System Users Guide.
a. Item 1. Type of flight plan.
1. FAA Form 7233-1. Check the appropriate
box.
2. M1FC- FR: field.
(a) V - civilian VFR flight plans including
DVFR.
(b) MV - military VFR flight plans.
(c) PV - VFR flight plans departing from
outside the facility's flight plan area.
(d) DV - Do not use. See para 6-6-3a.
(e) I - civil IFR flight plans or military IFR
flight plans that do not require transmission of a flight
notification message.
(f) MI - military IFR flight plans that require
a flight notification message.
(g) PI - IFR flight plans departing from
outside the facility's flight plan area that require a
flight notification message.
NOTE1. M1FC. PI for transborder flights that require an
ADCUS (Mexico) or CANPASS/GATE (Canada/US)
flight notification message. PI messages are addressed to
the departure tie-in station. They are in addition to the
I_message transmitted to the departure ARTCC. Remarks
to be transmitted by the departure station as part of the
flight notification message must be included in the PI
message and preceded by a $ sign.
2. OASIS. IFR transborder flights that require an ADCUS
(Mexico) flight notification message will be automatically
addressed and transmitted to the departure ARTCC and
the departure tie-in station if ADCUS is entered in
remarks. To send an IFR Canadian flight plan departing
from outside the facility's flight plan area that requires a
flight notification message, enter the following in
remarks: $CANPASS %ADCUS. OASIS uses the ADCUS
to automatically address and transmit the flight plan to the
departure tie-in station but the only remark transmitted is
CANPASS. This is in addition to the message transmitted
to the departure ARTCC.
(h) SC - Stereo flight plans for civil aircraft.
(i) SM_-_Stereo flight plans for military
aircraft.
3. OASIS - Select type of flight plan from the
Flight Rules (FR) drop down list:
(a) VFR - civilian VFR flight plans,
including DVFR.
(b) IFR
(c) DVFR - Do not use. See para 6-6-3a.
(d) MIL VFR
(e) MIL IFR
(f) STEREO CVL
(g) STEREO MIL
(h) MIL IFR STOPOVER
(i) MIL VFR STOPOVER
(j) DVFR STOPOVER - Do not use.
b. Item 2. Aircraft Identification (M1FC- AI:
field. OASIS - Aircraft ID text box). Enter as
follows, but do not exceed seven alphanumeric
characters:
1. Civil Aircraft Including Air Carrier: Aircraft
letter/digit registration including the letter T prefix
for air taxi aircraft, the letter L for LIFEGUARD
aircraft, or the three-letter aircraft company
designator specified in FAAO JO 7340.2, Contrac-
tions followed by the trip or the flight number.
EXAMPLE-
N12345
TN5552Q
AAL192
LN751B
NOTE-
The letter L shall not be entered in Item 2 of the flight plan
for air carrier or air taxi LIFEGUARD aircraft. Include
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-2-2 Flight Plan Proposals
the word LIFEGUARD in the remarks section of the flight
plan.
2. U.S. Military Aircraft. Use the military
abbreviation followed by the last five digits of the
aircraft's number. For certain tactical mission
aircraft, enter the assigned three-to-six letter code
word followed by a one-to-four digit number.
(See TBL 6-2-1.)
TBL 6-2-1
Military
Abbreviation Military Service
A USAF
C Coast Guard
E Air Evacuation
G Air/Army National Guard
L LOGAIR (USAF contract)
R Army
RCH REACH (USAF Air Mobility
Command)
S Special Air Mission
VM Marine Corps
VV Navy
3. Canadian Military Aircraft. The abbrevi-
ations shall be followed by a number group not to
exceed four digits. (See TBL 6-2-2.)
TBL 6-2-2
Canadian Military
Abbreviation Military Service
CFC Canadian Forces
CTG Canadian Coast Guard
c. Item 3. Aircraft Type (M1FC- AT: field.
OASIS_- Aircraft Type text box). Insert the name or
abbreviation (two-to-four alphanumeric characters)
of the manufacturer's or military designation. For
homebuilt/experimental aircraft, use HXA, HXB, or
HXC in accordance with the FAAO JO 7340.2,
Contractions. Spell out aircraft type in Remarks.
NOTE-
OASIS. OASIS validates all aircraft types in accordance
with FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions. Nonstandard
contractions will be rejected.
1. Prefix to Aircraft Type (one-to-two alphanu-
meric characters). For IFR operations, if the aircraft's
weight class is heavy, indicate this with the prefix
“H”. If a formation flight is planned, enter the number
and type of aircraft; e.g., 2H/B52.
2. Suffix to Aircraft Type (one alpha character).
Indicate for IFR operations the aircraft's radar
transponder, DME, or RNAV (includes LORAN)
capability by adding the appropriate symbol
preceded by a slant (/). (See TBL 6-2-3.)
TBL 6-2-3
Suffix to Aircraft Type
Suffix Aircraft Equipment Suffixes
DME
/A Transponder with Mode C.
/B Transponder with no Mode C.
/D No transponder.
NO DME
/T Transponder with no Mode C.
/U Transponder with Mode C.
/X No transponder.
TACAN ONLY
/M No transponder.
/N Transponder with no Mode C.
/P Transponder with Mode C.
AREA NAVIGATION (RNAV)
/C LORAN, VOR/DME, or INS, transponder
with no Mode C.
/I LORAN, VOR/DME, or INS, transponder
with Mode C.
/Y LORAN, VOR/DME, or INS with no trans-
ponder.
ADVANCED RNAV With Transponder and
Mode C (If an aircraft is unable to operate
with a transponder and/or Mode C, it will re-
vert to the appropriate code listed above under
Area Navigation.)
/E Flight Management System (FMS) with
DME/DME and IRU position updating.
/F FMS with DME/DME position updating.
/G Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS),
including GPS or WAAS, with en route and
terminal capability.
/R Required Navigational Performance. The
aircraft meets the RNP type prescribed for
the route segment(s), route(s) and/or area
concerned.
Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
(RVSM). Prior to conducting RVSM opera-
tions within the U.S., the operator must ob-
tain authorization from the FAA or from the
responsible authority, as appropriate.
/J /E with RVSM
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-2-3 Flight Plan Proposals
Suffix to Aircraft Type (continued)
/K /F with RVSM
/L /G with RVSM.
/Q /R with RVSM.
/W RVSM.
NOTE-
The /E and /F suffixes will only be used by aircraft
operating to and from airports within the U.S., unless
authorized by the controlling authority.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 2-3-7 and TBL 2-3-7, Aircraft Equipment
Suffix.
d. Item 4. True Airspeed (TAS Knots) (M1FC-
TS: field. OASIS_- Airspeed text box). Enter
two-to-four digits for TAS in knots; M followed by
three digits for Mach number; or SC for “speed
classified.”
e. Item 5. Departure Point.
1. M1FC- DD: field. Enter two-to-twelve
alphanumeric and slant characters for name or
identifier of the departure airport or point over which
the flight plan is activated.
NOTE-
Names may be used when there is no identifier available
and they do not exceed 12 characters with no spaces.
Unless a geographic point is converted to latitude/longi-
tude or fix-radial-distance (FRD), the M1FC computer
will not be able to provide weather/NOTAM information
and the route override function must be used to transmit
or modify the flight plan.
2. OASIS - Departure text box. Enter the
departure point as follows: 2-5 alphanumeric
character LOCID, 8-11 character fix-radial-distance
or 9-12_character latitude/longitude.
f. Item 6. Departure Time.
1. M1FC- TM: field. Enter departure time in
UTC. Prefix this time with a P in the TM: field for
proposals or a D for departures. If the departure time
is assumed, indicate this in the Remarks field.
2. OASIS - ETD text box. Enter the proposed
or actual time of departure as fol-
lows: {(DD)HHMM : DD = 01-31, HH = 00-23,
MM = 00-59}.
NOTE-
OASIS does not use prefixes (i.e., “P” or “D”) to determine
a proposed or actual time of departure. This determination
is made based on which button is used for filing.
g. Item 7. Cruising Altitude (M1FC- AE: field.
OASIS - Enroute Altitude text box). Proposed
altitude or flight level using two-to-seven charac-
ters; e.g., 80 or 080, OTP, OTP/125, VFR, ABV/060.
h. Item 8. Route of Flight (M1FC- RT: field.
OASIS_- Route text box.). Enter identifiers for
airways or jet routes to clearly indicate the proposed
flight path. For direct flight, use names or identifiers
of navigation aids, Navigation Reference System
(NRS) waypoints, and geographical points or
coordinates. If more than one airway or jet route is to
be flown, clearly indicate the transition points.
NOTE1. On some direct flights beyond the departure center's
airspace, it may be necessary to include a fix in the
adjacent center's airspace or latitude/longitude coordi-
nates, as appropriate, to facilitate computer acceptance.
Local procedures should be applied to these special
situations.
2. NRS waypoints consist of five alphanumeric charac-
ters, which include the ICAO Flight Information Region
(FIR) identifier, followed by the letter corresponding to
the FIR subset (ARTCC area for the contiguous U.S.), the
latitude increment in single digit or group form, and the
longitude increment.
EXAMPLE“KD34U”
i. Item 9. Destination.
1. M1FC- AD: field. Enter two-to-twelve
alphanumeric and/or slant characters for name or
identifier of the destination airport or point over
which the flight plan is to be cancelled.
2. OASIS_- Destination text box. Enter the
destination airport or point over which the flight plan
is to be cancelled as follows: 2-5 alphanumeric
character LOCID, 8-11 character fix-radial-distance
or 9-12 character latitude/longitude.
j. Item 10. Estimated Time Enroute (M1FC- TE:
field. OASIS - Time Enroute text box). Enter in
hours and minutes the total elapsed time between
departure and destination; e.g., 0430 or 4+30. For
IFR proposals, ETE must be in four-digit format; i.e.,
0215.
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, enter the four digit enroute time in hours
and minutes; hhmm: hh=00-99, mm=00-59.
k. Item 11. Remarks (M1FC- RM: field. OASIS_-
Remarks text box). Information necessary for ATC or
to assist search and rescue operations, plus any other
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-2-4 Flight Plan Proposals
data appropriate to the flight; e.g., the abbreviations
FAA or DOT. Enter names of experimental or
homebuilt aircraft (Veri-EZ, Long-EZ, Mustang,
Delta Dart). For RM: field only - Use 1-80 characters
beginning with *, #, $, or %. (See TBL 6-2-4.)
TBL 6-2-4
* transmit remarks to all centers.
# transmit remarks to departure centers only.
$ transmit remarks only to those addresses in
the CP field of the flight notification mes-
sage.
% for remarks not to be transmitted.
NOTE1. OASIS automatically inserts the appropriate symbol
according to the flight plan type (i.e., $-VFR, * -IFR)
2. Civil aircraft with authorized company identification
are required to file the full authorized radio call in
remarks.
l. Item 12. Fuel on Board (M1FC- FB: field.
OASIS - Fuel Capacity text box). Enter in hours and
minutes; e.g., 0330 or 3+30.
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, enter the fuel capacity; hhmm:
hh=00-99, mm=00-59.
m. Item 13. Alternate Airport/s.
1. (M1FC- AA: field). Enter the location
identifier if specified by the pilot. For AA: field only.
Use three-to-seven alphanumeric characters. For
two alternate airports, enter identifiers consecutively;
e.g., BJCFNL.
2. OASIS_- Alternate Airport text box. Enter
the location identifier of a single alternate airport in
3-4 alphanumeric characters. Additional alternate
airports may be entered in the Remarks text box as
nontransmitted information.
n. Item 14. Pilot's Name, Telephone Number,
Aircraft's Home Base (M1FC- PD: field. OASIS -
Pilot Data text box). Self-explanatory. For military
pilots, obtain the name and telephone of BASOPS.
NOTE-
Pilot's name not required if BASOPS' name is provided.
o. Item 15. Number Aboard (M1FC- NB: field.
OASIS_- Number On Board text box). Self-explana-
tory.
p. Item 16. Color of Aircraft. (M1FC- CR: field.
OASIS_- Aircraft Color text box). Use authorized
contractions when available. (See TBL 6-2-5.)
TBL 6-2-5
Code and Color
Code Color Code Color
A Amber B Blue
BE Beige BK Black
BR Brown G Green
GD Gold GY Gray
M Maroon O Orange
P Purple PK Pink
R Red S Silver
T Tan TQ Turquoise
V Violet W White
Y Yellow
NOTE1. For ICAO flight plans, see Appendix A.
2. Local procedures may be developed for use on the
reverse side of FAA Form 7233-1.
6-2-2. OUTBOUNDS DEPARTING FROM
OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN AREA
Accept flight plans regardless of departure point.
Forward VFR flight plan proposals for aircraft
proposing to depart from outside the facility's flight
plan area to the tie-in FSS/AFSS for the departure
point in the following format:
a. Type of Flight.
b. Aircraft Identification.
c. Aircraft Type.
d. Departure Point.
e. Destination.
f. Proposed Departure Time/ETE.
g. Remarks.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KDAYYFYX
DTG KLOUYFYX
VFR N1234 BE9L DAY LOU P1330/0130
M1FC
FRV AI:N1234 AT:C150 TS:90 DDSM TM1800
AE:65 RTSM..OMA..LNK
ADNK TE:0300 RMFP KIKKYFYX
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-2-5 Flight Plan Proposals
FB:0330 AA: PD:JOE PILOT
HBSM NB: CR:R/W TL:
OP:
CP:KFODYFYX
TA:2100
NOTE1. M1FC will autoaddress the CP field, automatically
extract the required items from the flight plan mask and
transmit a flight proposal to the departure tie-in
AFSS/FSS.
M1FC will automatically fill in the originator of the flight
plan in the RM field when the flight plan is transmitted.
2. For civil flight movement messages with remarks,
precede the remarks with a dollar symbol ($).
3. OASIS will autoaddress the Closure Points field,
automatically extract the required items from the flight
plan, insert the originator of the flight plan into the
Remarks field, and transmit a flight proposal to the
departure tie-in AFSS/FSS at a time determined by the
facility parameter.
6-2-3. ENTRY OF MILITARY IFR MULTI-
LEG STOPOVER FLIGHT PLAN
a. Complete all FP fields down through time en
route or remarks for the first leg. Use MI in the flight
rules field. This will hold the flight plan on the
proposed list for flight notification.
b. All subsequent legs shall be preceded by a slant
and recorded in the route field after the first leg:
DESTINATION, ETE, AIRSPEED, P-TIME, ALTI-
TUDE, ROUTE, and remarks for each leg.
c. After all legs have been recorded properly, the
FP should autoaddress the ARTCC of the first leg
departure point in the OP: field and all destination
BASOPS stations in the CP: field. GI will send the
first leg to the appropriate ARTCC and place the
flight plan on the proposed list.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
FR:MI AI:BAT21 AT:F16/R TS:450 DDBQ TM1700
AE:280
RTBQ..TNU..OFF/FOE 0+15 450 P1800 270
OFF..FOE
AD:OFF TE:0030 RM:*REMARKS $VT012115
FB:0230 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS
HBBQ NB:1 CR:OD TL: OP:ZCG
CP:KOFFYXYX KFOEYXYX
TA:1730
d. To send the second leg of the flight plan to the
appropriate ARTCC, the original flight plan needs to
be altered.
1. Display the flight plan (FPC).
2. Change the MI to I. It is not necessary to hold
this leg for flight notification.
3. Make the necessary changes to indicate the
next leg of the flight plan.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
FR:I AI:BAT21 AT:F16/R TS:450 DD:OFF TM1800
AE:270
RT:OFF..FOE
AD:FOE TE:0015 RM:*REMARKS
FB: AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS
HB.DBQ NB:1 CR:OD TL: OP:ZCP
CP:
TA:1815
NOTE-
If there is an additional leg, it must be taken from the
original flight plan.
e. After all legs have been sent to their appropriate
ARTCC, construct a flight notification message.
1. Retrieve the original flight plan from the
proposal list.
2. Edit each leg preceded by a slant to indicate
the destination, ETE and pertinent remarks.
3. Delete all other information and restore to the
proposal list (STPM) and await activation.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
FR:MI AI:BAT21 AT:F16/R TS:450 DDBQ TM1700
AE:280
RTBQ..TNU..OFF/FOE 0+15
AD:OFF TE:0030 RM:*REMARKS $VTO12115
FB:0230 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS
HBBQ NB:1 CR:OD TL:
OP:ZCG
CP:KOFFYXYX KFOEYXYX
TA:
NOTE-
OASIS. Transmit only the applicable inbound and
outbound flight notification information to intermediate
tie-in facilities. Remarks common to all flight segments
shall be entered in the Remarks text box for transmission.
These remarks shall include: departure point, all stops
and destination.
EXAMPLE-
DEPD TCM LNDG EDW DMA JAX ADW
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/6-2-6 Flight Plan Proposals
NOTE-
OASIS. Detailed instructions for the processing of
Military IFR Multi-Leg Stopover Flight Plans are
contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS
System Users Guide.
6-2-4. ENTRY OF MILITARY VFR
STOPOVER FLIGHT PLAN
a. File a military VFR stopover flight plan in the
same format as a military IFR stopover.
b. After the flight plan is filed on the proposal list,
display the flight plan (FP ACID). Use the CX
keyword to cancel the flight plan. The complete flight
plan is then on file for search and rescue.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
FR:MV AI:G2034 AT:UH1/U TS:90 DD:FOD TM1800
AE:055
RT:FOD..DSM..OFF/MLC 3+10 90 P2100 045
OFF..MLC/SZL
2+10 90 P0100 055 MLC..SZL
AD:OFF TE:0200 RMVT010600
FB:0400 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS
HBBQ NB:1 CR:O/D TL:
OP:
CP:KOFFYXYX KMLCYFYX KSZLYXYX
TA:2000
c. After the flight plan is cancelled, use the FPC
keyword to display the flight plan on the screen.
Change the RT field to show only the destination,
ETE, and any pertinent remarks for all remaining
legs. File the revised version onto the proposal list to
await activation.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
FR:MV AI:G2034 AT:UH1/U TS:90 DD:FOD TM1800
AE:055
RT:FOD..DSM..OFF/MLC 3+10/SZL 2+10
AD:OFF TE:0200 RMVT010600
FB:0400 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS
HB:DBQ NB:1 CR:OD TL:
OP:
CP:KOFFYXYX KMLCYFYX KSZLYXYX
TA:2000
NOTE-
OASIS. Transmit only the applicable inbound and
outbound flight notification information to intermediate
tie-in facilities. Remarks common to all flight segments
shall be entered in the Remarks text box for transmission.
These remarks shall include: departure point, all stops
and destination.
EXAMPLE-
DEPD TCM LNDG EDW DMA JAX ADW
NOTE-
OASIS. Detailed instructions for the processing of
Military VFR Stopover Flight Plans are contained in the
WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide.
3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-3-1 IFR Flight Plan Handling
Section 3. IFR Flight Plan Handling
6-3-1. DOMESTIC IFR FLIGHT PLANS
a. IFR flight plans should consist of items 1
through 15 of FAA Form 7233-1. Items 1 through 11
shall be transmitted to the ARTCC as part of the IFR
flight plan proposal. Items 12 through 15 shall be
retained in the FSS and be available upon request.
NOTE-
Part-time FSSs shall forward items 1 through 15 in
accordance with para 6-1-4.
b. M1FC. IFR flight plans should consist of the
following fields:
1. FR Type of Flight.
2. AI Aircraft Identification.
3. AT Number and Type of Aircraft.
4. TS True Airspeed or Mach Number.
5. DD Departure Point.
6. TM Departure Time.
7. AE Requested Altitude.
8. RT Route of Flight.
9. AD Destination.
10. TE Time En Route.
11. RM Remarks.
12. FB Fuel on Board.
13. AA Alternate Destination.
14. PD Pilot Data.
15. NB Number of Persons on Board.
16. CR Color of Aircraft.
17. OP ARTCC Address.
18. CP Addresses/Closure Point.
19. TA Estimated Time of Arrival.
NOTE-
OASIS. IFR flight plans should consist of the same fields
as shown for M1FC. Flight plan items are entered into
labeled text boxes in the Flight Plan dialog box.
c. M1FC. Items 1 through 11 shall be transmitted
to the ARTCC as part of the IFR flight plan proposal.
Items 12 through 19 shall be retained by the FSDPS
and be available upon request.
NOTE-
OASIS. Items 1 through 11 shall be transmitted to the
ARTCC as part of the IFR flight plan proposal. Items 12
through 19 will be retained in a history file and be
available upon request.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:02
6-3-2. NOTIFYING ARTCC
Transmit flight plans and flight plan amendments to
the ARTCC within whose control area IFR flight is
proposed to begin. AISR facilities use FAAO
JO_7350.8, Location Identifiers, or the appropriate
aeronautical charts to determine the ARTCC to which
each transmission shall be made. Transmit flight
plans (if necessary) and flight plan amendments via
interphone to the flight data position (error referral
position) or departure sector when the aircraft's
proposed departure time is less than 15 minutes from
transmittal time. Advise the ARTCC's departure
sector or error referral position, via interphone, when
a message is received indicating ineligibility or a
response is not received via data terminal within
10_minutes. Transmit flight plans as follows:
a. When multiple (two or more) flight plans are
received from the same aircraft, or for flight plans
which propose alternating VFR and IFR, stopover, or
terminal area delay, the station receiving the flight
plans transmits separate flight plans to the
appropriate ARTCCs for each IFR portion or
segment.
b. Transmit flight plans specifying special use
airspace delays (MOAs, Warning Areas, Restricted
Areas, ATC Assigned Airspace) as in subpara 6-3-2a
except when letters of agreement specify otherwise.
c. Aerial refueling delays, or any other en route
delays not covered in subparas 6-3-2a or b and not
involving a change of altitude stratum, do not require
separate messages. Delay information shall be filed
within the route of flight. If a change of altitude
stratum is indicated, transmit separate messages as in
subparas 6-3-2a or b.
d. When a composite, stopover, or terminal area
delay flight plan is revised:
1. Before departure, transmit the information to
the original addressees plus any new addressees.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-3-2 IFR Flight Plan Handling
2. After departure, transmit the information to
all new addresses who are affected by the change.
e. AISR. When a flight is to depart after 0500
hours local time on the day following the filing of the
flight plan, do not transmit the flight plan to the
ARTCC until after 0000 hours local time.
NOTE-
In the event of a time zone difference between the station
and the associated ARTCC, use the ARTCC's local time
in determining transmission time.
f. Address all IFR flight plan messages to the
ARTCC serving the point of departure and all
concerned oceanic and nonconterminous ATS units,
except FAA ATCTs.
NOTE-
The ARTCC within whose control area IFR flight is
proposed to begin will forward the proposed tower en
route flight plan data to the appropriate departure
terminal facility.
g. For flights inbound to the conterminous U.S.
from Alaska or Hawaii, address only the first
conterminous U.S. ARTCC; e.g., for a proposed
flight from Sitka to Houston, address PAZAZQZX,
CZVRZQZX, and KZSEZQZX.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 2-2-2, Forwarding Information.
6-3-3. IFR FLIGHT PLAN CONTROL
MESSAGES
(Pacific: Pacific Supplement.)
Transmit all proposed IFR flight plan messages to the
ARTCC within whose control area IFR flight is
proposed to begin.
a. Communications Functions. Flight plan data
messages shall be addressed to the computer only. All
other types of messages for ARTCC attention shall be
addressed to the Flight Data position only.
Acknowledgements for all numbered messages will
be received from the computer or the Flight Data
position indicating receipt by the ARTCC, but not
necessarily computer acceptance. (See TBL 6-3-1.)
b. Format.
1. Adhere to a fixed order of data. Do not exceed
the stated maximum number of characters or
elements allowed for each field in messages
addressed to an ARTCC computer. Flight plans filed
containing more than the stated character maximums
should be sent using the ARTCC flight data address.
2. AISR. One space character must be entered
at the end of each data field. The following
clarifications are presented:
(a) The first data field of a message need not
be preceded by a space.
TBL 6-3-1
ARTCC ID & Computer Flight Data
ARTCC ID Computer Flight Data
Albuquerque ZAB KZABZQZX KZABZRZX
Atlanta ZTL KZTLZQZX KZTLZRZX
Boston ZBW KZBWZQZX KZBWZRZX
Chicago ZAU KZAUZQZX KZAUZRZX
Cleveland ZOB KZOBZQZX KZOBZRZX
Denver ZDV KZDVZQZX KZDVZRZX
Fort Worth ZFW KZFWZQZX KZFWZRZX
Houston ZHU KZHUZQZX KZHUZRZX
Indianapolis ZID KZIDZQZX KZIDZRZX
Jacksonville ZJX KZJXZQZX KZJXZRZX
Kansas City ZKC KZKCZQZX KZKCZRZX
Los Angeles ZLA KZLAZQZX KZLAZRZX
Memphis ZME KZMEZQZX KZMEZRZX
Miami ZMA KZMAZQZX KZMAZRZX
Minneapolis ZMP KZMPZQZX KZMPZRZX
New York ZNY KZNYZQZX KZNYZRZX
Oakland ZOA KZ0AZQZX KZOAZRZX
Salt Lake ZLC KZLCZQZX KZLCZRZX
Seattle ZSE KZSEZQZX KZSEZRZX
Washington ZDC KZDCZQZX KZDCZRZX
(b) The last data field of a message need not
be followed by a space.
3. Each field of data is composed of one or more
elements. Discrete elements of information within a
field are separated by delimiters, generally slashes
(oblique strokes) or periods.
4. Messages addressed using an ARTCC flight
data address (KZRZX) are not processed by the
HOST computer. Response and/or interpretation of
these messages are dependent on flight data
personnel action. The prime consideration of these
types of messages, shall be the readability of the
transmitted data. The second, third, and fourth
character of the address shall be the same as the
ARTCC flight data address.
5. All domestic flight data processing comput-
ers have the capability to return acknowledgments to
the source and, depending on local adaption, return
error messages and accept amendments. Notify the
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-3-3 IFR Flight Plan Handling
appropriate ARTCC Data Systems Specialist or
Primary A position when it is suspected that a flight
plan has been erroneously rejected by the computer.
6. IFR flight plans specifying stopovers or
terminal area delays require separate messages be
sent to the appropriate ARTCCs for each segment.
Unless otherwise covered by a letter of agreement,
treat flight plans proposing special use airspace
delays in the same manner. Separate messages are
also required for any other en route delays if a change
of altitude stratum is proposed at the delay point. See
subpara 6-3-3c14(h)(1) for delays not involving
a change of altitude stratum.
7. Some fields contain the necessary functions
to operate the computer data terminal adapters and are
designated by alpha characters. Do not separate these
fields with spaces.
c. For EAS FDP acceptance, the complete
message contents, the order of data, the number of
characters allowed within any data field or element,
and any associated operational procedures or
restrictions are as follows (as used here, field refers
to EAS FDP field and/xx refers to M1FC field):
NOTE-
OASIS. Detailed operating instructions for processing
IFR Flight Plans are contained in the WINGS online help
and the WINGS System Users Guide.
1. Start of Message Code (Field A). No entry
requirement for AISR equipment. (New Line Key)
2. Pream ble Line (Field B). Consists of
originator, priority, and addressee(s).
3. Originator Line (Field C). Consists of a
six-digit date-time group and the eight-character
originator identifier.
4. End of Line Function (Field E). Same as
subpara 6-3-3c1.
5. Source Identification (Field 00). Nine or ten
characters required followed by a space character in
the following order:
(a) The three-character address of the
originating AFSS/FSS or the three-character
identifier of the originating airline office.
(b) Four characters (digits) to indicate the
time (in UTC) the flight plan was composed by the
originator.
(c) Three characters (digits) representing the
number of the message; e.g., 021. It is recommended
that numbering systems be restarted with 001 at the
beginning of each day (0000Z).
NOTE-
There are no spaces between characters in subparas
6-3-3c5(a), (b), and (c).
6. Message Type (Field 01). The letters FP
followed by a space character.
7. Aircraft Identification (Field 02/AI. Con-
sists of two-to-seven characters followed by a space
character. The first character of the identification
must be a letter.
(a) Phrases such as Flynet, Snow Time, etc.,
which do not identify specific aircraft, but are
supplemental data defining a special mission or
function, shall be contained in remarks (Field
11/RM.
(b) For foreign aircraft identifications with a
numeric as the first character, insert an X as the first
character and explain in the remarks section.
8. Aircraft Data (Field 03/AT. Consists of
two-to-nine characters followed by a space
character. Aircraft data within the field may vary
from one-to-three elements consisting of:
(a) Number of aircraft (when more than one)
and/or the heavy aircraft indicator. For heavy aircraft
the indicator is “H/”. This element contains a
maximum of two characters followed by a slash.
EXAMPLE2/F15
3H/B52
10/F18
(b) Type of Aircraft. This elem ent is
mandatory and contains two-to-four characters
consisting of the authorized aircraft designator as
contained in FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions. Enter
military designators of aircraft, omitting prefixes and
suffixes pertaining to aircraft mission or model.
(c) Equipment Suffix. This elem ent is
optional and consists of a slash (/) followed by one
letter which is one of the approved designators
identifying transponder and/or navigation gear.
9. Airspeed (Field 05/TS. Consists of two-tofour characters followed by a space character. This
field shall indicate the filed true airspeed in knots or
Mach number.
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-3-4 IFR Flight Plan Handling
EXAMPLE350
M075
10. Departure Point or Coordination Fix (Field
06/DD. Consists of two-to-twelve characters
followed by a space character. This field contains the
departure point or fix at which an aircraft will pick up
IFR. It must be a fix, not an airway. For proposed
departures, it must match the first element in the route
of flight; and for IFR pickups, it must match either the
first element in the route of flight or the third element
if the ./. or VFR is used as the second element.
11. Proposed Departure Time (Field 07/TM.
Consists of five or seven characters followed by a
space character. This field contains the letter P
followed by a four or six digit time group in UTC.
12. Requested Altitude (Field 09/AE. Con-
sists of two-to-seven characters followed by a space
character. Altitudes or flight levels, as appropriate,
shall be expressed in hundreds of feet, but without
leading zeros. The letters OTP shall be entered in this
field to indicate a requested altitude of VFR
conditions-on-top. Blocked altitudes are indicated
by entering the lower altitude of the requested block,
the letter B, and the higher altitude of the block; e.g.,
80B100, 240B270, with no intervening spaces.
13. End of Line (New Line Key) (Field E). The
first occurrence of Field E shall always follow Field
09/AE: of the message. Any time a subsequent end of
line becomes necessary, if used within Field 10/RT:,
it must be preceded by the appropriate element
separator (not a space). If used within Field 11/RM:,
Field E may be entered at any point within the
remarks sequence.
14. Route of Flight (Field 10/RT). The route of
flight consists of departure point or pickup point
(PUP), the route of flight, and normally a destination
followed by a space character.
(a) Field 10/RT: is a fixed sequence field and
must begin with a fix; e.g., fix, airway, fix, airway,
etc. The last element may be a fix or one of the route
elements VFR, DVFR, or XXX (incomplete route
indicator). An element is separated from another
element by a period character.
(b) When consecutive fix elements or route
elements are filed, the fixed sequence format is
maintained by inserting two period characters
between the filed Field 10/RT: elements; e.g., fix..fix
or airway..airway.
(c) When a pilot files an airway..airway com-
bination, obtain the point of transition and insert it in
the transmitted flight plan; e.g., SGF.J105..J24.
STL.J24. The foregoing does not apply if the first
encountered fix happens to be the next filed junction
point within the route.
NOTE-
OASIS. Airway..airway combinations in the route of
flight require a defined junction (either five-character
alphanumeric, LOCID, or pre-defined fix-radial-dis-
tance.)
(d) The slash character (/) is used to file a
latitude/longitude fix or in describing an ETE.
(e) The maximum number of filed field
elements for computer-addressed flight plans is 40.
Double period insertions do not count against the
40-element limitation. Transmit flight plans filed
exceeding the route element limitation to the
ARTCC, not its computer.
(f) Fix Descriptions. A fix must be filed in
one of the following ways:
(1) Fix Name. Domestic, Canadian, and
International identifiers of two-to-five alphanumer-
ic characters.
(2) Fix Radial Distance (FRD). Consists of
eight-to-eleven alphanumeric characters in the
following sequence: Two-to-five characters identi-
fying a navigational aid, three characters of azimuth
expressed in degrees magnetic, and three characters
of distance expressed in nautical miles from the
navigational aid. Zeros preceding a significant
character shall be entered before the azimuth and
distance components as required to assure the
transmission of three characters for each.
(3) Latitude/Longitude. Consists of nineto-twelve characters entered as follows: The latitude
shall appear as the first component as four numbers
(trailing zeros required) with an optional letter N or
S appended. If the optional letter is omitted, north is
understood. Latitude shall be separated from
longitude with a slash (/) elem ent separator.
Longitude shall appear as the second component as
four or five digits (trailing zeros required, leading
zero optional) with an optional letter W or E
appended. If the optional letter is omitted, west is
understood.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-3-5 IFR Flight Plan Handling
(4) Navigation Reference System (NRS)
Waypoints. NRS waypoints consist of five alphanu-
meric characters, which include the ICAO Flight
Information Region (FIR) identifier, followed by the
letter corresponding to the FIR subset (ARTCC area
for the contiguous U.S.), the latitude increment in
single digit or group form , and the longitude
increment.
EXAMPLE“KD34U”
(g) Route Descriptions. A route must be filed
in one of the following ways:
(1) Airway. The official airway designator
must be filed.
(2) Coded Routes. Coded routes are a
shorthand method of describing a route segment or
segments which may have an altitude profile
described, an adapted airspeed within the route,
reentry or loop routes as an option, or a time delay at
a fix within the route as an option. Some of the
principal uses of coded routes are as follows:
[a] Instrument Departures (DP). DP, if
used, must be filed by the computer code designator
as the second element of Field 10/RT and followed by
the transition or exit fix.
Standard Terminal Arrivals (STAR).
STAR, if used, must be filed by the computer code
designator as the next to last element of Field 10/RT:
and be immediately preceded by the entry or
transition fix.
[c] Published Radials. Published radials
(e.g., within a preferred route) are considered
airways. Do not file unpublished radials.
EXAMPLE.JFK053..DPK017
.RBV020
[d] Military Routes. Certain military
routes (e.g., Military Training Routes (MTR) and Air
Refueling Tracks/Anchors), are considered coded
routes. The route designator must be preceded and
followed by the entry and exit fixes in terms of
fix/radial/distance (FRD), and reentry information
may be suffixed to certain military coded routes as
follows:
[1] The entry and exit fix must be
associated with a fix on the route, and the entry fix
must be prior to the exit fix on the route.
EXAMPLE-
TNP355025..IR252
PKE107012
[2] Routes having reentries for a single
Strategic Training Range (STR) site shall contain the
entry of alternate entry fix in terms of FRD, the route
designator followed immediately by a plus sign (+),
either the letter R (1st STR site) or S (2nd STR site),
and a digit indicating the number of reentries.
EXAMPLE(FRD) IR240+R2 (FRD)
(FRD) IR240+S3 (FRD)
[3] Routes having reentries for two
STR sites shall contain the entry/alternate fix in terms
of FRD, the route designator followed immediately
by a plus sign (+), the letter R, and a digit indicating
the number of reentries on the first STR site,
immediately followed by second plus sign (+), the
letter S, and a digit indicating the number of reentries
on the second STR site.
EXAMPLE(FRD) IR240+R2+S3 (FRD)
[4] STR routes must be entered and
exited at the respective primary fix. Alternate STR
routes must be entered/exited at the alternate entry/
exit fix. The routes must be identified by an
individual name.
EXAMPLE(FRD) IR240+R2 (FRD) (Primary)
(FRD) IR240A+R2 (FRD) (Alternate)
[e] North American Routes (NAR).
NAR routes are numerically coded over existing
airways and route systems from and to specific
coastal fixes serving the North Atlantic.
EXAMPLE.NA9
.NA50
[f] Stereo Routes. A stereo route must
specify a prestored stereo tag. An FP message may be
entered with a stereo tag as the only Field 10/RT:
entry, which causes the Field 10/RT: data stored for
the stereo tag to be substituted for the stereo tag and
processed as the filed Field 10/RT: Additionally, the
filed departure point (Field 06/DD must agree with
the stored departure point.
[g] Incomplete Route Indicator (XXX).
When XXX, the incomplete route indicator, appears
in Field 10/RT, the element preceding the XXX
element must be a fix.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-3-6 IFR Flight Plan Handling
[h] Visual Flight Rules (VFR) or De-
fense Visual Flight Rules (DVFR) element. When
VFR or DVFR is the second element of Field 10/RT:,
the filed fix following VFR or DVFR must be internal
to the ARTCC's area to whom the flight plan was
initially submitted. When VFR or DVFR is other
than the second element in Field 10/RT:, the element
preceding the VFR or DVFR must be a filed fix.
(h) Fix Suffix.
(1) En Route Delay Suffix consists of an
element separator (/), followed by the letter D,
followed by the hours and minutes separated by a plus
sign (+). Must be appended to a fix.
EXAMPLE.STL/D1+30
.PKE107012/D2+05
Use of this suffix is limited to the following cases:
[a] Aerial Refueling Tracks and An-
chors. The suffix is appended to the entry fix.
EXAMPLE.ICT248055/D0+30.AR330
En route delays not involving a
change of altitude stratum and not involving a
stopover, terminal area delay, or special use airspace
delay unless specifically covered by a letter of
agreement with the receiving ARTCC.
(2) Estimated Time En Route (ETE)
Suffix. Consists of an element separator (/) and four
digits appended to the destination. Leading zeros are
required, and the time en route is expressed in hours
and minutes.
EXAMPLE.STL/0105
(i) A period is not required after the last
element of Field 10/RT:. If remarks (Field 11/RM
are present, a space is required after the last element
of Field 10/RM:. If remarks are not present, no space
is required and Field F (End of Message) should be
the next entry.
15. Remarks (Field 11/RM. Consists of the
appropriate remarks code character and the remarks.
Remarks are considered mandatory or optional and
should be limited to those pertinent to air traffic
control. Spaces are permitted within the remarks field
to separate words or contractions.
(a) Mandatory Remarks. These remarks shall
be transmitted in Field 11/RM: whenever a pilot files
the information on the flight plan. A mandatory
remark is required whenever there is a modification
to the flight plan by the specialist.
(1) If it is necessary to make modifications
to the filed route of flight for the purpose of achieving
computer acceptance of the input due, for example, to
correct a fix or an airway identification, “FRC,”
meaning “Full Route Clearance Necessary,” or
“FRC/(fix),” will be added to the remarks, “FRC” or
“F RC/(fix)” must always be the first item of
intra-center remarks. When “FRC” or “FRC/(fix)”
appears on a flight progress strip, the controller
issuing the ATC clearance to the aircraft shall issue a
full route clearance to the specified fix, or if no fix is
specified, for the entire route. “FRC” or “FRC/(fix)”
shall always be first in Remarks (Field 11/RM:).
NOTE-
INPUT OPERATORS ARE LIMITED TO MAKING ONLY
THOSE CHANGES REQUIRED FOR COMPUTER
ACCEPTANCE. Modifications, such as those to conform
with traffic flows and preferred/recommended routings,
shall only be made by the pilot or his/her operations office
or the controller responsible for initiating the clearance
to the aircraft.
(2) When a pilot files an FAA-assigned
three-letter company designator, the authorized
radiotelephony call sign must be included in the
remarks field.
(b) Optional Remarks. These remarks shall
be transmitted when pertinent to air traffic control
and can revert to mandatory status for some military
flight plans.
(1) In the case of applicable military
flights, NOPAR shall be the first item in Remarks
(Field 11/RM:).
(2) Remarks for military flight plans filing
an IR route must contain the IR route designator,
entry time prefaced by the letter E, exit time prefaced
by the letter X, and MARSA when applicable.
Remarks for flight plans filing a terminal area delay
must contain the airport identifier at which the delay
will occur, followed by the letter D, followed by the
duration of the delay in hours plus minutes, followed
by the destination airport. These should be the initial
item s in the rem arks field, unless subpara
6-3-3c15(a)(1) or (2) applies, and should be in order
of occurrence.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-3-7 IFR Flight Plan Handling
16. End of Message Function (Field F).
Consists of enter function.
d. Additional Messages. The following messages
are eligible for input to ARTCC computers via
Service B, in addition to the Flight Plan (FP)
message:
1. Remove Strips (RS). The purpose of the RS
message input is to advise the computer that data on
a particular flight is no longer valid and in effect
cancels the flight plan and removes it from computer
storage.
(a) Eligibility. RS messages may be entered
only for flight plans which:
(1) Are proposed flights.
(2) Have been previously entered by the
same source entering the RS message.
(3) The flight plan is inactive; e.g., a
departure strip must not yet have been printed.
Otherwise, the following rejection message is
returned: “REJECT--NOT YOUR CONTROL.”
(b) Format. Fields 01 (Message type) and
02/AI: (Aircraft Identification) are required.
EXAMPLE-
RS TWA138
2. Amendment Message (AM). The purpose of
the AM message is to change data previously stored
in the host computer.
(a) Eligibility. Same as for the Remove Strip
(RS) message (above).
(b) Format. AM messages sent to the host
computer must follow a specific format. First, the
field to be amended must be identified, then the
amended information given. The host computer
recognizes the following fields by either number or
name: (See para 6-3-2.)
TBL 6-3-2
Field Number and Name
Field Field Number
Field
Name
Aircraft Identification 02 AID
Aircraft Type 03 TYP
Speed 05 SPD
Departure/Coordination Pt. 06 FIX
Proposed Time 07 TIM
Altitude 09 RAL
Route of Flight 10 RTE
Remarks 11 RMK
(c) Restrictions.
3. If Field 02/AI: is to be amended, no other
field may be amended in the same message. If Field
02/AI: and other fields are to be amended, send an RS
message and reenter the entire corrected flight plan.
If an attempt is made to amend Field 02/AI: within a
multiple amendment message or to amend Field 02
to M, the following rejection message is returned:
“REJECT--INVALID AMENDMENT.”
NOTE-
Alternate procedure is to send two amendments - the first
amends field 2; the second amends the other field or fields.
4. Field 07/TM: Amendments. An attempt to
amend Field 07/TM: to anything other than a P-time
is not allowed. If such an amendment is attempted,
the following error message is returned:
“COFIE INVALID TIME PREFIX.”
5. Amendment to Fields 06/DD:, 07/TM:, and
10/RT: Where Fields 06/DD:, 07/TM:, and 10/RT:
are amended with a single AM message, the
following rules apply:
(a) The amended Field 06/DD: replaces the
previously stored coordination fix (Field 06/DD:).
(b) The amended Field 07/TM:, with ap-
propriate letter prefix, replaces the previously stored
coordination time (Field 07/TM:).
(c) The amended route data (Field 10/RT:)
may completely replace the previously filed Field
10/RT: or may be merged with the filed Field 10/RT:.
(d) If the last element of the amended route
data is followed by a destination indicator (e), this last
element becomes the new destination fix.
(e) When amended route data is merged with
filed data, it replaces all data between the departure
point and the first nonamended element remaining in
the field. The last element of the amended data must
match the first element of the remaining nonamended
data, otherwise the following rejection message is
returned: “REJECT--(last element) CANNOT
MERGE.”
6. Amendment to Field 10/RT: Only. Except as
permitted above, a Field 10/RT: amendment must be
the only field amended; no other field may be
amended with the same message. Otherwise, the
following is returned: “REJECT--INVALID
AMENDMENT.”
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-3-8 IFR Flight Plan Handling
EXAMPLE-
Mes-
sage
Type
Aircraft
Identifica-
tion
Field
to be
Re-
vised
New Field
Data
Field
to be
Re-
vised
New
Field
Data
AM TWA179 07 P0800 08 350
AM UAL466 07 0300
AM AAL4355 10 ORD.J60
.DEN
7. Correction Message (CM). When the host
computer detects an error in a flight plan, an error
message is generated to the sender when the sender
is within the departure ARTCC's adapted boundaries.
NOTE-
These procedures do not apply to OASIS facilities.
(a) Eligibility. CM messages may be entered
only for the period for which the departure ARTCC's
program is adapted, normally 5 minutes. After that
time, the flight plan in error drops out to the ARTCC
Primary A position for reentry. The sender has
primary responsibility for corrective action.
NOTE-
Error messages are generated only on messages from
sending stations within the adaptation parameters of the
departure ARTCC and for only that portion of the route
within that ARTCC's adapted boundaries. Other flight
plans in error are referred to a Primary A position.
(b) Format. Responses to error messages
shall be transmitted in the form of a CM message
within the time parameters adapted for your ARTCC.
ARTCC-Generated Error Message:
EXAMPLE-
Sending
Facility
MSG
Type
MSG
NR
Field in
Error
Data in
Error
Reason
DCA Error 123 08 9A FORMAT
CM Format:
Field 00 MSG Type Correct Data
DCA 1820123 CM 090
(c) When a CM message in response to an
error message results in any change to a pilot-filed
Field 06/DD: (Departure Point) or Field 10/RT:
(Route of Flight) once the flight plan has been
accepted, an AM message shall be sent to add a field
11/RM: intra-ARTCC remark. In remarks, insert
“FRC PILOT FILED (original data).”
(d) Should a “NOT YOUR CONTROL”
response be received, do not retransmit the flight plan
or the AM. Confirm ARTCC receipt of the flight plan
or AM (FRC/REMARKS) via interphone with the
Primary A position. (See TBL 6-3-3.)
TBL 6-3-3
Computer Flight Data Input
COMPUTER FLIGHT DATA INPUT CHART
Field Element Example Requirements
A Start of
Message
(SOM code)
New Line
Key
Required for
SOM
recognition.
B Preamble
Line
FF
KZFWZQZ
X
Provides
priority, and
addressee.
C Originator DTG
KMLCYFY
X
Required for
ending the
message header.
D End of Line (New Line
Key)
EOL.
E End of
Message
(Enter
Function)
End of Message.
6-3-4. COORDINATE RNAV ROUTES
a. When accepting flight plans containing coor-
dinate RNAV routes, ensure that the route of flight
after the departure fix is defined by latitude/longitude
coordinates and a fix identifier.
b. The arrival fix must be identified by both the
latitude/longitude coordinates and the fix identifier.
EXAMPLE-
(1) (2) (3) (4) (4) (5)
MIA SRQ 3407/10615 3407/11546 TNP LAX
1. Departure airport.
2. Departure fix.
3. Intermediate fixes defined by latitude/longi-
tude coordinates.
4. Arrival fix for the destination airport in terms
of both the latitude/longitude coordinates and the fix
identifier.
5. Destination airport.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-4-1 Flight Plan Handling
Section 4. Flight Plan Handling
6-4-1. FLIGHT PLAN ACTIVATION
a. AISR. Handle departure reports as a routine
radio contact in accordance with para 4-3-5, Routine
Radio Contacts. If a departure report has not been
received within 1 hour of the proposed departure time
and specific arrangements have not been made to
activate the flight plan, cancel and file the proposed
flight plan.
b. AFSS. Handle departure reports as a routine
radio contact in accordance with para 4-3-5.
1. M1FC. If a departure report has not been
received or the pilot has not amended the P time, a
VFR flight plan will remain on the proposed list until
2_hours past the proposed time. At this time it is
automatically removed from the list and entered on
the Aircraft Data File (DD).
2. OASIS. If a departure report has not been
received or the pilot has not amended the ETD, a VFR
flight plan will remain on the Proposed List for a
predetermined facility parameter time interval. After
this time it is automatically removed from the
Proposed List and entered into a history file.
c. The AFSS Aircraft Data File (DD) is used for
statistical and historical purposes. Movement
messages, pilot briefs, and aircraft contacts are placed
on the list automatically and are retained for the
number of hours specified in the Aircraft Drop
Interval (ADDI) parameter.
NOTE-
OASIS. The OASIS history files are used for statistical and
historical purposes. Movement messages, pilot briefings
and aircraft contacts are recorded in these files
automatically and are retained for 15 days.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:13
d. When a pilot reports a departure time that is
more than 2 hours prior to the current clock time,
request an updated ETE based on the aircraft's
present position. M1FC/OASIS facilities amend the
ETE in the existing flight plan, and activate the flight
plan using the current time as the time of departure
(M1FC/OASIS will automatically calculate the
updated ETA) and inform the pilot of any changes.
6-4-2. DEPARTURE REPORT MESSAGE
When a pilot activates a flight plan with other than the
tie-in station for the departure point, transmit a
numbered message to the departure tie-in station.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KRNOYFYX
DTG KHONYFYX
HON001 RNO
N98765 D1645 WMC ALW
M1FC
ORIGIN:MMV PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:RNO
TEXT:N98765 D1645 WMC ALW
NOTE1. M1FC. Origin may be left blank as M1FC will insert
the origin station's address.
2. OASIS. This function is performed using the General
Facility Message function and the origin may be left
blank, as OASIS will insert the originating station's
address.
6-4-3. ACKNOWLEDGING NUMBERED
MESSAGES
Acknowledge a numbered message as soon as
practicable after receipt. Prefix the acknowledgement
with the letter R followed by a space and then the
3-digit message number.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KMMVYFYX
DTG KRNOYFYX
R 001作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:23
6-4-4. FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE
a. When a departure report is received, or the pilot
requests an assumed departure, transmit a flight
notification message to the destination tie-in (FSS or
BASOPS) as specified in FAAO JO 7350.8, Location
Identifiers. Telephone or interphone, when available,
may be used for flights of 30 minutes or less. The
flight notification message shall contain the
following information:
1. Type of flight plan (VFR or IFR).
2. Aircraft identification.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-4-2 Flight Plan Handling
3. Aircraft type.
4. Departure point.
5. Destination.
6. ETA (If more than 24 hours, may use DTG).
7. Rem arks, preceded by a $ sign (as
appropriate).
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KBOIYFYX
DTG KCDCYFYX
VFR N2346F AC11/U PVU BOI 1348 $ASMD
DEP
M1FC
FR:V AI:N2346F AT:AC11/U TS:130 DDVU
TM1203 AE:85
RTVU..SLC..TWF..BOI
AD:BOI TE:0145 RMASMD DEP
FB: AA: PD:
NB: CR: OP:
CP:KBOIYFYX TA:1348
NOTE1. M1FC will automatically extract the required items
from the flight plan mask and transmit the flight
notification message when a departure time is placed in
the TM: field and the GI keyword is entered.
2. OASIS will automatically extract the required items
from the Flight Plan, format and transmit the flight
notification message when the flight plan is activated.
b. When the proposed flight plan is received from
another AFSS/FSS, BASOPS, or DUAT vendor, and
the departure station has only partial flight plan data,
add a remark indicating the Service B address of the
station holding the complete flight plan.
NOTE1. M1FC will automatically add this to the RM: field of
the flight plan mask when it receives the proposal from
another facility.
2. OASIS will automatically add this to the Remarks text
box of the flight plan dialog box when it receives the
proposal from another facility.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KBOIYFYX
DTG KCDCYFYX
VFR N12345 C182/U PVU BOI 1958 $FP
KIADXCLX
M1FC
FR:V AI:N1234 AT:C182/U TS:130 DDVU
TM1813 AE:85
RTVU..BOI
AD:BOI TE:0145 RMFP KIADXCLX
FB: AA: PD:
NB: CR: OP:
CP: KBOIYFYX TA:1958作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:34
c. If the pilot elects to close the flight plan with a
station other than the AFSS/FSS designated as the
tie-in facility by FAAO JO 7350.8, Location
Identifiers, send the flight notification message with
remarks to both stations; e.g., FIRIV PNM. The
designated tie-in AFSS/FSS shall assume both
destination and search and rescue responsibility.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KGFKYFYX KPNMYFYX
DTG KDCAYFYX
VFR N2346F AC11 FDK PMB 1303
$FIRIV PNM
M1FC
FR:V AI:N2346F AT:C172 TS:110 DD:FOD TM1800
AE:095
RT:FOD..OMA
AD:OMA TE:0050 RMFIRIV FOD
FB:0200 AA: PD:JOE PILOT
NB:2 CR:R/W OP:
CP:KOLUYFYX KFODYFYX TA:1850
NOTE-
M1FC/OASIS will autoaddress to the tie-in AFSS/FSS.
Because the pilot elected to FIRIV with FOD, the message
must also be manually addressed to FOD.
d. The station with which the pilot elects to close
the flight plan shall forward a numbered closure
message to the designated tie-in AFSS/FSS.
e. On civil flight plans, if the pilot advises of
stopover points, show these in remarks.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KBOIYFYX
DTG KCDCYFYX
VFR N12345 C182/U PVU BOI 1958 $LNDG
TWF
M1FC
FR:V AI:N1234 AT:C182/U TS:130 DDVU
TM1813 AE:85
RTVU..SLC..TWF..BOI
AD:BOI TE:0145 RMLNDG TWF
FB: AA: PD:
NB: CR: OP:
CP:KBOIYFYX TA:1958
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-4-3 Flight Plan Handling作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:42
f. On military flight plans, in remarks use coded
data pertinent to services, passengers, or cargo. In the
absence of remarks, enter the letter N (meaning none)
in the remarks field.
REFERENCE-
DOD Flight Information Publication, General Planning Document.
1. M1FC.
(a) Flight notification messages with remarks
activate a flag upon receipt in the M1FC computers
at selected terminals.
(b) When landing at a civil airport, if there are
no remarks with the flight notification message, it is
placed directly on the I list with no flag alert for
notification purposes.
(c) When landing at a military airport, all
flight notification messages generate an “N” flag.
2. OASIS.
(a) Flight notification messages with remarks
generate an Inbound alarm at designated worksta-
tions.
(b) When landing at a civil airport, if there are
no remarks with the flight notification message, it is
placed on the Inbound List with no alarms for
notification purposes.
(c) When landing at a military airport, all
flight notification messages generate an Inbound
alarm.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KRCAYXYX
DTG KRIUYFYX
IFR DECAL01 T43/R SMF RCA 0135
$AP3NP3S
M1FC
FR:MI AIECAL1 AT:T43/R TS:400 DD:SMF
TM2205 AE:330
RT:SMF..FMG..SLC..DEN..RCA
AD:RCA TE:0330 RMAP3NP3 S
FB: AA: PD:
NB: CR: OP:ZCO
CP:KRCAYXYX TA:0135
AISR
FF KBOIYFYX
DTG KCDCYFYX
VFR R54321 2/UH1/U SLC BOI 1943 $N
M1FC
FR:MV AI:R54321 AT:2/UH1/U TS:100 DD:SLC
TM1813 AE:45
RT:SLC..TWF..BOI
AD:BOI TE:0130 RMN
FB: AA: PD:
NB: CR: OP:
CP:KBOIYFYX TA:1943作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:48
g. Address military stopover flight notification
messages to and obtain acknowledgements from the
destination tie-in AFSS/FSS or BASOPS serving all
destinations.
1. For the first leg, transmit the item s in
subparas 6-4-4a and 6-4-4f.
2. For each subsequent leg, transmit the
destination, ETE, and remarks applicable to that leg
only, prior to (/). AISR facilities: enter remarks,
applicable to the entire flight, after the final leg.
M1FC facilities: remarks pertaining to the entire
mission should be in the RM: field. OASIS
facilities: remarks pertaining to a particular leg of a
flight plan are entered in the Route text box of the
original flight plan and are transmitted with the
associated leg in the flight notification message.
Remarks pertaining to the entire flight are entered in
the Remarks text box of the original flight plan and
are transmitted to all addressees.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:56
3. Separate stopover legs by inserting a slant (/)
at the end of each leg except the last. Begin each leg
on a new line.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KANDYFYX KGNVYFYX KMIAYFYX
DTG KDCAYFYX
IFR VV12345 P3 ADW CHS 1300/
NIP 01+30 A5 BALL DP10 AP5 S/
MIA 02+30 NO DE-ICING EQUIPMENT
M1FC
FR:MI AI:BAT21 AT:F16/R TS:450 DDBQ
TM1700 AE:280
RTBQ..TNU..OFF/FOE 0+15/MLC 0+45
AD:OFF TE:0030 RM:*REMARKS
FB:0230 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS
NB:1 CR:OD OP:ZCG
CP:KOFFYXYX KFOEYXYX KMLCYFYX TA:1730
NOTE1. M1FC will autoaddress the CP: field, automatically
extract the required items from the flight plan mask, and
transmit a flight notification message to the destination
BASOPS. MV is used in the FR field when sending a
military VFR flight notification.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-4-4 Flight Plan Handling
2. OASIS will autoaddress, automatically extract the
required items from the flight plan dialog box, and
transmit a flight notification message to all required
facilities.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:08
4. For composite flights, specify type flight plan
as the first item of each leg.
5. When en route delays are involved, include
delay time in ETE.
h. Apply military flight plan procedures to all civil
aircraft landing at military bases.
NOTE-
It is the civil pilot's responsibility to obtain permission
(from military authorities) to land at a military base.
i. Apply civil flight plan procedure to civil aircraft
departing military bases and en route to civil airports.
j. When a pilot reports a departure time that is
more than 2 hours prior to the current clock time,
request an updated ETE based on the aircraft's
present position. M1FC facilities amend the ETE in
the existing flight plan, and activate the flight plan
using the current time as the time of departure (M1FC
will automatically calculate the updated ETA) and
inform the pilot of any changes.
6-4-5. SUSPENDING FLIGHT
NOTIFICATION MESSAGES
a. Suspense the flight notification message or
proposal message until acknowledgment is received
from the addressee, then file in the completed file.
b. If an acknowledgment is not received within the
following time period, use the telephone or
interphone to assure delivery.
1. Thirty minutes after departure if ETE is
between 30 minutes and 2 hours.
2. One hour before ETA if ETE is 2 hours or
more.
3. Thirty minutes after departure if RONVIP
information is contained in remarks of a military
flight notification.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:17
c. When an acknowledgment for a message is
required and has not been received in accordance with
the procedure described above, M1FC and OASIS
facilities retransmit the complete message to the
addressee. AISR facilities transmit the signal QSLQ
and the complete aircraft identification to the
addressee.
d. M1FC. Messages awaiting acknowledgment
are suspended on the Suspense List (S). It contains a
list of all numbered Service B messages (except those
numbered messages sent internally to other facilities
in the same FSDPS family) and those messages
transmitted from the flight plan mask not acknowl-
edged by all the addressees.
1. The message identification is the aircraft
identification for flight notifications and/or the
message number for all other message types.
2. Acknowledgments received via NADIN
shall be automatically processed if they are in the
proper format.
3. Improperly formatted acknowledgments will
be directed to the Service B edit queue (B flag).
4. The S list will display the aircraft identifica-
tion and message numbers in chronological order of
transmission times (first transmitted being at the top)
and the addressees for each message with an asterisk
appearing next to those that have not acknowledged.
5. If a transmission has not been acknowledged
by all addressees within 30 minutes, an asterisk will
automatically appear immediately preceding the
message identification in the S list and an S flag is
automatically displayed on the terminals enabled for
Edit and Review Service B Communications (ERS)
function.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:23
6. When an S flag is displayed, use the ERS
keyword to display the S list in the edit mode. Use the
RT keyword to retransmit the message to addressees
who have not acknowledged the message.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
RT N12345 (ACID as it appears on the S list)
RT 003 (MSG Number as it appears on the S list)
7. When an acknowledgm ent message is
received from any other source, such as interphone/
telephone or facility guarding for the addressee, the
specialist shall display the Edit and Review Suspense
List (ERS) and use the AK keyword to acknowledge
the message.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
AK DECAL01,KRCAYXYX
e. OASIS. Messages awaiting acknowledgment
are suspended on the Suspense List. It contains a list
of all numbered Service B messages and those
messages transmitted from the flight plan dialog box
not acknowledged by all the addressees.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-4-5 Flight Plan Handling
1. The message identification is the aircraft
identification for flight notifications and/or the
message number for all other message types.
2. Acknowledgments received via NADIN
shall be automatically processed if they are in the
proper format.
3. Improperly formatted acknowledgments will
be directed to the Facility Message List for editing
and will generate an alarm at designated worksta-
tions.
4. The Suspense List will display the aircraft
identification and message numbers in chronological
order of transmission times (first transmitted being at
the top) and the addressees for each message with an
hourglass symbol appearing next to those that have
not acknowledged.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:30
5. If a transmission has not been acknowledged
by all addressees within 30 minutes, the message is
considered overdue (red icon) and will generate a
Suspense alarm at designated workstations.
6. Upon receipt of a Suspense alarm, retransmit
the message to addressees who have not acknowl-
edged the message by selecting (highlighting) the
addressee(s) and clicking the ReTransmit button.
7. When an acknowledgm ent message is
received from any other source, such as interphone/
telephone or facility guarding for the addressee, the
specialist shall manually acknowledge the message
by selecting (highlighting) the addressee and clicking
the Ack button.
6-4-6. ACKNOWLEDGING FLIGHT
NOTIFICATION MESSAGES
Acknowledge a flight notification message or
proposal as soon as practical after receipt. Prefix the
acknowledgment with the letter R followed by a
space and then the full aircraft identification.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KRCAYXYX
DTG KRIUYFYX
R DECAL01
NOTE-
M1FC and OASIS will automatically acknowledge flight
notification messages which are received in or have been
edited into the correct format.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:37
6-4-7. ACTION BY ADDRESSEES
In addition to acknowledging receipt of the flight
notification message, addressees shall take the
following actions:
a. Military IFR flights.
1. Notify BASOPS, if applicable, of the
inbound flight.
2. Upon request, deliver flight plan amend-
ments to the ARTCC.
3. File the flight notification message in the DD
file or with the daily traffic.
4. Forward the actual departure time to the
destination BASOPS or the tie-in AFSS/FSS for the
next destination.
b. Military VFR flights.
1. Notify BASOPS, if applicable, of the
inbound flight.
2. Suspense the message, awaiting closure/can-
cellation/departure and assume destination station
responsibility.
3. Forward the departure time to the destination
BASOPS or the tie-in AFSS/FSS, and assume
departure station responsibility.
4. M1FC. All flight notification messages are
suspended on the Inbound List (I list). An entry on the
I list will remain there until the flight plan is closed.
Thirty minutes after the ETA (default value), if the
flight plan has not been closed, it will automatically
be placed in the Inbound Overdue Queue (I flag).
NOTE-
To display a flight plan on the I list, enter the keyword FP
(ACID). To place a flight plan on the I list, use the keyword
STI, use STIM to amend a flight plan.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:42
5. OASIS. All flight notification messages are
suspended on the Inbound List. An entry on the list
will remain there until the flight plan is closed. Thirty
minutes after the ETA (default value), if the flight
plan has not been closed, it is considered overdue (red
icon) and will generate an Inbound alarm at
designated workstations.
NOTE-
To display a flight plan on the Inbound List, select
(highlight) the flight plan and click the Retrieve Flight
Plan button. To place a flight plan on the Inbound List,
click the Add Flight Plan button and enter information in
the appropriate text boxes.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-4-6 Flight Plan Handling
c. If no information is received (e.g., departure
time, revised ETA) indicating that the flight is still
active prior to the void time, note this on the flight
notification message and file.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:52
6-4-8. MAJOR FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES
FROM EN ROUTE AIRCRAFT
a. Change of Destination.
1. When a civil aircraft on a VFR flight plan or
a military aircraft on any flight plan changes
destination, obtain, as a minimum, the following
information:
(a) Type of flight plan.
(b) Aircraft identification.
(c) Aircraft type.
(d) Departure point.
(e) Old destination.
(f) Present position.
(g) Altitude and route.
(h) New destination.
(i) Estimated time en route.
NOTE1. M1FC. If the flight plan mask is used to transmit the
flight notification in lieu of the TB mask, the flight
notification goes on the suspense list, acknowledgments
are processed automatically, and flight plan and
acknowledgments are placed in the DD file.
2. OASIS. If the Flight Plan dialog box is used to transmit
the flight notification in lieu of the General Facility
Message, the flight notification goes on the Suspense List,
acknowledgments are processed automatically, and flight
plan and acknowledgments are placed in the history file.
2. Transmit a revised flight notification mes-
sage to the departure station, original, and new
destination tie-in stations containing the type of
flight, aircraft identification, aircraft type, departure
point, new destination, new ETA, and in Remarks,
aircraft position and time, the words ORIG DESTN
followed by the identifier of the original destination.
EXAMPLE-
VFR Change of Destination:
AISR
FF KBOIYFYX KSEAYFYX
DTG KCDCYFYX
VFR N98789 C182/U PVU GEG 2230 $0VR
SLC 1900 ORIG DESTN BOI
M1FC
FR:V AI:N9878 AT:C182/U TS:130 DDVU TM1900
AE:105
RT:SLC..TWF..MLD..LWS..GEG
AD:GEG TE:0330 RMOVR SLC 1900 ORIG
DESTN BOI
FB: AA: PD:
NB: CR: OP:
CP:KBOIYFYX KSEAYFYX TA:2230
IFR Change of Destination:
AISR
FF KRCAYXYX KTIKYXYX KRIUYFYX
DTG KCDCYFYX
IFR DECAL01 T43/R SMF TIK 0230 $AP3NP3S OVR
SLC 2330 ORIG DESTN RCA
M1FC
FR:MI AIECAL1 AT:T43/R TS:400 DD:SMF
TM2330 AE:310
RT:SMF..SLC..GJT..AMA..OKC
AD:TIK TE:0300 RMNP3 S OVR SLC 2330 ORIG
DESTN RCA
FB: AA: PD:
NB: CR: OP:
CP:KRCAYXYX KTIKYXYX KRIUYFYX TA:0230
NOTE1. M1FC. On VFR flight plans, M1FC will transmit and
file the flight plan with the TS: and AE: fields blank. On
IFR flight plans, these fields must be completed. If the TS:
and AE: are unknown, 2 or 3 zeros may be used instead.
2. OASIS. If the Flight Plan dialog box is used to transmit
VFR flight plans, OASIS will transmit and file the flight
plan with the airspeed and en route altitude text boxes
blank. For military IFR change of destination, use the
General Facility Message to transmit changes to the
closure points.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:29:09
b. Change from IFR to VFR. When a civil aircraft
changes from an IFR to a VFR flight plan, obtain all
flight plan information and then transmit a flight
notification message to the destination tie-in station.
Include the type of flight plan, aircraft identification
and type, departure point, destination, ETA, and
pertinent remarks.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KABQYFYX
DTG KOAKYFYX
VFR N87690 C182/U SFO ELP 2100 $CNLD
IFR OVER BFL
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-4-7 Flight Plan Handling
M1FC
FR:V AI:N8769 AT:C182/U TS:130 DDVU
TM1940 AE:105
RT:SLC..TWF..MLD..LWS..GEG
AD:GEG TE:0330 RMCNLD IFR OVR TWF
FB: AA: PD:
NB: CR: OP:
CP:KSEAYFYX TA:2310
NOTE-
Obtaining the name of the original flight plan source may
provide additional information if the aircraft becomes
overdue.
c. Military Change from IFR to VFR or VFR to
IFR. When a military aircraft changes from IFR to
VFR, or VFR to IFR, or requests that other
significant information be forwarded, transmit this
information to the destination station.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KTIKYXYX
DTG KDENYFYX
DECAL01 CHGD TO VFR RON
M1FC
ORIGINEN PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:KTIKYXYX
TEXTECAL01 CHGD TO VFR RON
6-4-9. CHANGE IN ETA
When an aircraft wants to change its estimated time
en route (ETE), facilities shall secure a new estimated
time of arrival (ETA) and forward the information to
the destination tie-in station as a numbered message.
The destination tie-in station shall acknowledge and,
thereafter, use the new ETA as the standard for any
necessary follow-up action; e.g., QALQ message.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KSEAYFYX
DTG KBOIYFYX
BOI001 SEA
N34567 E2140
M1FC
ORIGIN:BOI PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:SEA
TEXT:N34567 E2140
NOTE1. M1FC. M1FC will automatically acknowledge the
message, change the ETA on the flight plan and inbound
list, and store the message in the DD file without specialist
intervention.
2. OASIS. OASIS will automatically acknowledge the
message, update the ETA on the Inbound List, store the
message in the history file, and notify the specialist that
a Changed ETA message was received which matched an
active flight plan.
6-4-10. FLIGHT PLAN CLOSURE
Do not transmit arrival reports except under unusual
circumstances or in the following cases:
a. Transmit to any facility requested by the pilot,
arrival or any other information involving FAA or
Canadian MOT aircraft.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KDCAYFYX
DTG KHHRYFYX
HHR002 DCA
N2 A0839 (Remarks, as appropriate)
M1FC
ORIGIN:HHR PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y
ADDRCA
TEXT:N2 A0839 (Remarks as appropriate)
b. For U.S. military aircraft, transmit arrival
reports to the departure station only when:
1. Requested by BASOPS.
2. Special military flights arrive.
c. When a pilot closes a flight plan with a station
that has not received a flight notification message,
obtain as a minimum, the departure point, the flight
planned destination point, and the station with which
the flight plan was filed.
1. If the station receiving the closure is the tie-in
station for the planned destination, transmit an arrival
message to the departure station with the remark
FPNO and the departure point and destination
identifiers. The departure station shall relay the
arrival information to the station holding the flight
notification message in the active file.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KDCAYFYX
DTG KMIVYFYX
MIV001 DCA
N8567 A1745 FPNO PHF NMK
M1FC
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-4-8 Flight Plan Handling
ORIGIN:MIV PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y
ADDRCA
TEXT:N8576 A1745 FPNO PHF NMK
2. If the station receiving the closure message is
not the destination tie-in station, transmit a closure
message to the destination tie-in station, including
the aircraft identification, the closure time, the
departure point, and destination. Remarks are
optional.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KHUFYFYX
DTG KDAYYFYX
DAY003
N11ND C1217 LOU IND LNDD CMH
M1FC
ORIGINAY PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:HUF
TEXT:N11ND C1217 LOU IND LNDD CMH
NOTE1. M1FC. Closure and arrival messages do not process
automatically; manual intervention is required.
2. OASIS. OASIS automatically processes correctly
formatted closure and arrival messages. OASIS will
automatically remove the flight plan from the Inbound
List, store the message in the history file, and notify the
specialist that a Closed flight plan message was received
which matched an active flight plan.
6-4-11. MILITARY FLIGHTS TO/FROM U.S.
a. To U.S. If REQ ARR is in remarks, suspend the
flight plan until arrival information is received from
BASOPS and forward to the departure location.
b. From U.S. If requested by BASOPS, include
REQ ARR in remarks section of ICAO flight plan.
Terminate suspense action only after receipt of an
arrival message and delivery to BASOPS.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-5-1 Military Operations
Section 5. Military Operations
6-5-1. MILITARY TRAINING ACTIVITY
a. Military Training Routes (MTR).
1. Unless otherwise covered in a letter of
agreement, the tie-in AFSS/FSS/ARTCC/BASOPS
for an MTR-scheduling activity shall transmit an
unnumbered NADIN message. Use the assigned
group code KAWP YFYX and for Alaska, use
KFSSYFAK KAWPYFYX. Transmit as a single
message whenever possible.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF ADDRESSES
DTG KDCAYFYX
IR104 1400-1440 60 AND BELOW
IR104 021530-021625 60 AND BELOW
M1FC
ORIGIN:FOD PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDR: ADDRESSES
TEXT: IR505 1400-1600 60 AND BELOW
2. Multiple activities should be combined
chronologically by use time(s) and transmitted (not
more than 24 hours in advance) as a single message
using only the format shown in the example below.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF ADDRESSES
DTG KDCAYFYX
VR066 1330-1440 100 AND BELOW
IR104 1400-1440 60 AND BELOW
IR104 1545-1630 50 AND BELOW
VR066 1600-1655 30 AND BELOW
M1FC
ORIGN:FOD PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDR: ADDRESSES
TEXT: IR505 1440-1640 60 AND BELOW
IR507 1700-1800 60 AND BELOW
NOTE-
Slow-speed, low-altitude training routes are not to be
transmitted, briefed on, or posted. The contraction VLAR
is not an approved contraction.
b. Military Operations Area (MOA).
1. Transmit MOA messages only when the use
times are other than what has already been published
or otherwise covered in a letter of agreement. The
controlling agency (usually an ARTCC) shall
transmit an unnumbered NADIN message. Use the
assigned group code KAWPYFYX and for Alaska,
use KFSSYFAK KAWPYFYX. Use only approved
MOA names as depicted in FAAO 7400.8 (DO NOT
USE ABBREVIATIONS).
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF ADDRESSES
DTG KZKCZRZX
BISON MOA 1345-1550 ALT 025B180
2. Activity schedules should be combined and
listed chronologically by use time(s) and transmitted
(not more than 24 hours in advance) as a single
NADIN message using only the format shown in the
following example:
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF ADDRESSES
DTG KZKCZRZX
BISON MOA 1345-1550 ALT 025B180
BISON MOA 1600-1645 ALT 060B180
HILLTOP MOA 1600-1715 ALT 100B180
HOWARD MOA 1600-0200 ALT 090B180
REDHILLS MOA 1700-1800 ALT 080B100
c. A VR operation may be filed as a composite
flight, IFR-VFR-IFR. Unless the BASOPS has the
capability to do so, the tie-in AFSS/FSS shall
transmit the IFR proposals in separate messages to
the appropriate ARTCCs in accordance with paras
6-3-1, 6-3-2, 6-3-3, and 6-3-4.
d. Information received from either the AFSS/
FSS/ARTCC/military scheduling activity or control-
ling agency that modifies an MTR and MOA
schedule shall be transmitted by an unnumbered
message via Service B as defined in subparas 6-5-1a
and b.
e. Special Use Airspace (SUA).
1. M1FC. Properly formatted IRs, VRs, and
MOAs are automatically placed on the list and the
0_queue. Messages are deleted from the list by
automatic cancellation. The list is displayed by use of
the following keywords: VM MO (ALL MOAs), or
VM (MOA NAME) MO, IR, VM (STATE IDENT;
i.e., VA) MO or VM IR, VM VR (ALL IRs or VRs),
or VM 1756 VR (route specific). The route must be
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-5-2 Military Operations
a four-digit character. Three-digit routes must be
preceded by a zero.
2. OASIS. Properly formatted IRs, VRs and
MOAs are automatically stored and are displayed
using the Briefing functions. Messages are deleted by
automatic cancellation.
NOTE-
The above procedures do not preclude a specialist from
exercising his/her own judgment in providing further
assistance when there is the slightest doubt about the
adequacy of data being furnished to alert a pilot to the
existence of an MTR or MOA.
6-5-2. AERIAL REFUELING TRACKS
Upon notification from the ARTCC or a scheduling
facility that a published refueling track will be
activated and all or part of the activity will take place
outside of restricted/warning areas or Class A
airspace, the tie-in AFSS/FSS shall issue a NOTAM
for the aerial refueling track.
6-5-3. SPECIAL MILITARY FLIGHTS
a. Advise the ARTCC of flight notification
messages, progress reports, changes en route, and
related messages concerning Presidential or Vice
Presidential flights.
b. Alaska. In addition to the above, give advance
notice to all RCCs along the route of flight.
Telephone SARCC (907) 752-0227 or (907)
752-0128. Initiate communications search proce-
dures if arrival is not received within 15 minutes after
ETA and immediately notify ANRCC (Alaskan
NORAD Region Control Center).
6-5-4. MILITARY FOREIGN FLIGHTS
Generally, all military foreign flights are required to
clear through specified military bases. Pilots
normally will not file flight plans directly with an
AFSS/FSS unless BASOPS is not available.
BASOPS with no Service B access will forward an
ICAO-type flight plan message via their tie-in
AFSS/FSS for relay through the AFTN. BASOPS
should specify all addressees, both ATC and
operational, in accordance with ICAO standards and
military regulations.
6-5-5. USAF/USN UNDERGRADUATE
PILOTS
To identify aircraft piloted by solo USAF/USN
undergraduate student pilots (who may occasionally
request revised clearances because they normally are
restricted to flight in VFR conditions), the aircraft
identification in the flight plan shall include the letter
Z as a suffix. Do not use this suffix in ground-to-air
communication.
NOTE-
USAF solo students who have passed an instrument
certification check may penetrate cloud layers in climb or
descent only. Requests for revised clearances to avoid
clouds in level flight can still be expected. This does not
change the requirement to use the letter Z as a suffix to the
aircraft identification.
6-5-6. MESSAGE HANDLING
Accept and forward messages from any military
authority that concern aircraft movement, national
defense, safety of flight, or emergencies. This
includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Flight Advisory Messages.
1. The tie-in AFSS/FSS originating the adviso-
ry or receiving it from the originating BASOPS shall
determine the AFSS/FSS nearest the aircraft's
estimated position for VFR flights, or the appropriate
ARTCC for IFR flights. Transmit a numbered
message only to the facility identified. Include in the
text, FLT ADVY, aircraft identification and type, and
route of flight in that order. The last item shall be the
identifier of the originating BASOPS or AFSS/FSS.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KZIDZRZX
DTG KCOUYFYX
COU005 ZID
FLT ADVY A12345 T38 GVW J80 DAY
DAY WX BLO LNDG MIN. SUG PROCD CVG.
ADZ INTENTIONS DLVR 1625
GVW BASOPS
M1FC
ORIGIN:COU PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR: KZIDZRZX
TEXT: A12345 FLT ADVY T38 GVW J80 DAY
DAY WX BLO LNDG MIN. SUG PROCD CVG.
ADZ INTENTIONS DLVR 1625 GVW BASOPS
2. Inform the originator if unable to deliver the
flight advisory within 15 minutes. File the message.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-5-3 Military Operations
b. Electronic Counter Measure (ECM) Alerts.
Transmit a numbered message via Service B to tie-in
stations serving the addressees. If acknowledgements
are not received within 1 hour, deliver via telephone.
c. REACH and SAM Flight Messages. Forward to
the airlift command post specified by the pilot if
message contains request PASS TO AMC ACP.
d. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECT (UFO)/
UNEXPLAINED PHENOMENA REPORTS.
1. Persons observing UFOs/Unexplained Phe-
nomena should contact an UFO/Unexplained
Phenomena Reporting Data Collection Center, such
as the National Institute for Discovery Science
(NIDS), the National UFO Reporting Center, etc.
2. If concern is expressed that life or property
might be endangered, also refer the individual to the
local police department.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-6-1 IFR/DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans
Section 6. IFR/DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans
6-6-1. AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT
INFORMATION SERVICES (AMIS) WITHIN
AN ADIZ-IFR
In addition to the normal handling of aircraft
operating in accordance with IFR, ADIZ penetration
information or position reports on IFR operations
outside of controlled airspace shall be forwarded
immediately to the appropriate ARTCC.
6-6-2. AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZ-DVFR
For security control of air traffic, specific information
contained in flight plans filed by a pilot operating or
proposing to operate in accordance with DVFR
within an ADIZ shall be forwarded to NORAD.
NOTE-
Other offices, military and civil, as well as pilots, may file
DVFR flight plans with an AFSS/FSS for forwarding to
NORAD.
6-6-3. FORWARDING DVFR INFORMATION
Except for Alaska, forward DVFR flight plan
information to NORAD via the Service B NORAD
address or by telephone as follows:
NOTE1. The following NORAD addresses are group addresses
that include all appropriate NORAD sectors and law
enforcement:
KZAMZQZX - the contiguous 48 states and San Juan.
PHIRAOCZ - Hawaii.
2. NORAD will not send an acknowledgement and must
be manually acknowledged from the suspense list by the
specialist. (NORAD Headquarters assumes responsibility
for receipt.)
a. VFR.
1. M1FC - DVFR flight plans shall be entered
into the M1FC Flight Plan mask with “V” in the FR:
field for processing purposes. The applicable
NORAD address must be manually entered into the
CP: field. If “NORIV,” delete AFSS closure point
address.
2. OASIS - DVFR flight plans shall be entered
into the OASIS Flight Plan dialog box with “VFR”
selected in the Flight Rules (FR) drop-down list box
for processing purposes. The applicable NORAD
address must be manually entered into the Closure
Points text box. If “NORIV,” delete AFSS closure
point address.
b. Aircraft call sign.
c. Number and type of aircraft.
d. Altitude (within ADIZ).
e. True airspeed.
f. Time of departure.
1. When the flight plan information is provided
before the aircraft's departure, enter as a proposal.
Depart the flight plan immediately upon receipt of the
actual departure time.
2. If arrangements cannot be made to obtain the
actual departure time, forward the estimated time of
departure (ETD).
g. Point of departure.
h. ETA.
i. Destination.
j. Remarks.
1. DVFR discrete transponder code.
2. True airspeed.
3. Estimated point of penetration of the ADIZ
(latitude/longitude or fix-radial-distance).
4. Estimated time of penetration of the ADIZ.
5. If no arrival report (NORIV) will be filed with
an appropriate aeronautical facility, include the
abbreviation NORIV. Do not pass “NORIV” to
NORAD. For Service B transmissions, precede
“NORIV” remark with the percent (%) symbol.
EXAMPLE1210 135 3442/9345 1446
NOTE-
On a proposed flight plan, a single “X” may replace the
DVFR discrete transponder code, true airspeed,
estimated point of penetration of ADIZ, or the estimated
time of penetration.
EXAMPLE-
Missing true airspeed:
1210 X 3442/9345 1446
Missing estimated point of ADIZ penetration and time
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-6-2 IFR/DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans
with NORIV:
1210 135 XX %NORIV
6-6-4. STOPOVER DVFR FLIGHT PLANS
Accept stopover DVFR flight plans filed on those
aircraft planning one or more landings (within an
ADIZ) en route to the destination, provided the
information in para 6-6-3 is furnished for each
segment of flight. Remind the pilot that 14 CFR
Part_99 requires departure times to be made good and
that a written record should be retained of these times
at each departure point.
6-6-5. ADDRESSING DVFR FLIGHT PLAN
MESSAGES
Forward DVFR flight plan information (Reference
para 6-6-3) as follows:
a. Contiguous U.S. ADIZ. Forward DVFR flight
plan information to NORAD.
b. Alaskan ADIZ. Alaska ADIZ procedures are
contained in a Letter of Agreement with the affected
facility.
c. Hawaiian ADIZ. Forward all DVFR flight plan
information to NORAD.
1. M1FC - Enter “V” in the FR: field of the
Flight Plan mask.
2. OASIS - Select “VFR” in the Flight Rules
drop-down list of the Flight Plan dialog box.
d. Canada. Routing DVFR flight plan messages to
Canada. Compose DVFR messages pertaining to
aircraft operating on a DVFR flight into Canada
using the same procedure as for DVFR messages in
the contiguous 48 states, except add “DVFR” in
remarks. In addition, address and route to the
appropriate transborder tie-in station.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-7-1 Law Enforcement Messages
Section 7. Law Enforcement Messages
6-7-1. LAW ENFORCEMENT ALERT
MESSAGES (LEAM)
The El Paso Intelligence Center (EPIC ) is an
organization composed of 14 Federal agencies,
including the FAA. The principal mission of EPIC is
to facilitate the exchange of information and tactical
intelligence on illicit narcotic trafficking and to
support, through the intelligence process, Federal
investigations concerning violation of Federal
statutes as they apply to narcotics, aliens, currency,
and weapons. EPIC issues two types of Law
Enforcement Alert Messages (LEAM) that pertain to
aircraft: Aircraft Lookout Alerts and Stolen Aircraft
Alerts. Upon receipt of a LEAM from EPIC, take the
following actions:
a. Aircraft Lookout Alerts.
1. Keep active for 7 days, unless otherwise
specified, or until cancellation is received.
2. Do not disseminate Suspect Aircraft Look-
outs outside of official government facilities. As this
data is inherently sensitive, unauthorized disclosure
of information could compromise an investigation,
endanger lives, and could result in crim inal
prosecution or administrative action against the
offender.
REFERENCE-
FAAO 1600.29, Para 7c(7), Stolen Aircraft Alert Procedure.
NOTE-
Paragraph 6-7-1a applies only to FSS and AFSS
facilities in Alaska. AFSS facilities operating under
contract of a Service Provider are not considered official
government facilities and therefore will not receive
Aircraft Lookout Alerts.
b. Stolen Aircraft Alerts. Stolen Aircraft Alerts
request recipients to watch for and report on the
location and movement of an aircraft which has been
reported stolen.
1. M1FC.
(a) Keep active until included in a stolen
aircraft summary or until cancelled.
(b) Upon receipt, check local records for any
aircraft contact, beginning with the date the aircraft
was reported stolen. AFSSs shall notify their Flight
Service Data Processing System (FSDPS) personnel
to run the ENFORCE program as soon as practicable.
(c) Relay any information available to the
office listed on the alert.
2. OASIS. When OASIS receives a correctly
formatted stolen aircraft alert, it processes it as
follows: Checks the database for the past 15 days for
a match. If no match is found, the LEAM is added to
the Law Enforcement (LE) List with a green icon and
no alarm. If a match is found, a Law Enforcement
alarm is generated at designated workstations and the
LEAM is placed on the LE List with a red icon.
c. Stolen Aircraft Summaries.
1. Stolen Aircraft Summaries should be used to
displace and consolidate all the individual stolen
aircraft alerts received in the interim.
2. Monthly summaries are sent as soon as
possible after the end of the month. They include
aircraft registration numbers, aircraft type, and the
date/time stolen and/or recovered.
3. Biannual summaries are sent in January and
July. They list only those aircraft stolen in the past
2_years.
d. All LEAM.
1. Distribute the Stolen Aircraft Alerts and
Summaries, at the discretion of the Air Traffic
Manager, to all parties, fixed base operators, airport
managers, etc.
REFERENCE-
FAAO 1600.29, Para 7c(6), Stolen Aircraft Alert Procedure.
2. Check local records for the previous 24 hours.
3. Notify EPIC via Service B message
(KDEAYYYX) or by telephone (1-888-873-3742
[USE EPIC], 1-915-760-2227 for the Air Watch
Desk or 1-915-760-2200 for the General Watch
Desk) of any contact within the past 24 hours. Also,
notify your Regional duty officer for relay to the
cognizant Transportation Security Administration
Aviation Command Center.
4. Subsequent aircraft transactions shall be
monitored and require the same notification as
defined in subpara 6-7-1d3.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-7-2 Law Enforcement Messages
5. Take no action regarding the aircraft, crew, or
passengers other than normal air traffic job related
functions.
6. Cease all actions upon receipt of a
cancellation or a summary if the latter does not
include this aircraft's registration number.
6-7-2. INITIATING LEAMs
Any inquiries from airport managers, aircraft owners,
or law enforcement entities to initiate an alert
message shall be directed to EPIC. EPIC is interfaced
with the National Crime Information Center, which
gives them access to any stolen aircraft report entered
by law enforcement agencies. FAA facilities shall not
volunteer to relay this inform ation to EPIC .
Assistance shall be limited to providing EPIC phone
number(s) as specified in subpara 6-7-1d3 or
advising the inquiring party to go through normal law
enforcement channels.
6-7-3. FSDPS RESPONSIBILITIES
The FSDPS shall:
a. As a minimum, execute the ENFORCE
program every 8 hours. In addition, run the
ENFORCE program when requested.
b. Not accept requests to search for individual
aircraft from other than an FAA facility or office.
c. Immediately notify the requesting facility or
office when the program recognizes any aircraft
registration number in the history file that matches
one in the LEAM. Negative replies are required.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
6-8-1 Nonemergency Parachute Jumping
Section 8. Nonemergency Parachute Jumping
6-8-1. COORDINATION
All pertinent information received from pilots prior
to and during parachute jumping activity shall be
forwarded to other affected ATC facilities.
6-8-2. PREJUMP RADIO
COMMUNICATIONS
a. When a prejump radio call required by 14 CFR
Section 105.14 is received, contact the ARTCC
sector or terminal facility in whose airspace the jump
begins. If the controller has pertinent traffic, advise
the jump aircraft to contact the control facility on the
appropriate frequency for traffic information.
b. If the aircraft is unable to contact the control
facility direct, obtain traffic information and relay it
to the aircraft.
EXAMPLE“Cessna Four Zero Yankee, A-T-C advises traffic is a
Cessna Four Twenty-One passing the Sputs intersection
eastbound on Victor One Fifty-Seven at seven thousand.”
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-1 Messages and Formats
Chapter 7. International Operations
Section 1. Messages and Formats
7-1-1. GENERAL
a. Title 14 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations
(14 CFR) and the International Civil Aviation
Organization (ICAO) require flight plans for all civil
aircraft operation between the United States and
foreign locations. Bureau of Customs and Border
Protection requirements, international flight plan
information, and Air Defense Identification Zone
(ADIZ) penetration requirements are listed in other
publications; e.g., the FAA International Flight
Information Manual (IFIM), the Bureau of Customs
and Border Protection Guide for Private Flyers, the
Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM), 14 CFR
Part 91, and 14 CFR Part 99. Designated airports of
first landing are listed in the IFIM and the
Airport/Facility Directory (A/FD).
b. This chapter provides guidance to AIFSS,
AFSS, FSS, and ARTCC facilities that transmit
international flight movement messages. It incorpo-
rates relevant information from ICAO and 14 CFR
docum ents. All personnel required to handle
international messages shall be familiar with ICAO
documents containing instructions for preparing and
transmitting communications for the AFTN circuits.
These documents should be retained at FAA facilities
which handle international messages. FAA personnel
shall not act as agents for any aircraft operating or
dispatching company.
NOTE-
International telecommunications instructions are found
in International Standards and Recommended Practices,
ICAO Annex 10 - Aeronautical Telecommunications,
Volume II, and Document 7946, Manual of Teletypewriter
Operating Practices. DOC 4444-RAC 501, Rule of the
Air and Air Traffic Services, lists various ATS movement
messages. Location indicators are contained in ICAO
Document 7910, and Designators for Aircraft Operating
Agencies Aeronautical Authorities and Services are
contained in ICAO DOC 8585. FAA policies concerning
acceptance of messages for international transmission
are contained in 14 CFR Part 189.
c. AFSSs and FSSs that transmit only occasional
international messages or are unable to determine the
correct addressing for all air traffic units concerned
may refer the pilot to the proper gateway facility or
address the message to the proper gateway facility for
handling. The gateway stations and their areas of
responsibilities are as follows:
1. New York AIFSS (ISP): Bermuda, Canada,
North Atlantic, Europe, and Africa.
2. Miami AIFSS (MIA): Caribbean, South
America, and Central America.
3. Kenai AIFSS (ENA): Alaska.
4. Oakland AIFSS (OAK): Pacific.
d. To ensure that the gateway facility understands
your request, include T (transmit) instructions in the
first line of text.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KMIAYFYX
DTG KICTYFYX
MIA T ALL INTL ADDRESSEES
(Text)
M1
ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE.FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:KMIAYFYX
TEXT:MIA T ALL INTL ADDRESSEES
(TEXT)
7-1-2. AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE (ATS)
MESSAGES
ATS as used in this section, as opposed to the
meaning of the term within the FAA, is a generic term
meaning and including: flight information, alerting,
air traffic advisory, and air traffic control (ATC)
services.
7-1-3. CATEGORIES OF MESSAGES
The following ATS messages, with their normal
priority indicators, are authorized for transmission by
any means; i.e. , AFTN, NADIN, interphone,
computer-to-computer, or via the aeronautical
mobile service, as applicable.
a. Emergency Messages.
1. Distress messages and distress traffic,
including alerting (ALR) messages relating to
distress (DETRESFA) phase-SS.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-2 Messages and Formats
2. Urgency messages, including alerting mes-
sages relating to an alert (ALERFA) phase or to an
uncertainty (INCERFA) phase-SS.
3. Other messages concerning known or
suspected emergencies which do not fall under
subparas 7-1-3a1 and 2 and radio communications
failure (RCF) messages-FF or higher as required.
b. Movement and Control Messages.
1. Flight plan (FPL)-FF.
2. Amendment and coordination messages.
(a) Departure (DEP)-FF.
(b) Delay (DLA)-GG.
(c) Arrival (ARR)-GG.
(d) Boundary estimate (EST)-FF.*
(e) Modification (CHG)-FF.*
(f) Coordination (CDN)-FF.*
(g) Acceptance (ACP)-FF.*
3. Cancellation (CNL)-GG.*
4. Clearances, flow control (SPL, CHG,
CDN)-FF or DD.*
5. Transfer of control (TCX)-FF.*
6. Requests (RQS)-FF.*
7. Position reports (AIREP)-FF.*
c. Flight Information Messages.
1. Traffic information-FF.*
2. Meteorological information (MET)-FF or
GG.
3. Operation of aeronautical facilities and
essential airport information (NOTAM)-GG.
* Normally exchanged between ATC units via voice
circuits.
d. Technical Messages. Four categories of these
messages are specified for use on computer-to-com-
puter circuits only. They will not be sent on AFTN or
NADIN circuits.
7-1-4. SERVICE MESSAGES
a. NADIN will immediately generate a service
message to an originator when incorrect code or
routing indicators are detected.
EXAMPLE-
FF KZKCZQZX
031840 KSLCYTYX
SVC. ZKC121 QTA RPT
FF KZKCZQZX
031840 KSLCYTYX
SVC. ZKC122 QTA MSR
b. Assign the appropriate priority indicator to
international service messages. When service
messages refer to messages previously transmitted,
assign the same priority prefix. Identify a service
message by inserting SVC as the first item of the text.
EXAMPLE-
FF TJSJYFYX
DTG KSEAYFYX
SVC. RUMES 231015
(Text)
7-1-5. TRANSMISSION VIA NADIN
International messages are generally introduced on
NADIN for relay to AFTN circuits.
a. M1FC facilities use the ICAO flight plan mask
or TB mask. Addressee(s): Not to exceed 69
characters or seven addressees, each addressee
separated by a space.
b. AISR facilities handle international messages
on NADIN for relay to AFTN as follows:
1. Start of message. New Line Key.
2. Preamble (priority, space, addressee(s).
(a) Priority. Two-character precedence field.
(b) Addressee(s). Not to exceed 69 characters
or seven addressees, each addressee separated by a
space.
(c) End of Line (EOL) new line key.
(d) End of Text (EOT) (enter function).
c. OASIS facilities use the ICAO Flight Plan
dialog box or General Facility Message. A maximum
of 16_addressees can be entered.
7-1-6. TRANSMISSION OF ATS
MESSAGES
a. Air traffic service messages are interchanged in
the international air traffic control system in the
following modes:
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-3 Messages and Formats
1. The preferred step-by-step mode wherein
each ACC/ARTCC sends forward the full current
(updated) flight plan information as the flight
progresses.
2. The simultaneous mode wherein information
extracted from the filed flight plan (FPL) is sent
simultaneously to all ATS units along the route of
flight. In this mode, only amendments to the FPL,
plus necessary control information, are forwarded
from center to center as the flight progresses.
b. Prepare and transmit ATS messages as set forth
in this Order. Address these messages as follows:
1. Include an eight-character addressee indica-
tor for each addressee. For M1FC and AIS R
facilities, there can be no more than one line
(69_characters including separating spaces) of
addressees. When more than the allowable number of
addressees are required, two or more transmissions of
the message (each with no more than the allowable
number of addresses) must be made. For OASIS
facilities, a maximum of 16 addressees can be
entered. The eight-letter combination addressee
indicators are composed as follows:
(a) The four-letter ICAO location indicator;
e.g., MPTO. Use only those listed in ICAO DOC
7910 (Location Indicators). Some ICAO eight-char-
acter addressees for Mexico and Canada are listed in
FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers.
(b) A four-letter designator for the facility
type/office, or if no designator has been assigned,
affix YXYX for military, ZZZX for aircraft in flight,
or YYYX for all other cases; e.g., MTPPYYYX. (See
Note.)
REFERENCE-
ICAO DOC 8585, Designators for Aircraft Operating Agencies,
Aeronautical Authorities and Services.
NOTE-
The most frequently used and authorized designators are:
YAYX Government Civil Aviation Authority (FAA
Regional Office or Headquarters).
YCYX Rescue Coordination Center (RCC).
YDYX Authority Supervising the Aerodrome.
YFYX Aeronautical Fixed Station (AFSS/FSS/IFSS/
IATSC).
YMYX Meteorological Office (NWS).
YNYX International NOTAM Office (NOF).
YTYX Telecommunications Authority.
YWYX Military Flight Operational Control Center
(ACP)
YXYX Military Organization (BASOPS).
YYYX Organization not allocated a two-letter
designator.
ZOZX Oceanic Air Traffic Control Center.
ZPZX Air Traffic Service Reporting Office.
ZQZX Computer Facility at ACC/ARTCC.
ZRZX ACC/ARTCC. (Center in charge of a FIR/UIR
when the message is relevant to a VFR flight (AMIS)).
ZTZX Aerodrome Control Tower.
ZZZX Aircraft in flight.
(c) A one-letter designator will appear
following an air carrier designator to indicate the
department or division of the organization addressed.
2. Filing time. A six-digit date/time group
indicating the time the message is filed with the
AIFSS/AFSS/FSS for transmission.
c. Originator Indicator. Consists of an eight-letter
sequence similar to an address indicator, identifying
the place of origin and the organization originating
the message.
d. Supplementary Address and Origin Informa-
tion. When the four-letter designators YXYX,
ZZZX, or YYYX are used, identify the aircraft
operator or organization at the beginning of the text
preceding the start-of-ATS data symbol ( - - ), in
the same order as in the addressee(s) and/or originator
indicator(s). Where there is more than one such
insertion, the last should be followed by the word
“stop.” Where there are one or more insertions in
respect to addressee indicators plus an insertion in
respect to the originator indicator, the word FROM is
to appear before that relating to the originator.
e. When addressing flight plan messages or
related amendments and flight plan cancellation
messages to centers, use one of the four-letter
designators as follows:
1. If message is relevant to IFR and:
(a) The ARTCC is computer-equipped
(U.S. ARTCCs), use ZQZX.
(b) The center is not computer-equipped, use
ZRZX.
(c) R elevant to oceanic operations, use
ZOZX.
NOTE-
Some centers may request specific addressing different
from above. ZTZX and ZPZX are used internationally, but
are not used in internal U.S. application.
2. If message is VFR (AMIS), use ZRZX.
3. If SVC or administrative, use ZRZX.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-4 Messages and Formats
7-1-7. ORIGINATING MESSAGES
a. Messages for ATS purposes may be originated
with ATS units by aircraft in flight, or, through local
arrangem ents, a pilot, the operator, or their
designated representative.
b. Accept air-filed flight plans or changes in
destination information from aircraft inbound from
foreign locations and, if requested by the pilot, enter
Customs notification service.
c. Do not accept round-robin flight plans to
international locations, other than Canada.
NOTE1. Only accept VFR round-robin flight plans to Canada
if the filer of the flight plan is in possession of a valid
numbered letter of authorization and adheres to the
provisions contained therein.
2. Individual requests for the temporary authorization
letter should be directed to the appropriate service area
office.
3. The temporary authorization letter mandates the pilot,
or responsible party, to provide the AFSS/FSS with a
name, telephone number and authorization number for
inclusion in the remarks section of the flight plan.
4. AFSS/FSS shall log a double (2) count for the
round-robin flight plan.
d. Do not accept assumed departure flight plans
when the destination is in a foreign country other than
Canada.
e. Aircraft movement, control, and flight informa-
tion messages for purposes other than ATS, such as
operational control, shall be originated by the pilot,
the operator, or their designated representative.
7-1-8. ADDRESSING MESSAGES
a. Addressing the flight plan is determined by the
point of departure, the destination, and the FIR
boundaries to be penetrated during the course of the
flight.
b. Address IFR FPL messages to the ARTCC
serving the airport of departure and to all ATS units
(including oceanic) providing air traffic control
service or concerned with flight along part or the
whole of the route to be flown except FAA ATCTs
and other conterminous U.S. ARTCCs.
NOTE-
Within the North Atlantic (NAT) Region, FPLs on turbojet
aircraft transiting the control areas of Gander Oceanic,
New York Oceanic, Reykjavik, Santa Maria Oceanic,
Shanwick Oceanic and Sondrestrom (south of 70 degrees)
within 90 nautical miles of the control area boundary,
shall be addressed to the adjacent ACC to provide lateral
separation. For all other aircraft, a 120 nautical mile
proximity limit shall apply.
c. Transmit all IFR FPLs to ARTCCs not less than
1 hour prior to the proposed departure time. Do not
hold FPLs until after departure time and transmit as
a combined FPL and DEP. Separate FPL and DEP
messages must be transmitted.
NOTE-
ICAO flight plans do not require an acknowledgment to
the transmitting facility.
d. Address aircraft movement messages only to
those ATS units responsible for the provision of
relevant service, except when requested by the
operator concerned, these messages, when
transmitted via the AFTN, may also be routed, as
specified by the operator or a representative to:
1. One addressee at the point of intended
landing or point of departure.
2. Not more than two operational control units
concerned.
e. The ARTCC serving the departure airport shall
transmit the DEP message on IFR aircraft to all
known recipients of the FPL message. Flights
between conterminous U.S. and Canada (excluding
Gander Oceanic), Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico do
not require DEP messages. Discontinuance of DEP
messages affecting the route of flight can only be
accomplished by ICAO Regional Air Navigation
Agreement.
7-1-9. FLIGHT PLAN FORMS AND
INSTRUCTIONS
a. Use the International Flight Plan, FAA Form
7233-4 (see Appendix A), ICAO Model Flight Plan
Form displayed in DOC 4444, M1FC ICAO Flight
Plan Mask, or OASIS ICAO Flight Plan dialog box
and apply the procedures set forth in this section for
flight:
NOTE-
Exceptions apply for flights to Canada and Mexico, see
Section 4 and Section 5, for procedures.
1. Originating within conterminous U.S. and
Canada and destined nonstop to points beyond those
areas.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-5 Messages and Formats
2. Originating within or transiting Pacific Flight
Information Regions (FIR) and destined to or from
FIRs beyond the Pacific Region including the North
American (NAM) Region.
NOTE1. The NAM Region encompasses the conterminous U.S.,
Alaska, and Canada to the North Pole.
2. FAA Form 7233-1, or Military Form DD-175, and
domestic procedures are used for flights in the
conterminous U.S., Canada, and the Honolulu, Alaskan,
and San Juan domestic control areas.
3. AISR facilities record on the flight plan form
the time that a flight plan is filed. This time will
constitute evidence of the pilot's intention to comply
with Customs, Immigration, and Public Health
requirements and will be made available upon request
from these authorities.
7-1-10. ICAO ATS MESSAGE FORMAT
The following are examples of ICAO message types
most likely to appear on AFTN/NADIN circuits. The
number above the data corresponds to the field type
numbers on the flight plan form (FAA Form 7233-4)
and on the chart of Standard ATS Messages and Their
Composition, Appendix A.
a. Departure Message (DEP). ARTCCs are the
designated ATS unit responsible for originating and
transmitting DEP messages on all IFR aircraft
departing airports within their center boundaries. IFR
flight plans must be transmitted to ARTCCs at least
1 hour before departure. This allows ARTCCs to
determine recipients of DEP message when domestic
portions are transmitted to ARTCCs in M1 format.
Do not hold FPLs and combine with DEP into a
single message.
b. Delay Message (DLA). Transmitted when
departure of an aircraft, for which an FPL message
has been transmitted, is postponed or delayed more
than 30 minutes after the estimated time of departure
contained in the FPL.
c. Alerting Message (ALR). Relating to an
overdue situation on an aircraft.
d. Supplementary Flight Plan (SPL) information
shall be sent to ATS units requesting the information
(RQS).作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:29:23
e. Arrival Message (ARR). Sent only on Canadian
MOT, U.S. DOT, or FAA aircraft or upon request.
f. Current Flight Plan (CPL) Message. Originated
by and transmitted in a step-by-step mode between
successive ACCs and between the last ACC to the
control at the airport of intended landing. CPLs
contain only information relevant to that portion of
the route of flight which extends from the point of
entry into the next control area or FIR to the airport
of intended landing.
g. Acceptance (ACP) Message. Transmitted when
the data contained in a CPL message are found to be
acceptable to the receiving ACC.
h. Flight Plan Cancellation (CNL) Message.
Transmitted when a current (CPL) or filed flight plan
(FPL) message was transmitted and the flight is
canceled.
7-1-11. FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES AND
CANCELLATIONS
a. Assume departure station duties when a flight
plan change is received from an aircraft en route to a
foreign location.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 6-4-8, Major Flight Plan Changes from En
Route Aircraft, and
FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 6-4-9, Change in ETA.
b. An AFSS/FSS receiving a VFR flight plan
cancellation report from aircraft en route to a foreign
location shall transmit a cancellation message to the
appropriate foreign tie-in facility.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 6-4-10, Flight Plan Closure.
7-1-12. AIR MOBILE SERVICE (AMS)
a. Air Mobile Service (AMS) is an international
air/ground communications network. It provides
service to en route aircraft primarily in support of
ATC and company operations, and collects meteoro-
logical data for dissemination. Although in the U.S.
this service is provided via contract (ARINC), FAA
flight service facilities may be required to relay
information on a case-by-case basis.
b. The AMS network is composed of individual
units geographically limited to areas where effective
coordination and cooperation between ground
stations are possible.
c. For any individual route segment, the AMS
communication requirements will normally be met
by two or more network stations serving the flights on
that route segment. In general, these primary stations
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-6 Messages and Formats
serve the ACC serving the FIRs and the points of
takeoff and landing. In some cases, additional
suitably located stations are required to complete the
communications coverage.
d. Each of these stations may be required at some
stage of the flight to exchange communications with
the aircraft, and when not so engaged, to intercept, as
required, communications exchanged between the
aircraft and any one of the other stations.
e. Stations providing regular network service to
aircraft operation along route segments in an ACC's
FIR are termed regular stations. Other network
stations will only be required to assist communica-
tions for that FIR in the event of communications
failure.
f. When communications permit, aircraft should
transmit their messages to the primary station of the
network from which they can most readily be
delivered to their ultimate destination. In particular,
aircraft reports required by ATC should be
transmitted to the network station serving the ATC
center in whose area the aircraft is flying. Conversely,
messages to aircraft in flight should be transmitted
direct to the aircraft by the network station serving the
location of the originator.
g. Messages passed from aircraft to a network
station should be intercepted and acknowledged by
other stations which serve locations where the
information is also required. Such intercepts provide
instantaneous delivery of information and eliminates
the transmission of messages over the AFTN.
Networks may not be used for transmission of aircraft
reports except under the intercept principle.
Acknowledgm ents of intercept shall be made
immediately after the acknowledgment of receipt by
the station to which the message was passed. In the
absence of acknowledgment of intercept within
1_minute, the station accepting the message from the
aircraft shall forward the message via the AFTN to
the ultimate destination.
h. In areas or on routes where radio operations,
lengths of flights, or distance between stations
require additional measures to ensure continuity of
communications throughout the route segment, the
stations shall share the responsibility of primary
guard whereby each station will provide the primary
guard for that portion of the flight during which the
messages from the aircraft can be handled most
effectively by that station.
i. During its tenure of primary guard, each station
will:
1. Be responsible for designating primary and
secondary frequencies for communications with
aircraft.
2. Receive all position reports and handle other
messages from and to the aircraft essential to the safe
conduct of the flight.
3. Be responsible for the action required in case
of failure of communication.
j. Transfer of primary guard from one primary
station to the next will normally take place at the time
of traversing FIR or control area boundaries. When
communications conditions so demand, a station
may be required to retain primary guard beyond
geographical boundaries or release its guard before
the aircraft reaches a boundary.
7-1-13. AIREPs (POSITION REPORTS)
a. AIREPs are messages from an aircraft to a
ground station. AIREPs are normally comprised of
the aircraft's position, time, flight level, ETA over its
next reporting point, destination ETA, fuel remain-
ing, and meteorological information. When record-
ing an AIREP on data terminals or written copy, the
following procedures shall be used.
1. Each line shall begin at the left margin.
2. A new line shall be used for each
transmission.
3. If communications allow, each report shall
contain the following items in the order shown:
(a) Message type ARP.
(b) Call sign of the calling station (aircraft).
(c) Text of the message.
(d) Call sign of the station called or receiving
station followed by the appropriate abbreviation to
indicate received, readback, or no reply heard.
(e) Call sign of station(s) acknowledging
intercept followed by appropriate abbreviation to
indicate received.
(f) Designation of frequency used.
EXAMPLE*2866QM 8903VO 13300YH
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-7 Messages and Formats
2932QI *5631TY 11384XM
2998QL 6532UA 13294YF
5628TO 10048WH 17904ZC
*For Alaskan domestic use only.
(g) Time in UTC of the communication.
4. Missing parts of the message text shall be
indicated by the letter M.
EXAMPLE-
ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F330 MMTM 2128
ETA XMMMX 2248 FUEL 0324
KNEW RB
MMMX R
TO2103
b. AIREPs may be filed from any aircraft inflight
within World Meteorological Organization (WMO)
areas of responsibility in conformity with ICAO
requirem ents for position, operational, or
meteorological reporting in AIREP format. AIREP
information shall be disseminated to ATC, company,
and meteorological offices as required. AIREPs
consist of three sections comprised of 12 items.
AIREPs may be filed in one, two, or three sections as
follows:
1. Section 1, Routine report. A position report
(PSNRP) comprising the Message Type Designator
-ARP and the following items:
(a) Item 1, Aircraft identification.
(b) Item 2, Position. Record position in
latitude (degrees as two numerics, or degrees and
minutes as four numerics, followed without a space
by N or S) and longitude (degrees as three numerics,
or degrees and minutes as five numerics, followed
without a space by E or W) or as a significant point
identified by a coded designator (two-to-five
characters) or as a significant point followed by a
magnetic bearing (three numerics) and a distance in
nautical miles (three numerics) from the point, such
as 4620N07805W, 4620N078W, 46N078W, LN,
MAY or DUB180040. Precede significant point by
ABM (abeam), if applicable.
(c) Item 3, Time. Record time in hours and
minutes UTC (four numerics). The time recorded
must be the actual time of the aircraft at the position
and not the time of origination or transmission of the
report.
(d) Item 4, Flight level or altitude. Record
flight level as F followed by three numerics when on
standard pressure altimeter setting, such as F370.
Record altitude in meters followed by M, or in feet
followed by FT, when on QNH. Record ASC (level)
when climbing, or DES (level) when descending to
a new level after passing the significant point.
(e) Item 5, Next position and time over.
Record the next reporting point and the estimated
time over such reporting point, or record the
estimated position that will be reached 1 hour later,
according to the position reporting procedures in
effect. Use the data conventions specified in subpara
7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position, for position. Record
time in minutes past the hour (two numerics) or in
hours and minutes UTC (four numerics) when
necessary.
EXAMPLE-
PSNRP portion of AIREP prepared by De Ridder and
addressed to Canadian Pacific Airlines (CPC) in Toronto
and Mexico City:
AISR
FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT
122105 KDRIYFYX
ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28
KNEW RB
MMMM R
TO2103]
M1
ORIGIN:KDRIYFYX PRECEDENCE:FF TIME:
ACK:N
ADDR:CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT
TEXT:ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28
KNEW RB
MMMM R
TO2103
NOTE-
OASIS facilities shall transmit AIREPs using the Transmit
General Facility Message dialog box.
2. Section 2. When reported by the pilot:
(a) Item 6, Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA).
Record ETA by the four-letter location indicator of
the airport of first intended landing, or if no location
indicator exists, the name of the airport followed by
the estimated time of arrival at this aerodrome in
hours and minutes UTC (four numerics).
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-8 Messages and Formats
(b) Item 7, Endurance. Record fuel in hours
and minutes (four numerics).
3. Section 3. A full AIR EP comprising a
PSNRP, company inform ation, and en route
meteorological information.
(a) Item 8, Air temperature. Record PS
(plus) or MS (minus), no space, followed by the
temperature in degrees centigrade corrected for
instrument error and airspeed, such as MS05.
(b) Item 9, Spot wind or mean wind and
position. Spot wind is used whenever practical and
normally refers to the position given in subpara
7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position. When a spot wind is
given for any other location, record its position.
Whenever it is not practical to record spot wind,
record the mean wind between two fixes, followed by
the word “mean,” and the position of the midpoint
between the two fixes. Record wind direction in
degrees true (three numerics) and wind speed in knots
(two or three numerics), separated by an oblique
stroke, such as 345/55. Record the direction of
variable winds of a given strength as VRB, such as
VRB/10. Record light and variable winds or calm as
LV. If wind position is required, record latitude and
longitude to the nearest whole degree, using the data
convention specified in Item 2, such as 22N180W.
EXAMPLE-
AIREP comprised of PSNRP and aircraft operator
information.
AISR
FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT
122105 KDRIYFYX
ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28
MMMX 2248 FUEL 0324
KNEW RB
MMMX R
TO2103
M1
ORIGIN:KDRIYFYX PRECEDENCE:FF TIME:
ACK:N
ADDR:CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT
TEXT:ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28
MMMX 2248 FUEL 0324
KNEW RB
MMMX R
TO2103
(c) Item 10, Turbulence (TURB). Record
severe turbulence as TURB SEV and moderate
turbulence as TURB MOD. If turbulence is
experienced in cloud, add INC (in cloud). If in
subsonic flight, report severe turbulence as soon as
possible after occurrence. This requires AIREP
SPECIAL. Record and report moderate turbulence
only if encountered within last 10 minutes prior to
reaching position in subpara 7-1-13b1(b) Item 2,
Position. If in transonic or supersonic flight, report
severe or moderate turbulence as soon as possible
after occurrence. This requires AIREP SPECIAL.
(d) Item 11, Icing. Record severe icing as
ICE SEV, moderate icing as ICE MOD. Report severe
icing as soon as possible after occurrence. This
requires AIREP SPECIAL. Record and report
moderate icing only if encountered within last 10
minutes prior to reaching position in subpara
7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position.
(e) Item 12, Supplementary Information.
Record data which in the opinion of the pilot-incommand are of aeronautical interest.
(1) Present Weather. Rain (RA), Snow
(SN), Freezing rain (FZRA), Funnel cloud (FA)
(waterspout or tornado), Thunderstorm (TS) on or
near flight path, Front (FRONT).
(2) Clouds. If heights of cloud bases and/or
tops can be accurately ascertained, amount of clouds
scattered (SCT) if clear intervals predominate,
broken (BKN) if cloud masses predominate, or
continuous (CNS) type of clouds only if cumulonim-
bus (CB), and an indication of the bases (BASE)
and/or the tops (TOP) together with the respective
height indication F (number) or (number) or
(number) M/ or (number) FT.
(3) Turbulence and Icing. Moderate turbu-
lence (TURB MOD) if in subsonic flight, or moderate
aircraft icing (ICE MOD) observed prior to the last
10_minutes.
(4) D-Value. Reading or radio altimeter
minus reading of pressure altimeter set to 1013.2 mb
and corrected for calibration and position error;
record differences as PS (plus) or MS (minus), no
space, followed by the number of meters or feet.
EXAMPLE-
Full AIREP:
AISR
FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT KMIAYMYX
162215 TJSJYFYX
ARP CPC583 2709N05415W 2212 F330
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-1-9 Messages and Formats
23N056W 59 0035 FUEL 0324 M534 310/60
MEAN 2543N05532W TURB MOD ICE MOD SCT
CB TOP F280
TJSJ RB
TO2214
M1
ORIGIN:TJSJYFYX PRECEDENCE:FF TIME:
ACK:N
ADDR:CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT KMIAYMYX
TEXT:ARP CPC583 2709N05415W 2212 F330
23N056W 59 0035 FUEL 0324 M534 310/60
MEAN 2543N05532W TURB MOD ICE MOD SCT
CB TOP F280
TJSJ RB
TO2214
NOTE-
Transmit to the WMO office serving the FIR where the
report is made.
(5) Operationally Significant Weather Ra-
dar Echoes (echo or echo line). True bearing of center
of echo or line and distance from aircraft in nautical
miles; if appropriate, indicate weather intensifying or
weakening and whether no gaps, some gaps, or
frequent gaps are observed.
(6) Significant differences between condi-
tions encountered and those forecast for the flight,
such as forecast thunderstorms not observed or
freezing rain not forecast.
(7) If the position of the phenomenon re-
ported is not the same as the position given under
subpara 7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position, report it after
the phenomenon.
7-1-14. AIREP SPECIALS (ARS)
a. Turbulence. TURB SEV encountered while in
subsonic flight is reported as soon as possible after
occurrence and requires AIREP SPECIAL. TURB
MOD is reported only if encountered within
10_minutes prior to reaching reporting position. If in
transonic or supersonic flight, TURB MOD and SEV
is reported as soon as possible and requires AIREP
SPECIAL.
b. Icing. ICE SEV is reported as soon as possible
after occurrence and requires AIREP SPECIAL. ICE
MOD is reported only if encountered within last
10_minutes prior to reaching reporting position.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KMIAYMYX
211538 TJSJYFYX
ARS PAA101 5045N02015W 1536 F310 ASC
F350 51N030W 21 FUEL 0900 ICE SEV
M1
ORIGIN:TJSJYFYX PRECEDENCE:FF TIME:
ACK:N
ADDR:KMIAYMYX
TEXT: ARS PAA101 5045N02015W 1536
F310 ASC F350 51N030W 21 FUEL 0900
ICE SEV
7-1-15. ARTCC RELAY OF VFR
MESSAGES
ARTCC AISR operators shall relay all international
VFR flight movement messages to the adjacent
AIFSS/AFSS/FSS unless that facility is also an
addressee.
NOTE-
If an overseas unit erroneously routes a VFR movement
message to an ARTCC, the automatic NADIN switch will
not divert it to an AIFSS, AFSS or FSS.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-2-1 Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements
Section 2. Customs Notification and ADIZ
Requirements
7-2-1. FLIGHT PLAN/CUSTOMS
REQUIREMENTS
Specific flight plan, Customs, and other requirements
of individual countries are listed in the FAA
International Flight Information Manual, IFIM.
7-2-2. INBOUND PRIVATE AIRCRAFT:
CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS
a. All private aircraft entering U.S. airspace from
a foreign port must provide at least 1 hour advance
notice to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection at
the point of first intended landing. Private aircraft
arriving from the following location shall furnish a
notice of intended arrival to Customs at the nearest
designated airport to point of crossing for the first
landing in the U.S.
1. Via the U.S./Mexican border or the Pacific
Coast from a foreign place in the Western
Hemisphere south of 33 degrees north latitude.
2. From the Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic Coasts
from a place in the Western Hemisphere south of
30_degrees north latitude from any place in Mexico.
3. From the U.S. Virgin Islands.
4. From Puerto Rico, which if from Puerto Rico,
are conducting VFR flight.
b. This notice must be given at least 1 hour before
crossing the U.S. coastline or border. The advance
notice of arrival shall include the following:
1. Aircraft registration number.
2. Name of aircraft commander.
3. Number of U.S. citizen passengers.
4. Number of alien passengers.
5. Place of last departure.
6. Estimated time and location of crossing U.S.
border/coastline.
7. Estimated time of arrival.
8. Nam e of intended U.S. airport of first
landing.
c. This notice may be furnished directly to the U.S.
Customs and Border Protection by telephone, radio,
or other means, or may be furnished through the FAA
to the Customs and Border Protection.
REFERENCE-
U.S. Customs and Border Protection Guide for Private Flyers.
d. When Customs flight notification service is
requested, as indicated by inclusion of ADCUS in
remarks, deliver the complete message to the
associated Customs and Border Protection office as
soon as practical. Relay additional or amended
information to the Customs and Border Protection in
order to properly comply with requirements; e.g.,
when actual arrival time varies from ETA by more
than 15 minutes.
1. Provide the service only for those airports
where availability is advertised in the AFD on flight
notification messages. Pilots are responsible for
making their own Customs arrangements for other
airports.
2. Notify only the Customs and Border
Protection office which, in turn, is responsible for
notifying other inspection agencies concerned.
e. Prefiled Customs notification requests for
flights returning to the U.S. shall be delivered to the
Customs and Border Protection office not earlier than
23 hours in advance.
f. When an airborne aircraft identifies an airport of
first intended landing that is not one of the designated
airports, advise the pilot that this airport is not a
designated airport of first landing.
PHRASEOLOGY-
BE ADVISED THAT YOUR DESTINATION IS NOT
A CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION
DESIGNATED FIRST LANDING AIRPORT. WHAT
ARE YOUR INTENTIONS?
NOTE-
If a pilot insists on landing at a nondesignated airport,
pass this information to nearest Customs and Border
Protection office.
g. When a flight notification message containing
ADCUS in remarks identifies a nondesignated
airport of first intended landing, notify the message
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-2-2 Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements
originator to advise the pilot that the filed destination
is not a designated airport.
PHRASEOLOGY-
ADVISE (aircraft identification) THAT THE FILED
DESTINATION IS NOT A CUSTOMS AND BORDER
PROTECTION DESIGNATED FIRST LANDING
AIRPORT.
NOTE-
The FAA role in this program is advisory only. Any
appearance of action of enforcing compliance shall be
avoided. Any questions should be directed to the
U.S._Customs and Border Protection.
h. AISR Facilities. Record the time of receipt of
Customs requests. This time will constitute evidence
of the pilot's intention to comply with Customs and
Border Protection, Immigration, and Public Health
requirements and will be made available upon request
from these authorities.
7-2-3. INBOUND PRIVATE AIRCRAFT:
ADIZ REQUIREMENTS
a. Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, no person
may operate an aircraft into, within, or across an
ADIZ unless that person has filed a flight plan with
an appropriate aeronautical facility.
b. Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, no person
may operate an aircraft into, within, or across an
ADIZ unless that aircraft is equipped with a coded
radar beacon transponder and automatic pressure
altitude reporting equipment having altitude report-
ing capability that automatically replies to interroga-
tions by transmitting pressure altitude information in
100-foot increments.
NOTE-
This paragraph does not apply to the operation of an
aircraft which was not originally certificated with an
engine-driven electrical system and which has not
subsequently been certified with such a system installed;
e.g., a balloon or glider.
c. Pilots of aircraft entering the United States
through an ADIZ are required to comply with the
provisions of 14 CFR Sections 99.17 and 99.19.
d. Forward information on DVFR aircraft in-
bound to the U.S. to NORAD via Service B or by
telephone. Forward the following information:
1. Aircraft call sign.
2. Number and type of aircraft.
3. Altitude (within ADIZ).
4. True airspeed.
5. Time of departure.
6. Point of departure.
7. Destination.
8. ETA.
9. Remarks: DVFR discrete transponder code;
estimated point of penetration of ADIZ (latitude/lon-
gitude or fix-radial-distance); estimated time of
penetration of ADIZ.
NOTE1. See para 6-6-3 for M1FC and OASIS transmission
information.
2. Further information on ADIZ requirements is
contained in 14_CFR_Part_99.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-3-1 Alerting Service作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:29:33
Section 3. Alerting Service
7-3-1. GENERAL
a. Alerting service shall be provided:
1. For all aircraft provided with air traffic
control service.
2. Insofar as practical, to all other aircraft
having filed a flight plan or otherwise known to an air
traffic service.
3. To any aircraft known or believed to be the
subject of unlawful interference.
b. Additional information related to ICAO Search
and Rescue procedures can be found in ICAO
ANNEX 11, Chapter 5, Alerting Service.
c. Apply domestic SAR procedures for the U.S.
portion of the flight.
7-3-2. ALERTING PHASES
a. Air traffic services units shall notify rescue
coordination centers immediately when an aircraft is
considered to be in a state of emergency in accordance
with the following:
1. Uncertainty phase when:
(a) No communication has been received
from an aircraft within a period of 30 minutes after the
time a communication should have been received, or
from the time an unsuccessful attempt to establish
communication with such aircraft was first made,
whichever is the earlier.
(b) An aircraft fails to arrive within 30_min-
utes of the estimated time of arrival last notified to or
estimated by air traffic services units, whichever is
later, except when no doubt exists as to the safety of
the aircraft and its occupants.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:29:49
2. Alert phase when:
(a) Following the uncertainty phase, subse-
quent attempts to establish communication with the
aircraft or inquiries to other relevant sources have
failed to reveal any news of the aircraft.
(b) An aircraft has been cleared to land and
fails to land within five minutes of the estimated time
of landing and communication has not been
reestablished with the aircraft.
(c) Information has been received which
indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft
has been impaired, but not to the extent that a forced
landing is likely.
(d) An aircraft is known or believed to be the
subject of unlawful interference.
3. Distress phase when:
(a) Following the alert phase further unsuc-
cessful attempts to establish communication with the
aircraft and more widespread unsuccessful inquiries
point to the probability that the aircraft is in distress.
(b) The fuel on board is considered to be
exhausted or thought to be insufficient to enable the
aircraft to reach safety.
(c) Information is received which indicates
that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has been
impaired to the extent that a forced landing is likely.
(d) Information is received and it is reason-
ably certain that the aircraft is about to make or has
made a forced landing.
b. In addition to the initial notification, the rescue
coordination center shall, without delay, be furnished
with:
1. Any useful additional information, especially
on the development of the state of emergency through
subsequent phases.
2. Information that the emergency situation no
longer exists.
7-3-3. ALERTING MESSAGE CONTENTS
a. The notification shall contain as much of the
following information as is available in the order
listed:
NOTE-
For supplemental flight plan information transmit an RQS
Message. This information is used in the transmission of
the INCERFA.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF SVZMZRZX
231247 KMIAYFYX
(RQS-N1234-SVMI-KMIA
M1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-3-2 Alerting Service
ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:SVZMZRZX
TEXTRQS-N1234-SVMI-KMIA
1. INCERFA, ALERFA, DETRESFA, as ap-
propriate to the phase of the emergency.
2. Agency and person calling.
3. Nature of the emergency.
4. Significant information from the flight plan.
5. Unit which made last contact, time, and
frequency used.
6. Last position report and how determined.
7. Color and distinctive marks of aircraft.
8. Any action taken by reporting office.
9. Other pertinent remark.
EXAMPLE-
AISR (INCERFA)
SS MMMXYAYX
DTG KSANYFYX
(ALR-INCERFA/KSAN/OVERDUE
-N1234S-VG
-C172
-KRNO2000
-MMLP0130
-REQ ACK OR ARR ACFT OVERDUE YOUR
STN)
M1 (INCERFA)
ORIGIN:SAN PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:MMMXYAYX
TEXTALR-INCERFA/KSANYFYX/OVERDUE
YOUR STATION
-N1234S-VG
-C172-SD/C
-KSAN2000
-N0160A105-DCT TIJ DCT
-MMLP2130 RMK/REQ ACK OR ARR)
AISR (ALERFA)
SS MMMXYAYX
TEXTALR-ALERFA/KSAN/OVERDUE)
(text remains same except for remarks information).
M1 (ALERFA)
ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:MMMXYAYX
TEXTALR-ALERFA/KSANYFYX/OVERDUE
(text remains same except for remarks information).
AISR (DETRESFA)
SS MMMXYAYX
TEXTALR-DETRESFA/KSAN/OVERDUE
(text remains same except for remarks information).
M1 (DETRESFA)
ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:MMMXYAYX
TEXTALR-DETRESFA/KSANYFYX/OVERDUE
(text remains same except for remarks information).
NOTE-
OASIS facilities shall transmit alerting messages using
the Transmit General Facility Message dialog box.
b. The cancellation of action initiated by the
rescue coordination center is the responsibility of that
center.
EXAMPLE-
AISR (CANCELLATION)
SS MMMXYAYX
020618 KMIAYFYX
(ALR-ALERFA/KMIAYFYX/CNL
N1234 LOCATED)
M1 (CANCELLATION)
ORIGIN:_PRECEDENCE:SS_TIME:
ACK:YADDR:MMMXYAYX
TEXTALR-ALERFA/KMIAYFYX/CNL
N1234 LOCATED
NOTE-
Transmit cancellation messages for INCERFA and
DETRESFA using same format as above.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-4-1 Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only)
Section 4. Canadian Movement and Control Messages
(Transborder Flights Only)
7-4-1. GENERAL
Except as indicated in this section, handle transborder
Canadian movem ent and control messages as
described in Sections 1, 2, and 3. Do not pass
ADCUS messages to NAV CANADA, as they no
longer alert Canadian Customs to inbound flights.
CANPASS authorizations are the obligation of the
pilot, at the number in subpara 7-4-3a.
7-4-2. INBOUNDS FROM CANADA
a. M1 will automatically acknowledge and
suspense a VFR flight notification message if
received in the proper format. Deliver VFR and IFR
ADCUS to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
File IFR messages after delivery.
b. AISR facilities acknowledge receipt of flight
notification messages as soon as practical by
transmitting the letter R followed by the full aircraft
identification; e.g., R N711VR. Suspense VFR flight
notification messages until arrival or closure
information is received. File IFR messages after
delivery.
7-4-3. OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA
a. When Customs notification service is requested
advise the pilot to contact Canada's Private Aircraft
Program for Customs (CANPASS) at 888-226-7277
and include CANPASS in the remarks section of the
flight plan. If the pilot has contacted CANPASS,
place CANPASS in the remarks section of the flight
plan. Process outbound flight plans in accordance
with Chapter 6 and subparas 7-4-3d and e.
b. Accept Customs notification requests from
inflight aircraft for relay via flight notification
message only for airports of entry where Customs
flight notification service is provided and when
proposed ETA is during Customs service hours. NAV
CANADA no longer passes ADCUS messages to
Canadian Customs.
c. Upon notification of departure of VFR flights,
transmit a flight notification message directly to the
destination Canadian relay facility. Include
CANPASS in the remarks.
NOTE1. M1 will format and address a flight notification
message to a Canadian destination airport if the proposed
flight plan was filed in accordance with subparas 7-4-3d
and 7-4-3e.
2. AISR facilities address messages to the destination
relay facility listed in FAAO JO 7350.8, Location
Identifiers. AISR facilities transmit flight notification
messages for VFR flights in accordance with para 6-4-4,
Flight Notification Messages. Flight notification mes-
sages included the type of flight plan as the first item of the
notification message. CANPASS is required in the
remarks, as appropriate.
3. OASIS facilities shall enter CANPASS in the Remarks
text box of the Flight Plan dialog box. OASIS will
automatically format and transmit a flight notification
message to the tie-in destination facility.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF CZYZZFZX
DTG KBUFYFYX
VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1735
CANPASS
d. IFR Flight Plans
1. CANPASS Flight Plans.
(a) M1FC. Insert an ampersand and the letter
C (&C) as the first two entries in the OP field of the
FP mask and use the four-letter Canadian location
identifier for the destination airport in the AD: field.
EXAMPLE-
M1- AIRFILED
FR:I AI:N1234 AT:C421/R TS:280
DDSM TM1800 AE:200
RTSM..CYYZ
AD:CYYZ TE:0300 RMCANPASS
FB:0400 AA:
PD:JOE PILOT
HBSM NB:2 CR:R/W TL:
OP:
CP:
TA:2100
EXAMPLE-
M1 - CANPASS
FR:I AI:N1234 AT:C421/R TS:280 DDSM TM1800
AE:200
RTSM..CYYZ
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-4-2 Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only)
AD:CYYZ TE:0300 RMCANPASS
FB:0400 AA:
PD:JOE PILOT
HBSM NB:2 CR:R/W TL:
OP:&C
CP:CZYZZFZX
TA:2100
(b) OASIS. Enter $CANPASS %ADCUS in
the Remarks text box of a Canadian IFR flight plan.
NOTE-
The ADCUS remark is not transmitted but triggers the
autoaddressing in OASIS.
2. Send a flight notification message on airfile
IFR aircraft that has requested Customs notification.
Place CANPASS (if prior notification) in the remarks
section of the flight notification message. If the pilot
files a flight plan, but gives no indication that
CANPASS procedures have been implemented, or
prefers to leave the notification off of the flight plan,
leave the remarks section blank and allow the NAV
CANADA specialists to handle the situation upon
arrival.
e. VFR Flight Plans.
1. M1FC. ADCUS (if airfiled) and CANPASS:
Insert an ampersand and the letter C (&C) in the OP:
field and use the four-letter Canadian location
identifier for the destination airport in the AD: field.
EXAMPLE-
M1- AIRFILED
FR:V AI:N1234 AT:C150 TS:90 DD:BUF
TM1800 AE:045 RT:BUF..CYYZ
AD:CYYZ TE:0030 RMCANPASS 2 FB:0330 AA:
PD:JOE PILOT
HBSM NB:2 CR:5/W TL:
OP:&C
CP:CZYZZFZX
TA:1830
M1-CANPASS
FR:V AI:N1234 AT:C150 TS:90 DD:BUF
TM1800 AE:045 RT:BUF..CYYZ
AD:CYYZ TE:0030 RMCANPASS
FB:0330 AA:
PD:JOE PILOT
HBSM NB:2 CR:5/W TL:
OP:&C
CP:CZYZZFZX
TA:1830
2. OASIS. Enter CANPASS in the Remarks text
box. OASIS will automatically format and transmit
a flight notification message to the tie-in destination
facility.
f. Refer to the Canada and North Atlantic IFR and
VFR supplements to determine Customs hours of
service, availability of Customs flight notification
service (CANPASS), and the relay facility for
infrequently used Airports of Entry not listed in
FAAO JO 7350.8 Location Identifiers.
g. Suspense VFR message until acknowledgment
is received.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 8-5-2, Canadian Transborder.
1. If an acknowledgment is not received within
30 minutes after departure, M1 facilities retransmit
the message. AISR facilities transmit the contraction
REQ ACP (request acceptance) and the complete
aircraft identification.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF CZYZZFZX
DTG KBUFYFYX
REQ ACP N711VR
2. If acknowledgment is not received within
1_hour after departure, use interphone or telephone to
deliver. In any event, assure delivery prior to ETA.
3. Refer to Section B of the Canada and North
Atlantic IFR Supplements for Canadian FSS and
ACC telephone numbers.
h. When correcting or revising a message,
retransmit the complete message preceded by the
contraction CHG (change).
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF CZYZZFZX
DTG KBUFYFYX
CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845
CANPASS
M1
ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:CZYZZFZX
TEXT CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845
CANPASS
AISR
FF CZYZZFZX
DTG KBUFYFYX
CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845 CANPASS
M1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-4-3 Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only)
ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:CZYZZFZX
TEXT: CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845
CANPASS
NOTE-
OASIS facilities use the Transmit General Facility
Message dialog box when transmitting change messages.
i. Do not transmit IFR flight notification messages
except for military aircraft or Customs notification
purposes.
NOTE-
Canada will not acknowledge receipt of these messages.
j. When available, use interphone or telephone for
flights of 30 minutes or less.
7-4-4. OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA
DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN
AREA
Accept flight plans regardless of departure point. We
no longer forward ADCUS to CANADA; the current
terminology is CANPASS (See para 7-4-1 and
subpara 7-4-3a).
a. Forward VFR flight plan information for
aircraft proposing to depart from outside the facility's
flight plan area to the tie-in AFSS/FSS for the
departure point in the following format:
1. Aircraft identification.
2. Aircraft type.
3. Departure point.
4. Destination.
5. Proposed departure time/ETE.
6. Remarks.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KBUFYFYX
DTG KCLEYFYX
N711VR C182 BUF YYZ P1630/0030 CANPASS
NOTE-
OASIS facilities use the Flight Plan dialog box. OASIS
will automatically format and transmit the proposal to the
departure tie-in facility.
b. Forward IFR flight plan information for aircraft
proposing to depart from outside the facility's flight
plan area in accordance with Para 6-3-1, Domestic
IFR Flight Plans. If Customs flight notification
service (ADCUS) is requested, advise the pilot to
contact CANPASS at 888-226-7277; include
CANPASS information as an intrafacility remark,
and transmit the proposal message to both the
ARTCC and the tie-in AFSS/FSS as follows:
1. M1 and OASIS facilities use procedures
depicted in subpara 6-2-1a2(g) and Notes.
2. Enter the ARTCC computer address last.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KAOOYFYX KZOBZQZX
DTG KDCAYFYX
DCA2010001 FP N1234P P28R/A 150 PIT P0200
150 PIT..CIP..DKK..BUF..YYZ/0130 CANPASS
c. Identify the tie-in AFSS/FSS, and advise the
pilot to report departure time directly to that facility.
NOTE-
While the report may be relayed through another facility,
it is the pilot's responsibility to notify the tie-in AFSS/FSS
of the departure time.
d. Upon receipt of the departure report, the tie-in
AFSS/FSS is responsible for delivery of the flight
notification message to Canada.
1. M1 facilities, enter the departure time in the
TM: field of the proposed flight plan. Add &C to the
OP: field. M1 will automatically transmit the flight
notification message.
2. AISR facilities, transmit a flight notification
message in accordance with para 6-4-4.
NOTE-
AISR facilities, if a departure report has not been received
within 1 hour of the proposed departure time, cancel and
file the proposed flight plan.
3. OASIS facilities, enter the departure time in
the ETD text box of the Flight Plan dialog box.
OASIS will automatically transmit the flight
notification message.
e. Acknowledgment from the departure point
tie-in AFSS/FSS is required for both VFR and IFR
proposals.
7-4-5. IFR FLIGHT PLANS DEPARTING
CANADIAN AIRPORTS
a. Accept IFR flight plans departing from
Canadian airports and destined to the U.S. Transmit
a proposal message in ARTCC HOST computer
format to the associated Canadian ACC. Address
messages to the ACC listed in FAAO JO 7350.8
Location Identifiers.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-4-4 Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only)
NOTE-
FSSs and AFSSs in Alaska will still accept Canada to
Canada IFR flight plans.
b. Canada does not acknowledge for proposal
messages. Do not expect or request acknowledgment.
7-4-6. SEARCH AND RESCUE MESSAGES
Provide Search and Rescue, for flights inbound from
Canada, in accordance with Chapter 8.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
7-5-1 Mexican Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only)
Section 5. Mexican Movement and Control Messages
(Transborder Flights Only)
7-5-1. GENERAL
Except as outlined in this section, handle transborder
Mexican movem ent and control messages as
described in Sections 1, 2, and 3. Transborder flight
plans to Mexico with oceanic routing require the
ICAO flight plan while the domestic flight plan may
be used for flights with route over land.
7-5-2. INBOUNDS FROM MEXICO
a. Flight notification messages.
1. M1FC/OASIS. When received in the proper
form at, VFR flight notification messages are
automatically acknowledged and suspended. Deliver
VFR and IFR ADCUS messages to Customs and
Border Protection. Store IFR ADCUS messages in
the M1 DD file or OASIS History file, as appropriate.
2. AISR. Acknowledge receipt of a flight
notification message as soon as practical by
transmitting the letter R followed by the full ACID;
e.g., R N7llVR. Deliver VFR and IFR ADCUS
messages to Customs and Border Protection.
Suspense VFR flight notification messages until
arrival or closure information is received. File IFR
messages.
b. Search and Rescue. Provide search and rescue
service in accordance with standard format/time
increments listed in Section 3, Alerting Service, and
Chapter 8, Search and Rescue (SAR) Procedures for
VFR Aircraft. The departure station in Mexico is
responsible for initiating SAR action until an
acknowledgment of the flight notification message is
received.
7-5-3. OUTBOUNDS TO MEXICO
a. When customs notification service is requested
for an airport-of-entry, include ADCUS, the number
of persons on board, and the pilot's name in the
remarks section of the flight plan.
NOTE-
Mexican customs regulations require that only interna-
tional airports-of-entry may be used for first landing.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers.
1. If the pilot still intends to land at a destination
other than an airport-of-entry, advise the pilot that
the flight plan will not be used for Customs or search
and rescue service in Mexico.
2. Transmit the flight notification message to
the Regional Flight Dispatch Office, not the
destination tie-in station.
NOTE-
If the correct addressee cannot be determined, transmit to
the nearest border Regional Flight Dispatch Office.
b. When a pilot files an IFR flight plan and
Customs notification service is requested for an
airport-of-entry, include ADCUS and the informa-
tion listed in subpara 7-5-3a. Transmit to the
appropriate ARTCC.
NOTE-
Mexico requires notification of an inbound aircraft before
its arrival. The inclusion of ADCUS in the remarks section
of an IFR flight plan or flight notification message
satisfies this requirement.
c. VFR Flight Plans.
1. Upon notification of departure of VFR
flights, transmit a flight notification message. When
Customs notification service is requested for an
airport-of-entry include ADCUS and the informa-
tion listed in subpara 7-5-3a. Address messages to
the ICAO addressee for the appropriate destination
location.
2. If a VFR flight plan is filed with a destination
other than an airport-of-entry, transmit the flight
notification message to the Regional Flight Dispatch
Office, not the destination tie-in station. If the correct
addressee cannot be determined, transmit to the
nearest border Regional Flight Dispatch Office.
NOTE-
Facilities with interphone/telephone capability may relay
flight notification messages by this method.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers.
3. M1FC. For automatic addressing and
formatting, use V in the flight rules of the domestic
flight plan mask. For automatic addressing, use &M
in the OP: field. Use the four-letter (ICAO) location
identifier for the destination airport. Manually
JO 7110.10T 2/14/7-5-2 Mexican Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only)
address the message to the designated Regional
Flight Dispatch Office.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
FR:V AI:N1234S AT:C182/A TS:120 DD:SAT TM1200
AE:65
RT:SJT..DRT..MMCU
AD:MMCU TE:0400 RMADCUS 4 ZUCHERMANN
FB:0800 AA: PD: A. ZUCHERMANN
HB:SAT NB:4 CR:R/B TL: OP:&M
CP:MMCUXMXO TA:1600
M1FC will automatically address the CP: field if the
4-letter ICAO address is used in the AD: field, &M is used
in the OP: field and the destination is an airport-of-entry.
Only the tie-in facility will be addressed.
4. AIS R. Address messages to the ICAO
addressee for the appropriate destination location.
Transmit the following information:
(a) Type of flight.
(b) Aircraft identification.
(c) Aircraft type.
(d) Departure point.
(e) Destination.
(f) ETA.
(g) Remarks.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF MMCUXMXO
DTG KSJTYFYX
VFR N1234S C182 SJT MMCU 1400 $ADCUS
4ZUCHERMANN
5. OASIS . For automatic addressing and
formatting, select VFR in the Flight Rules text box of
the Flight Plan dialog box, and enter ADCUS in
Remarks.
d. If acknowledgment is not received within
30_minutes after departure, transmit a “request
acceptance” message to the destination station tie-in
addressee and to the Regional Flight Dispatch Office.
Manually address the message to the designated
Regional Flight Dispatch Office.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF MMCUXMXO MMMYXMXO
REQ ACP N1234S
M1FC
ORIGIN:SJT PRECEDENCE:FF TIME:1130
ACK:Y
ADDR:MMCUXMXO MMMYXMXO
REQ ACP N1234S
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, use the Transmit General Facility
Message dialog box to transmit “request acceptance”
messages.
e. The Regional Flight Dispatch Office involved
will then normally send an acknowledgment to the
departure station and assume responsibility for the
flight notification message.
f. If acknowledgment/acceptance is not received
within 1 hour of the departure, use interphone/tele-
phone or other available means to deliver the message
to the appropriate Regional Flight Dispatch Office.
g. Do not accept round-robin flight plans to
Mexico.
7-5-4. MEXICAN REGIONAL FLIGHT
DISPATCH OFFICE TELEPHONE NUMBERS
(See Table 7-5-1.)
TBL 7-5-1
Dispatch Office Phone Numbers
Mexican Regional Flight Dispatch Office Telephone Numbers
REGION IDENTIFIER TELEPHONE NUMBER
CENTRO (CENTRAL) MMMX 01152 5 762-7062
01152 5 784-40-99 ext. 153
01152 5 762-58-77 ext. 153
NORESTE (NORTHEAST) MMMY 01152 83 454-020 ext. 141
NOROESTE (NORTHWEST) MMMZ 01152 67 23-114
01152 67 22-075 ext. 140
OCCIDENTE (WEST) MMGL 01152 36 890-121 ext. 32 and 167
SURESTE (SOUTHEAST) MMMD 01152 99 231-186 ext. 149
3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
8-1-1 General
Chapter 8. Search and Rescue (SAR) Procedures for
VFR Aircraft
Section 1. General
8-1-1. RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAR
ACTION
a. The departure station is responsible for SAR
action until receipt of the destination station's
acknowledgment for the flight notification message.
This responsibility is then transferred to the
destination station.
b. The National SAR Plan assigns search and
rescue responsibilities as follows:
1. To the military agencies for conducting
physical search and rescue operations.
2. To the FAA for:
(a) Providing emergency service to aircraft in
distress.
(b) Assuring that SAR procedures will be
initiated if an aircraft becomes overdue or unreported.
This is accomplished through the ATC system for
IFR aircraft and the flight plan program and/or
reports of overdue aircraft received at air traffic
facilities for VFR aircraft.
(c) Attempting to locate overdue or unre-
ported aircraft by INREQ and ALNOT communica-
tions search.
(d) Cooperating in the physical search by
making all possible facilities available for use of the
searching agencies.
c. Flight service stations serve as the central point
for collecting and disseminating information on
overdue or missing aircraft which are not on an IFR
flight plan.
d. ARTCCs serve as the central points for
collecting information, coordinating with SAR, and
conducting a communications search by distributing
any necessary ALNOTs concerning:
1. Overdue or missing IFR aircraft.
2. Aircraft in an emergency situation occurring
in their respective areas.
3. Aircraft on a combined VFR/IFR or an
airfiled IFR flight plan, and 30 minutes have passed
since the pilot requested IFR clearance, and neither
communications nor radar contact can be established.
4. Overdue or missing aircraft which have been
authorized to operate in accordance with a SVFR
clearance.
e. The ARTCC serves as the contact point for
collecting information and coordinating with the
RCC on all ELT signals.
8-1-2. OVERDUE AIRCRAFT ON FLIGHT
PLAN
Consider an aircraft on a VFR or DVFR flight plan
overdue when it fails to arrive 30 minutes after its
ETA and communications or location cannot be
established.
8-1-3. OVERDUE AIRCRAFT NOT ON
FLIGHT PLAN
Consider an aircraft not on a flight plan as overdue at
the actual time a reliable source reports it to be at least
1 hour late at destination. Based on this overdue time,
apply the same procedures and action times as for
aircraft on a flight plan. When such a report is
received, verify (if possible) that the aircraft actually
departed and that the request is for a missing aircraft
rather than a person. Refer missing person reports to
the appropriate authorities.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 8-2-1, Initial Action/QALQ; Para 8-3-1,
INREQ; Para 8-4-1, ALNOT.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
8-2-1 Overdue Aircraft Action
Section 2. Overdue Aircraft Action
8-2-1. INITIAL ACTION/QALQ
a. As soon as a VFR/DVFR aircraft (military or
civil) becomes overdue, the destination station
(including intermediate destination tie-in station for
military aircraft) shall attempt to locate the aircraft by
checking the destination airport and all adjacent
airports that could accommodate the aircraft. Also,
check appropriate ATCT facilities and ARTCC
sectors through the area manager. If this communica-
tions search does not locate the aircraft, transmit a
QALQ to the departure location tie-in AFSS/FSS
and when appropriate the DUAT vendor or
AFSS/FSS where the flight plan information is on
file.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KICTYFYX
DTG KHONYFYX
QALQ N12345
M1FC
ORIGIN:ICT PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:MKL
TEXTALQ Nl2345
NOTE1. OASIS facilities, use the Transmit Search and Rescue
dialog box to transmit the QALQ.
2. If it is determined by the flight service specialist that
the local field search cannot be completed before the
INREQ transmission time, the QALQ shall be transmitted
in time to receive the information for the INREQ message.
The local field search shall continue without reference to
time until completed.
b. Use of long distance telephone in carrying out
SAR responsibilities is authorized when appropriate.
c. In the case of a U.S. registered aircraft, or any
aircraft known to be piloted by or transporting U.S.
citizens and en route within a foreign country or
between two foreign countries, if the overdue report
is received either from someone directly concerned or
from aviation authorities of a foreign country, notify
the Washington Communications Control Center
immediately via Service B message addressed to
RWA.
d. Alaska. In addition to subparas 8-2-1a and c,
address QALQ, INREQ, or ALNOT messages and
replies to PANCYAYX and PAEDYCYX.
NOTE-
RCCs other than Elmendorf AFB (PAEDYCYX) are not on
Service B and must be notified by telephone.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:03
e. Upon receipt of a QALQ message from the
destination station concerning a flight for which a
proposed flight plan was transmitted, the station
which transmitted the proposal shall immediately
transmit a message to the destination station
containing all information not previously sent. After
a local airport check, no further search action is
required of the station which transmitted the proposal
and no further messages will be received by this
facility unless the search area extends into its flight
plan area.
f. M1FC. Properly formatted QALQs, INREQs,
ALNOTs, and INCERFAs are automatically placed
on the Search and Rescue (SAR) list. Messages are
manually deleted from the SAR list using the
keyword DM.
g. OASIS. Properly formatted QALQs, INREQs,
ALNOTs, INCERFAs, ALERFAs and DETRESFAs
are automatically placed on the Search and Rescue
list and annotated as SAR. A SAR alarm is generated
at designated workstations. Messages are deleted
from the SAR List by selecting (highlighting) the
message to be deleted, expanding the entry and
clicking the Delete Entry button.
8-2-2. ACTION BY DEPARTURE STATION
ON RECEIPT OF QALQ
Upon receipt of the QALQ inquiry, the departure
station shall check locally for any information about
the aircraft, and take the following action:
a. If the aircraft is located, notify the destination
station. The destination station will close the file on
the aircraft.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KCOUYFYX
DTG KHHRYFYX
QALQ N12345 C1255
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
8-2-2 Overdue Aircraft Action
M1FC
ORIGIN:COU PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:MKL
TEXTALQ Nl2345 C1255
b. If unable to obtain additional information
transmit a message to the destination station
containing all information not previously sent.
Include any verbal or written remarks made by the
pilot which may be pertinent to the search. The data
transmitted may be obtained from the flight plan
information or any other pertinent information
located in the DD file. This information can be
transmitted using the SV 1, TB, and RV 1 format.
Before transmitting, the message will require the
correct header to be added to ensure the QALQ reply
message is placed on the SAR list.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KLOUYFYX
DTG KJBRYFYX
QALQ N12345 C150/X 110 PBF D1235 85
LIT PAH 0130/0400 CLARENCE NEWBERN
601 E 12TH MKC 555-123-4567 2 POB
WHITE/RED
M1FC
ORIGIN:RDU PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDRIE
TEXTALQ N12345 FR:V AT:C182/T TS:120
DD:EQY TM291445 AE:035 RT:EQY..CAE
..ALD..CRG..DAB..ORL..ISM AD:ISM TE:
0400 RMREFUEL CRG FB:0430 AA: PD:
MIKE T. BROWN DQY 704-555-1212 NB:2
CR:W/R/B OP: CP:KPIEYFYX TA:291845
A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN
INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:50 EQY ISM
RMKS:AVFP
A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN
INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:00 EQY ISM
RMKS:VNR
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, retrieve data from the history files using
the SAR Search dialog box, format the message and
transmit using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog
box.
8-2-3. CANCELLATION OF THE QALQ
If the aircraft is located by the destination station after
the QALQ is sent, transmit a cancellation message
addressed to all recipients of the QALQ.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
FF KSTLYFYX
DTG KHONYFYX
QALQ N12345 CNLD
M1FC
ORIGIN:JBR PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:FOD
TEXTALQ Nl2345 CNLD
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, transmit the QALQ cancellation using
the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
8-3-1 Information Requests (INREQs)
Section 3. Information Requests (INREQs)
8-3-1. INREQ
If the reply to the QALQ is negative or the aircraft has
not been located within 30 minutes after it becomes
overdue:
a. The destination station shall transmit a
numbered INREQ message to the departure station,
flight watch control stations with communication
outlets along the route, and other AFSS/FSSs and
ARTCCs along the route. In addition, address RCC
and DUAT vendors using the collective address
KSARYCYX.
1. If the departure airport, route of flight,
destination airport or alternate airports are within
50_miles of the Great Lakes, include Cleveland AFSS
as an addressee. They will relay to Cleveland RCC.
2. Hawaiian stations shall give preliminary
notification to Honolulu SARCC as follows:
(a) Hilo by long distance telephone.
(b) Honolulu AFSS shall use local telephone.
(c) Secondary means for Hilo shall be Service
B to Honolulu AFSS and then by telephone between
Honolulu AFSS and the SARCC.
b. Include all information in the INREQ message
that will assist in search activities.
NOTE-
The National Search and Rescue Plan is outlined in the
AIM, para 6-2-7.
EXAMPLE1. AISR
DD (appropriate eight-character
identifiers and KSARYCYX)
DTG KJBRYFYX
JBR001 (appropriate three-character identifiers)
INREQ N12345 BE36/R 150 PAH D1235
85 PAH LIT FEXHA 1635 DALE CARNINE
601 E. 12TH ST. MKC 555-765-4321 2 POB
BROWN/WHITE (any other information available)
M1FC
ORIGIN:RDU PRECEDENCED TIME:ACK:Y
ADDRAppropriate three-character identifiers and
KSARYCYX
TEXT:INREQ N12345 FR:V AT:C152/T TS:100
DD:EQY TM291445 AE:035 RT:EQY..CAE..
ALD..CRG..DAB..ORL..ISM AD:ISM TE:0400
RMREFUEL CRG FB:0430 AA: PDAVE
JOHNSON DQY 704-555-1212 NB:1 CR:W/R/B
OP: CP:KPIEYFYX TA:291845
A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN
INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:50 EQY ISM
RMKS:AVFP
A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN
INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:00 EQY ISM
RMKS:VNR
2. AISR
DD (appropriate eight-character
identifiers and KSARYCYX)
DTG KJBRYFYX
JBR001 (appropriate three-character
identifiers)
INREQ N12345 BE36/R 150 PAH LIT
DALE CARNINE 601 E. 12TH ST MKC
WIFE REPORTS ETA 1230
M1FC
ORIGIN:OLU PRECEDENCED TIME:ACK:Y
ADDRappropriate three-character
identifiers and KSARYCYX)
TEXT:INREQ N12345 BE36/R GRI LBF
DALE CARNINE 601 E. 12TH ST MKC
WIFE REPORTS ETA 1230
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, retrieve data from the history files using
the SAR Search dialog box, format the message and
transmit using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog
box.
c. RCC does not have transmit capability.
Acknowledgement is not required for messages to
RCC.
8-3-2. ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF INREQ
Stations receiving an INREQ shall take the following
action:
a. Seek information about the aircraft by checking
facility records and all flight plan area airports along
the proposed route of flight that could accommodate
the aircraft. Notify appropriate ATCT facilities.
Reply to the INREQ with a numbered message within
1 hour. If unable to complete the search within 1 hour,
forward a status report followed by a final report
when the search is complete. If the reply contains
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
8-3-2 Information Requests (INREQs)
pertinent information such as aircraft location or
position report, transmit to the destination station.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
DD KLANYFYX
DTG KHONYFYX
HON001 LAN
INREQ N1234A NO SVCS PROVIDED. FPA
SRCH INCOMP
AISR
DD KLANYFYX
DTG KHONYFYX
HON002 KLANYFYX
INREQ N1234A NEG INFO
M1FC
ORIGINAN PRECEDENCED TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:HON
TEXT:INREQ Nl234A NO SVCS PROVIDED.
FPA SRCH INCOMP
ORIGINAN PRECEDENCED TIME: ACK:Y
ADDR:HON
TEXT:INREQ N1234A NEG INFO
NOTE-
Upon receipt of INREQs and ALNOTs, ATCTs and
ARTCCs are required to check facility records, report
findings to AFSS/FSS that alerted them within 1 hour, and
retain in an active status until canceled.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 10-3-4, ALNOT.
b. The destination station shall retransmit the
information, as necessary, to all original addressees.
c. Cleveland AFSS. When addressed, shall notify
Cleveland U.S. Coast Guard RCC.
d. Hawaiian stations, notify Honolulu SARCC by
telephone.
e. Facilities served by the expanded 800 system
that have any portion of their incoming calls and/or
Service B diverted to another facility shall notify that
facility of the INREQ. The facility receiving diverted
calls or Service B traffic shall check their records and
advise of any information or contact with the aircraft.
8-3-3. CANCELLATION OF INREQ
The INREQ originator shall transmit a numbered
cancellation message containing the location of the
aircraft to all INREQ addressees when the aircraft is
located. Notify associated ATCT facilities.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
DD (appropriate eight-character
identifiers including KSARYCYX)
DTG KLOUYFYX
LOU001 (appropriate three-character identifiers)
INREQ N1234A CNLD LCTD BWG
M1FC
ORIGIN:FOD PRECEDENCED TIME: ACK:Y
ADDRappropriate three-character
identifiers and KSARYCYX)TEXT:INREQ Nl234A CNLD
LCTD DSM
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, transmit the INREQ cancellation using
the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
8-4-1 Alert Notices (ALNOTs)
Section 4. Alert Notices (ALNOTs)
8-4-1. ALNOT
If the replies to the INREQ are negative, or if the
aircraft is not located within 1 hour after transmission
of the INREQ, whichever occurs first, the destination
station shall transmit an ALNOT.
a. Address ALNOT messages to your Regional
Operations Center and those facilities within the
search area. In addition, address the DUAT vendors
and RCC using the collective address KSARYCYX.
The search area is normally that area extending
50_miles on either side of the proposed route of flight
from the last reported position to the destination. The
search area may be expanded to the maximum range
of the aircraft at the request of the RCC or by the
destination station. If the departure airport, route of
flight, destination airport, or alternate airports are
within 50 miles of the Great Lakes, include Cleveland
AFSS as an addressee. They will relay to the
Cleveland RCC.
b. Alaska. Address to PANCYGYX, PANCY-
AYX, and KSARYCYX. (Only AFSSs/FSSs in the
ALNOT search area are required to acknowledge.)
c. Include all information in the ALNOT message
that will assist in search activities (same as INREQ
plus any additional information received).
EXAMPLE-
AISR
SS (appropriate ARTCC circuit codes as identified in
subpara 10-1-4c, other addresses as identified in
subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX)
DTG KRDUYFYX
ALNOT N12345 BE36/R 150 RDU D1840 75
RDU EWN FEXHA 2140
CLARENCE E. NEWBERN
601 E 12TH MKC 555-123-4567 2 POB
BROWN/TAN (any other information available)
M1FC
ORIGIN:RDU PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:N
ADDRappropriate ARTCC circuit code as identified in
subpara 10-1-4c, other addresses as identified in
subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX
TEXT:ALNOT N12345 FR:V AT:C172/T TS:100
DD:EQY TM291445 AE:035 RT:EQY..CAE..
ALD..CRG..DAB..ORL..ISM AD:ISM TE:0400
RMREFUEL CRG FB:0430 AA: PD:JOHN M.
BROWN DQY 704-555-1212 NB:3 CR:W/R/B
OP: CP:KPIEYFYX TA:291845
A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN
INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:50 EQY ISM
RMKS:AVFP
A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN
INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:00 EQY ISM
RMKS:VNR
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, retrieve data from the history files using
the SAR Search dialog box, format the message and
transmit using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog
box.
d. Ten minutes after issuance of the ALNOT, call
Tyndall AFB to ensure delivery of the ALNOT and
to answer any inquiries. (Alaska: Call Fort
Richardson, 11th RCC at (907) 428-7230,
800-420-7230, or DSN 317-384-6726.)
NOTE-
RCC (Tyndall AFB) phone numbers are:
800-851-3051 or 850-283-5955.
Defense Switching Network 523-5955.
8-4-2. ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF ALNOT
Upon receipt of an ALNOT, each station whose flight
plan area extends into the ALNOT search area shall:
a. Immediately conduct a communications search
of those flight plan area airports which fall within the
ALNOT search area that could accommodate the
aircraft and which were not checked during the
INREQ search. Notify the appropriate ATCT
facilities. Request the appropriate law enforcement
agency to check airports which cannot be contacted
otherwise. Stations that have any portion of their
incoming calls and/or Service B diverted to another
facility shall notify that facility of the ALNOT. The
facility receiving diverted traffic shall check their
records and advise of any information or contact with
the aircraft.
b. Within 1 hour after receipt of the ALNOT,
notify the originator of the results or status of the
communications search. If the reply contains
pertinent information, such as aircraft location or
position report, transmit to the destination station.
The destination station shall retransmit the informa-
tion, as necessary, to all original addresses.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
8-4-2 Alert Notices (ALNOTs)
SS KFODYFYX
DTG KANBYFYX
ALNOT N12345 FLD CK INCOMP
AISR
SS KFODYFYX
DTG KANBYFYX
ALNOT N12345 ACFT LCTD OG DHN
M1FC
ORIGIN:GFK PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:COU
TEXT:ALNOT N12345 FLD CK
COMPL NEG INFO
ORIGIN:GFK PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:N
ADDR:COU
TEXT:ALNOT N12345 ACFT LCTD OG DIK
c. Stations within the ALNOT search area shall
record the ALNOT. (See Para 2-2-2j, Phraseology.)
d. Request search assistance from aircraft travers-
ing the search area.
8-4-3. REPORTING ALNOT STATUS TO
RCC
If the extended communications search fails to locate
the aircraft or if 1 hour has elapsed since ALNOT
transmission, whichever occurs first, the destination
station shall call the RCC and, if appropriate, the
Cleveland AFSS, which notifies the Cleveland RCC.
Provide all pertinent available information about the
overdue aircraft not already provided in the ALNOT
to include:
a. Agency and the person calling.
b. Details of the flight plan. If the aircraft was not
on a flight plan, include all the facts about the source
of the report.
c. Time the last radio transmission was received,
by whom, and the frequency used.
d. Last position report.
e. Whether an ELT signal was heard or reported
along the route of flight.
f. Action taken and the proposed action by the
reporting station.
g. Upon request, furnish positions of other aircraft
known to be along or near the route of flight of the
missing aircraft.
8-4-4. CANCELLATION OF ALNOT
The ALNOT remains current until the aircraft is
located or the search is suspended by the RCC. The
ALNOT originator shall then transmit a cancellation
message with the location of the aircraft, if
appropriate, addressed to all recipients of the
ALNOT. Each facility shall notify all previously
alerted facilities and agencies of the cancellation.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
SS (appropriate ARTCC circuit codes
as identified in subpara 10-1-4c, other
addresses as identified in
subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX)
DTG KEWNYFYX
ALNOT N12345 CNLD ACFT LCTD JAX
AISR
SS (appropriate ARTCC circuit codes
as identified in para 10-1-4c, other
addresses as identified in
subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX)
DTG KEWNYFYX
ALNOT N1513B CNLD SEARCH SUSPENDED
M1FC
ORIGIN:OLU PRECEDENCE:SS TIME:ACK:N
ADDRappropriate ARTCC circuit
codes as identified in subpara 10-1-4c,
other addressees as identified in
subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX)
TEXT:ALNOT Nl5l3B CNLD ACFT LCTD MCK
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, transmit the ALNOT cancellation using
the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
8-5-1 Other SAR Actions
Section 5. Other SAR Actions
8-5-1. CONTACT WITH AIRCRAFT
CROSSING HAZARDOUS AREA
When Lake, Island, Mountain, or Swamp Reporting
Service programs have been established and a pilot
requests the service, establish radio contact every
10_minutes (or at designated position checkpoints)
with the aircraft while it is crossing the hazardous
area. If contact with the aircraft is lost for more than
15_minutes, alert Search and Rescue.
NOTE-
Hazardous Area Reporting Service and chart depictions
are published in the AIM, para 4-1-20.
8-5-2. CANADIAN TRANSBORDER
a. Assume responsibility for initiating SAR action
on transborder aircraft upon acknowledgment for the
inbound flight notification message.
b. When SAR action is initiated, the destination
and departure facilities are responsible for all
communications search actions within their respec-
tive countries and for alerting their respective RCC.
c. Canadian communications search procedures
and action times are similar to U.S. procedures. They
will address all SAR messages to the U.S. departure
AFSS/FSS, which is then responsible for initiating
SAR action for the U.S. portion of the route of flight.
d. For inbounds from Canada, apply standard U.S.
SAR procedures contained in this chapter for the U.S.
portion of the route. Include the Canadian departure
facility as an addressee on all SAR messages since
that facility is responsible for initiating SAR action
for the Canadian portion of the route of flight.
e. Upon receipt of a Canadian QALQ, the
departure AFSS/FSS shall take the following
actions:
1. Check locally for any information about the
aircraft.
2. If unable to obtain additional information, or
within 15 minutes after receipt of the QALQ, transmit
a message to the destination facility containing all
flight plan information not previously sent.
f. Upon receipt of a Canadian INREQ, the
departure AFSS/FSS shall transmit an INREQ for the
U.S. portion of the route of flight and reply to Canada
within 1 hour in accordance with standard INREQ
procedures.
g. Upon receipt of a Canadian ALNOT, the
departure AFSS/FSS shall transmit an ALNOT for
the U.S. portion of the route and reply to Canada
within 1 hour in accordance with standard ALNOT
procedures.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-1-1 General
Chapter 9. FAA Weather Services
Section 1. General
9-1-1. PURPOSE
Surface meteorological observations are filed at
scheduled and unscheduled intervals with stations
having sending capability to WMSC for dissemina-
tion on the Service A domestic aviation weather
system. These reports are aviation routine weather
reports (METAR) and aviation selected special
weather (SPECI). All reports will include a report
type and the six-digit time of the observation.
Computer sorting and validation requires exact
adherence to format and procedure at all times.
9-1-2. SCHEDULED TRANSMISSION
TIMES
a. METAR REPORTS. Prepare and code METAR
reports for transmission between H+55 and H+00.
1. M1FC entry, use TA mask and specify H in
the time field.
2. AISR entry, use /T procedures between H+46
and H+54. Use /D procedure between H+55 and
H+00.
3. OASIS entry, use the Transmit Weather
Observation dialog box. If the Hold box is checked,
OASIS will hold the METAR report(s) until the listed
METAR Transmit Time parameter.
b. SPECI AND DELAYED OR CORRECTED
REPORTS. Transmit SPECI, delayed or corrected
reports as soon as possible after H+00.
1. M1FC entry, use TA mask and leave the time
field blank.
2. AISR entry, use /D procedure.
3. OASIS entry, use the Transmit Weather
Observation dialog box, leaving the Hold box
unchecked.
9-1-3. DISTRIBUTION
Most meteorological and NOTAM data exchanged
outside of the facility is dependent on the Weather
Message Switching Center Replacement (WMSCR).
It is important to adhere to strict form at and
procedures during normal operations, as well as
during system interruption periods.
a. Circuit interruption. Notify your tie-in facility,
the AISR Customer Service Center, WMSCR and, if
appropriate, the GS-200 Host facility of all outages.
The M1FC AFSS facility should notify their FSDPS,
AWP, and the appropriate telco servicing company.
The OASIS AFSS facility should notify WMSCR
and/or NADIN and the appropriate telco servicing
company.
b. All outage reports should refer to the correct
circuit and/or equipment identification numbers.
Facilities should obtain and record ticket numbers
provided by AISR or the telco authority.
c. AISR and WMSCR telephone numbers are as
follows:
1. AISR HELPDESK 866-466-1336.
2. WMSCR (KNKAWMSC):
Atlanta 770-210-7931.
Salt Lake City 801-320-2045.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-2-1 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA)
Section 2. Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA)
9-2-1. GENERAL
Pilot Weather Reports (PIR EPs) are filed at
unscheduled times with stations having sending
capability to WMSCR for dissemination on the
Service A domestic aviation weather system. These
reports shall be entered into the system as individual
reports, not appended to a surface observation. Entry
shall only be between H+00 and H+55.
9-2-2. PREPARATION FOR
TRANSMISSION
a. M1FC entry, use WY mask. (See para 4-2-4.)
b. AISR entry, use /D procedures.
c. OASIS entry, use the Transmit PIREP dialog
box.
9-2-3. RESPONSIBILITY
AFSS/FSS specialists shall actively solicit PIREPs
in conjunction with preflight and inflight communi-
cations with pilots and assure timely dissemination of
the PIREP information. Each facility should make
special efforts to obtain PIREPs on departure and
arrival weather conditions at airports within their
flight plan area.
9-2-4. PIREP DISPLAY
Maintain a PIREP display to conform with the
particular requirements of your facility. If it is posted
for internal use only, symbology may be used at the
facility's discretion. If it is displayed as a pilot
self-briefing aid, the use of contractions, such as
OVC, shall be applicable.
9-2-5. SOLICITING PIREPs
a. Solicit PIREPs for the affected area(s) when one
or more of the following weather conditions exist, are
reported, or forecast to occur:
1. Ceilings at or below 5,000 feet.
2. Visibility reported on the surface or aloft is
5_miles or less.
3. Thunderstorms and related phenomenon.
4. Turbulence of moderate degree or greater.
5. Icing of light degree or greater.
6. Wind shear.
7. Volcanic ash clouds are reported or forecast.
NOTE-
Pilots may forward PIREPs regarding volcanic activity
using the format described in the Volcanic Activity
Reporting Form (VAR) as depicted in the Aeronautical
Information Manual, Appendix 2.
b. Also, solicit PIREPs regardless of weather
conditions when:
1. An NWS or ATC facility indicates a need
because of a specific weather or flight assistance
situation.
2. Necessary to determine flying conditions
pertinent to natural hazards (mountain passes, ridges,
peaks) between the weather reporting stations.
3. The station is designated as responsible for
PIREPs in an offshore coastal area.
c. Flight watch specialists shall solicit sufficient
PIREPs to remain aware of flight conditions.
d. To solicit PIREPs within a specific area,
broadcast a request on NAVAIDs, transcribed
broadcast facilities, or a selected communications
frequency.
PHRASEOLOGY-
PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED
(location/area). CONTACT (name) RADIO/FLIGHT
WATCH ON (frequency) TO REPORT THESE
CONDITIONS.
9-2-6. RECORDING OF PIREP DATA
Record PIREP data directly into M1FC or OASIS, or
on FAA Form 7110-2, or on other material deemed
appropriate; e.g., 5'' x 8'' plain paper.
9-2-7. DATA TO BE INCLUDED IN PIREPs
Include the following reports of flight conditions, as
appropriate:
a. Height and coverage of cloud bases, tops, and
layers.
b. Flight visibility.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-2-2 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA)
c. Restrictions to visibility and weather occurring
at altitude.
d. Air temperature and changes to temperature
with altitude or range.
e. Direction and speed of wind aloft.
f. Extent and intensity of turbulence.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 9-2-8.
g. Extent, type, and intensity of icing.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 9-2-9.
h. Weather conditions and cloud cover through
mountain passes and over ridges and peaks.
i. Location, extent, and movement of thunder-
storms and/or tornadic activity.
j. Excessive winds aloft, LLWS , and other
phenomena bearing on safety and efficiency of flight.
9-2-8. REPORTING TURBULENCE IN
PIREPs
a. Turbulence reports should include location,
altitude, or range of altitudes, and aircraft type, and
should include whether in clouds or clear air. The
degree of turbulence, intensity, and duration
(occasional, intermittent, and continuous) is deter-
mined by the pilot. It is essential that the report is
obtained and dissem inated when possible in
conformance with the U.S. Standard Turbulence
Criteria Table as follows:
1. Light. Loose objects in aircraft remain at rest.
2. Moderate. Unsecured objects are dislodged.
Occupants feel definite strains against seat belts and
shoulder straps.
3. Severe. Occupants thrown violently against
seat belts. Momentary loss of aircraft control.
Unsecured objects tossed about.
4. Extreme. Aircraft is tossed violently about,
impossible to control. May cause structural damage.
b. Report CAT or CHOP if used by the pilot to
describe the type of turbulence.
9-2-9. REPORTING ICING CONDITIONS IN
PIREPs
a. Icing reports shall include location, altitude or
range of altitudes, type aircraft, air temperature,
intensity, and type of icing.
b. Icing types.
1. Rime. Rough, milky, opaque ice formed by
the instantaneous freezing of small super-cooled
water droplets.
2. Clear. A glossy, clear or translucent ice
formed by the relatively slow freezing of large
super-cooled water droplets.
3. Mixed. A combination of rime and clear.
c. Icing intensity.
1. Trace. Ice becomes perceptible. Rate of
accumulation slightly greater than sublimation.
Deicing/anti-icing equipment is not utilized unless
encountered for an extended period of time (over
1_hour).
2. Light. The rate of accumulation may create a
problem if flight is prolonged in this environment
(over 1 hour). Occasional use of deicing/anti-icing
equipment removes/prevents accumulation. It does
not present a problem if deicing/anti-icing is used.
3. Moderate. The rate of accumulation is such
that even short encounters become potentially
hazardous, and use of deicing/anti-icing equipment
or diversion is necessary.
4. Severe. The rate of accumulation is such that
deicing/anti-icing equipment fails to reduce or
control the hazard. Immediate diversion is necessary.
9-2-10. MEANS USED TO SOLICIT PIREPs
Inform pilots of a need for PIREPs. The following
methods may be used to collect PIREPs:
a. During preflight weather briefings.
b. On post-flight contacts.
c. During regular air-ground contacts.
d. Broadcast a request on NAVAID frequencies.
e. Append a request on HIWAS, TIBS, VOR-
TWEB, or TWEB broadcasts.
f. Request PIREPs from air carrier and military
operations offices, military pilot-to-forecaster units,
and local aircraft operators.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-2-3 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA)
g. Solicit from other air traffic facilities.
9-2-11. PIREP CLASSIFICATION
Categorize PIREPs as follows:
a. URGENT. The following weather phenomena
shall be classified as an URGENT (UUA) PIREP:
1. Tornadoes, funnel clouds, or waterspouts.
2. Severe or extreme turbulence (including clear
air turbulence).
3. Severe icing.
4. Hail.
5. Low level wind shear. Classify LLWS
PIR EPs as UUA if the pilot reports air speed
fluctuations of 10 knots or more. Classify reports of
LLWS with air speed fluctuations less than 10 knots
as routine. If air speed fluctuation is not reported,
classify PIREP as UUA.
NOTE-
LLWS defined as windshear within 2,000 feet of the
surface.
6. Volcanic ash clouds.
7. Any other weather phenomena reported
which are considered by the specialist as being
hazardous, or potentially hazardous, to flight
operations.
b. ROUTINE. Classify as ROUTINE (UA) all
PIREPs received except those listed above.
9-2-12. PIREP HANDLING
Upon receipt of a PIREP, accomplish the following:
a. Urgent.
1. Deliver to the ARTCC Weather Coordinator
as soon as possible.
2. Deliver to the associated WSO as soon as
possible.
3. Enter on Service A at the first opportunity.
4. Use in weather briefings, as appropriate.
b. Routine.
1. Transmit on Service A as soon as practical.
2. Broadcast in accordance with established
procedures in Chapter 2.
3. Use in weather briefings, as appropriate.
9-2-13. OFFSHORE COASTAL ROUTES
When your station has been given responsibility for
collecting offshore coastal route PIREPs:
a. Include the coastal water area when soliciting
PIREPs. At least one PIREP is required hourly
regardless of weather conditions.
b. Pacific. Hawaiian Island station areas coincide
with the Honolulu ARTCC sectors and the entire
Hawaiian area is designated as offshore areas for
PIREP purposes.
NOTE-
The Flight Services Operations Area Office assigns
PIREP responsibility for an offshore coastal area, route,
or route segment to a specific station. The area assigned
will be within the same ARTCC area as the station, and the
station shall have adequate air-ground communications
coverage over its assigned offshore area.
9-2-14. PIREP PREPARATION
To assure proper dissemination of PIREPs to all
system users, the encoding procedures listed below
shall be followed:
a. Identify each element by a Text Element
Indicator (TEI).
b. Ensure each report includes TEIs for message
type, location, time, altitude/flight level, type
aircraft, and at least one other to describe the reported
phenomena.
c. Precede each TEI, except message type, with a
space and a solidus (/).
d. Follow each TEI, except altitude/flight level,
with a space.
e. Insert zeros in reported values when the number
of digits in the report is less than the number required
by the format.
f. Use only authorized aircraft designators and
contractions.
g. In the location TEI, include any three-letter
identifier to describe locations or routes.
h. Omit entries of TEIs, except as listed in
subpara_9-2-14b, for which no data was reported.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-2-4 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA)
9-2-15. PIREP FORMAT
Using TEIs as described below, prepare PIREPs for
system entry in the following format:
NOTE-
OASIS. If using the “Folded” Transmit PIREP
dialog box, each TEI must be specified and can be
entered in any order. OASIS will automatically
format the message before transmission.
a. UUA or UA. Message type - Urgent or Routine
PIREP.
b. /OV.
1. Location in reference to a VHF NAVAID or
an airport, using the three or four letter identifier. If
appropriate, encode the identifier, then three digits to
define a radial and three digits to define the distance
in nautical miles.
EXAMPLE/OV KJFK
/OV KJFK107080
/OV KFMG233016/RM RNO 10SW作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:18
2. Route segment. Two or more fixes, as in
subparas 9-2-15b1 and b2 examples, to describe a
route.
EXAMPLE/OV KSTL-KMKC
/OV KSTL090030-KMKC045015
c. /TM. Time that the reported phenomenon
occurred or was encountered. Report time in four
digits UTC.
EXAMPLE/TM 1315
d. /FL. Altitude/flight level. Enter the altitude in
hundreds of feet (MSL) where the phenomenon was
first encountered. If not known, enter UNKN. If the
aircraft was climbing or descending, enter the
appropriate contraction (DURC or DURD) in the
remarks/RM TEI. If the condition was encountered
within a layer, enter the altitude range within the
appropriate TEI describing the condition.
EXAMPLE/FL093
/FL310
/FLUNKN /RM DURC
e. /TP. Type aircraft. Enter aircraft type. If not
known, enter UNKN. Icing and turbulence reports
shall always include the type aircraft.
EXAMPLE/TP AEST
/TP B74A
/TP P28R
/TP UNKN
f. /SK. Sky condition. Report height of cloud
bases, tops, and cloud coverage as follows:
1. Enter the height of the base of a layer of
clouds in hundreds of feet (MSL). Enter the top of a
layer in hundreds of feet (MSL) preceded by the word
“-TOP.” If reported as clear above the highest cloud
layer, enter a space and “SKC” following the reported
level.
EXAMPLE/SK OVC100-TOP110/ SKC
/SK OVC015-TOP035/OVC230
/SK OVC-TOP085
2. Use authorized contractions for cloud cover.
EXAMPLE-
BKN
FEW
OVC
SCT
SKC
3. Cloud cover amount ranges will be entered
with a hyphen and no spaces separating the amounts;
i.e., BKN-OVC.
EXAMPLE/SK SCT-BKN050-TOP100
/SK BKN-OVCUNKN-TOP060/BKN120-TOP150/ SKC
4. Unknown heights are indicated by the
contraction UNKN.
EXAMPLE/SK OVC065-TOPUNKN
5. If a pilot indicates he/she is in the clouds,
enter IMC in the remarks.
EXAMPLE/SK OVC065-TOPUNKN /RM IMC
6. When more than one layer is reported,
separate layers by a solidus (/).
g. /WX. Flight visibility and flight weather.
Report weather conditions encountered by the pilot
as follows:
1. Flight visibility, if reported, will be the first
entry in the /WX field. Enter as FV followed by a
two-digit visibility value rounded down, if neces-
sary, to the nearest whole statute mile and append
“S M” (FV03SM). If visibility is reported as
unrestricted, enter FV99SM.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-2-5 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA)
2. Enter flight weather types using one or more
of the standard surface weather reporting symbols
contained in TBL 9-2-1.
TBL 9-2-1
Weather Type and Symbols
Type METAR Code
Drifting / Blowing Snow . . . . . . . . . DRSN/BLSN
Drifting Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRDU
Drifting Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRSA
Drizzle/Freezing Drizzle . . . . . . . . . DZ/FZDZ
Dust / Blowing Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . DU/BLDU
Duststorm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS
Fog (vis < 5/8SM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FG
Freezing Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FZFG
Freezing Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FZRA
Funnel Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC
Hail (aprx 1/4” dia or more) . . . . . . GR
Hail Shower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHGR
Haze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HZ
Ice Crystals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IC
Ice Pellets/ Showers . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL/SHPL
Mist (vis 5/8SM or more) . . . . . . . . BR
Patchy Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCFG
Patchy Fog on part of Arpt . . . . . . . PRFG
Rain / Showers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA/SHRA
Sand / Blowing Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . SA/BLSA
Sandstorms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS
Shallow Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIFG
Sml Hail/Snow Pellet Showers . . . . SHGS
Sml Hail/Snow Pellets . . . . . . . . . . . GS
Smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FU
Snow Grains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SG
Snow / Showers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SN/SHSN
Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PY
Squalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SQ
Thunderstorm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS
Tornado/Waterspout . . . . . . . . . . . . . +FC
Unknown Precipitation . . . . . . . . . . UP
Volcanic Ash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VA
Well developed Dust/Sand Whirls . . PO
3. Intensity of precipitation (- for light, no
qualifier for moderate, and + for heavy) shall be
indicated with precipitation types, except ice crystals
and hail, including those associated with a
thunderstorm and those of a showery nature.
4. Intensity of obscurations shall be ascribed as
moderate or + heavy for dust and sand storms only.
No intensity for blowing dust, blowing sand, or
blowing snow.
EXAMPLE/WX FV01SM +DS000-TOP083/ SKC /RM DURC
5. When more than one form of precipitation is
combined in the report, the dominant type shall be
reported first.
EXAMPLE/WX FV00SM +TSRAGR
/WX FV02SM BRHZ000-TOP083
6. When FC is entered in /WX, FUNNEL
CLOUD is spelled out on /RM. When +FC is entered
in /WX, TORNADO or WATERSPOUT is spelled
out in the /RM TEI.
EXAMPLE/WX FC /RM FUNNEL CLOUD
/WX +FC /RM TORNADO or WATERSPOUT
7. When the size of hail is stated, enter in 1/4”
increments in remarks /RM TEI.
8. The proximity qualifier VC (Vicinity) is only
used with TS, FG, FC, +FC, SH, PO, BLDU, BLSA,
and BLSN.
EXAMPLE/WX FV02SM BLDU000-TOP083 VC W
9. When more than one type of weather is
reported enter in the following order: 1) TORNADO,
WATERSPOUT, OR FUNNEL CLOUD; 2) Thun-
derstorm with or without associated precipitation;
3)_Weather phenomena in order of decreasing
predominance. No more than three groups in a single
PIREP.
10. Weather layers shall be entered with the base
and/or top of the layer when reported. Use the same
format as in the /SK TEI.
EXAMPLE/WX FU002-TOP030
h. /TA. Air Temperature. Report outside air
temperature using two digits in degrees Celsius.
Prefix negative temperatures with an M; e.g., /TA 08
or /TA M08.
i. /WV. Wind direction and speed. Encode using
three digits to indicate wind direction (magnetic) and
two or three digits to indicate reported wind speed.
When the reported speed is less than 10 Kts use a
leading zero. The wind group will always have “KT”
appended.
EXAMPLE/WV 28080KT
/WV 28008KT
/WV 280105KT
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-2-6 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA)
j. /TB. Turbulence. Report intensity, type, and
altitude as follows:
1. Intensity. Enter duration if reported by the
pilot (intermittent, occasional continuous) and
intensity using contractions LGT, MOD, SEV, or
EXTRM. Separate a range or variation of intensity
with a hyphen; e.g., MOD-SEV. If turbulence was
forecasted, but not encountered, enter NEG.
2. Type. Enter CAT or CHOP if reported by the
pilot.
3. Altitude. Report altitude only if it differs
from value reported in /FL. When a layer of
turbulence is reported, separate height values with a
hyphen. If lower or upper limits are not defined, use
BLO or ABV.
EXAMPLE/TB LGT 040
/TB MOD-SEV BLO 080
/TB MOD-SEV CAT 350
/TB NEG 120-180
/TB MOD CHOP 220/NEG 230-280
/TB MOD CAT ABV 290作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:28
k. IC. Icing. Report intensity, type and altitude of
icing as follows:
1. Intensity. Enter intensity first using contrac-
tions TRACE, LGT, MOD, or SEV. Separate reports
of a range or variation of intensity with a hyphen. If
icing was forecast but not encountered, enter NEG.
2. Type. Enter the reported icing type as RIME,
CLR, or MX.
3. Altitude. Enter the reported icing/altitude
only if different from the value reported in the /FL
TEI. Use a hyphen to separate reported layers of
icing. Use ABV or BLO when a layer is not defined.
EXAMPLE/IC LGT-MOD MX 085
/IC LGT RIME
/IC MOD RIME BLO 095
/IC SEV CLR 035-062作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:36
4. When icing is reported always report
temperature in the /TA TEI.
l. /RM. Rem arks. Use this TEI to report a
phenomenon which is considered important but does
not fit in any of the other TEIs. This includes, but is
not limited to, low level wind shear (LLWS) reports,
thunderstorm lines, coverage and movement, size of
hail (1/4'' increments), lightning, clouds observed
but not encountered, geographical or local descrip-
tion of where the phenom enon occurred, and
contrails. Report hazardous weather first. Describe
LLWS to the extent possible.
1. Wind Shear. +/- 10 Kts or more fluctuations
in wind speed, within 2,000 Ft of the surface, require
an Urgent (UUA) pilot report. When Low Level Wind
Shear is entered in a pilot report enter LLWS as the
first remark in the /RM TEI. LLWS may be reported
as -, +, or +/- depending on how it effects the aircraft.
If the location is different than the /OV or /FL fields,
include the location in the remarks.
EXAMPLE/RM LLWS +/-15 KT SFC-008 DURC RY22 JFK作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:44
2. FUNNEL_CLOUD,_TORNADO,_and
WATERSPOUT are entered with the direction of
movement if reported.
EXAMPLE/RM TORNADO E MOV E
3. Thunderstorm. Enter coverage (ISOL, FEW,
SCT, NMRS) and description (LN,BKN LN,SLD
LN) if reported. Follow with “TS,” the location and
movement, and the type of lightning if reported.
EXAMPLE/RM NMRS TS S MOV E GR1/2
4. Lightning. Enter frequency (OCNL, FRQ,
CONS), followed by type (LTGIC , LTGCC,
LTGCG, LTGCA, or combinations), if reported.
EXAMPLE/RM OCNL LTGICCG
5. Electric_DischargeEnter_DISCHARGE fol-
lowed by the altitude.
EXAMPLE/RM DISCHARGE 120
6. Clouds. Use remarks when clouds can be seen
but were not encountered and reported in /SK.
EXAMPLE/RM CB E MOV N
/RM OVC BLO作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:55
7. Plain Language. If specific phraseology is not
adequate, use plain language to describe the
phenomena or local geographic locations. Include
remarks that do not fit in other TEIs like DURC,
DURD, RCA, TOP, TOC, or CONTRAILS.
EXAMPLE/RM BUMPY VERY ROUGH RIDE
/RM CONTRAILS
/UA/OV BIS270030/TM 1445/FL060/TP CVLT/TB
LGT /RM Donner Summit Pass
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-2-7 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA)
8. Volcanic Eruption. Volcanic Ash alone is an
Urgent PIREP. A report of volcanic activity shall
include as much information as possible. Include
name of the mountain, ash cloud and movement,
height of the top and bottom of the ash, etc. If received
from other than a pilot, enter Aircraft “UNKN,”
Flight Level “UNKN,” and /RM UNOFFICIAL.
EXAMPLE-
UUA/OV ANC240075/TM 2110/FL370/TP DC10/WX
VA/RM VOLCANIC ERUPTION 2008Z MT AUGUSTINE
ASH 40S MOV SSE作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:02
9. The “SKYSPOTTER” program is a result of
a recommendation from the Safer Skies FAA/
INDUSTRY Joint Safety Analysis and Implementa-
tion Teams. The term “SKYSPOTTER” indicates
that a pilot has received specialized training in
observing and reporting inflight weather phenome-
non, pilot weather reports, or PIREPs.
(a) When the FSS Air Traffic Control
Specialist receives a PIREP from a pilot identifying
themselves as a “SKYSPOTTER” aircraft, the
additional comment “/AWC” shall be added at the
end of the remarks section of the PIREP.
EXAMPLE-
PIREP TEXT/RM REMARKS/AWC
9-2-16. PIREP ENCODING
PIREPs shall be coded to ensure the PIREP is stored
and subsequently distributed with the surface
observation location nearest the condition being
reported. If more than one SA location is appropriate,
select the location that provides the greatest
distribution and/or prominence, such as a major hub
airport.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:08
9-2-17. PIREP ORDER
Prepare PIREPs by routes from the reported location
to an adjacent location, if possible. Start a multiple
PIREP transmission with the most northerly route
and progress clockwise. Place each PIREP on a
separate line.
EXAMPLE-
UA/OV MRB045030/TM 1645/FL060
/TP UNKN /SK OVC055
UA/OV MRB-DCA/TM 1630/FL090/TP
AEST /RM BTWN LYRS 090
UA/OV MRB-EKN/TM 1640/FL060/TP
P28R /SK BKN-OVC020-TOP040/RM
RDGS OBSCD
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-3-1 Radar Weather Report (SD/ROB)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:14
Section 3. Radar Weather Report (SD/ROB)
9-3-1. GENERAL
a. Individual radar weather reports, identified as
SD/ROB, are collected by the National Meteorologi-
cal Center (NMC) Suitland, Maryland. These reports
are entered by Weather Service Offices on the Radar
Report and Warning Coordination (RAWARC)
circuits. NMC also collects radar report bulletins
from military reporting locations and Canada.
b. When normal entry is not possible, SD/ROB
reports can be entered on Service A circuits upon
request by NWS RAWARC entry stations.
9-3-2. SCHEDULE
Radar weather reports are transmitted on Service A
by WMSC at H+56 to H+00 each hour. These reports
are not scheduled transmissions but are given priority
handling during this 4-minute time frame.
9-3-3. DISTRIBUTION
a. Radar weather reports are sent to WMSCR by
NMC each hour for distribution. These reports are
received on an unscheduled basis and can be expected
to appear during any unscheduled distribution period.
b. Each individual WMSCR circuit receives a
unique collection based upon their requirements.
Circuit distribution lists are filed at circuit control
facilities.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-4-1 Winds and Temperature Aloft Forecast (FD)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:22
Section 4. Winds and Temperature Aloft Forecast (FD)
9-4-1. GENERAL
Winds and Temperature Aloft Forecasts (FD) are
computer-prepared and issued by the NMC at
Suitland, Maryland. The forecasts are valid
6_(FD1/8), 12_(FD2/9), and 24_(FD3/10) hours after
the observation date/times of 0000Z and 1200Z upon
which they are based. An unscheduled amendment to
an FD may be prepared and issued by a WSFO.
9-4-2. LEVELS FORECAST
Dependent upon station elevation, FD1/2/3 wind
forecasts are issued for the following levels: 3, 6, 9,
12, 18, 24, 30, 34, and 39 thousand foot levels. The
first level for which a wind forecast is issued is
1,500_feet or more above the station elevation.
Temperature is forecast for all wind levels, except the
3,000 foot level, that are 2,500_feet or more above the
station. The minus signs are deleted preceding the
temperatures at the 30, 34, and 39_thousand foot
levels. FD8/9/10 are for the 45,000 and 53,000_foot
levels. They are not normally disseminated on
Service_A, but are available on request/reply.
9-4-3. SCHEDULES
TBL 9-4-1
Winds/Temperature Aloft Forecast Schedules
Type
Base Data
Time
Valid for For use (period)
FD1/8 0000Z 0600Z 0500-0900Z
FD2/9 0000Z 1200Z 0900-1800Z
FD3/10 0000Z 0000Z 1800-0500Z
FD1/8 1200Z 1800Z 1700-2100Z
FD2/9 1200Z 0000Z 2100-0600Z
FD3/10 1200Z 1200Z 0600-1700Z
9-4-4. DISTRIBUTION
All FDs are transmitted to the WMSC by NMC.
Distribution by the WMSC is accomplished in
accordance with established program requirements.
Amended FD data prepared and entered by a WSFO
is distributed to the same users as the original product
prepared by NMC.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-5-1 Aviation Terminal Forecast (TAF)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:30
Section 5. Aviation Terminal Forecast (TAF)
9-5-1. GENERAL
Twenty-four hour Terminal Forecasts (TAFs) for
selected U.S. terminals are prepared by NWS forecast
offices and forwarded to the WMSCR for
distribution. Similar forecasts for the U.S. Military,
Canada, and Mexico are sent to WMSC from the
NMC and Air Weather Service (AWS ) for
distribution.
9-5-2. TERMINAL FORECAST
SCHEDULES
TAFs are prepared four times a day and are issued at
2330, 0530, 1130, and 1730 UTC.
9-5-3. DISTRIBUTION
Distribution of TAFs is made by WMSCR in
accordance with a predetermined list for each circuit
based upon intracircuit coordinated requirements.
WMSCR Identifier Index of Individual Aviation
Weather Reports. (Use RQ Procedures.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-6-1 Aviation Area Forecast (FA)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:43
Section 6. Aviation Area Forecast (FA)
9-6-1. GENERAL
a. Aviation Area Forecasts (FA) are available
through the WMSC and provide an overview of
weather conditions which could impact aviation
operations. FAs are issued by the National Aviation
Weather Advisory Unit (NAWAU) in Kansas City,
Missouri, for the conterminous U.S. land and coastal
waters by areas (Pacific Coast, Rocky Mountain,
North-Central U.S., South-Central U.S., Northeast
U.S., Southeast U.S.). The areas are delineated along
state boundaries and are specified in the NWS
Operations Manual, Chapter D-20. The FAs for
Alaska and Hawaii are issued by the WSFOs located
in Anchorage, Fairbanks, and Juneau, Alaska, and
Honolulu, Hawaii. The geographical areas of
coverage for the appropriate WSFOs are specified in
Chapter D-20 of the NWS Operations Manual.
(Canadian and Mexican FAs are also available
through the WMSC.)
b. FAs consist of two sections with each section
being transmitted with a unique communications
header. This allows each section to be replaced when
needed instead of amending or correcting the affected
FA, to provide a current and complete area forecast.
Inflight advisories (including WSTs) amend the FA;
however, when necessary, the appropriate section of
the FA will be replaced by the issuing NWS office.
The two FA sections and their communications
headers are as follows (iii denotes the FA location
identifier; e.g., ANC, CHI, etc.):
1. iiiS-Synopsis.
2. iiiI-Icing and Freezing Level.
3. iiiT-Turbulence.
4. iiiC-Significant Clouds and Weather.
9-6-2. AVIATION AREA FORECAST (FA)
SCHEDULE
a. FAs are prepared three times a day in the
contiguous 48 States and Alaska, and four times a day
in Hawaii. All scheduled transmission times are in
UTC and listed by daylight/standard times. The times
in the contiguous U.S. are in TBL 9-6-1.
TBL 9-6-1
Area Forecast Schedule
Time Zones Areas Issuance Times
Central CHI/DFW 0130/0230
0930/1030
1830/1930
Eastern BOS/MIA 0030/0130
0830/0930
1730/1830
Mountain SLC 0230/0330
1030/1130
1930/2030
Pacific SFO 0230/0330
1030/1130
1930/2030
b. The Alaska and Pacific NWS Regional
Headquarters have authority to schedule FAs to meet
user requirements. These are issued at the following
times. (See TBL 9-6-2.)
TBL 9-6-2
Alaska/Pacific Area Forecast Schedule
Issuance ANC and FAI JNU HNL
1st 0640Z 0640Z 0340Z
2nd 1440Z 1340Z 0940Z
3rd 2240Z 2240Z 1540Z
4th 2140Z
c. The Gulf FA is prepared twice daily. The
issuance times in UTC or Z depend on whether
LDT/LST is in effect and are as follows:
1. 1st issuance 1040/1140.
2. 2nd issuance 1740/1840.
9-6-3. DISTRIBUTION
Distribution of FAs is made by WMSC in accordance
with a predetermined list for each circuit based upon
intracircuit coordinated requirements.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-7-1 Severe Weather Forecasts
Section 7. Severe Weather Forecasts
9-7-1. GENERAL
Severe Weather Forecasts, Bulletins, Status Reports,
and Alerts are filed at irregular intervals by the NWS
Storm Prediction Center (SPC) in Norm an,
Oklahoma, and transmitted to WMSC for distribu-
tion. The alert (SPC AWW) is a preliminary
announcement of a forthcoming severe weather
watch and includes all information required for
aviation purposes. Stations may obtain the Severe
Weather Watch (SPC WW) from WMSC if desired.
The WW number is included in the text of the AWW.
9-7-2. DISTRIBUTION
Upon receipt of SPC AWW alert, the WMSC will
immediately interrupt the active task on selected
Service A circuits and transmit the report. Severe
weather status reports (WW-A) are never urgent.
These are relayed unscheduled.
9-7-3. SEVERE WEATHER OUTLOOK
NARRATIVE (AC)
In addition to Severe Weather Forecast, the Storm
Prediction Center will frequently file for transmis-
sion a Severe Weather Outlook Narrative, which will
contain a brief evaluation of present and expected
surface and upper air criteria conducive to severe
local storms. These are assigned report type “AC.”
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-8-1 Flight Advisories (SIGMET/WS-AIRMET/WA-Convective SIGMET/WST)
Section 8. Flight Advisories
(SIGMET/WS-AIRMET/WA-Convective SIGMET/WST)
9-8-1. GENERAL
Flight Advisories are issued by the NAWAU in
Kansas City, Missouri, for the conterminous U.S. and
the appropriate WSFO in Alaska and Hawaii to
provide notice of potentially hazardous weather
conditions by amending or supplementing portions
of the valid FA. The report type designator WS for
SIGMETs, WST for Convective SIGMETs, and WA
for AIRMETs is used to effect selective distribution.
The text of the message identifies which advisory is
being transmitted. WSs are identified with letters N
(NOVEMBER) through Y (YANKEE) with the
exception of S (SIERRA) and T (TANGO). WAs are
identified with the letters S (SIERRA), T (TANGO)
and Z (ZULU). The latest message for each system is
kept in the computer's active storage file by the
WMSC: WA for 360 minutes, WS for 240 minutes,
and WST for 45 minutes.
NOTE-
Honolulu issues international SIGMETs available as
WSPA1 PHNL and WSPA2 PHNL, which are retained by
WMSC for 360 minutes.
9-8-2. DISTRIBUTION
SIGMETs, both WST/WS, are distributed unsched-
uled to all Service A circuits. AIRMET data is
distributed as a scheduled product at 0145Z and every
6 hours thereafter, and any updates or amendments
issued between scheduled periods will be a complete
replacement for the previously issued AIRMET.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-9-1 Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB)
Section 9. Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB)
9-9-1. GENERAL
The Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB) and
synopsis for selected routes are prepared by
NWS FOs and forwarded to the WMSC for
distribution. All times are in UTC and listed by
daylight/standard times. (See TBL 9-9-1.)
TBL 9-9-1
Transcribed Weather Broadcast/Synopsis
Issuance Times
Time Zones
daylight
standard
daylight
standard
daylight
standard
Central 0130/0230 0930/1030 1830/1930
Eastern 0030/0130 0830/0930 1730/1830
Mountain 0230/0330 1030/1130 1930/2030
Pacific 0330/0430 1130/1230 2030/2130
a. The morning and mid-day TWEB and synopsis
will be valid for 12 hours. The evening TWEB and
synopsis will be valid 18 hours with no outlook.
b. Eastern and Central TWEBs shall not be
entered prior to H+20 for hours 10, 17, and 22 UTC.
Mountain and Pacific TWEBs shall not be entered
prior to H+20 for hours 11, 18, and 23 UTC.
9-9-2. CROSS-COUNTRY ROUTES
WMSC's storage contains a selection of combined
individual route segments that defines cross-country
routes. These routes are defined in AC 00-45.
Section 4 defines the route segment and lists the
number for each cross-country route.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-10-1 Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS)
Section 10. Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS)
9-10-1. GENERAL
A Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS) is an
unscheduled planning forecast. It is an air traffic
oriented forecast intended for ARTCC, Air Traffic
Control System Command Center Weather Unit
(DCCWU), Air Traffic Control System Command
Center (ATCSCC), and hub terminal air traffic
facility specialists responsible for making flow
control and flow control-related decisions. It enables
these specialists to include the impact of expected,
specified local and/or national weather conditions in
making these decisions.
9-10-2. CRITERIA
a. The MIS describes adverse weather conditions
which are expected to begin generally within 4-to-12
hours after the statement's issuance. It can also
describe conditions existing when the CWSU begins
daily operations if the existing conditions will
continue for at least 3 hours, or it can describe
conditions existing at the time a briefing is issued. As
a minimum, an MIS will be issued when:
1. Any of the following conditions occur or are
forecast to occur:
(a) Conditions meeting Convective SIGMET
criteria. (See the Weather Service Operations Manual
(WSOM), Chapter D-22.)
(b) Moderate or greater icing.
(c) Moderate or greater turbulence.
(d) Heavy precipitation.
(e) Freezing precipitation.
(f) Conditions at, or approaching, low IFR.
(See WSOM, Chapter D-21.)
(g) Surface winds, including gusts of 30 knots
or greater.
(h) Low level wind shear (within 2,000 feet of
the surface).
(i) Volcanic ash, dust storms, or sandstorms.
2. The above conditions will, in the forecaster's
judgment, impact the flow of air traffic within the
ARTCC area of responsibility.
3. The forecast lead time (the time between the
issuance of an MIS and the onset of the
phenomenon), in the forecaster's judgment, is
sufficient to make the issuance of a CWA premature
or unnecessary.
b. The MIS will describe the location of the
phenomenon using ARTCC relevant points of
reference, such as VORs, and will include the height,
extent, intensity, and movement of the phenomenon.
MISs will be numbered sequentially, beginning at
midnight local time each day. Forecasters should be
aware that the MIS is disseminated and stored as a
replaceable product. This means that each MIS
issuance must contain all of the pertinent and known
details of the conditions meeting MIS issuance
criteria including the continuing conditions de-
scribed in previously issued MISs.
c. The format of the MIS communications header
is: (ARTCC designator) MIS (issuance number)
VALID (issuance date/time-valid until date/time in
UTC)/..FOR ATC PLANNING PURPOSES
ONLY.._/(text).
EXAMPLE-
ZJX MIS 02 VALID 111345-120100
..FOR ATC PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY..
SCT TSTMS WITH HVY PCPN ALG N/S RTES S OF ILM
AND E OF SAV/OMN LN DVLPG BY 16Z MAX TOPS
350/400. ELSW ZJX AREA TSTMS WITH HVY PCPN
FRMG IN SHRT LNS OR CLUSTERS AFT 17Z WITH
FEW RCHG EXTRM. CELLS MOVG GENLY SEWD 10
KTS CONT THRU 00Z CONDS LWRG OCNLY TO LIFR
IN HVY PCPN AFT 17Z.
NOTE-
The format of the MIS communications header must be
followed exactly if the product is to be distributed through
AISR.
9-10-3. DISTRIBUTION
The MIS will be distributed to ARTCC area
supervisors and traffic management coordinators and
will be entered through FAA AIS R and other
communications media to make it available for
dissemination to other FAA and NWS facilities,
including adjacent CWSUs and locally designated
hub terminal facilities. Distribution may be made
directly by the CWSU meteorologist or through the
weather coordinator position. When a MIS is issued
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-10-2 Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS)
concurrently with a briefing, the MIS will be
distributed through those media to facilities
mentioned above which do not receive an
alphanumeric version of the briefing's contents.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-11-1 Center Weather Advisory (CWA)
Section 11. Center Weather Advisory (CWA)
9-11-1. GENERAL
A Center Weather Advisory (CWA) is an unsched-
uled weather advisory. It is issued for the guidance of
ARTCC personnel, designated FAA facilities, Air
Traffic Control System Command Center Weather
Unit (DCCWU) meteorologists, and air crews
inflight to anticipate or avoid adverse weather
conditions in terminal and en route environments.
9-11-2. CRITERIA
a. The CWA is not a flight planning document. By
nature of its short lead time, it reflects weather
conditions in existence at the time of issuance or
conditions beginning within the next 2 hours. If
conditions are expected to persist beyond the time of
the valid period and/or if conditions extend beyond
the ARTCC area, statements to this effect should be
included in the text. The CWSU will issue a CWA:
1. When necessary as a supplement to an
existing WS (including WSTs), to an existing WA, or
to an existing FA section. The issuance of a CWA
under these circumstances should be limited to
occasions when, in the judgment of the CWSU
meteorologist, real time information adequately
supports the issuance of a redefining statement
update or advanced amendment. Such real time
information regarding the phenomenon covered by a
NAWAU product may be pilot reports, radar satellite,
or information from other sources. The purpose of the
CWA, under these circumstances, is to improve or to
update the definition of the phenomenon in terms of
relevance to users in the ARTCC area regarding the
phenomenon's location, movement, extent, and
intensity. A CWA, for example, describing an IFR
WAs area of low IFR (LIFR) conditions in terms of
ARTCC reference points would be a valid
redefinition of the location and intensity relevant to
the ARTCC's area and would meet documented
requirements.
2. When an inflight advisory has not yet been
issued, but the observed or expected weather
conditions meet WS or WA criteria based on current
pilot reports and reinforced by other sources of
information concerning existing meteorological
conditions. In this situation, the CWS U
meteorologist should call the appropriate forecaster
at the NAWAU or appropriate Alaska WSFO. If the
CWSU forecaster determines that it is necessary to
issue a CWA to allow lead time while the WS/WA is
being prepared, the CWA will be issued, and the
CWA should indicate that a WS/WA will be issued
shortly.
3. The CWSU meteorologist may issue a CWA
when observed, or developing weather conditions do
not meet WS (including WST) or WA criteria but
current pilot reports or other weather information
sources indicate that an existing, or anticipated,
meteorological phenomena will adversely affect the
safe flow of air traffic within the ARTCC area of
responsibility. In this situation, the data available
must be sufficient, in the judgment of the CWSU
meteorologist, to support both the issuance of such an
advisory and, if necessary, its continuation.
b. The CWA will describe the location of the
phenomenon using ARTCC relevant points of
reference, such as VORs, and will include the height,
extent, intensity, and movement of the phenomenon.
Each CWA will have a phenomenon number (1
through 6) immediately following the ARTCC
identifier in the CWA message heading. A separate
phenomenon number will be assigned to each
meteorologically distinct condition or group of
conditions, such as jetstream clear air turbulence or
LIFR/icing conditions northwest of a low pressure
center. The use of phenomenon numbers make it
possible to store and disseminate up to six unrelated
CWA conditions with each condition capable of
being updated. Forecasters should be aware that the
CWA is stored and disseminated as a replaceable
product. This means that each subsequent CWA
issuance must contain all the pertinent and known
details of the conditions meeting CWA issuance
criteria, including the continuing conditions de-
scribed in the previously issued CWAs. CWAs will
also be numbered sequentially, beginning at
midnight local time each day. The sequential CWA
issuance number will be followed by the related
two-digit, alphanumeric designator for inflight
advisories in effect if applicable. The CWA
communications heading will also contain the CWA
date/time of issuance in UTC and the “valid until”
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
9-11-2 Center Weather Advisory (CWA)
date/time in UTC. The difference between these two
times will not exceed 2 hours.
c. The format of the CWA communications header
is: (ARTCC designator)(phenomenon number) CWA
(date/time issued in UTC)/(ARTCC designator)
CWA (issuance number) VALID UNTIL (date/time
in UTC)/(FROM) (affected area)/(text).
EXAMPLE-
ZOB1 CWA 032141
ZOB CWA 101 VALID UNTIL 032300
FROM 10S DET TO 40N DJB TO 40E SBN TO 80SE MKG
LN SEV TSTMS WITH EXTRM PCPN MOVG FROM
2525 3/4 INCH HAIL RPRTD LAST 5 MINS 20 SW YIP.
TSTMS WITH HVY TO EXTRM PCPN CONTG DTW
AREA BYD 2300
ZKC1 CWA 121528
ZKC CWA 102 VALID UNTIL 121728
STL DIAM 30 NM. NMRS RPTS OF MOD TO SEV ICG
080/090.. LGT OR NEG ICG RPTD 040/120 RMNDR OF
ZKC AREA AND NE OF AREA.
NOTE-
The format of the CWA communications header must be
followed exactly if the product is to be distributed through
the AISR.
9-11-3. DISTRIBUTION
The CWA will be distributed to ARTCC area
supervisors and traffic management coordinators and
will be entered through FAA AIS R and other
communications media to make it available for
dissemination to other FAA and NWS facilities.
Distribution may be made directly by the CWSU
meteorologist or through the weather coordinator
position.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
10-1-1 General
Chapter 10. Data Communication Systems
Section 1. General
10-1-1. TYPES OF DATA ACCEPTABLE
ON FAA DATA COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEMS
a. Distress messages.
b. Messages concerning safety to human life.
c. Flight movement/control/safety messages.
d. Aviation meteorological observations/fore-
casts/warnings.
e. Administrative messages which pertain to FAA
personnel, facilities, or property.
f. Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) data.
10-1-2. PRIORITY MESSAGES
(See TBL 10-1-1.)
TBL 10-1-1
Priority Messages
Priority Message Types Action Required
SS Involves safety of
life or property.
Restricted to
emergency
situations.
Transmit
immediately to all
addressees and
deliver to all
internal/external
offices you are
responsible for.
DD Priority operational
and circuit control
data.
Same as above.
FF on local
agreements
Flight movement
and control data
relating
safe/efficient
operation of
aircraft. Also for
administrative data
of a directive
nature.
Transmit
immediately, make
internal/external
delivery during
next available
administrative
work day if office
is closed. Delivery
may be required to
duty officer,
dependent.
GG Meteorological,
NOTAM and
routine
administrative
data.
Transmit
immediately, make
internal/external
delivery by
10:30AM of the
next business day.
10-1-3. GENERAL NOTICES
a. GENOTs are transmitted by Washington
Headquarters Message Center (RWA/KRWAYAYX)
via NADIN.
b. RENOTs are transmitted through NADIN by
the ROC.
c. All administrative centers (headquarters/re-
gional/aeronautical offices) are staffed 24 hours per
day. The FAA Technical Center is only staffed from
0600-2200 local, from Monday through Friday.
Messages sent to them will be acknowledged/dis-
seminated as appropriate during those hours.
d. Administrative messages should be restricted
to 20 lines of text and 69 characters per line.
Messages exceeding this length shall be sent in
individual parts. Facilities who miss a RENOT or
GENOT should attempt to obtain it from adjacent
facilities, then the ROC. ROC will relay requests to
RWA for retransmisssion of GENOTs.
NOTE-
OASIS. OASIS will automatically break down long
General Facility Messages (exceeding 20 lines) into
parts before they are transmitted.
e. Facilities receiving administrative messages
shall not acknowledge unless the message is
numbered. Message originators desiring an acknowl-
edgement shall add a number line as the first line of
text.
EXAMPLE-
DCA002 CLE DAY
(TEXT)
10-1-4. GROUP CODES
a. NADIN has established group codes to allow
message originators to input a single address, which
will result in dissemination to a selected number of
facilities.
b. System-wide group codes have been estab-
lished for the primary use of RWA/KRWAYAYX and
the ATC System Command Center (KCFCZDZX).
These codes are KDOMYFYX and KDOMYYYX
respectively.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
10-1-2 General
c. A group code has also been established for each
regional office and ARTCC primarily for the issuance
of RENOTs and all ARTCC instructions. They are as
follows for Regional Offices in TBL 10-1-2 and
ARTCCs in TBL 10-1-3.
TBL 10-1-2
Region Group Code
Region ID Region ID
Alaska PANCYGYX Northwest
Mountain
XST
Central XKC Southern XTL
Eastern XNY Southwest XFE
Great
Lakes
XGC Western-
Pacific
XLA
New
England
XBW
TBL 10-1-3
ARTCC Group Code
ARTCC ID ARTCC ID
Albuquerque XXI Kansas City XXS
Atlanta XXN Los Angeles XXF
Boston XXU Memphis XXM
Chicago XXC Miami XXL
Cleveland XXD Minneapolis XXE
Denver XXO New York XXR
Ft. Worth XXJ Oakland XXG
Houston XXH Salt Lake City XXP
Indianapolis XXA Seattle XXT
Jacksonville XXK Washington XXQ
NOTE-
All of the group codes can be converted to a full
eight-character address by placing a K in front of and
YFYX following the three characters listed in TBL 10-1-2
and TBL 10-1-3. OASIS facilities must use the full
eight-character address when using group codes.
d. Several other group codes exist for addressing
selected groups of ATC facilities. To support MTR
data transmission specifically, additional two-letter
codes were developed to include all AFSS/FSS
facilities within particular states or areas. Those
states with only one AFSS/FSS, or those with all
M1FC facilities, are not included in these codes. All
M1FC facilities are served by the address KAWPY-
FYX. The two-letter identifiers are as follows in
TBL 10-1-4:
TBL 10-1-4
Two-letter identifiers
AK AR CA KY NC PA
TN WA WV
e. In addition, the following seven-group codes
were established that include multiple states:
KFSSYFCE (CENTRAL AREA)
AR-IN-IL-KY-MO-TN
KFSSYFEA (EAST COAST AREA)
MD-NC-NJ-VA-WV
KFSSYFNE (NORTHEAST AREA)
CT-ME-VT
KFSSYFNP (NORTHERN PLAINS AREA)
ID-MT-ND-NE-SD-WY
KFSSYFSE (SOUTHEAST AREA)
AL-FL-GA
KFSSYFWC (WEST COAST AREA)
AZ-CA-NV-OR
f. M1FC contains a group code for Drug
Enforcement Agency (DEA). All VFR flight plans
are automatically transmitted to the destination and
DEA at the time of activation.
NOTE-
All filed flight plans, as well as all logged inflight,
preflight, flight watch and contact briefings, are
transmitted to the Air and Marine Operations Center
(AMOC) using the address KRIVYYYX. These transmis-
sions are transparent to the OASIS facility.
g. The group code KSARYCYX has been
established to assist in the processing of INREQs and
ALNOTs.
10-1-5. MESSAGE FORMATS
a. Personnel should adhere to the transmit formats
defined for systems in use; i.e., M1FC, AISR. Failure
to comply can result in the message being rejected by
either NADIN or WMSC. This may result in
nondelivery to the intended recipients.
b. Full keyboard punctuation is allowed on all
messages destined for internal FAA, DOD, NWS
dissemination. For international dissemination,
punctuation should be limited to those characters
identified in pertinent ICAO documents.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
10-1-3 General
c. Contractions and abbreviations should be used
to shorten data transmissions to the extent possible.
In no case should one be used that is not documented
in FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions. For international
communications, be aware that the foreign corres-
pondent may not understand all FAA contractions
and may not have a full command of the English
language. Care should be exercised in international
communications to avoid slang phrases and
non-ICAO approved abbreviations.
d. RQ/WQ. This message is used when requesting
an individual report(s). It consists of the keywords
/RQ for AISR or VM for M1FC for individual
requests from the global and local data base; /WQ for
AISR or NS RQ for M1FC for individual reports
from WMSC. To avoid circuit congestion, requests
for this type of data may not exceed one line. The
following kinds of data may be requested using these
keywords: SA, NTM, FD1, FD2, FD3, SW, SD, and
FT. The reply to the request for an SA will include the
basic METAR and any subsequent Specials (SPECI),
amendment, or correction. It will also include all
current NOTAM and PIREPs (UA/UUA) for that
weather location. A request for SP will return only the
METAR and any SPECIs for that hour. The response
to NOTAM requests will include all current NOTAM
for the NOTAM file specified, while requests for an
FD or FT will include the current forecast and the
latest amendments issued.
NOTE1. OASIS facilities, use the WMSCR Transmit Request
dialog box for retrieval of WMSCR data. Requests can be
made for individual weather reports by selecting
REPORT as the RR Type. Detailed instructions are
contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS
System Users Guide. Designated workstations, normally
restricted to OS/CIC, must be enabled in order to use this
function.
2. This procedure is adequate to facilitate reviewing
weather trends; but for briefing purposes, the SA request
should be used to ensure all en route and/or terminal
NOTAM data pertinent to the flight is available.
EXAMPLE(This example is a request for the latest hourly
observation and terminal forecast for JFK from WMSC.)
AISR
/WQ JFK SA JFK FT
M1FC
NS RQ JFK SA JFK FT
EXAMPLE(To obtain headers when requesting FD data, the input
message should contain the word DATA when requesting
U.S. FDs and FCST when requesting Canadian FDs.)
AISR
/RQ DATA FD1 SFO FD1 FCST FD1
YYZ FD1
M1FC
NS RQ DATA FD1 SFO FD1 FCST FD1
YYZ FD1
e. WC. This message is used for requesting
information, such as that contained in the SACA20
KWB C, which is available at the WMSC in
collective form only. Only five collectives shall be
called for in a request.
NOTE-
OASIS facilities, use the WMSCR Transmit Request
dialog box for retrieval of WMSCR data. Requests can be
made for WMO products by selecting WMO as the RR
Type. Detailed instructions are contained in the WINGS
online help and the WINGS System Users Guide.
Designated workstations, normally restricted to OS/CIC,
must be enabled in order to use this function.
EXAMPLE-
AISR
/WC SACA20 KWBC
f. RC. This message is used to retrieve a collective
from the local data base. Non-AISR facilities use it
for retrieving data listed in subpara 10-1-5e. Limit
requests to one at a time.
NOTE-
OASIS does not support this function.
EXAMPLE-
M1FC
NS RC SACA20 KWBC
g. RL/WL. The RL function has been set aside for
the use of the AWP in M1FC. The AWP is the only
facility able to use the RL keyword in M1FC. The
WL function should be coordinated with WMSC
prior to use by a AISR facility. This message is used
in requesting a group of reports, forecasts, or a
mixture of these to meet specific requirements. In this
type of message, inform ation is requested by
specifying a single predetermined list. Only one list
may be requested in each message. The lists are
intended to provide groupings of individual reports,
such as the observations and/or forecasts for all
locations in a metropolitan area or along an airway.
7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
10-1-4 General
NOTE-
OASIS does not support this function.
10-1-6. WMSCR NEGATIVE RESPONSE
MESSAGES
a. WMSCR automatically generates a negative
response to request/reply inputs for which it cannot
deliver.
1. NO REPORT AVBL. This response means
the current data has not been received by WMSCR.
2. NOT IN SYSTEM. This response means
WMSCR does not receive and store the requested
data.
3. INVALID FORMAT. This response means
the computer cannot process the request because of an
input error.
b. WMSCR will generate only one negative
response message to an RQ transmission that
requests multiple reports and only when none of the
data requested can be delivered.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
11-1-1 General
Chapter 11. Airport Lighting and Visibility Aids
Section 1. General
11-1-1. AIRPORT LIGHTING
a. General Lighting. Operate airport lighting in
accordance with associated tables except:
1. As requested by the pilot.
2. As required by facility directives or letters of
agreement to meet local conditions or requirements.
3. As specialist deems necessary if not contrary
to pilot's request or local directives.
b. Emergency Lighting. When it appears that an
em ergency has or will occur, provide for the
operation of all appropriate airport lighting aids in
accordance with local procedures and/or as required.
11-1-2. OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS
If controls are provided, operate the lights between
sunset and sunrise.
11-1-3. ROTATING BEACON
If controls are provided, turn on the rotating beacon:
a. Between sunset and sunrise.
b. Between sunrise and sunset when the reported
ceiling or visibility is below basic VFR minima.
11-1-4. APPROACH LIGHTS
Operate approach lights:
a. Between sunset and sunrise when one of the
following conditions exists:
1. They serve the landing runway.
2. They serve a runway to which an approach is
being made but aircraft will land on another runway.
b. Between sunrise and sunset when the ceiling is
less than 1,000_feet or the prevailing visibility is
5_miles or less and approaches are being made to:
1. A landing runway served by the lights.
2. A runway served by the lights but aircraft are
landing on another runway.
NOTE-
In the interest of energy conservation, the approach
lighting system should be turned off when not needed for
aircraft operations.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:57
11-1-5. ALS INTENSITY SETTINGS
Operate intensity controls in accordance with the
values depicted. (See TBL 11-1-1.)
TBL 11-1-1
ALS Intensity Setting
Step
Visibility (Applicable to runway served by lights)
Day Night
5 Less than 1 mile.*
When
requested.
4 1 to but not including 3 miles.
When
requested.
3 3 to but not including 5 miles.
Less than 1
mile.*
2 5 to but not including 7 miles.
1 to 3 miles
inclusive.
1 When requested.
Greater than
3 miles.
* and/or 6,000 feet or less of RVR on the runway
served by the ALS and RVR.
Note.- Daylight steps 2 and 3 provide recommended
settings applicable to conditions in ALS Intensity
Settings.
11-1-6. SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS
Operate sequenced flashing lights when the visibility
is less than 3 miles and instrument approaches are
being made to the runway served by the associated
ALS.
NOTE-
SFLs are a component of the ALS and cannot be operated
when the ALS is off.
11-1-7. RUNWAY EDGE LIGHTS
Operate the runway edge light system(s) serving the
runway(s) in use as follows:
a. Between sunset and sunrise.
1. For departures when an aircraft calls for
airport advisory or requests the lights be turned on
until the aircraft reports departing the airport area or
15 minutes after the last contact with the aircraft.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
11-1-2 General
2. For arrivals when an aircraft calls for airport
advisory or when the associated approach control
advises that an aircraft is on approach until the aircraft
reports/is observed clear of the runway or 15_minutes
after last radio contact or arrival time.
b. Between sunrise and sunset, turn the lights on
when the surface visibility is less than 2_miles as
described in subparas 11-1-7a1 and a2.
c. The specialist considers it necessary, or it is
requested by a pilot and no other known aircraft will
be adversely affected.
d. Do not turn on the runway edge lights when a
NOTAM closing the runway is in effect.
e. Alaska. The runway lights should remain on
from the end of civil twilight to the beginning of civil
twilight. If the runway lights are operated part-time
in this period, broadcast a warning over the airport
advisory frequency 2_minutes before turning the
lights off.
11-1-8. CHANGING LIGHTED RUNWAYS
a. To switch lights:
1. Advise all known aircraft that the lights are to
be changed, specifying the runway to be lighted.
2. Turn on the lights for the new runway
30_seconds before turning off the other runway lights,
equipment permitting.
b. When a pilot requests that other than the
favored runway be lighted and two runways cannot
be lighted simultaneously, comply with the request if
you have no knowledge of the lighted runway being
in use. Advise all known aircraft.
11-1-9. SIMULTANEOUS APPROACH AND
RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT OPERATION
Turn on the runway edge lights for the runway in use
whenever the associated approach lights are on. If
multiple runway light selection is not possible, you
may leave the approach lights on and switch the
runway lights to another runway to accommodate
another aircraft.
11-1-10. MALSR ODALS
Operate MALSR/ODALS that have separate on-off
and intensity setting controls in accordance with
TBL 11-1-2 and TBL 11-1-3.
NOTE-
Application concerns use for takeoffs/landings/ap-
proaches and does not preclude turning lights on for use
of unaffected portions of a runway for taxiing aircraft,
surface vehicles, maintenance, repair, etc.
TBL 11-1-2
Two-Step MALS/One-Step RAIL
Setting
Visibility
Day Night
MALS HI-RAIL
ON
Less than 3 miles.
Less than 3
miles.*
MALS LOW When requested.
3 miles or
more.
*At locations providing part-time flight service, the
MALSR shall be set to low intensity during the hours of
darkness when the station is unmanned.
TBL 11-1-3
Three-Step MALS/Three-Step RAIL
Setting
Visibility
Day Night
3 Less than 2 miles. Less than 1 mile.
2 2 to 5 miles inclusive.
1 to but not
including 3 miles.*
1 When requested. 3 miles or more.
*At locations providing part-time flight service, the
air-to-ground radio link shall be activated during the
hours of darkness when the station is unmanned. If there
is no radio air-to-ground control, the MALSR shall be
set on intensity step #2 during the hours of darkness
when the station is unmanned. (Reference- FAAO JO
7210.3, Para 10-6-4, Approach Light Systems.)
11-1-11. HIRL ASSOCIATED WITH MALSR
Operate HIRL that controls the associated MALSR in
accordance with the intensity setting in TBL 11-1-4.
TBL 11-1-4
HIRL Associated with MALSR
Step
Visibility
Day Night
5 Less than 1 mile. When requested.
4
1 to but not including
2 miles.
Less than 1 mile.
3
2 to but not including
3 miles.
1 to but not
including 3 miles.
2
When requested. 3 to 5 miles
inclusive.
1 When requested. More than 5 miles.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
11-1-3 General
NOTE-
When switching from a given brightness step setting to a
lower setting, rotation of the brightness control to a point
below the intended step setting and then back to the
appropriate step setting will ensure that the MALSR will
operate at the appropriate brightness.
11-1-12. MEDIUM INTENSITY RUNWAY
LIGHTS
Operate MIRL or MIRL which control the associated
MALSR in accordance with the TBL 11-1-5.
TBL 11-1-5
HIRL Intensity Setting
Step
Visibility
Day Night
3 Less than 2 miles. Less than 1 mile.
2 2 to 3 miles. 1 to 3 miles.
1
When requested. More than 3
miles.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, para 11-1-11 Note.
11-1-13. HIGH INTENSITY RUNWAY,
RUNWAY CENTERLINE, AND TOUCHDOWN
ZONE LIGHTS
Operate high intensity runway and associated runway
centerline and touch-down zone lights in accordance
with TBL 11-1-6.
TBL 11-1-6
HIRL, RCLS, TDZL Intensity Setting
Step
Visibility
Day Night
5 Less than 1 mile.* When requested.
4
1 to but not including
2 miles.
Less than 1 mile.
3
2 to but not including
3 miles.
1 to but not
including 3 miles.
2 When requested.
3 to 5 miles
inclusive.
1 When requested. More than 5 miles.
* and/or appropriate RVR/RVV equivalent.
11-1-14. HIRL CHANGES AFFECTING RVR
Keep the appropriate approach controller or PAR
controller informed, in advance if possible, of HIRL
changes that affect RVR.
11-1-15. HIGH SPEED TURNOFF LIGHTS
Operate high speed turnoff lights whenever the
associated runway lights are used for arriving aircraft.
Leave them on until the aircraft has either entered a
taxiway or passed the last light.
11-1-16. RUNWAY END IDENTIFIER
LIGHTS
When separate on-off controls are provided, operate
runway end identifier lights when the associated
runway lights are lighted. Turn the REIL off after:
a. An arriving aircraft has landed.
b. A departing aircraft has left the traffic pattern
area.
c. It is determined that the lights are of no further
use to the pilot.
11-1-17. TAXIWAY LIGHTS
Operate taxiway lights serving the taxiways, or
portions thereof, in use between sunset and sunrise
before an aircraft taxies onto the taxiway (normally
at the time taxi information is issued) and until it
taxies off it.
11-1-18. VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE
INDICATORS (VASIs)
The VASI system with remote on-off switching shall
be operated when it serves the runway in use and
where intensities are controlled in accordance with
TBL 11-1-7 and TBL 11-1-8.
TBL 11-1-7
VASI Intensity Setting, Two-Step System
Step Period: Condition
High Day: Sunrise to sunset.
Low Night: Sunset to sunrise.
TBL 11-1-8
VASI Intensity Setting, Three-Step System
Step Period: Condition
High Day: Sunrise to sunset.
Medium Twilight: From sunset to 30 minutes after
sunset and from 30 minutes before sunrise
to sunrise, and during twilight in Alaska.
Note.- During a 1 year period, twilight may
vary 26 to 43 minutes between 25 and 49
degrees N latitude.
Low Night: From 30 minutes after sunset to 30
minutes before sunrise.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
11-1-4 General
NOTE1. During a 1-year period, twilight may vary 26 to 43
minutes between 25 and 49 degrees N latitude.
2. The basic FAA standard for VASI systems permits
independent operation by means of photoelectric device.
This system has no on-off control feature and is intended
for continuous operation. Other VASI systems in use
include those that are operated remotely from the control
tower. These systems may consist of either a photoelectric
intensity control with only an on-off switch, a two-step
intensity system, or a three-step intensity system.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 10-6-5, Visual Approach Slope Indicator (VASI)
Systems.
11-1-19. VISIBILITY AIDS - GENERAL
a. Where RVR/RVV equipment is operational,
irrespective of subsequent operation or nonoperation
of navigational or visual aids for the application of
RVR/RVV as a takeoff or landing minima, furnish the
values for the runway in use in accordance with
para 11-1-20, RVR/RVV.
b. Issue current touchdown RVR/RVV for the
runway(s) in use:
1. When prevailing visibility is 1 mile or less
regardless of the value indicated.
2. When RVR/RVV indicates a reportable value
regardless of the prevailing visibility.
NOTE-
Reportable values are: RVR 6,000 feet or less; RVV 1-1/2
miles or less.
3. When it is determined from a reliable source
that the indicated RVR value differs by more than 400
feet from the actual conditions within the area of the
transmissometer, the RVR data is not acceptable and
shall not be reported.
NOTE-
A reliable source is considered to be a certified weather
observer, air traffic controller, or pilot.
4. When the observer has reliable reports, or has
otherwise determined that the instrument values are
not representative of the associated runway, the data
shall not be used.
11-1-20. RVR/RVV
a. Provide RVR/RVV information by stating the
runway, the abbreviations RVR/RVV, and the
indicated value. When issued along with other
weather elements, transmit these values in the normal
sequence used for weather reporting.
b. When there is a requirem ent to issue an
RVR/RVV value and a visibility condition greater or
less than the reportable values of the equipment is
indicated, state the condition as MORE than or LESS
than the appropriate minimum or maximum readable
value.
c. When a readout indicates a rapidly varying
visibility condition (1,000 feet or more for RVR; one
or more reportable values for RVV), report the current
value followed by the range of visibility variance.
11-1-21. OPERATION OF LANDING
DIRECTION INDICATOR
Align the landing direction indicator with the favored
or designated runway.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
12-1-1 General
Chapter 12. Interphone Communications
Section 1. General
12-1-1. PURPOSE
a. The procedures and phraseologies contained in
this chapter apply to interfacility and intrafacility
telephone communications conducted from any
position of operation.
b. Interphone use is restricted to authorized
official business only.
c. Monitor interphones continuously. At facilities
without ringers keep speaker volume at a level
sufficient to hear all transmissions. In the event of
interphone failure, use authorized back-up proce-
dures; i.e., commercial telephone, aircraft radio relay.
d. Use the words or phrases in interphone
communications as contained in the Pilot/Controller
Glossary.
12-1-2. INTERPHONE TRANSMISSION
PRIORITIES
Give priority to interphone transmissions as follows:
a. First priority. Emergency messages including
essential information on aircraft accidents or
suspected accidents. After actual emergency has
passed, give a lower priority to messages relating to
an accident.
b. Second priority. Clearance and control instruc-
tions.
c. Third priority. Movement and control messages
using the following order of precedence when
possible:
1. Progress reports.
2. Departure or arrival reports.
3. Flight plans.
d. Fourth priority. Movement messages on VFR
aircraft.
e. Fifth priority. General messages; e.g., outages.
12-1-3. PRIORITY INTERRUPTION
The words “break for emergency” or “break for
control” may be used to interrupt lower priority
messages when it is necessary to transmit an
emergency or control message.
12-1-4. MESSAGE INITIATION
Initiate interphone messages as follows:
a. Assure line is not in use.
PHRASEOLOGY-
LINE CLEAR?
b. If line is not in use, establish contact with the
desired facility and/or position.
EXAMPLE-
Manual signaling:
FSS-(Signals center manually).
Center- “Anchorage Center” or “Sector D-5.”
FSS- “Kenai radio. Kenai progress Apache One Two
Three.”
Center- “Go ahead”
FSS- “Over Kenai...etc.” “L-H”
Center- “Roger Apache One Two Three.” “C-M”
Voice signaling:
FSS- “Seattle Center, McMinnville Radio, Clear-
ance Request.“
Center “Seattle Center, Go Ahead.”
FSS- “Request Clearance, Army ......etc.”
c. When initiating calls on interphone voice lines,
identify the line on which the call is being made.
EXAMPLE-
FSS - “Indianapolis Center, Dayton Radio on the 82 line,
departure.”
d. When calling or replying on an interphone line
which connects only two facilities, you may omit the
facility's name.
EXAMPLE“Radio, inbound estimate.”
e. FSS/AFSS.
1. Inflight position. State the name of the FSS
followed by the word RADIO and position, if
appropriate.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
12-1-2 General
EXAMPLE“Fairbanks Radio.”
2. Flight Watch position. State the name of the
associated ARTCC followed by the words FLIGHT
WATCH.
EXAMPLE“Indianapolis Flight Watch.”
NOTE-
During transition to EFAS consolidation, nonconsoli-
dated facilities will state the name of the parent AFSS/FSS
facility followed by the words FLIGHT WATCH.
12-1-5. MESSAGE TERMINATION
Terminate interphone messages with your operating
initials.
EXAMPLE“V-N.”
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
13-1-1 General
Chapter 13. NAVAID Monitoring
Section 1. General
13-1-1. PURPOSE
Facility responsibility for monitoring of NAVAIDs is
assigned by the Flight Services Operations Area
Office. Because NAVAIDs and their monitoring
equipment are continuously changing, use the
procedures contained in this chapter as they apply.
13-1-2. DUTIES
At facilities assigned responsibility for monitoring
NAVAIDs, check status as part of watch checklist.
13-1-3. MALFUNCTIONS
Take the following action when an air traffic system
component malfunctions:
a. Try to restore the aid to normal operation,
unless Technical Operations Services requests
otherwise.
b. If able to restore it, record the incident on FAA
Form 7230-4.
c. If unable to restore it, discontinue its use and:
1. Notify the appropriate IFR control facility/
sector.
2. Notify the appropriate AFSS/FSS as neces-
sary.
3. Notify maintenance personnel as required.
4. Take appropriate NOTAM actions.
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 3-5-1, NAVAID Monitoring and FAAO 7930.2
Para 4-2-3, NOTAM for NAVAID in Different FSS Flight Plan Area.
5. Record on FAA Form 7230-4.
d. If a monitor indicates a NAVAID malfunction,
but aircraft or maintenance personnel report the
NAVAID is operating normally, take actions and
make notifications in accordance with subpara
13-1-3c.
13-1-4. AIRCRAFT REPORTED
MALFUNCTIONS
a. Aircraft reported NAVAID malfunctions are
subject to varying circumstances. When an aircraft
reports a ground-based NAVAID malfunction, take
the following action:
1. Request a report from a second aircraft.
2. If the second aircraft reports normal
operations, continue use and, if able, inform the first
aircraft. Record the incident on FAA Form 7230-4.
3. If the second aircraft confirms the malfunc-
tion or, in the absence of a second aircraft report, take
NAVAID restoral action.
4. If normal operation is reported after restoral
action is taken, continue use, record the incident on
FAA Form 7230-4, and notify appropriate mainte-
nance personnel.
5. If continued malfunction is reported after
restoral action is taken, request advice from
maintenance personnel on whether the NAVAID
should be shut down. In the absence of a second
aircraft report, advise maintenance personnel of the
time of the initial aircraft report and the estimated
time a second aircraft report could be obtained.
b. When an aircraft reports a GPS/GNSS
anomaly:
1. Request the following information:
(a) Aircraft call sign and type aircraft.
(b) Date and time of the occurrence.
(c) Location of anomaly.
(d) Altitude.
2. Record the incident on FAA Form 7230-4.
3. Forward this information to the local Traffic
Management Unit (TMU) and local Maintenance
Control Center (MCC) personnel.
c. When an aircraft reports a WAAS anomaly,
request the following information and/or take the
following actions:
1. Determine if the pilot has lost all WAAS
service.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
13-1-2 General
EXAMPLE“Are you receiving any WAAS service?”
2. If the pilot reports receipt of any WAAS
service, acknowledge the report and continue normal
operations.
3. If the pilot reports loss of all WAAS service,
report as a GPS anomaly using procedures in
paragraph 13-1-4b.
13-1-5. ADJUSTMENTS TO NAVAIDs
Notify the appropriate air traffic control facility
before any adjustment (including a transmitter
change) to a VOR, TACAN, or DME transmitter is
made which might cause a momentary interruption or
an abnormal indication on aircraft instruments.
13-1-6. NAVAID FLIGHT CHECK
Provide maximum assistance to aircraft engaged in
flight inspection of NAVAIDs. Unless otherwise
agreed to, maintain direct contact with the pilot and
provide information regarding known traffic in the
area and request the pilot's intentions.
NOTE1. Many flight inspections are accomplished using
automatic recording equipment. An uninterrupted flight is
necessary for successful completion of the mission. The
workload for the limited number of aircraft engaged in
these activities requires strict adherence to a schedule.
2. Flight inspection operations which require special
participation of ground personnel, specific communica-
tions, or radar operation capabilities are considered to
require special handling. These flights are coordinated
with appropriate facilities before departure.
13-1-7. MONITORING OF NAVAIDs BY
TECHNICAL OPERATIONS SERVICES
PERSONNEL
Maintenance personnel may assume monitor of any
navigational aid provided they coordinate with the
responsible air traffic monitor facility. Record the
time on FAA Form 7230-4 that maintenance
personnel assume monitor responsibility for each
NAVAID and the time they return monitor
responsibility to the facility.
NOTE-
When maintenance personnel silence the monitoring
systems of any NAVAID, they will assume responsibility
for the monitoring function.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-1 General
Chapter 14. Phraseology
Section 1. General
14-1-1. PURPOSE
This chapter prescribes standardized procedures and
phraseologies to be used by flight service personnel
when communicating weather and aeronautical
information in broadcast, radiotelephone, and
interphone communications. Where position or
procedure-specific phraseology is required, refer-
ence is to be made to the relevant chapter of this order.
14-1-2. PHRASEOLOGY
The annotation PHRASEOLOGY denotes the
prescribed words and/or phrases to be used in
communications.
NOTE-
Specialists may, after first using the prescribed
phraseology for a specific procedure, rephrase the
message to ensure the content is understood. Good
judgment shall be exercised when using nonstandard
phraseology.
14-1-3. WORDS AND PHRASES
Use the words or phrases in broadcast, radiotele-
phone, and interphone communications as contained
in the Pilot/Controller Glossary.
14-1-4. ANNOUNCING MISSING ITEMS
With the exception of RVR, announce the word
“missing” when any item or component of a weather
report is not reported, or in place of unreadable or
obviously incorrect items or portions of weather
reports. When appropriate, instead of speaking the
name of several locations with missing reports,
announce: “Other scheduled reports missing.”
NOTE-
On occasion, a parameter from an automated observation
may be reported as missing in the body of the report but
is available as a manually reported parameter in the
remarks section. When the report is spoken, include the
manually reported element in its proper sequence within
the report.
14-1-5. ICAO PHONETICS
Use the ICAO pronunciation of numbers and, as
necessary, individual letters for clarity. The ICAO
radiotelephony alphabet and pronunciation guide are
contained in TBL 14-1-1.
TBL 14-1-1
ICAO Pronunciation
Character Word Pronunciation
0 Zero ZEE-RO
1 One WUN
2 Two TOO
3 Three TREE
4 Four FOW-ER
5 Five FIFE
6 Six SIX
7 Seven SEV-EN
8 Eight AIT
9 Nine NIN-ER
A Alfa AL-FAH
B Bravo BRAH-VOH
C Charlie CHAR-LEE
D Delta DELL-TAH
E Echo ECK-OH
F Foxtrot FOKS-TROT
G Golf GOLF
H Hotel HOH-TELL
I India IN-DEE-AH
J Juliett JEW-LEE-ETT
K Kilo KEY-LOH
L Lima LEE-MAH
M Mike MIKE
N November NO-VEM-BER
O Oscar OSS-CAR
P Papa PAH-PAH
Q Quebec KEH-BECK
R Romeo ROW-ME-OH
S Sierra SEE-AIR-AH
T Tango TANG-GO
U Uniform YOU-NEE-FORM
V Victor VIK-TAH
W Whiskey WISS-KEY
X X-ray ECKS-RAY
Y Yankee YANG-KEY
Z Zulu ZOO-LOO
NOTE-
Syllables to be emphasized in pronunciation are in bold
face.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-2 General
14-1-6. RELAY OF ATC
COMMUNICATIONS
Prefix a clearance, information, or a request for
information which will be relayed from a control
facility to an aircraft with the appropriate phrase
“A-T-C clears,” “A-T-C advises,” or “A-T-C
requests.”
14-1-7. EXPEDITIOUS COMPLIANCE
a. Use the word “immediately” only when
expeditious compliance is required to avoid an
imminent situation.
b. Use the word “expedite” only when prompt
compliance is required to avoid the development of
an imminent situation.
c. In either case, and if time permits, include the
reason for this action.
14-1-8. WEATHER PHRASEOLOGY
Use the following phraseology and procedures for
stating surface weather observations and for
information similarly encoded in other aviation
weather products and forecasts.
a. Location.
1. Announce the geographic name (not the
identifier) once for communications.
EXAMPLE“Paducah.”
2. When the location name is duplicated within
500 miles, follow the location name with the state
name.
EXAMPLE“Columbus, Ohio.”
3. When weather reports originate at more than
one airport at the same geographical location,
identify the airport.
EXAMPLE“Anchorage, Anchorage Merrill.”
“Chicago O'Hare.”
4. Where it is considered necessary and is
requested by the military base commander, broadcast
military observations by stating the location, the
name of the airport if different, and the controlling
military branch.
EXAMPLE“Andrews Air Force Base.”
“Elmendorf, Elmendorf Air Force Base.”
“Fort Riley, Marshall Army Air Field.”
“Norfolk Naval Air Station.”
b. If AUTO appears after the date/time element,
follow location announcement with the phrase
AUTOMATED.
PHRASEOLOGY(Location) AUTOMATED.
c. If a special report is the most recent observation
available, follow the location with the words
SPECIAL REPORT, (last two digits of the time)
OBSERVATION. Use data from the record report to
fill in the item s not included in the special
observation, such as temperature and dew point.
d. If the weather data is not available, state the
location and the word MISSING.
e. Wind Direction and Speed. Announce surface
wind direction and speed by stating the word WIND
followed by the separate digits of the wind direction
to the nearest 10 degrees and the separate digits of the
speed. A “G” between two wind speed values is
announced as GUSTS. State local wind as it appears
in the report. Announce the variability of wind at the
end of the wind group. (See TBL 14-1-2.)
TBL 14-1-2
Wind Direction and Speed
Wind Phraseology
00000KT WIND CALM.
26012KT WIND TWO SIX ZERO AT ONE
TWO.
29012KT
260V320
WIND TWO NINER ZERO AT
ONE TWO WIND VARIABLE
BETWEEN TWO SIX ZERO AND
THREE TWO ZERO.
30008KT WIND THREE ZERO ZERO AT
EIGHT.
36012G20KT WIND THREE SIX ZERO AT ONE
TWO GUSTS TWO ZERO.
VRB04KT WIND VARIABLE AT FOUR.
f. Visibility.
1. State the word VISIBILITY followed by the
visibility values in miles and/or fractions of miles,
except announce values indicated by the figure 0 as
ZERO. Announce the separate digits of whole
numbers as applicable. (See TBL 14-1-3.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-3 General
TBL 14-1-3
Visibility
Contraction Phraseology
0SM Visibility zero.
1
/16SM Visibility one sixteenth.
1
/8SM Visibility one eighth.
M1 /4
SM Visibility less than one quarter.
3
/4SM Visibility three quarters.
11 /2SM Visibility one and one-half.
8SM Visibility eight.
25SM Visibility two five.
NOTE-
When visibility is less than 3 miles and variable, this
information is reported in the remarks.
2. When stating AUTOB visibility values,
announce the visibility in accordance with the
reportable categories depicted in TBL 14-1-4 and
TBL_14-1-5.
TBL 14-1-4
Visibility Reading
Reading Visibility Values
0 less than 15
/16
1 1 - 1 7
/8
2 2 - 2 7
/8
3 3 - 3 1
/2
4 3 1
/2 - 4 1
/2
5 4 1
/2 - 5 1
/2
6 5 1
/2 - 6 1
/2
7 6 1
/2 - 7 1
/2
8 above 7 1
/2
TBL 14-1-5
Visibility Reading
Reading Phraseology
BV0 “Visibility less than fifteen sixteenths.”
BV3 “Visibility three to three and one-half.”
BV8 “Visibility more than seven and one-half.”
3. If an AUTOB visibility report consisting of
three values is encountered, it is decoded as depicted
below.
EXAMPLE“BV786”
6 = minimum visibility during past 10 minutes.
7 = present visibility.
8 = maximum visibility during past 10 minutes.
g. RVR/RVV.
1. Provide RVR/RVV information by stating
the runway, “visual range” or “visibility value,” as
appropriate, and the indicated value. The
abbreviations “R-V-R” or “R-V-V” may be spoken
in lieu of “visual range” or “visibility value.” When
the indicated values are separated by a V, preface the
values with the words VARIABLE BETWEEN,
followed by the first value, the word AND, then the
second value. (See TBL 14-1-6.)
TBL 14-1-6
RVR/RVV
RVR/RVV Phraseology
R36VV11/2 “Runway three six, R-V-V one
and one-half.”
R05LVV1V2 “Runway five left, R-V-V
variable between one and two.”
R18/2000V3000FT “Runway one eight, R-V-R
variable between two thousand
and three thousand. Or Runway
one eight visual range variable
between two thousand and three
thousand.”
R26R/2400FT “Runway two six right visual
range two thousand four
hundred.”作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:09
2. When there is a requirement to issue an RVR
or RVV value and a visibility condition greater or less
than the reportable values of the equipment is
indicated, state the condition as MORE THAN or
LESS THAN the appropriate minimum or maximum
readable value. (See TBL 14-1-7.)
TBL 14-1-7
RVR/RVV
RVR/RVV Phraseology
R16/M0600FT ``Runway one six runway
visual range less than six
hundred. Or Runway one six
R-V-R less than six
hundred.''
R36L/M0600V2500FT ``Runway three six left,
R-V-R variable between
less than six hundred and
two thousand five hundred.
Or Runway three six left
visual range variable
between less than six
hundred and two thousand
five hundred.''
R36/P6000FT ``Runway three six R-V-R
more than six thousand. Or
Runway three six visual
range more than six
thousand.''
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-4 General
h. Weather ElementsTBL 14-1-8 depicts sample
phraseology for weather element contractions.
Intensity refers to precipitation, not descriptors.
Proximity is spoken after the phenomenon to which
it refers. Descriptors are spoken ahead of weather
phenomenon with the exception of ``showers'' which
is spoken after the precipitation. TBL 14-1-9
contains a complete list of weather elements and
appropriate phraseology.
i. Ceiling and Sky Coverage.
1. State sky coverage in the same order as
reported on the weather observation. Announce
ceiling as follows: (See TBL 14-1-10.)
TBL 14-1-8
Examples of Combining Intensity, Descriptors and
Weather Phenomenon.
Contractions Phraseology
BLSN BLOWING SNOW
-FZRAPL LIGHT FREEZING RAIN, ICE
PELLETS
FZRA FREEZING RAIN
FZDZ FREEZING DRIZZLE
MIFG SHALLOW FOG
-SHRA LIGHT RAIN SHOWERS
SHRA RAIN SHOWERS
SHSN SNOW SHOWERS
TSRA THUNDERSTORM, RAIN
+TSRA THUNDERSTORM, HEAVY RAIN
(SHOWERS)1
+TSRAGR THUNDERSTORM, HEAVY
RAIN, HAIL
VCSH SHOWERS IN THE VICINITY
1
Since thunderstorms imply showery precipitation,
``showers'' may be used to describe precipitation that
accompany thunderstorms.
TBL 14-1-9
Weather Elements
INTENSITY
or
PROXIMITY
1
DESCRIPTOR
2
PRECIPITATION
3
OBSCURATION
4
OTHER
5
- Light MI Shallow DZ Drizzle BR Mist PO Well-
Developed
Dust/Sand
Whirls
BC Patchy RA Rain FG Fog SQ Squalls
Moderate
(No Qualifier)
DR Low Drifting SN Snow FU Smoke FC
+FC
Funnel Cloud,
Tornado or
Waterspout
BL Blowing SG Snow Grains DU Dust SS Sandstorm
+ Heavy SH Showers IC Ice Crystals SA Sand DS Duststorm
TS Thunderstorm PL Ice Pellets HZ Haze
VC In the Vicinity FZ Freezing GR Hail PY Spray
PR Partial GS Small Hail or
Snow Pellets
(_1/4”)
VA Volcanic Ash
UP *Unknown
Precipitation
* Automated stations only.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-5 General
TBL 14-1-10
Ceiling and Sky Coverage
Designator Phraseology
BKN0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED
BKN000
CEILING LESS THAN FIVE
ZERO BROKEN
FEW0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED
FEW000
FEW CLOUDS AT LESS THAN
FIVE ZERO
(lowest layer aloft)
BKN/OVC
(precede with) CEILING
SCT0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED
SCT000
LESS THAN FIVE ZERO
SCATTERED
VV INDEFINITE CEILING
1
Surface-based obscurations. Requires remarks,
i.e. RMK FG SCT000, FU BKN000, etc.
No remark means the layer is aloft.
2. State cloud heights in tens, hundreds and/or
thousands of feet. (See TBL 14-1-11.)
TBL 14-1-11
Cloud Heights
Number Phraseology
0001 ZERO
003 THREE HUNDRED
018 ONE THOUSAND EIGHT
HUNDRED
200 TWO ZERO THOUSAND
1
Spoken as zero only when used with VV.
NOTE1. When the ceiling is less than 3,000 feet and variable,
the variable limits will be reported in the remarks.
2. When communicating weather information on the
TIBS broadcast or telephone, specialist may announce
cloud heights in either group form or in hundreds or
thousands of feet, such as seventeen thousand or one
seven thousand.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:19
3. Announce sky conditions as indicated below.
(See TBL 14-1-12.)
TBL 14-1-12
Sky Conditions
Contraction Phraseology
BKN (height) BROKEN
CLR1 CLEAR BELOW ONE TWO
THOUSAND
FEW FEW CLOUDS AT (height)
OVC (height) OVERCAST
SCT (height) SCATTERED
SKC CLEAR
1
Automated weather reports.
4. The following are examples of broadcast
phraseology of sky and ceiling conditions:
(See TBL 14-1-13.)
TBL 14-1-13
Sky and Ceiling Conditions
Condition Phraseology
BKN000
BKN010
BKN050 RMK
FG BKN000
SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED,
CEILING ONE THOUSAND
BROKEN, FIVE THOUSAND
BROKEN. FOG OBSCURING
FIVE TO SEVEN EIGHTS OF THE
SKY.
BKN010 CEILING ONE THOUSAND
BROKEN.
SCT000
SCT020
OVC035 RMK
FG SCT000
SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED,
TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED,
CEILING THREE THOUSAND
FIVE HUNDRED OVERCAST.
FOG OBSCURING THREE TO
FOUR EIGHTS OF THE SKY.
SCT020
OVC250
TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED,
CEILING TWO FIVE THOUSAND
OVERCAST.
VV000 INDEFINITE CEILING ZERO.
VV012 INDEFINITE CEILING ONE
THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:33
j. Announce surface temperature and dew point by
stating the words TEMPERATURE or DEWPOINT,
as appropriate, followed by the temperature in
degrees Celsius. Temperatures below zero are
announced by prefixing the word MINUS before the
values. (See TBL 14-1-14.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/14-1-6 General
TBL 14-1-14
Temperature/Dewpoint
Reading Phraseology
02/M01 ``Temperature two, dew point minus
one.''
04/02 ``Temperature four, dew point two.''
18/13 ``Temperature one eight, dew point one
three.''
k. Altimeter Setting.
1. State the word ALTIMETER followed by the
four digits of the altimeter setting. (See
TBL_14-1-15.)
TBL 14-1-15
Altimeter Setting
Altimeter Setting Phraseology
A2989 ``Altimeter two niner eight niner.''
A3001 ``Altimeter three zero zero one.''
A3025 ``Altimeter three zero two five.''作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:39
2. Identify the source of all altimeter settings
when issued, if not given as part of an identified
surface observation. Provide the time of the report if
more than one hour old.
PHRASEOLOGY(airport name) (time of report if more than one hour old)
ALTIMETER (setting).
3. If a request for the altimeter setting in
MILLIBARS is received, announce the separate
digits of the millibar equivalent value, using the
millibar conversion chart, followed by the word
MILLIBARS. If the millibar setting is not a whole
number, always round down. (See TBL 14-1-16.)
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7110.10, subpara 4-3-5f.
TBL 14-1-16
Millibar Conversion
Millibar Conver-
sion
Phraseology
956.3 ``Altimeter niner five six
millibars.''
1002.0 ``Altimeter one zero zero two
millibars.''
1058.9 ``Altimeter one zero five eight
millibars.''作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:48
4. When altimeter is in excess of 31.00:
(a) Advise all aircraft.
PHRASEOLOGY``ALTIMETER IN EXCESS OF THREE ONE ZERO
ZERO. HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER PROCEDURES
ARE IN EFFECT.''
(b) Advise VFR aircraft to set altimeter to
31.00 en route.
PHRASEOLOGY``RECOMMEND YOU SET ALTIMETER THREE ONE
ZERO ZERO EN ROUTE.''
14-1-9. WEATHER REMARKS
Announce pertinent remarks from surface weather
observations in accordance with FAAO JO 7340.2,
Contractions, and as shown in the following tables.
Do not state additive data or other information
intended for NWS analysis or processing that does
not contribute to the description of the conditions
occurring at the station.
a. SKY AND CEILING. (See TBL 14-1-17.)
TBL 14-1-17
Sky and Ceiling
Contraction Phraseology
CIG 005V010 ``Ceiling variable
between five hundred and
one thousand.''
CIG 020 RY11 ``Ceiling two thousand at
runway one one.''
CB N MOV E ``Cumulonimbus north
moving east.''
CBMAM DSNT S ``Cumulonimbus
mammatus distant south.''
CLDS TPG MT SW ``Clouds topping
mountain southwest.''
CONTRAILS N FL420 ``Condensation trails
north at flight level four
two zero.''
FRQ LTCIC VC ``Frequent lightning in
cloud in the vicinity.''
LWR CLDS NE ``Lower clouds
northeast.''
OCNL LTGICCG NW ``Occasional lightning in
cloud and cloud to ground
northwest.''
RDGS OBSCD W-N ``Ridges obscured west
through north.''
b. Obscuring Phenomena. (See TBL 14-1-18.)
3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-7 General
TBL 14-1-18
Obscuring Phenomena
Contraction Phraseology
BLSN SCT000 ``Blowing snow obscuring three
to four-eights of the sky.''
DU BKN000 ``Dust obscuring five to
seven-eights of the sky.''
FG FU FEW000 ``Fog and smoke obscuring one to
two-eights of the sky.''
FU SCT020 ``Smoke layer two thousand
scattered.''
SN BKN000 ``Snow obscuring five to
seven-eights of the sky.''作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:03
c. Visibility. (See TBL 14-1-19.)
TBL 14-1-19
Visibility
Contraction Phraseology
SFC VIS 1/2 ``Surface visibility
one-half.''
SFC VIS 15 TWRINC ``Surface visibility one five,
tower in clouds.''
TWR VIS 3/4 ``Tower visibility
three-quarters.''
VIS S 1 W 1/4 ``Visibility south one, west
one-quarter.''
VIS 1V3 ``Visibility variable between
one and three.''
d. Weather and obstruction to visibility.
(See TBL 14-1-20.)
TBL 14-1-20
Weather and Obstruction
Contraction Phraseology
BCFG S ``Patchy fog south.''
DUST DEVILS NW ``Dust devils northwest.''
FG DSIPTG ``Fog dissipating.''
FU DRFTG OVR
FLD
``Smoke drifting over field.''
FUOCTY ``Smoke over city.''
GR 2 ``Hailstones two inches in
diameter.''
INTMT -RA ``Intermittent light rain.''
OCNL LTG DSNT
NW
``Occasional lightning distant
northwest.''
OCNL SHRA ``Occasional moderate rain
showers.''
-RA OCNLY +RA ``Light rain occasionally
heavy.''
RAB30 ``Rain began at three zero.''
SNB15E40 ``Snow began at one five,
ended at four zero.''
SNINCR 5/10 ``Snow increase five inches
during past hour, ten inches on
the ground.''
TS OHD MOV E ``Thunderstorm overhead,
moving east.''
FRQ LTGCG TS W
MOV E
``Frequent lightning cloud to
ground, thunderstorm west
moving east.''
UNCONFIRMED
TORNADO 15W
OKC MOV NE 2015
``Unconfirmed tornado one
five west of Oklahoma City,
moving northeast sighted at
two zero one five zulu.''
WET SN ``Wet snow.''
e. Wind. (See TBL 14-1-21.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-8 General
TBL 14-1-21
Wind
Contraction Phraseology
PK WND 33048/22 ``Peak wind three three
zero at four eight occurred
at two two past the hour.''
WSHFT 30 ``Wind shifted at three
zero.''
f. Pressure. (See TBL 14-1-22.)
TBL 14-1-22
Pressure
Contraction Phraseology
PRESFR ``Pressure falling rapidly.''
PRESRR ``Pressure rising rapidly.''
g. Freezing Level Data. (See TBL 14-1-23.)
TBL 14-1-23
Freezing Level Data
Contraction Explanation
RADAT 87045 Relative humidity 87
percent, only crossing of
zero degrees Celsius
isotherm was four thousand
five hundred M-S-L.
RADAT 87L024105 Relative humidity 87
percent at the lowest
crossing of zero degrees
Celsius. Two crossings
occurred at two thousand
four hundred and one zero
thousand five hundred
M-S-L.
RADAT MISG The sounding terminated
below the first crossing of
the zero degree Celsius
isotherm. Temperatures
were all above freezing.
RADAT ZERO The entire sounding was
below zero degrees Celsius.
h. Icing Data. (See TBL 14-1-24.)
TBL 14-1-24
Icing Data
Contraction Explanation
RAICG 12 MSL Icing at one thousand two
hundred M-S-L.
RAICG 24 MSL SNW Icing at two thousand four
hundred M-S-L in snow.
i. Maintenance Data. (See TBL 14-1-25.)
TBL 14-1-25
Maintenance Data
RVR/RVV Phraseology
PNO ``Precipitation amount not
available.''
RVRNO ``R-V-R (or runway visual
range) information not
available.''
TSNO ``Thunderstorm/lightning
information not available.''
VISNO ``Visibility sensor
information not available.''
14-1-10. WEATHER ADVISORIES
a. When announcing weather advisories, include
the complete advisory description including the
product name and alphanumeric identification.
Specify Eastern, Central, or Western section as
applicable when stating WSTs.
PHRASEOLOGY-
AIRMET
ALERT WEATHER WATCH, ONE ZERO SEVEN FOR
SEVERE THUNDERSTORMS
CONVECTIVE SIGMET TWO SEVEN EASTERN
HOUSTON CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY ONE,
ISSUANCE TWO
SIGMET WHISKEY THREE作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:13
b. Do not read the OUTLOOK section of WSTs
when stating the advisory. Data contained in the
OUTLOOK concerning convective activity location,
movement, and intensity may be extracted for
compilation in forecast summarizations.
EXAMPLE``Convective SIGMET one seven Eastern-from five zero
south of St. Petersburg to three zero south of Columbus,
line of thunderstorms three five miles wide moving east at
one five knots. Maximum tops four seven thousand.''
c. VNR. When VFR flight is proposed and sky
conditions or visibilities are present or forecast,
surface based or aloft that, in your judgment, would
make visual flight doubtful, include one of the
following statements:
PHRASEOLOGY-
V-F-R FLIGHT NOT RECOMMENDED (location if
applicable) DUE TO (conditions).
or
V-F-R NOT RECOMMENDED.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-9 General
14-1-11. RADAR
Use the following phraseology and procedures for
communicating radar products:
a. RAREPs.
1. Location. Announce the geographic name
(not the identifier) once for communications and
twice for broadcasts.
EXAMPLE“Lake Charles radar report.”
“Memphis, Memphis radar report.”
NOTE-
Special weather radar reports are not issued.
2. When broadcasting reports, announce the last
two digits of the observation time followed by the
word OBSERVATION.
EXAMPLE``Oklahoma City, Oklahoma City radar report, three five
observation.''
3. State the type of echo pattern or configuration
as follows: (See TBL 14-1-26.)
TBL 14-1-26
Echo Pattern
Contraction Meaning
AREA Area
CELL Single cell
FINE LN Fine line
LN Line
LYR Layer
SPRL BAND AREA Spiral band area作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:24
4. State the coverage of echoes in tenths.
EXAMPLE``Eight tenths.''
5. State the type in accordance with
TBL_14-1-27, intensity in accordance with
TBL_14-1-28, and intensity trend of the weather in
accordance with TBL_14-1-29.
TBL 14-1-27
Type
Symbol Meaning
A Hail
PL Ice pellets
L Drizzle
R Rain
RW Rain showers
S Snow
SW Snow showers
T Thunderstorm
ZL Freezing drizzle
ZR Freezing rain
Note: Symbols used in RAREPs have not been
changed to METAR symbology.
TBL 14-1-28
Intensity
Symbol Intensity
- Light
(none) Moderate
+ Heavy
++ Heavy
X Extreme
XX Extreme
U Unknown
TBL 14-1-29
Intensity Trend
Symbol Trend
- Decreasing
+ Increasing
NC No change
NEW New echo
Note: No intensity or trend is assigned for
nonliquid precipitation.
6. Describe the area covered by stating the
azimuth and range of the points defining the echo
pattern. (See TBL 14-1-30.)
TBL 14-1-30
Echo Pattern
Coded Phraseology
86/40 160/60 262/115 ``FROM FOUR ZERO
EAST TO SIX ZERO
SOUTHEAST TO ONE
ONE FIVE WEST OF
(radar site location).''
7. State the dimensions of the echo pattern in
nautical miles using separate digits. The symbol W
means WIDE, and D indicates DIAMETER.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-10 General
8. State the pattern movement referencing the
direction to which the echoes are moving and the
speed using separate digits. The patterns are decoded
L for LINE, C for CELL, and A for AREA.
(See TBL_14-1-31.)
TBL 14-1-31
Direction of Movement
Coded Phraseology
C3640 ``CELLS MOVING SOUTH AT
FOUR ZERO.''
L2325 ``LINE MOVING NORTHEAST
AT TWO FIVE.''
9. State the height of the tops in hundreds and/or
thousands of feet, and their location by azimuth and
distance where indicated. (See TBL_14-1-32.)
TBL 14-1-32
Heights-Tops
Coded Phraseology
MT350 AT 270/20 ``MAX TOP THREE FIVE
THOUSAND, TWO ZERO
MILES WEST OF (radar
site location).''
10. State any remarks after decoding from
contractions.
11. Do not announce the letters and numbers
comprising the digital radar codes at the end of the
radar reports.
12. Do not announce those portions of RAREPs
containing information on the location of a hurricane
eye. These reports begin with the identifying words
eye or center.
13. Following is an example of a RAREP as it
appears and as it is broadcast.
EXAMPLE-
OKC 1935 LN 8TRW++/+ 86/40 164/60 199/115 15W
L2425 MT 570 159/65
AUTO
^MO1 NO2 ON3 PM34 QM3 RL2 SL9
“Oklahoma City, Oklahoma City, radar report. Three five
observation. A line of eight-tenths coverage thunder-
storms with heavy rainshowers increasing in intensity
extending from four zero east to six zero south southeast
to one one five south southwest of Oklahoma City. One
five miles wide. Line moving northeast at two five. Max
top five seven thousand, six five southeast of Oklahoma
City.”
NOTE-
All weather radar reports are automated with a scheduled
issuance time of H+35. Do not state the word
“automated.”
b. Radar displays. When stating precipitation
intensity from a radar display (such as NEXRAD),
use the following four categories as appropriate:
1. Light: (Equates to radar return levels of less
than 30 dBZ.)
2. Moderate: (Equates to radar return levels of
30 to 40 dBZ.)
3. Heavy: (Equates to radar return levels of
greater than 40 to 50 dBZ.)
4. Extreme: (Equates to radar return levels of
greater than 50 dBZ.)
14-1-12. WINDS AND TEMPERATURES
ALOFT FORECAST (FD)
When announcing the FD use the following
phraseology and procedures:
a. State the altitude, then announce wind direction
and speed by the separate digits of the wind direction
to the 10-degree multiple, the word AT, and the
separate digits of the speed.
b. When the forecast speed is less than 5 knots, the
coded group is 9900 and read, LIGHT AND
VARIABLE.
c. Encoded wind speed 100 to 199 knots have 50
added to the direction code and 100 subtracted from
the speed.
d. If wind speed is forecast at 200 knots or greater,
the wind group is coded as 199 knots; i.e., 7799 is
decoded 270 degrees at 199 knots or greater.
e. A six-digit group includes forecast tempera-
ture. Provide temperatures on request only, stating
the word TEMPERATURE followed by the word
MINUS, as appropriate, and the separate digits.
(See TBL_14-1-33.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-11 General
TBL 14-1-33
Altitude
Coded Phraseology
2707 ``(altitude), two seven zero at seven.''
7799 ``(altitude), two seven zero at one niner
niner or greater.''
850552 ``(altitude), three five zero at one zero
five, temperature minus five two.''
9900+00 ``(altitude), light and variable,
temperature zero.''
14-1-13. NUMBER USAGE
State numbers as follows:
a. Serial numbers. The separate digits.
(See TBL_14-1-34.)
TBL 14-1-34
Serial Numbers
Number Phraseology
11,495 ``One one four niner five.''
20,069 ``Two zero zero six niner.''
b. Altitudes or flight levels.
1. Altitudes. The separate digits of the
thousands plus the hundreds. (See TBL_14-1-35.)
TBL 14-1-35
Altitudes
Altitude Phraseology
5,000 ``Five thousand.''
10,000 ``One zero thousand.''
11,500 ``One one thousand five
hundred.''
2. Altitudes may be restated in group form for
added clarity if the specialist chooses.
(See TBL_14-1-36.)
TBL 14-1-36
Altitudes - continued
Altitude Phraseology
10,000 ``Ten thousand.''
11,500 ``Eleven thousand five
hundred.''
3. Flight levels. The words flight level followed
by the separate digits of the flight level.
(See TBL_14-1-37.)
TBL 14-1-37
Flight Levels
Flight Level Phraseology
180 ``Flight level one eight zero.''
270 ``Flight level two seven zero.''
4. MDA/DH Altitudes. The words minimum
descent altitude or decision height followed by
separate digits of the MDA/DH altitude. (See
TBL_14-1-38.)
TBL 14-1-38
MDA/DH Altitude
Altitude Phraseology
486 ``Decision height, four eight six.''
1,320 ``Minimum descent altitude, one
three two zero.''
c. Time.
1. General time information. The four separate
digits of the hour and minutes in term s of
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). (See
TBL_14-1-39.)
TBL 14-1-39
Coordinated Universal Time
Time Phraseology
0115 (UTC) ``Zero one one five.''
1315 (UTC) ``One three one five.''
2. Upon request. The four separate digits of the
hours and minutes in terms of UTC followed by the
local time equivalent; or the local time equivalent
only. Local time may be based on the 24-hour clock
system. (See TBL_14-1-40.)
TBL 14-1-40
Coordinated Universal Time
Time Phraseology
2:30 p.m.
_or
``Two thirty P-M. local.''
2230 (UTC), 2:30
p.m
_or
``Two two three zero, two
thirty P-M. local.''
2230 (UTC), 1430
PST
``Two two three zero, one four
three zero Pacific or local.''
3. Time check. The word ``time'' followed by
the four separate digits of the hour and minutes, and
nearest quarter minute. Fractions of a quarter minute
less than 8 seconds are stated as the preceding quarter
minute; fractions of a quarter minute of 8 seconds or
more are stated as the succeeding quarter minute.
(See TBL_14-1-41.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-12 General
TBL 14-1-41
Time Check
Time Phraseology
1415:06 ``Time, one four one five.''
1415:10 ``Time, one four one five and
one-quarter.''
4. Abbreviated time. The separate digits of the
minutes only. (See TBL_14-1-42.)
TBL 14-1-42
Abbreviated Time
Time Phraseology
1415 ``One five.''
1420 ``Two zero.''
NOTE-
Change to the next minute is made at the minute plus
30_seconds.
d. Field elevation. The words field elevation
followed by the separate digits of the elevation.
(See TBL_14-1-43.)
TBL 14-1-43
Field Elevation
Elevation Phraseology
17 feet ``Field elevation, one seven.''
187 feet ``Field elevation, one eight seven.''
2,817 feet ``Field elevation, two eight one
seven.''
e. The number 0, is stated as zero except where it
appears in group form.
EXAMPLE``Field elevation One Six Zero.''
``Cessna Two One Six Zero Seven.''
``Boeing Seven - Oh - Seven.''
f. Heading. The word heading followed by the
three separate digits of the number of degrees, but
omit the word degrees. Use heading 360 degrees to
indicate a north heading. (See TBL_14-1-44.)
TBL 14-1-44
Heading/Degrees
Heading Phraseology
5 degrees ``Heading, zero zero five.''
30 degrees ``Heading, zero three zero.''
360 degrees ``Heading, three six zero.''
g. Radar beacon codes. The word squawk
followed by the separate digits of the four-digit code.
(See TBL_14-1-45.)
TBL 14-1-45
Radar Beacon
Code Phraseology
1000 ``Squawk one zero zero zero.''
2100 ``Squawk two one zero zero.''
h. Runways. The word runway followed by the
separate digits of the runway designation. For a
parallel runway, state the word left, right, or center if
the letter L, R, or C is included in the designation.
(See TBL_14-1-46.)
TBL 14-1-46
Runway Designation
Designation Phraseology
03 ``Runway three.''
8L ``Runway eight left.''
27R ``Runway two seven right.''
i. Frequencies.
1. The separate digits of the frequency, inserting
the word point where the decimal occurs. When the
frequency is in the L/MF or HF band, include the
word kilohertz. (See TBL_14-1-47.)
TBL 14-1-47
Frequencies
Frequency Phraseology
302 kHz ``Three zero two kilohertz.''
5631 kHz ``Five six three one kilohertz.''
126.55 MHz ``One two six point five five.''
135.275 MHz ``One three five point two seven.''
2. Issue MLS/TACAN frequencies by stating
the word CHANNEL followed by the assigned
two-or three-digit channel number.
EXAMPLE``M-L-S channel five three zero.''
``TACAN channel niner seven.''
j. Speeds.
1. The separate digits of the speed followed by
the word knots. (See TBL_14-1-48.)
TBL 14-1-48
Speed
Speed Phraseology
95 ``Niner five knots.''
185 ``One eight five knots.''
250 ``Two five zero knots.''
2. For Mach speeds, the word Mach, followed
by the separate digits of the Mach number inserting
the word point where the decimal occurs.
(See TBL_14-1-49.)
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-13 General
TBL 14-1-49
Speed
Mach Number Phraseology
0.64 ``Mach point six four.''
0.7 ``Mach point seven.''
1.5 ``Mach one point five.''
k. Miles. The separate digits of the mileage
followed by the word mile(s). (See TBL_14-1-50.)
TBL 14-1-50
Miles
Miles Phraseology
30 ``Three zero miles.''
14-1-14. FACILITY IDENTIFICATION
Identify facilities as follows:
a. Airport traffic control towers: State the name of
the facility followed by the word tower. Where
military and civil airports are located in the same
general area and have similar names, state the name
of the military service followed by the name of the
military facility and the word tower.
EXAMPLE``Barksdale Tower.''
``Columbus Tower.''
``Navy Jacksonville Tower.''
b. Function within a terminal facility. State the
name of the facility followed by the name of the
function.
EXAMPLE``Boston Departure.''
``LaGuardia Clearance Delivery.''
``O'Hare Ground.''
c. Approach control facilities, including TRA-
CONs, RAPCONs, RATCFs, and ARACs. State the
name of the facility followed by the word approach.
Where military and civil facilities are located in the
same general area and have similar names, state the
name of the military service followed by the name of
the military facility and the word approach.
EXAMPLE``Denver Approach.''
``Griffiss Approach.''
``Navy Jacksonville Approach.''
d. Air route traffic control centers. State the name
of the facility followed by the word center.
e. When calling or replying on an interphone line
which connects only two facilities, you may omit the
facility's name.
EXAMPLE``Flight Data.''
``Inflight, clearance request.''
f. FAA Automated Flight Service Stations/Flight
Service Stations.
1. Inflight position. State the name of the
AFSS/FSS followed by the word radio, and position
if appropriate.
EXAMPLE``Fairbanks Radio.''
``Fort Dodge Radio, Inflight 2.''
2. Flight Watch position. State the name of the
associated ARTCC followed by the words FLIGHT
WATCH.
EXAMPLE``Indianapolis Flight Watch.''
NOTE-
During transition to EFAS consolidation, nonconsoli-
dated facilities will state the name of the parent AFSS
facility followed by the words FLIGHT WATCH.
3. When calling or replying on interphone lines
connecting more than one facility, state the name of
the AFSS/FSS followed by the word radio.
EXAMPLE``San Angelo Radio.''
4. When answering public access telephone
lines, state the geographical name of the AFSS/FSS
and the words Flight Service.
EXAMPLE``Burlington Flight Service.''
``Miami Flight Service.''
g. Radar facilities having ASR or PAR but not
providing approach control service. State the name of
the facility followed by the letters G-C-A.
EXAMPLE``Chanute G-C-A.''
``Corpus Christi G-C-A.''
``Davison G-C-A.''
14-1-15. AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION
a. Civil. State the aircraft type, the model, the
manufacturer's name, or the prefix November
followed by the numbers/letters of the aircraft
registration.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/14-1-14 General
EXAMPLE``Bonanza One Two Three Four Tango.''
``Douglas Three Zero Five Romeo.''
``Jet Commander One Four Two Four.''
``November One Two Three Four Golf.''
NOTE-
The prefix November denotes a U.S. aircraft registry.
1. Air carrier and other civil aircraft having FAA
authorized call signs. State the call sign, in
accordance with FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions,
followed by the flight number in group form.
EXAMPLE``American Five Twenty-One.''
``Commuter Six Eleven.''
``General Motors Thirty-Fifteen.''
``Eastern Ten Zero Four.''
``Delta One Hundred.''
2. If aircraft identification becomes a problem,
the call sign shall be restated after the flight number
of the aircraft involved.
EXAMPLE``American Five Twenty-One American.''
``Commuter Six Eleven Commuter.''
``General Motors Thirty-Seven General Motors.''
REFERENCE-
FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 2-1-2, Facility Standard Operation Procedures
Directive.
3. Air taxi and commercial operators not having
FAA authorized call signs. State the prefix TANGO
on initial contact, if used by the pilot, followed by the
registration number. The prefix may be dropped in
subsequent communications.
EXAMPLE-
On initial contact.
``Tango Mooney Five Five Five Two Quebec.''
or
``Tango November Five Five Five Two Quebec.''
On subsequent contacts.
``Mooney Five Two Quebec.''
or
``November Five Two Quebec.''
b. Lifeguard aircraft.
1. Air carrier/taxi/ambulance. State the prefix,
LIFEGUARD, if used by the pilot, followed by the
call sign and flight number in group form.
EXAMPLE``LIFEGUARD Delta Fifty-One.''
NOTE-
Usage of LIFEGUARD call sign indicates that
operational priority is requested.
2. Civilian airborne ambulance. State the word
LIFEGUARD, followed by the numbers/letters of the
registration number.
EXAMPLE``LIFEGUARD Two Six Four Six X-Ray.''
c. U.S. Military. State one of the following:
1. The service name followed by the word
copter, when appropriate, and a maximum of the last
five digits of the serial number.
EXAMPLE``Air Guard Copter Two Six Three.''
``Army Copter Three Two One Seven Six.''
``Coast Guard Six One Three Two Seven.''
``Navy Five Six Seven One Three.''
2. If aircraft identification becomes a problem
when the above procedures are used, the call sign
shall be restated after the flight number of the aircraft
involved.
EXAMPLE``Army Copter Three Two One Seven Six Army Copter.''
``Coast Guard Six One Three Two Seven Coast Guard.''
3. Special military operations. State one of the
following followed by a maximum of the last five
digits of the serial number:
(a) Air evacuation flights. AIR EVAC,
MARINE AIR EVAC, or NAVY AIR EVAC.
EXAMPLE``AIR EVAC One Seven Six Five Two.''
(b) Rescue flights. (Service name) RESCUE.
EXAMPLE``Air Force RESCUE Six One Five Seven Niner.''
(c) Air Mobility Command. REACH.
EXAMPLE``REACH Seven Eight Five Six Two.''
(d) Special Air Mission. U-S-SAM.
EXAMPLE``U-S-SAM Niner One Five Six Two.''
(e) USAF Contract Aircraft. LOGAIR.
EXAMPLE``LOGAIR Seven Five Eight Two Six.''
4. Military tactical and training.
(a) U.S. Air Force, Air National Guard,
Military District of Washington priority aircraft, and
3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-15 General
USAF civil disturbance aircraft. Pronounceable
words of three, four, five, or six letters followed by a
four-, three-, two-, or one-digit number.
EXAMPLE``Okey One Five Seven.''
``Pokey Four.''
``Slug Two Zero.''
NOTE-
When the Z suffix described in para 6-5-5, USAF/USN
Undergraduate Pilots, para, is added to identify aircraft
piloted by USAF undergraduate pilots, the call sign will
be limited to a combination of six characters. Do not use
this suffix, however, in ground-to-air communication.
(b) Navy or Marine fleet and training
command aircraft. The service name and two letters
or a digit and a letter (use letter phonetic equivalents)
followed by two or three digits.
EXAMPLE``Marine Four Charlie Two Three Six.''
``Navy Golf Alpha Two One.''
(c) NORAD interceptors. An assigned
double-letter two-digit flight number.
EXAMPLE``Alpha Kilo One Five.''
(d) Navy Fleet Support Missions. When
handling Navy Fleet Support Mission aircraft, use the
words Special Flight Number followed by the
number as given by the pilot.
d. Foreign registry. State one of the following:
1. Civil. State the aircraft type, manufacturer's
nam e, or country of origin followed by the
letters/numbers of the aircraft registration, or state the
letters or digits of the aircraft registration or call sign.
EXAMPLE``Stationair F-L-R-B.''
``C-F-L-R-B.''
``Canadian Foxtrot Lima Romeo Bravo.''
NOTE-
Letters may be spoken individually or phonetically.
2. Air carrier. The abbreviated name of the
operating company followed by:
(a) The letters or digits of the registration or
call sign.
EXAMPLE``Air France F-L-R-L-G.''
NOTE-
Letters may be spoken individually or phonetically in
accordance with the format used by the pilot.
(b) The flight number in group form, or
separate digits may be used if that is the format used
by the pilot.
EXAMPLE``Scandinavian Six Eight.''
``Scandinavian Sixty-Eight.''
3. Military, except Canada.
(a) State the name of the country and the
military service followed by the separate digits or
letters of the registration or call sign.
(b) Canadian Forces aircraft shall be identi-
fied by the word CANFORCE followed by the
separate digits of the serial number.
(c) The Canadian Coast Guard shall be
identified as Canadian Coast Guard followed by the
separate digits of the serial number.
EXAMPLE``Brazilian Air Force Five Three Two Seven Six.''
``Canforce Five Six Two Seven.''
e. Presidential aircraft and Presidential family
aircraft.
1. When the President is aboard a military
aircraft, state the name of the military service
followed by the word one.
EXAMPLE``Air Force One.''
``Army One.''
``Marine One.''
2. When the President is aboard a civil aircraft,
state the words Executive One.
3. When a member of the President's family is
aboard any aircraft, if the U.S. Secret Service or the
White House Staff determines it is necessary, state the
words Executive One Foxtrot.
f. Vice Presidential aircraft.
1. When the Vice President is aboard a military
aircraft, state the name of the military service
followed by the word two.
EXAMPLE``Air Force Two.''
``Army Two.''
``Marine Two.''
2. When the Vice President is aboard a civil
aircraft, state the words Executive Two.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-16 General
3. When a member of the Vice President's
family is aboard any aircraft, if the U.S. Secret
Service or the White House Staff determines it is
necessary, state the words Executive Two Foxtrot.
g. DOT and FAA flights. The following alpha-
numeric identifiers radio call signs are for use in
air/ground communications when the Secretary of
Transportation, Deputy Secretary of Transportation,
FAA Administrator, or FAA Deputy Administrator
have a requirement to identify themselves:
1. Department of Transportation.
(a) Secretary:
(1) Identifier - DOT-1.
(2) Call Sign - Transport-1.
(b) Deputy Secretary:
(1) Identifier - DOT-2.
(2) Call Sign - Transport-2
2. Federal Aviation Administration.
(a) Administrator:
(1) Identifier - FAA-1.
(2) Call Sign - Safe Air-1.
(b) Deputy Administrator:
(1) Identifier - FAA-2
(2) Call Sign - Safe Air-2.
PHRASEOLOGY-
GRAND FORKS RADIO, TRANSPORT TWO, (message).
MIAMI RADIO, SAFE AIR ONE, (message).
h. Other special flights.
1. Department of Energy flights. State the
letters R-A-C (use phonetic alphabet equivalents)
followed by the last four separate digits of the aircraft
registration number.
EXAMPLE``Romeo Alfa Charlie One Six Five Three.''
2. Semiautomatic Flight Inspections. State the
code name SAFI followed by the separate digits of
the grid number as filed.
EXAMPLE``SAFI Five Two Seven.''
3. Flight Inspection of Navigational Aids. State
the call sign Flight Check followed by the digits of
the registration number.
EXAMPLE``FLIGHT CHECK Three Niner Six Five Four.''
4. USAF aircraft engaged in aerial sampling
missions. State the call sign SAMP followed by the
last three digits of the serial number.
EXAMPLE``SAMP Three One Six.''
5. United States governmental Departments or
Agencies, with a demonstrated and approved need,
have been granted special domestic/ICAO telepho-
nies (call signs). These items are contained in FAA
Order 7110.67, Special Aircraft Operations By Law
Enforcement/Military or Governmental Organiza-
tion.
i. Use a pilot's name in identification of an aircraft
only in special or emergency situations.
14-1-16. AIRCRAFT TYPES
Describe aircraft as follows:
a. Military.
1. Military designator with number spoken in
group form; or
2. Service and type; or
3. Type only if no confusion or misidentifica-
tion is likely.
EXAMPLE``Air Force Bomber.''
``B-One.''
``Bomber.''
``F-Fifteen.''
``Fighter.''``Navy Fighter.''
b. Air Carrier.
1. Manufacturer's name or model.
2. Add the company name or other identifying
features when confusion or misunderstanding is
likely.
EXAMPLE``American M-D Eighty.''
``American Seven-Zero-Seven.''
``Boeing Seven-Oh-Seven.''
``L-Ten-Eleven.''
``Lockheed Ten Eleven.''
``United Seven Thirty-Seven.''
c. General Aviation and Air Taxi.
1. Manufacturer's model, name, or designator.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-17 General
2. Add color when considered advantageous.
EXAMPLE``Airliner.''
``Blue and White King Air.''
``Cessna Four-Oh-One.''
``Cessna Three Ten.''
``Green Apache.''
``P-A Twenty-Two.''
``Tri-Pacer.''
14-1-17. AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CODES
When communicating this information (aircraft
equipment suffixes) state the aircraft type, the word
slant, and the appropriate phonetic letter equivalent
of the suffix.
EXAMPLE``Boeing Seven-Oh-Seven slant Romeo.''
``D-C Six slant Tango.''
``F-Eight-E slant Papa.''
``F-Four-C slant November.''
14-1-18. AIRWAYS AND ROUTES
Describe airways, routes, or jet routes as follows:
a. VOR/VORTAC/TACAN airways or jet routes.
State the word Victor or the letter J followed by the
number of the airway or route in group form. For
RNAV routes, add the word romeo.
EXAMPLE``J Eight Thirty Romeo.''
``J Five Thirty-Three.''
``Offset one zero miles right of J Eight Thirty Romeo.''
``Victor Seven Ten Romeo.''
``Victor Twelve.''
b. VOR/VORTAC/TACAN alternate airways.
State the word Victor followed by the number of the
airway in group form and the alternate direction.
EXAMPLE``Victor Twelve South.''
c. L/MF airways. State the color of the airway
followed by the number in group form.
EXAMPLE``Blue Eighty-One.''
d. North American Route. State the words North
American Route followed by the number of the route
in group form.
EXAMPLE``North American Route Fifty.''
e. MTRs. State the letters followed by the number
of the route in group form.
EXAMPLE``I-R Five Thirty-One.''
14-1-19. NAVAID TERMS
a. Announce NAVAIDs as follows in
TBL 14-1-51:
TBL 14-1-51
NAVAID Terms
Contraction Phraseology
DME D-M-E
ILS I-L-S
LOM Outer compass locator
MLS M-L-S
NDB Nondirectional Radio beacon
TACAN TACK-AN
VOR V-O-R
VORTAC VOR- (as in vortex) TACK
b. Describe radials, arcs, courses, bearings, and
quadrants of NAVAIDs as follows:
1. VOR/VORTAC/TACAN/MLS NAVAIDs.
State the name of the NAVAID followed by the
separate digits of the radial/azimuth (omitting the
word degrees) and the word radial/azimuth.
EXAMPLE``Appleton zero five zero radial.''
``Lindburg Runway Two Seven MLS two six zero azimuth.''
2. Arcs about VOR-DME/VORTAC/TACAN/
MLS NAVAIDs. State the distance in miles from the
NAVAID followed by the words ``mile arc,'' the
direction from the NAVAID in terms of the eight
principal points of the compass, the word of, and the
name of the NAVAID.
EXAMPLE``Two zero mile arc southwest of O'Hare Runway Two
Seven Left M-L-S.''
3. Quadrant within a radius of NAVAID. State
direction from NAVAID in terms of the quadrant,
such as NE, SE, SW, NW, followed by the distance
in miles from the NAVAID.
EXAMPLE``Cleared to fly northeast quadrant of Philipsburg
VORTAC within four zero mile radius.''
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
14-1-18 General
REFERENCE-
Pilot/Controller Glossary, QUADRANT.
4. Nondirectional beacons. State the course to
or the bearing from the radio beacon, omitting the
word degree, followed by the words course to or
bearing from, the name of the radio beacon, and the
words radio beacon.
EXAMPLE``Three four zero bearing from Randolph Radio Beacon.''
14-1-20. NAVAID FIXES
Describe fixes determ ined by reference to a
radial/localizer/azimuth and distance from a VOR-
DME/VORTAC/TACAN/ILS-DME or MLS as
follows:
a. When a fix is not named, state the name of the
NAVAID followed by a specified radial/localizer/azi-
muth, and state the distance in miles followed by the
phrase mile fix.
EXAMPLE``Appleton zero five zero radial three seven mile fix.''
``Reno localizer back course four mile fix.''
``Hobby Runway One Two M-L-S zero niner zero azimuth
one two mile fix.''
b. When a fix is named, state the name of the fix
followed by the phrase D-M-E fix or waypoint, as
appropriate.
EXAMPLE``Shaum D-M-E Fix.''
``Shaum Waypoint.''
c. Use specific terms to describe a fix. Do not use
expressions such as passing Victor Twelve or passing
J Eleven.
14-1-21. RUNWAY CONDITIONS
a. State factual information as reported by airport
management concerning the condition of the runway
surface and describing the accumulation of precipita-
tion. Furnish quality of braking action as received
from pilots or airport management to all aircraft as
follows:
1. Describe the quality of braking action using
the terms good, fair, poor, or nil. If the pilot or airport
management reports braking action in other than the
foregoing terms, ask them to categorize braking
action in these terms.
2. Include the type of aircraft or vehicle (if
known) from which the report is received.
EXAMPLE``All runways covered by packed snow six inches deep.''
``Braking action poor reported by an F Twenty-Seven.''
3. If the braking action report affects only a
portion of a runway, obtain enough information from
the pilot or airport management to describe braking
action in terms easily understood by the pilot.
EXAMPLE``Braking action poor first half of runway, reported by a
Gulfstream Two.''
``Braking action poor beyond the intersection of Runway
Two Seven, reported by a Boeing Seven Twenty-Seven.''
NOTE-
Descriptive terms, such as first/last half of the runway,
should normally be used rather than landmark
descriptions; e.g., opposite the fire station, south of a
taxiway.
b. State runway friction measurement readings/
values as received from airport management to
aircraft as follows:
1. At airports with friction measuring devices,
provide runway friction reports, as received from
airport management, to pilots on request. State the
runway number followed by the MU number for each
of the three runway zones, the time of the report in
UTC, and a word describing the cause of the runway
friction problem.
EXAMPLE``Runway Two Seven, MU forty-two, forty-one, twentyeight at one zero one eight ZULU, ice.''
2. Issue the runway surface condition and/or the
runway condition reading (RCR), if provided, to all
USAF and ANG aircraft. Issue the RCR to other
aircraft upon request.
EXAMPLE``Ice on runway, R-C-R Zero Five, patchy.''
NOTE-
USAF has established RCR procedures for determining
the average deceleration readings of runways under
conditions of water, slush, ice, or snow. The use of RCR
code is dependent upon a pilot's having a ``stopping
capability chart'' specifically applicable to his/her
aircraft. USAF offices furnish RCR information at
airports serving USAF and ANG aircraft.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--1 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:33
Appendix A. ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
1. ICAO Model Flight Plan Form.
2. Instructions for the Completion of the Flight Plan Form.
3. Instructions for the Transmission of a Filed Flight Plan (FPL) Message.
4. Instructions for the Transmission of a Supplementary Flight Plan (SPL) Message.
5. Example of Completed Flight Plan Form.
6. ICAO Model Flight Plan, Reverse Side.
7. ICAO Model Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) Listing Form.
8. Example of a Completed Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) Listing Form.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--2 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
1. ICAO Model Flight Plan Form
FF
PRIORITY PRIORITY ADDRESSEE(S)
FILING TIME TIME
FPL A
C
D
N
PILOT-IN-COMMAND
REMARKS
AIRCRAFT COLOUR AND MARKINGS
DINGHIES
NUMBER CAPACITY COVER
S P D M J J L F U
U V E P / / R/
/ /
E
V
LIGHT
UHF VHF ELBA
FLOURES UHF VHF
EMERGENCY RADIO
PERSONS ON BOARD
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (NOT TOBE TRANSMITTED IN FPL MESSAGES)
RENSE
18 OTHER INFORMATION
19 ENDURANCE
HR. MIN.
16. DESTINATION AERODROME
TOTAL EET
HR. MIN. ALTN AERODROME 2ND, ALTN AERODROME
SPECIFIC IDENTIFICATION OF ADDRESSEE(S) AND/ OR ORIGINATOR
9. NUMBER
7. AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION
3 MESSAGE
TYPE OF AIRCRAFT
13 DEPARTURE AEODROME
15 CRUISING SPEED LEVEL
TIME
ROUTE
ORIGINATOR
8 FLIGHT RULES TYPE OF FLIGHT
10 EQUIPMENT
WAKE TURBULENCE CAT.
/
/
/
/
FILED BY
/
COLOUR
POLAR DESERT MARITIME JUNGLE
SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT
C
of Transportation Department Aviation Administration Federal Flight Plan International BY ACCEPTED BY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ADDITIONAL JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--3 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:45
2. Instructions for the Completion of the Flight Plan Form
2.1 General
Adhere closelyto the prescribed formats and manner of specifying data.
Commence inserting data in the first space provided. Where excess space is available leave unused spaces
blank.
Insertall clock times in 4 figures UTC.
Insertall estimated elapsed times in 4 figures (hours and minutes).
Shaded area preceding Item 3- to be completed by ATS and COM services, unless the responsibility for originating flight plan messages has been delegated.
Note.-- The term “aerodrome” where used in the flight plan is intended to cover also sites other than aerodromes
which may be used by certain types of aircraft, e.g., helicopters or balloons.
2.2 Instruction for insertion of ATS data
Complete Items 7 to 18 as indicated hereunder.
Complete also Item 19as indicated hereunder, when so required by the appropriate ATS authority or when
otherwise deemed necessary.
Note.-- Item numbers on the form are not consecutive, as they correspond to Field Type numbers in ATS messages.
ITEM 7: AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION (MAXIMUM 7 CHARACTERS)
INSERT one of the following aircraft identifications, not exceeding 7 characters:
a. The registration marking of the aircraft (e.g., EIAKO, 4XBCD, N2567GA), when:
1. In radiotelephony the call sign to be used by the aircraft will consist of this identification alone (e.g.
OOTEK), or preceded by the ICAO telephony designator for the aircraft operating agency (e.g.
SABENA OOTEK);
2. The aircraft is not equipped with radio;
OR
b. The ICAO designator for the aircraft operating agency followed by the flight identification number (e.g.,
KLM511, NGA213, JTR25) when in radiotelephony the call sign to be used by the aircraft will consist
of the ICAO telephony designator for the operating agency followed by the flight identification (e.g.
KLM511, NIGERIA213, HERBIE25).
Note.-- Provisions for the use of radiotelephony call signs are contained in Annex 10, Volume II, Chapter 5.
ICAO designators and telephony designators for aircraft operating agencies are contained in Doc 8585 - Designators for Aircraft Operating Agencies, Aeronautical Authorities and Services.
ITEM 8: FLIGHT RULES AND TYPE OF FLIGHT (1 OR 2 CHARACTERS)
Flight Rules
INSERT one of the following letters to denote the category of flight rules with which the pilot intends to comply:
I if IFR.
V if VFR.
Y if IFR first.*
Z if VFR first.*
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--4 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
*If indicating either Y or Z, specify in Item 15 the point or points where a change of flight rules is planned.
Type of Flight
INSERT one of the following letters to denote the type of flight when so required by the appropriate ATS authority:
S if scheduled air transport
N if non-scheduled air transport operation
G if general aviation
M if military
X if other than any of the defined categories above.
ITEM 9: NUMBER AND TYPE OF AIRCRAFT AND WAKE TURBULENCE DATA
Number of aircraft (1 or 2 characters)
INSERT the number of aircraft, if more than one.
Type of aircraft (2 to 4 characters)
INSERT the appropriate designator as specified in ICAO Doc 8643, Aircraft Type Designators,
OR if no such designator has been assigned, or in case of formation flights comprising more than one type,
INSERT ZZZZ, and SPECIFY in Item 18, the (numbers and) type(s) of aircraft preceded by TYP/.
Wake Turbulence category (1 character)
INSERT an oblique stroke followed by one of the following letters to indicate the wake turbulence category
of the aircraft:
H - HEAVY, to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take-off mass of 136,000 kg or more;
M - MEDIUM to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take-off mass of less than
36,000 kg but more than 7,000 kg;
L - LIGHT, to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take-off mass of 7,000 kg or less.
ITEM 10: EQUIPMENT
Radio communication, navigation and approach aid equipment
INSERT one letter as follows:
N if no COM/NAV/approach aid equipment for the route to be flown is carried, or the equipment
is unserviceable,
OR
S if standard COM/NAV/ approach aid equipment for the route to be flown is carried and serviceable
(see Note 1)
AND/OR
INSERT one or more of the following letters to indicate the COM/NAV/approach aid equipment available
and serviceable:
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--5 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
A (Not allocated) M Omega
B (Not allocated) O VOR
C LORAN C P (Not Allocated)
D DME Q (Not allocated)
E (Not allocated) R RNP type certification (See Note 5)
F ADF T TACAN
G (GNSS) U UHF RTF
H HF RTF V VHF RTF
I Intertial Navigation W when prescribed by ATS
J (Data Link) (See Note 3) X when prescribed by ATS
K MLS Y when prescribed by ATS
L ILS Z Other equipment carried
(See Note 2).
Note 1.-- Standard equipment is considered to be VHF RTF, ADF, VOR and ILS, unless another combination is
prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:55
Note 2.-- If the letter Z is used, specify in Item 18 the other equipment carried, preceded by COM/ and/or NAV/,
as appropriate.
Note 3.-- If the letter J is used, specify in Item 18 the equipment carried, preceded by DAT/ followed by one or
more letters, as appropriate.
Note 4.-- Information on navigation capability is provided to ATC for clearance and routing purposes.
Note 5.-- Inclusion of letter R indicates that an aircraft meets the RNP type prescribed for the route segment(s)
and/or route(s) concerned.
Surveillance equipment
INSERT one or two of the following letters to describe the serviceable surveillance equipment carried:
SSR equipment:
N Nil
A Transponder - Mode A (4 digits - 4,096 codes)
C Transponder - Mode A (4 digits - 4,096 codes) and Mode C
X Transponder - Mode S without both aircraft identification and pressurealtitude transmission
P Transponder - Mode S, including pressure-altitude transmission, but no
aircraft identification transmission
I Transponder - Mode S, including aircraft identification transmission,
but no pressure-altitude transmission
S Transponder - Mode S, including both pressure-altitude and aircraft
identification transmission.
ADS equipment:
D ADS capability
ITEM: 13 DEPARTURE AERODROME AND TIME (8 CHARACTERS)
INSERT the ICAO four--letter location indicator of the departure aerodrome,
OR if no location indicator has been assigned,
INSERT ZZZZ and SPECIFY, in Item 18, the name of the aerodrome preceded by DEP/,
OR if the flight plan is received from an aircraft in flight,
INSERT AFIL, and SPECIFY, in Item 18, the ICAO four--letter location indicator of the location of the ATS unit
from which supplementary flight plan data can be obtained, preceded by DEP/,
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--6 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
THEN, WITHOUT A SPACE
INSERT for a flight plan submitted before departure on the same day, use estimated 4-digit off-block time,
(HHMM)
OR for a flight plan that will be activated on a different day, use a 6-digit date-time group, the
first 2 digits will be the date and the next 4 digits will be the proposed departure time, (DDHHMM)
ITEM 15: ROUTE
INSERT the first cruising speedas in (a) and the first cruising level as in (b), without a space between them.
THEN following the arrow, INSERT the route description as in (c).
a. Cruising speed (maximum 5 characters)
INSERT the True Air Speedfor the first or the whole cruising portion of the flight, in terms of:
Kilometres per hour, expressed as K followed by 4 figures (e.g., K0830),
or
Knots, expressed as N followed by 4 figures (e.g., N0485),
or
Mach number, when so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority, to the nearest hundredth
of unit Mach, expressed as M followed by 3 figures (e.g., M082).
b. Cruising level (maximum 5 characters)
INSERT the planned cruising level for the first or the whole portion of the route to be flown, in terms of:
Flight level, expressed as F followed by 3 figures (e.g., F085; F330),
or
*Standard Metric Level in tens of meters, expressed as S followed by 4 figures (e.g., S1130)
or
Altitude in hundreds of feet, expressed as A followed by 3 figures (e.g., A045; A100),
or
Altitude in tens of meters, expressed as M followed by 4 figures (e.g., M0840),
or
for uncontrolled VFR flights, the letters VFR.
* When so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authorities.
c. Route (including changes of speed, level and/or flight rules)
Flights along designated ATSroutes
INSERT if the departure aerodrome is located on, or connected to the ATS route, the designator of the first
ATS route,
OR if the departure aerodrome is not on, or connected to the ATS route, the letters DCT followed by
the point of joining the first ATS route, followed by the designator of the ATS route.
THEN
INSERT each point at which either a change of speed or level, a change of ATS route, and/or a change
of flight rules is planned,
Note. - When a transition is planned between a lower and upper ATS route and the routes are oriented in the
same direction, the point of transition need not be inserted.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:02
Appendix A--7 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
FOLLOWED IN EACH CASE
by the designator of the next ATS route segment, even if the same as the previous one,
OR by DCT, if the flight to the next point will be outside a designated route, unless both points
are defined by geographical coordinates.
Flights outside designated ATSroutes
INSERT points normally not more than 30 minutes flying time or 370 km (200 NM) apart, including each point
at which a change of speed or level, a change of track, or a change of flight rules is planned.
OR when required by appropriate ATS authority(ies),
DEFINE the track of flights operating predominantly in an east--west direction between 70_N and 70_S by
reference to significant points formed by the intersections of half or whole degrees of latitude
with meridians spaced at intervals of 10_ of longitude. For flights operating in areas outside those
latitudes the tracks shall be defined by significant points formed by the intersection of parallels
of latitude with meridians normally spaced at 20_ of longitude. The distance between significant
points shall, as far as possible, not exceed one hour’s flight time. Additional significant points
shall be established as deemed necessary.
For flights operating predominantly in a north-south direction, define tracks by reference to
significant points formed by the intersection of whole degrees of longitude with specified
parallels of latitude which are spaced at 5 degrees.
INSERT DCT between successive points unless both points are defined by geographical coordinates
or by bearing and distance.
USE ONLY the conventions in (1) to (5) below and SEPARATE each sub-item by a space.
1. ATS route (2 to 7 characters)
The coded designatorassigned to the route or route segment including, where appropriate, the coded
designator assigned to the standard departure or arrival route (e.g., BCKI, B1, R14, UB10, KODAP2A).
2. Significant point (2 to 11 characters)
The coded designator(2 to 5 characters) assigned to the point (e.g., LN, MAY, HADDY),
or,
if no coded designator has been assigned, one of the following ways:
Degrees only(7 characters):
2 figures describing latitude in degrees, followed by “N” (North) or “S” (South), followed by 3 figures
describing longitude in degrees, followed by “E” (East) or “W” (West). Make up the correct number
of figures, where necessary, by insertion of zeros, e.g., 46N078W.
Degrees and minutes(11 characters):
4 figures describing latitude in degrees and tens and units of minutes followed by “N” (North) or “S”
(South), followed by 5 figures describing longitude in degrees and tens and units of minutes, followed
by “E” (East) or “W” (West). Make up the correct number of figures, where necessary, by insertion
of zeros, e.g., 4620N07805W.
Bearing and distance from a navigation aid:
The identification of the navigation aid (normally a VOR), in the form of 2 or 3 characters, THEN the
bearing from the aid in the form of 3 figures giving degrees magnetic, THEN the distance from the aid
in the form of 3 figures expressing nautical miles. Make up the correct number of figures, where
necessary, by insertion of zeros -- e.g., a point 180_ magnetic at a distance of 40 nautical miles from VOR
“DUB” should be expressed as DUB180040.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--8 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
3. Change of speed or level (maximum 21 characters)
The pointat which a change of speed (5% TAS or 0.01 Mach or more) or a change of level is planned,
expressed exactly as in (2) above, followed by an oblique stroke and both the cruising speed andthe
cruising level, expressed exactly as in (a) and (b) above, without a space between them, even when only
one of these quantities will bechanged.
Examples: LN/NO284AO45
MAY/NO305F180
HADDY/NO420F330
4602NO7805W/NO500F350
46NO78W/MO82F330
DUB180040/NO350M0840
4. Change of flight rules (maximum 3 characters)
The pointat which the change of flight rules is planned, expressed exactly
as in (2) or (3) above as appropriate, followed by a space and one of the following:
VFR if from IFR to VFR
IFR if from VFR to IFR
Examples: LN VFR
LN/N0284A050 IFR作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:13
5. Cruise climb (maximum 28 characters)
The letter Cfollowed by an oblique stroke; THEN the point at which cruise climb is planned to start,
expressed exactly as in (2) above, followed by an oblique stroke; THEN the speed to be maintained during
cruise climb, expressed exactly as in (a) above, followed by the two levels defining the layer to be occupied
during cruise climb, each level expressed exactly as in (b) above, or the level above which cruise is planned
followed by the letters PLUS, without a space between them.
Examples: C/48N050W/M082F290F350
C/48N050W/M082F290PLUS
C/52N050W/M220F580F620
ITEM 16: DESTINATION AERODROME AND TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME, ALTERNATE
AERODROME(S)
Destination aerodrome and total estimated elapsed time (8 characters)
INSERT the ICAO four-letter location indicator or the destination aerodrome followed, without a space, by the
total estimated elapsed time,
OR if no location indicator has been assigned,
INSERT ZZZZ followed, without a space, by the total estimated elapsed time, and SPECIFY in Item 18 the name
of the aerodrome, preceded by DEST/.
Note.-- For a flight plan received from an aircraft in flight, the total estimated elapsed time is the estimated time
from the first point of the route to which the flight plan applies.
Alternate aerodrome(s) (4 characters)
INSERT the ICAO four-letter location indicators(s) of not more than two alternate aerodromes, separated by a
space,
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--9 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
OR if no location indicator has been assigned to the alternate aerodrome,
INSER ZZZZ and SPECIFY in Item 18 the name of the aerodrome, preceded by ALTN/.
ITEM 18: OTHER INFORMATION
INSERT 0 (zero) if no other information,
OR any other necessary information in the preferred sequence shown hereunder, in the form of the
appropriate indicator followed by an oblique stroke and the information to be recorded:
EET/ Significant points or FIR boundary designators and accumulated estimated elapsed times to
such points or FIR boundaries, when so prescribed on the basis of regional air navigation
agreements, or by the appropriate ATS authority.
Examples: EET/CAP0745 XYZ0830
EET/EINN0204
RIF/ The route details to the revised destination aerodrome, followed by the ICAO fourletter location indicator of the aerodrome. The revised route is subject to re--clearance
in flight.
Examples: RIF/DTA HEC KLAX
RIF/ESP G94 CLA APPH
RIF/LEMD
REG/ The registration markings of the aircraft, if different from the aircraft identification in Item 7.
SEL/ SELCAL Code, if so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority.
OPR/ Name of the operator, if not obvious from the aircraft identification in Item 7.
STS/ Reason for special handling by ATS, e.g., hospital aircraft, one engine inoperative, e.g.
STS/HOSP, STS/ONE ENG INOP.
TYP/ Type(s) of aircraft, preceded if necessary by number(s) of aircraft, if ZZZZ is inserted in
Item 9.
PER/ Aircraft performance data, if so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority.
COM/ Significant data related to communication equipment as required by the appropriate
ATS authority, e.g., COM/UHF only.
DAT/ Significant data related to data link capability, using one or more letters, S, H, V,
and M, e.g., DAT/S for satellite data link, DAT/H for HF data link, DAT/V for VHF data link,
DAT/M for SSR Mode S data link.
NAV/ Significant data related to navigation equipment as required by the appropriate ATS
authority, e.g., NAV/INS.
DEP/ Name of departure aerodrome, if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 13, or the ICAO four-letter
location indicator of the location of the ATS unit from which supplementary flight plan
data can be obtained, if AFIL is inserted in Item 13.
DEST/ Name of destination aerodrome, if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 16.
ALTN/ Name of alternate aerodrome(s), if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 16.
RALT/ Name of en route alternate aerodrome(s).
RMK/ Any other plain language remarks when required by the appropriate ATS authority
or deemed necessary.
ITEM 19: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
Endurance
After E/ INSERT a 4-figure group giving the fuel endurance in hours and minutes.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--10 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
Persons on board
After P/ INSERT the total number of persons (passengers and crew) on board, when required by the
appropriate ATS authority. INSERT TBN (to be notified) if the total number of persons is
not known at the time of filing.
Emergency and survival equipment
R/ (Radio) CROSS OUT U if UHF on frequency 243.0 MHz is not available. CROSS OUT V if VHF
on frequency 121.5 MHz is not available. CROSS OUT E if emergency location beacon --
aircraft (ELBA) is not available.
S/ (SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT)
CROSS OUT all indicators if survival equipment is not carried. CROSS OUT P if polar
survival equipment is not carried.
CROSS OUT D if desert survival equipment is not carried. CROSS OUT M if
maritime survival equipment is not carried. CROSS OUT J if jungle survival equipment is
not carried.
J/ (JACKETS) CROSS OUT all indicators if life jackets are not carried. CROSS OUT L if life jackets are not
equipped with lights. CROSS OUT F if life jackets are not equipped with florescent. CROSS
OUT U or V or both as in R/ above to indicate radio capability of jackets, if any.
D/ (DINGHIES)
(NUMBER) CROSS OUT indicators D and C if no dinghies are carried, or INSERT number of dinghies
carried; and
(CAPACITY) INSERT total capacity, in persons, of all dinghies carried; and
(COVER) CROSS OUT indicator C if dinghies are not covered; and
(COLOR) INSERT color of dinghies if carried.
A/ (AIRCRAFT COLOR AND MARKINGS)
INSERT color of aircraft and significant markings.
N/ (REMARKS) CROSS OUT indicator N if no remarks, or INDICATE any other survival equipment carried
and any other remarks regarding survival equipment.
C/ (PILOT) INSERT name of pilot--in--command.
2.3 Filedby
INSERT the name of the unit, agency or person filing the flight plan.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:22
2.4 Acceptance of the flightplan
Indicate acceptance of the flight plan in the manner prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority.
2.5 Instructions for insertion of COMdata
Items to becompleted
COMPLETE the top two shaded lines of the form, and COMPLETE the third shaded line only
when necessary, in accordance with the provisions in PANS--RAC, Part IX, 2.1.2, unless ATS
prescribes otherwise.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--11 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
3. Instructions for the Transmission of a
Filed Flight Plan (FPL) Message
3.1 Correction of obvious errors
Unless otherwise prescribed, CORRECT obvious format errors and/or omissions (i.e. oblique
stokes) to ensure adherence as specified in Section 2.
3.2 Items to betransmitted
TRANSMIT items as indicated hereunder, unless otherwise prescribed:
a. the items in the shaded lines, above Item 3;
b. commencing with <<° (FPL of Item 3:
all symbols and data in the unshaded boxes to the ) <<° at the end of Item 18,
additional alignment functions as necessary to prevent the inclusion of more than 69 characters
in any line of Items 15 and 18. The alignment function is to be inserted only in lieu of a space so as
not to break up a group of data, letter shifts and figure shifts (not preprinted on the form) as necessary;
c. the AFTN Ending, as described below:
3.3 End--of--TextSignal
a. one LETTER SHIFT
b. two CARRIAGE RETURNS, one LINE FEED
Page--feed Sequence
Seven LINE FEEDS
End--of--Message Signal
Four of the letter N.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--12 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:34
4. Instructions for the Transmission of a Supplementary
Flight Plan (SPL) Message
4.1 Items to be transmitted
Transmit items as indicated hereunder, unless otherwise prescribed:
a. AFTN Priority Indicator, Addressee Indicators <<°, Filing Time, Originator Indicator
<<° and, if necessary, specific identification of addressees and/or originator;
b. commencing with <<° (SPL of Item 3:
all symbols and data in the unshaded areas of boxes down to the ) <<° at the end of Item 18,
additional alignment functions as necessary to prevent the inclusion of more than 69 characters in any line
of Items 15 or 18. The alignment function is to be inserted only in lieu of a space, so as not to break up
a group of data, letter shifts and figure shifts (not preprinted on the form) as necessary;
c. the AFTN Ending, as described below:
4.2 END--of--TextSignal
a. one LETTER SHIFT
b. two CARRIAGE RETURNS, one LINE FEED
Page--feed Sequence
Seven LINE FEEDS
End--of--Message Signal
Four of the letter N.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--13 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
5. Example of Completed Flight Plan Form
FF
PRIORITY PRIORITY ADDRESSEE(S)
FILING TIME TIME
FPL A
C
D
N
PILOT-IN-COMMAND
REMARKS
AIRCRAFT COLOUR AND MARKINGS
DINGHIES
NUMBER CAPACITY COVER
S P D M J J L F U
U V E P / / R/
/ /
E
V
LIGHT
UHF VHF ELBA
FLOURES UHF VHF
EMERGENCY RADIO
PERSONS ON BOARD
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (NOT TOBE TRANSMITTED IN FPL MESSAGES)
RENSE
18 OTHER INFORMATION
19 ENDURANCE
HR. MIN.
16. DESTINATION AERODROME
TOTAL EET
HR. MIN. ALTN AERODROME 2ND, ALTN AERODROME
SPECIFIC IDENTIFICATION OF ADDRESSEE(S) AND/ OR ORIGINATOR
9. NUMBER
7. AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION
3 MESSAGE
TYPE OF AIRCRAFT
13 DEPARTURE AEODROME
15 CRUISING SPEED LEVEL
TIME
ROUTE
ORIGINATOR
8 FLIGHT RULES TYPE OF FLIGHT
10 EQUIPMENT
WAKE TURBULENCE CAT.
/
/
/
/
FILED BY
/
FAA Form 7233-4 (5-93) Supersedes Previous Edition
COLOUR
POLAR DESERT MARITIME JUNGLE
SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT
C
of Transportation Department Aviation Administration Federal Flight Plan International EHAAZQEX EBURZQZX EDDYZQZX LFFFZQZX EBU RZQZX LFRRZQZX LFBBZQZX LECMZQZX LPPCZQZX 1 9 8 3 6 E H A M Z P Z X 0 E H A M P X
A F A C 4 0 2
H E A A 3 0
E H A M A O 9 4 0 0 8 3 0 F 2 9 0 F LEK 2B LEK UA6 XMM/MO78F330 LEK 2B LEK U A6 XMM/MO78F330
UA6 PON UR1ON UA5 NTS DCT U A6 U R1ON CHW U A5 4611N00412W
DCT UA5 STG U A5 FTM FATIM1A
L T P P T 0 0 0 2 3 0 L R P P / FBVGA / REG / FBVG A SEL / EJFL
/ EET / LPPCO158
0 3 4 5 0 3 4 5 0 0 3 0 0
1 1 1 1 0 3 3 0 YELLOW YELLOW
WHITE WHITE
DENKE
BY ACCEPTED BY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ADDITIONAL SS C
NN II
AIR INT. AIR CHARTER INT.
X X X
X
X X
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--14 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
6. ICAO Model Flight Plan, Reverse Side
Remarks
WEATHER
(Destination)
(Alternate)
WEATHER
Destination)
( Alternate)
WEATHER
(Ln Route)
WEATHER
Ln Present Present
Present Present
Forcast
Forcast
Pre-Flight Pilot Checklist
Aircraft Identification
Best Crzg Alt. Alt.
Designator
WINDS
ALOFT
WINDS
ALOFT
NAV AID &
STATUS
NAV AID &
COMM STATUS
AIRPORT
AIRPORT
CONDITIONS
En Route
Destination
Alternate Alternate
ADIZ Airspace
Airspace
Restrictions
Time of Briefing
Report Aloft Report Weather Conditions Report immediately conditions encountered - particularly cloud upper cloud layers,
ice, and weather particularly tops, thunderstorms, turbulence, winds temperature.
Altitude Time Weather Conditions Position Altitude FAR Part 91 states that each person operating a civil aircraft of U.S. registry over the high seas shall comply with annex 2 to the
Convention of International Civil Aviation, International Standards - Rules of the Air. Annex 2 requires the submission of a flight plan
containing items 1-19 prior to operating any flight across international waters. Failure to file could result in a civil penalty not to
exceed $1,000 for each violation (Section 901 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended).
Aircraft Pilots Civil Pilots
data as soon as practicable after airspace, as international may be inaccurate
or incomplete.
Check practicable entering foreign our data Agency Display Of Estimated Burden For
Flight Plan
Agency International This for this to public report burden collection of information
is estimated average 2.5 minutes per response.
you wish to comment on the accuracy of the estimate or make suggestions for reducing
this burden, please direct your comments to OMB and the at the following addresses.
If you wish to the the for this your to the FAA the following Washington, Office of Management and Budget
Paperwork Reduction Project 2120-0026
DC 20503
- and - Transportation
Aviation Administration
Terminal ATO-120
Avenue, Washington U.S. Department of Federal and Flight Services
Operations and Procedures, 120
800 Independence SW
DC 20591
DO NOT your form to either of these addresses Please RETURN your form to these PIREPS
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--15 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
7. ICAO Model Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) Listing Form
D E F DEPARTURE AERODROME(C DEPARTURE S)
REPETITIVE FLIGHT PLAN LISTING
B ADDRESSEE(S) ADDRESSEE(A OPERATOR A H I J K L M N O
FROM
VALID
FROM
VALID
UNTIL
UNTIL
DAYS DAYS OF
OPERATION
AIRCRAFT
IDENTIFI-
CATION
TYPE AIRCRAFT TURBULENCE
CATEGORY
OF
&
AERODROME
AND
TIME
DEPARTURE
ROUTE (
CRUISING
SPEED LEVEL ROUTE
1 2 3
+
-
7) (Item (9) (Item (13) (Item 13) yymmdd yymmdd 5 4 6 7
Item 15)
P Q
AERODROME
AND TOTAL
TIME
DESTINATION
ELAPSED (Item 16)
REMARKS
G SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (Item 19)AT: AT:
DATE SERIAL NO. PAGE OF -------------- -------------- /作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:45
yymmdd
7.1 Instructions for the completion of the repetitive flight plan (RPL) listings form
7.2 General
List onlyflight plans that will operate in accordance with IFR. (Flight rules I in FPL format).
It is assumed that all aircraft are operating as scheduled flights (Type of flight S in FPL format),
otherwise notifyin Q (Remarks).
It is assumed that all aircraft operating on RPL’s are equipped with 4096--code transplanters with
modes A and C. Otherwise, notifyQ (Remarks).
Listflight plans in alphabetical order of the location indicator of the departure aerodrome.
Listflight plans for each departure -- aerodrome in chronological order of estimated off--block times.
Adhere closely tothe data conventions as indicated for the Flight Plan Form
unless otherwise specifically indicated in 7.5.
Insertall clock times in 4 figures UTC.
Insertall estimated elapsed times in 4 figures (hours and minutes).
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--16 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
Insertdata on a separate line for each segment of operations with one or more stops; i.e., from
any departure aerodrome to the next destination aerodrome even through call sign or flight number
is the same for multiple segments.
Clearly identifyadditions and deletions in accordance with Item H at 7.4. Subsequent listings shall list
the corrected and added data, and deleted flight plans shall be omitted.
Number pagesby indicating number of pages and total number of pages in submission.
Utilizemore than one line for any RPL where the space provided for items O and Q on one line is not sufficient.
7.3 A flight shall be cancelled as follows:
a. indicate a minus sign in item H followed by all other items of the cancelled flight;
b. insert a subsequent entry denoted by a plus sign in item H and the date of the last flight in item J, with all
other items of the cancelled flight unchanged.
7.4 Modification to a flight shall be made as follows:
a. carry out the cancellation as indicated in 7.2; and
b. insert a third entry giving the new flight plan(s) with the appropriate items modified as necessary,
including the new validity dates in items I and J.
Note.-- All entries related to the same flight will be inserted in succession in the order specified above.
7.5 Instructions for insertion of RPLdata
Complete Items A to Q as indicated hereunder.
ITEM A: OPERATOR
INSERT Name of operator.
ITEM B: ADDRESSEE(S)
INSERT Name of agency(ies) designated by States to administer RPL’s for FIR’s or areas of
responsibility concerned with the route of flight.
ITEM C: DEPARTURE AERODROME(S)
INSERT Location indicator(s) of departure aerodrome(s).
ITEM D: DATE
INSERT On each page of submission the date (year, month, day) in a 6--figure group that the listing was submitted.
ITEM E: SERIAL NUMBER
INSERT Serial number of submission (2 numerics) indicating last two digits of year, a dash, and the
sequential number of the submission for the year indicated (start with numeral 1 each new year).
ITEM F: PAGE OF
INSERT Page number and total number of pages submitted.
ITEM G: SUPPLEMENTARY DATA AT
INSERT Name of contact where information normally provided under Item 19 of the FPL is kept readily
available and can be supplied without delay.
ITEM H: ENTRY TYPE
INSERT A minus sign (--) for each flight plan that is to be deleted from the listing.
INSERT A plus sign (+) for each initial listing and, in the case of subsequent submissions, for each flight plan
not listed in the previous submission.
Note -- No information is required under this item for any flight plan which is unchanged from the previous submission.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--17 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
ITEM I: VALID FROM
INSERT First date (year, month, day) upon which the flight is scheduled to operate.
ITEM J: VALID UNTIL
INSERT Last date (year, month, day) upon which the flight is scheduled to operate as listed, or
UFN if the duration is unknown
ITEM K: DAYS OF OPERATION
INSERT Number corresponding to the day of the week in the appropriate column;
Monday = 1 through Sunday = 7.
INSERT 0 for each day of non--operation in the appropriate column.
ITEM L: AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION (Item 7 of the ICAO flight plan)
INSERT Aircraft identification to be used for the flight.
ITEM M: TYPE OF AIRCRAFT AND WAKE TURBULENCE CATEGORY (Item 9 of the ICAO flight plan)
INSERT Appropriate ICAO designator as specified in ICAO Doc 8643 -- Aircraft Type Designators.
INSERT H, M or L indicator as appropriate:
H -- HEAVY to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take--off mass of 136,000 kg or more,
M -- MEDIUM to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take--off mass of
less than 136,000 kg but more than 7,000 kg,
L -- LIGHT to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take--off mass of 7,000 kg or less.
ITEM N: DEPARTURE AERODROME AND TIME (Item 13 of the ICAO flight plan)
INSERT Location indicator of the departure aerodrome.
INSERT The off--block time, i.e., the estimated time that the aircraft will commence movement associated
with departure.
ITEM O: ROUTE (Item 15 of the ICAO flight plan)
a. Cruising Speed
INSERT The true airspeed for the first or whole cruising portion of the flight in accordance with Item 15(a)
of the ICAO flight plan.
b. Cruising level
INSERT The planned cruising level for the first or whole portion of the route in accordance with Item 15(b)
of the ICAO flight plan.
c. Route
INSERT The entire route in accordance with Item 15(c) of the ICAO flight plan.
ITEM P: DESTINATION AERODROME AND TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME
(Item 16 of the ICAO flight plan)
INSERT Location indicator of the destination aerodrome.
INSERT The total estimated elapsed time.
ITEM Q: REMARKS
INSERT Items of information as required by the appropriate ATS authority, items normally notified in
Item 18 of the ICAO flight plan and any other information pertinent to the flight of concern to ATS.
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix A--18 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:04
8. Example of a Completed Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL)
Listing Form
D E F DEPARTURE AERODROME(C DEPARTURE S)
REPETITIVE FLIGHT PLAN LISTING
ADDRESSEE(S) B ADDRESSEE(A OPERATOR A H I J K L M N O
VALID
FROM
FROM
VALID
UNTIL
UNTIL
DAYS DAYS OF
OPERATION
AIRCRAFT
IDENTIFI-
CATION
TYPE AIRCRAFT TURBULENCE
CATEGORY
OF
&
AERODROME
AND
TIME
DEPARTURE
ROUTE (
CRUISING
SPEED LEVEL ROUTE
+
-
7) (Item (9) (Item (Item 13) (Item 13) yymmdd yymmdd 1 2 3 5 4 6 7
1 2 3 5 4 6 7
1 2 3 5 4 6 7
Item 15)
P Q
AERODROME
AND TOTAL
TIME
DESTINATION
ELAPSED (Item 16)
REMARKS
G SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (Item 19)AT: AT:
DATE SERIAL NO. PAGE OF -------------- -------------- /
yymmdd
EGLL EGLL
de 9 91205 Athismons UK STORED FLIGHT PLAN
OFFICE EGTXZBZX
Chef la Subdivision
informatique
rue de Champagne
France
BRITISH AIRWAYS BRITISH 0 3 5 1 0 0 7
0 0 0 0 0 0 7
0 6 0 0 0 0 7
800401 811031 + 800401 + 800731
800801 811031 + 800601 800930 + BAW004 HS21 M EGLL NO440 F210 A1E UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG BAW004 HS21 M EGLL 0700 NO440 F210 UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG 0045
BAW032 HS21 M EGLL 1800 NO440 F210 AIE UA1E DPE UA18 MAN LFPG BAW032 HS21 M EGLL 1800 NO440 F210 UA1E DPE UA18 MAN LFPG 0045
BAW032 HS21 M EGLL 1800 N0440 F210 A1E UA1E DPE UA18 MAN LFPG BAW032 HS21 M EGLL 1800 N0440 F210 UA1E DPE UA18 MAN LFPG 0045
BAW082 HS21 M EGLL 1805 NO450 F270 A1S UA1S RBT UA3 MTL BAW082 HS21 M EGLL 1805 NO450 F270 UA1S RBT UA3 MTL
UA3W DCT LFMN UA3W STP DCT GL LFMN 0130
800103 800930 BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 A1E UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG 0400 -
BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 A1E UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG + 800103 800315 0 0 0 0 0 6 7 BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG 0400
ACFT CHARTERED ACFT CHARTERED 00
12 800305 80-12 3 3
BAW Briefing BAW Briefing Office
JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
Appendix B-1 Q SIGNALS
Appendix B. Q SIGNALS
Q SIGNALS
SIGNIFICATION
SIGNAL ANSWER
Question of Interrogatory Form
(Signal followed by letter Q)
Information or Advise Form (Signal only, except as
noted)
QAL Has aircraft... landed at your
location (or at...)?
Aircraft... landed here at.... hours (or landed... at... hours).
QRU Have you anything for me [or
for... (location or person]?
I have nothing for you [or for... (location or person)]
QSL Can you acknowledge receipt of
transmission number... (or type
message)?
I acknowledge receipt of transmission number... (or type
of message).
QSM Shall I repeat the last message
(transmission or portion indi-
cated sent to me or transmis-
sion(s) from...)?
Repeat the last message (transmission or portion indi-
cated) sent to me (or transmission(s) from...). A--not
received. B--partially received (garbled).
QTA Shall I cancel message number...
(or other identification)?
Cancel message number... (or other identification).
Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08
PCG-1
PILOT/CONTROLLER
GLOSSARY
PURPOSE
a. This Glossary was compiled to promote a common understanding of the terms used in the Air Traffic
Control system. It includes those terms which are intended for pilot/controller communications. Those terms
most frequently used in pilot/controller communications are printed in bold italics. The definitions are primarily
defined in an operational sense applicable to both users and operators of the National Airspace System. Use of
the Glossary will preclude any misunderstandings concerning the system's design, function, and purpose.
b. Because of the international nature of flying, terms used in the Lexicon, published by the International
Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), are included when they differ from FAA definitions. These terms are
followed by “[ICAO].” For the reader's convenience, there are also cross references to related terms in other parts
of the Glossary and to other documents, such as the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and the Aeronautical
Information Manual (AIM).
c. This Glossary will be revised, as necessary, to maintain a common understanding of the system.
EXPLANATION OF CHANGES
a. Terms Added:
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSS ONLY
b. Editorial/format changes were made where necessary. Revision bars were not used due to the insignificant
nature of the changes.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-1
A
AAI(See ARRIVAL AIRCRAFT INTERVAL.)
AAR(See AIRPORT ARRIVAL RATE.)
ABBREVIATED IFR FLIGHT PLANS- An
authorization by ATC requiring pilots to submit only
that information needed for the purpose of ATC. It
includes only a small portion of the usual IFR flight
plan information. In certain instances, this may be
only aircraft identification, location, and pilot
request. Other information may be requested if
needed by ATC for separation/control purposes. It is
frequently used by aircraft which are airborne and
desire an instrument approach or by aircraft which are
on the ground and desire a climb to VFR-on-top.
(See VFR-ON-TOP.)
(Refer to AIM.)
ABEAM- An aircraft is “abeam” a fix, point, or
object when that fix, point, or object is approximately
90 degrees to the right or left of the aircraft track.
Abeam indicates a general position rather than a
precise point.
ABORT- To term inate a preplanned aircraft
maneuver; e.g., an aborted takeoff.
ACC [ICAO]-
(See ICAO term AREA CONTROL CENTER.)
ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE-
The runway plus stopway length declared available
and suitable for the acceleration and deceleration of
an airplane aborting a takeoff.
ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE
[ICAO]- The length of the take-off run available plus
the length of the stopway if provided.
ACDO(See AIR CARRIER DISTRICT OFFICE.)
ACKNOWLEDGE- Let me know that you have
received my message.
(See ICAO term ACKNOWLEDGE.)
ACKNOWLEDGE [ICAO]- Let me know that you
have received and understood this message.
ACL(See AIRCRAFT LIST.)
ACLS(See AUTOMATIC CARRIER LANDING
SYSTEM.)
ACLT(See ACTUAL CALCULATED LANDING TIME.)
ACROBATIC FLIGHT- An intentional maneuver
involving an abrupt change in an aircraft's attitude, an
abnormal attitude, or abnormal acceleration not
necessary for normal flight.
(See ICAO term ACROBATIC FLIGHT.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
ACROBATIC FLIGHT [ICAO]- Maneuvers inten-
tionally performed by an aircraft involving an abrupt
change in its attitude, an abnormal attitude, or an
abnormal variation in speed.
ACTIVE RUNWAY(See RUNWAY IN USE/ACTIVE RUNWAY/DUTY
RUNWAY.)
ACTUAL CALCULATED LANDING TIME-
ACLT is a flight's frozen calculated landing time. An
actual time determined at freeze calculated landing
time (FCLT) or meter list display interval (MLDI) for
the adapted vertex for each arrival aircraft based upon
runway configuration, airport acceptance rate, airport
arrival delay period, and other metered arrival
aircraft. This time is either the vertex time of arrival
(VTA) of the aircraft or the tentative calculated
landing time (TCLT)/ACLT of the previous aircraft
plus the arrival aircraft interval (AAI), whichever is
later. This time will not be updated in response to the
aircraft's progress.
ACTUAL NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE
(ANP)-
(See REQUIRED NAVIGATION
PERFORMANCE.)
ADDITIONAL SERVICES- Advisory information
provided by ATC which includes but is not limited to
the following:
a. Traffic advisories.
b. Vectors, when requested by the pilot, to assist
aircraft receiving traffic advisories to avoid observed
traffic.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-2
c. Altitude deviation information of 300 feet or
more from an assigned altitude as observed on a
verified (reading correctly) automatic altitude
readout (Mode C).
d. Advisories that traffic is no longer a factor.
e. Weather and chaff information.
f. Weather assistance.
g. Bird activity information.
h. Holding pattern surveillance. Additional ser-
vices are provided to the extent possible contingent
only upon the controller's capability to fit them into
the performance of higher priority duties and on the
basis of limitations of the radar, volume of traffic,
frequency congestion, and controller workload. The
controller has complete discretion for determining if
he/she is able to provide or continue to provide a
service in a particular case. The controller's reason
not to provide or continue to provide a service in a
particular case is not subject to question by the pilot
and need not be made known to him/her.
(See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES.)
(Refer to AIM.)
ADF(See AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER.)
ADIZ(See AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE.)
ADLY(See ARRIVAL DELAY.)
ADMINISTRATOR- The Federal Aviation Admin-
istrator or any person to whom he/she has delegated
his/her authority in the matter concerned.
ADR(See AIRPORT DEPARTURE RATE.)
ADS [ICAO]-
(See ICAO term AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT
SURVEILLANCE.)
ADS-B(See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT
SURVEILLANCE-BROADCAST.)
ADS-C(See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT
SURVEILLANCE-CONTRACT.)
ADVISE INTENTIONS- Tell me what you plan to
do.
ADVISORY- Advice and information provided to
assist pilots in the safe conduct of flight and aircraft
movement.
(See ADVISORY SERVICE.)
ADVISORY FREQUENCY- The appropriate fre-
quency to be used for Airport Advisory Service.
(See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY.)
(See UNICOM.)
(Refer to ADVISORY CIRCULAR NO. 90-42.)
(Refer to AIM.)
ADVISORY SERVICE- Advice and information
provided by a facility to assist pilots in the safe
conduct of flight and aircraft movement.
(See ADDITIONAL SERVICES.)
(See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY
SERVICE.)
(See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY.)
(See RADAR ADVISORY.)
(See SAFETY ALERT.)
(See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES.)
(Refer to AIM.)
AERIAL REFUELING- A procedure used by the
military to transfer fuel from one aircraft to another
during flight.
(Refer to VFR/IFR Wall Planning Charts.)
AERODROME- A defined area on land or water
(including any buildings, installations and equip-
ment) intended to be used either wholly or in part for
the arrival, departure, and movement of aircraft.
AERODROME BEACON [ICAO]- Aeronautical
beacon used to indicate the location of an aerodrome
from the air.
AERODROME CONTROL SERVICE [ICAO]- Air
traffic control service for aerodrome traffic.
AERODROME CONTROL TOWER [ICAO]- A
unit established to provide air traffic control service
to aerodrome traffic.
AERODROME ELEVATION [ICAO]- The eleva-
tion of the highest point of the landing area.
AERODROME TRAFFIC CIRCUIT [ICAO]- The
specified path to be flown by aircraft operating in the
vicinity of an aerodrome.
AERONAUTICAL BEACON- A visual NAVAID
displaying flashes of white and/or colored light to
indicate the location of an airport, a heliport, a
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-3
landmark, a certain point of a Federal airway in
mountainous terrain, or an obstruction.
(See AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON.)
(Refer to AIM.)
AERONAUTICAL CHART- A map used in air
navigation containing all or part of the following:
topographic features, hazards and obstructions,
navigation aids, navigation routes, designated
airspace, and airports. Commonly used aeronautical
charts are:
a. Sectional Aeronautical Charts (1:500,000)-
Designed for visual navigation of slow or medium
speed aircraft. Topographic information on these
charts features the portrayal of relief and a judicious
selection of visual check points for VFR flight.
Aeronautical information includes visual and radio
aids to navigation, airports, controlled airspace,
restricted areas, obstructions, and related data.
b. VFR Terminal Area Charts (1:250,000)-
Depict Class B airspace which provides for the
control or segregation of all the aircraft within Class
B airspace. The chart depicts topographic informa-
tion and aeronautical information which includes
visual and radio aids to navigation, airports,
controlled airspace, restricted areas, obstructions,
and related data.
c. World Aeronautical Charts (WAC)
(1:1,000,000)- Provide a standard series of aeronau-
tical charts covering land areas of the world at a size
and scale convenient for navigation by moderate
speed aircraft. Topographic information includes
cities and towns, principal roads, railroads, distinc-
tive landmarks, drainage, and relief. Aeronautical
inform ation includes visual and radio aids to
navigation, airports, airways, restricted areas,
obstructions, and other pertinent data.
d. En Route Low Altitude Charts- Provide
aeronautical information for en route instrument
navigation (IF R) in the low altitude stratum.
Information includes the portrayal of airways, limits
of controlled airspace, position identification and
frequencies of radio aids, selected airports, minimum
en route and minimum obstruction clearance
altitudes, airway distances, reporting points, re-
stricted areas, and related data. Area charts, which are
a part of this series, furnish terminal data at a larger
scale in congested areas.
e. En Route High Altitude Charts- Provide
aeronautical information for en route instrument
navigation (IFR) in the high altitude stratum.
Information includes the portrayal of jet routes,
identification and frequencies of radio aids, selected
airports, distances, time zones, special use airspace,
and related information.
f. Instrument Approach Procedures (IAP) Charts-
Portray the aeronautical data which is required to
execute an instrument approach to an airport. These
charts depict the procedures, including all related
data, and the airport diagram. Each procedure is
designated for use with a specific type of electronic
navigation system including NDB, TACAN, VOR,
ILS/MLS, and RNAV. These charts are identified by
the type of navigational aid(s) which provide final
approach guidance.
g. Instrument Departure Procedure (DP) Charts-
Designed to expedite clearance delivery and to
facilitate transition between takeoff and en route
operations. Each DP is presented as a separate chart
and may serve a single airport or more than one
airport in a given geographical location.
h. Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) Charts-
Designed to expedite air traffic control arrival
procedures and to facilitate transition between en
route and instrument approach operations. Each
STAR procedure is presented as a separate chart and
may serve a single airport or more than one airport in
a given geographical location.
i. Airport Taxi Charts- Designed to expedite the
efficient and safe flow of ground traffic at an airport.
These charts are identified by the official airport
name; e.g., Ronald Reagan Washington National
Airport.
(See ICAO term AERONAUTICAL CHART.)
AERONAUTICAL CHART [ICAO]- A representa-
tion of a portion of the earth, its culture and relief,
specifically designated to meet the requirements of
air navigation.
AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION MANUAL
(AIM)- A primary FAA publication whose purpose
is to instruct airmen about operating in the National
Airspace System of the U.S. It provides basic flight
information, ATC Procedures and general instruc-
tional information concerning health, medical facts,
factors affecting flight safety, accident and hazard
reporting, and types of aeronautical charts and their
use.
AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICA-
TION (AIP) [ICAO]- A publication issued by or with
2/14/08
PCG A-4
the authority of a State and containing aeronautical
information of a lasting character essential to air
navigation.
A/FD(See AIRPORT/FACILITY DIRECTORY.)
AFFIRMATIVE- Yes.
AFIS(See AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION
SERVICE - ALASKA FSSs ONLY.)
AFP(See AIRSPACE FLOW PROGRAM.)
AIM(See AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION
MANUAL.)
AIP [ICAO]-
(See ICAO term AERONAUTICAL
INFORMATION PUBLICATION.)
AIR CARRIER DISTRICT OFFICE- An FAA field
office serving an assigned geographical area, staffed
with Flight Standards personnel serving the aviation
industry and the general public on matters related to
the certification and operation of scheduled air
carriers and other large aircraft operations.
AIR DEFENSE EMERGENCY- A military emer-
gency condition declared by a designated authority.
This condition exists when an attack upon the
continental U.S., Alaska, Canada, or U.S. installa-
tions in Greenland by hostile aircraft or missiles is
considered probable, is imminent, or is taking place.
(Refer to AIM.)
AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE (ADIZ)-
The area of airspace over land or water, extending
upward from the surface, within which the ready
identification, the location, and the control of aircraft
are required in the interest of national security.
a. Domestic Air Defense Identification Zone. An
ADIZ within the United States along an international
boundary of the United States.
b. Coastal Air Defense Identification Zone. An
ADIZ over the coastal waters of the United States.
c. Distant Early Warning Identification Zone
(DEWIZ). An ADIZ over the coastal waters of the
State of Alaska.
d. Land-Based Air Defense Identification Zone.
An ADIZ over U.S. metropolitan areas, which is
activated and deactivated as needed, with dimen-
sions, activation dates and other relevant information
disseminated via NOTAM.
Note:_ADIZ locations and operating and flight plan
requirements for civil aircraft operations are speci-
fied in 14 CFR Part 99.
(Refer to AIM.)
AIR NAVIGATION FACILITY- Any facility used
in, available for use in, or designed for use in, aid of
air navigation, including landing areas, lights, any
apparatus or equipment for disseminating weather
information, for signaling, for radio-directional
finding, or for radio or other electrical communica-
tion, and any other structure or mechanism having a
similar purpose for guiding or controlling flight in the
air or the landing and takeoff of aircraft.
(See NAVIGATIONAL AID.)
AIR ROUTE SURVEILLANCE RADAR- Air route
traffic control center (ARTCC) radar used primarily
to detect and display an aircraft's position while en
route between terminal areas. The ARSR enables
controllers to provide radar air traffic control service
when aircraft are within the ARSR coverage. In some
instances, ARSR may enable an ARTCC to provide
terminal radar services similar to but usually more
limited than those provided by a radar approach
control.
AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER- A
facility established to provide air traffic control
service to aircraft operating on IFR flight plans
within controlled airspace and principally during the
en route phase of flight. When equipment capabilities
and controller workload permit, certain advisory/as-
sistance services may be provided to VFR aircraft.
(See EN ROUTE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
SERVICES.)
(Refer to AIM.)
AIR TAXI- Used to describe a helicopter/VTOL
aircraft movement conducted above the surface but
normally not above 100 feet AGL. The aircraft may
proceed either via hover taxi or flight at speeds more
than 20 knots. The pilot is solely responsible for
selecting a safe airspeed/altitude for the operation
being conducted.
(See HOVER TAXI.)
(Refer to AIM.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-5
AIR TRAFFIC- Aircraft operating in the air or on an
airport surface, exclusive of loading ramps and
parking areas.
(See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC.)
AIR TRAFFIC [ICAO]- All aircraft in flight or
operating on the maneuvering area of an aerodrome.
AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE- An authorization by
air traffic control for the purpose of preventing
collision between known aircraft, for an aircraft to
proceed under specified traffic conditions within
controlled airspace. The pilot-in-command of an
aircraft may not deviate from the provisions of a
visual flight rules (VFR) or instrument flight rules
(IFR) air traffic clearance except in an emergency or
unless an amended clearance has been obtained.
Additionally, the pilot may request a different
clearance from that which has been issued by air
traffic control (ATC) if information available to the
pilot makes another course of action more practicable
or if aircraft equipment limitations or company
procedures forbid compliance with the clearance
issued. Pilots may also request clarification or
amendment, as appropriate, any time a clearance is
not fully understood, or considered unacceptable
because of safety of flight. Controllers should, in
such instances and to the extent of operational
practicality and safety, honor the pilot's request.
14 CFR Part 91.3(a) states: “The pilot in command
of an aircraft is directly responsible for, and is the
final authority as to, the operation of that aircraft.”
THE PILOT IS RESPONSIBLE TO REQUEST AN
AMENDED CLEARANCE if ATC issues a
clearance that would cause a pilot to deviate from a
rule or regulation, or in the pilot's opinion, would
place the aircraft in jeopardy.
(See ATC INSTRUCTIONS.)
(See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
CLEARANCE.)
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL- A service operated by
appropriate authority to promote the safe, orderly and
expeditious flow of air traffic.
(See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL
SERVICE.)
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CLEARANCE [ICAO]-
Authorization for an aircraft to proceed under
conditions specified by an air traffic control unit.
Note 1:_For convenience, the term air traffic control
clearance is frequently abbreviated to clearance
when used in appropriate contexts.
Note 2:_The abbreviated term clearance may be
prefixed by the words taxi, takeoff, departure, en
route, approach or landing to indicate the particular
portion of flight to which the air traffic control clear-
ance relates.
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL.)
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE [ICAO]- A
service provided for the purpose of:
a. Preventing collisions:
1. Between aircraft; and
2. On the maneuvering area between aircraft
and obstructions.
b. Expediting and maintaining an orderly flow of
air traffic.
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST- A person
authorized to provide air traffic control service.
(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL.)
(See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION.)
(See ICAO term CONTROLLER.)
AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM COMMAND
CENTER (ATCSCC) - An Air Traffic Tactical
Operations facility responsible for monitoring and
managing the flow of air traffic throughout the NAS,
producing a safe, orderly, and expeditious flow of
traffic while minimizing delays. The following
functions are located at the ATCSCC:
a. Central Altitude Reservation Function
(CARF). Responsible for coordinating, planning,
and approving special user requirements under the
Altitude Reservation (ALTRV) concept.
(See ALTITUDE RESERVATION.)
b. Airport Reservation Office (ARO).
Responsible for approving IFR flights at designated
high density traffic airports (John F. Kennedy,
LaGuardia, and Ronald Reagan Washington
National) during specified hours.
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 93.)
(Refer to AIRPORT/FACILITY DIRECTORY.)
7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary
2/14/08
PCG A-6
c. U.S. Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) Office.
Responsible for collecting, maintaining, and distrib-
uting NOTAMs for the U.S. civilian and military, as
well as international aviation communities.
(See NOTICE TO AIRMEN.)
d. Weather Unit. Monitor all aspects of weather
for the U.S. that might affect aviation including cloud
cover, visibility, winds, precipitation, thunderstorms,
icing, turbulence, and more. Provide forecasts based
on observations and on discussions with meteorolo-
gists from various National Weather Service offices,
FAA facilities, airlines, and private weather services.
AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE- A generic term meaning:
a. Flight Information Service.
b. Alerting Service.
c. Air Traffic Advisory Service.
d. Air Traffic Control Service:
1. Area Control Service,
2. Approach Control Service, or
3. Airport Control Service.
AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE (ATS) ROUTES - The
term “ATS Route” is a generic term that includes
“VOR Federal airways,” “colored Federal airways,”
“jet routes,” and “RNAV routes.” The term “ATS
route” does not replace these more familiar route
names, but serves only as an overall title when listing
the types of routes that comprise the United States
route structure.
AIRBORNE DELAY- Amount of delay to be
encountered in airborne holding.
AIRCRAFT- Device(s) that are used or intended to
be used for flight in the air, and when used in air traffic
control terminology, may include the flight crew.
(See ICAO term AIRCRAFT.)
AIRCRAFT [ICAO]- Any machine that can derive
support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air
other than the reactions of the air against the earth's
surface.
AIRCRAFT APPROACH CATEGORY- A
grouping of aircraft based on a speed of 1.3 times the
stall speed in the landing configuration at maximum
gross landing weight. An aircraft must fit in only one
category. If it is necessary to maneuver at speeds in
excess of the upper limit of a speed range for a
category, the minimums for the category for that
speed must be used. For example, an aircraft which
falls in Category A, but is circling to land at a speed
in excess of 91 knots, must use the approach
Category_B minimums when circling to land. The
categories are as follows:
a. Category A- Speed less than 91 knots.
b. Category B- Speed 91 knots or more but less
than 121 knots.
c. Category C- Speed 121 knots or more but less
than 141 knots.
d. Category D- Speed 141 knots or more but less
than 166 knots.
e. Category E- Speed 166 knots or more.
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 97.)
AIRCRAFT CLASSES- For the purposes of Wake
Turbulence Separation Minima, ATC classifies
aircraft as Heavy, Large, and Small as follows:
a. Heavy- Aircraft capable of takeoff weights of
more than 255,000 pounds whether or not they are
operating at this weight during a particular phase of
flight.
b. Large- Aircraft of more than 41,000 pounds,
maximum certificated takeoff weight, up to 255,000
pounds.
c. Small- Aircraft of 41,000 pounds or less
maximum certificated takeoff weight.
(Refer to AIM.)
AIRCRAFT CONFLICT- Predicted conflict, within
URET, of two aircraft, or between aircraft and
airspace. A Red alert is used for conflicts when the
predicted minimum separation is 5 nautical miles or
less. A Yellow alert is used when the predicted
minimum separation is between 5 and approximately
12 nautical miles. A Blue alert is used for conflicts
between an aircraft and predefined airspace.
(See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.)
AIRCRAFT LIST (ACL)- A view available with
URET that lists aircraft currently in or predicted to be
in a particular sector's airspace. The view contains
textual flight data information in line format and may
be sorted into various orders based on the specific
needs of the sector team.
(See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.)
AIRCRAFT SURGE LAUNCH AND
RECOVERY- Procedures used at USAF bases to
provide increased launch and recovery rates in
instrument flight rules conditions. ASLAR is based
on:
Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-7
a. Reduced separation between aircraft which is
based on time or distance. Standard arrival separation
applies between participants including multiple
flights until the DRAG point. The DRAG point is a
published location on an ASLAR approach where
aircraft landing second in a formation slows to a
predetermined airspeed. The DRAG point is the
reference point at which MARSA applies as
expanding elements effect separation within a flight
or between subsequent participating flights.
b. ASLAR procedures shall be covered in a Letter
of Agreement between the responsible USAF
military ATC facility and the concerned Federal
Aviation Administration facility. Initial Approach
Fix spacing requirements are normally addressed as
a minimum.
AIRMEN'S METEOROLOGICAL
INFORMATION(See AIRMET.)
AIRMET- In-flight weather advisories issued only
to amend the area forecast concerning weather
phenomena which are of operational interest to all
aircraft and potentially hazardous to aircraft having
limited capability because of lack of equipment,
instrumentation, or pilot qualifications. AIRMETs
concern weather of less severity than that covered by
SIGMETs or Convective SIGMETs. AIRMETs
cover moderate icing, moderate turbulence, sustained
winds of 30 knots or more at the surface, widespread
areas of ceilings less than 1,000 feet and/or visibility
less than 3 miles, and extensive mountain
obscurement.
(See AWW.)
(See CONVECTIVE SIGMET.)
(See CWA.)
(See SIGMET.)
(Refer to AIM.)
AIRPORT- An area on land or water that is used or
intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of
aircraft and includes its buildings and facilities, if
any.
AIRPORT ADVISORY AREA- The area within ten
miles of an airport without a control tower or where
the tower is not in operation, and on which a Flight
Service Station is located.
(See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY.)
(Refer to AIM.)
AIRPORT ARRIVAL RATE (AAR)- A dynamic
input parameter specifying the number of arriving
aircraft which an airport or airspace can accept from
the ARTCC per hour. The AAR is used to calculate
the desired interval between successive arrival
aircraft.
AIRPORT DEPARTURE RATE (ADR)- A dynamic
parameter specifying the number of aircraft which
can depart an airport and the airspace can accept per
hour.
AIRPORT ELEVATION- The highest point of an
airport's usable runways measured in feet from mean
sea level.
(See TOUCHDOWN ZONE ELEVATION.)
(See ICAO term AERODROME ELEVATION.)
AIRPORT/FACILITY DIRECTORY- A publication
designed primarily as a pilot's operational manual
containing all airports, seaplane bases, and heliports
open to the public including communications data,
navigational facilities, and certain special notices and
procedures. This publication is issued in seven
volumes according to geographical area.
AIRPORT LIGHTING- Various lighting aids that
may be installed on an airport. Types of airport
lighting include:
a. Approach Light System (ALS)- An airport
lighting facility which provides visual guidance to
landing aircraft by radiating light beam s in a
directional pattern by which the pilot aligns the
aircraft with the extended centerline of the runway on
his/her final approach for landing. Condenser-
Discharge Sequential Flashing Lights/Sequenced
Flashing Lights may be installed in conjunction with
the ALS at some airports. Types of Approach Light
Systems are:
1. ALSF-1- Approach Light System with
Sequenced Flashing Lights in ILS Cat-I configura-
tion.
2. ALSF-2- Approach Light System with
Sequenced Flashing Lights in ILS Cat-II configura-
tion. The ALSF-2 may operate as an SSALR when
weather conditions permit.
3. SSALF- Simplified Short Approach Light
System with Sequenced Flashing Lights.
4. SSALR- Simplified Short Approach Light
System with Runway Alignment Indicator Lights.
5. MALSF- Medium Intensity Approach Light
System with Sequenced Flashing Lights.
7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary
2/14/08
PCG A-8
6. MALSR- Medium Intensity Approach Light
System with Runway Alignment Indicator Lights.
7. LDIN- Lead-in-light system- Consists of
one or more series of flashing lights installed at or
near ground level that provides positive visual
guidance along an approach path, either curving or
straight, where special problems exist with hazardous
terrain, obstructions, or noise abatement procedures.
8. RAIL- Runway Alignment Indicator Lights-
Sequenced Flashing Lights which are installed only
in combination with other light systems.
9. ODALS- Omnidirectional Approach Light-
ing System consists of seven omnidirectional
flashing lights located in the approach area of a
nonprecision runway. Five lights are located on the
runway centerline extended with the first light
located 300 feet from the threshold and extending at
equal intervals up to 1,500 feet from the threshold.
The other two lights are located, one on each side of
the runway threshold, at a lateral distance of 40 feet
from the runway edge, or 75 feet from the runway
edge when installed on a runway equipped with a
VASI.
(Refer to FAAO JO 6850.2, VISUAL GUIDANCE
LIGHTING SYSTEMS.)
b. Runway Lights/Runway Edge Lights- Lights
having a prescribed angle of emission used to define
the lateral limits of a runway. Runway lights are
uniformly spaced at intervals of approximately 200
feet, and the intensity may be controlled or preset.
c. Touchdown Zone Lighting- Two rows of
transverse light bars located symmetrically about the
runway centerline normally at 100 foot intervals. The
basic system extends 3,000 feet along the runway.
d. Runway Centerline Lighting- Flush centerline
lights spaced at 50-foot intervals beginning 75 feet
from the landing threshold and extending to within 75
feet of the opposite end of the runway.
e. Threshold Lights- Fixed green lights arranged
symmetrically left and right of the runway centerline,
identifying the runway threshold.
f. Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL)- Two
synchronized flashing lights, one on each side of the
runway threshold, which provide rapid and positive
identification of the approach end of a particular
runway.
g. Visual Approach Slope Indicator (VASI)- An
airport lighting facility providing vertical visual
approach slope guidance to aircraft during approach
to landing by radiating a directional pattern of high
intensity red and white focused light beams which
indicate to the pilot that he/she is “on path” if he/she
sees red/white, “above path” if white/white, and
“below path” if red/red. Some airports serving large
aircraft have three-bar VASIs which provide two
visual glide paths to the same runway.
h. Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI)- An
airport lighting facility, similar to VASI, providing
vertical approach slope guidance to aircraft during
approach to landing. PAPIs consist of a single row of
either two or four lights, normally installed on the left
side of the runway, and have an effective visual range
of about 5 miles during the day and up to 20 miles at
night. PAPIs radiate a directional pattern of high
intensity red and white focused light beams which
indicate that the pilot is “on path” if the pilot sees an
equal number of white lights and red lights, with
white to the left of the red; “above path” if the pilot
sees more white than red lights; and “below path” if
the pilot sees more red than white lights.
i. Boundary Lights- Lights defining the perimeter
of an airport or landing area.
(Refer to AIM.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:19
AIRPORT MARKING AIDS- Markings used on
runway and taxiway surfaces to identify a specific
runway, a runway threshold, a centerline, a hold line,
etc. A runway should be marked in accordance with
its present usage such as:
a. Visual.
b. Nonprecision instrument.
c. Precision instrument.
(Refer to AIM.)
AIR PORT REFERENCE POINT (ARP)- The
approximate geometric center of all usable runway
surfaces.
AIRPORT RESERVATION OFFICE- Office re-
sponsible for monitoring the operation of the high
density rule. Receives and processes requests for
IFR-operations at high density traffic airports.
AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON- A visual
NAVAID operated at many airports. At civil airports,
alternating white and green flashes indicate the
location of the airport. At military airports, the
beacons flash alternately white and green, but are
Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-9
differentiated from civil beacons by dualpeaked (two
quick) white flashes between the green flashes.
(See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES.)
(See SPECIAL VFR OPERATIONS.)
(See ICAO term AERODROME BEACON.)
(Refer to AIM.)
AIRPORT STREAM FILTER (ASF)- An on/off
filter that allows the conflict notification function to
be inhibited for arrival streams into single or multiple
airports to prevent nuisance alerts.
AIRPORT SURFACE DETECTION EQUIPMENT
(ASDE)- Surveillance equipment specifically de-
signed to detect aircraft, vehicular traffic, and other
objects, on the surface of an airport, and to present the
image on a tower display. Used to augment visual
observation by tower personnel of aircraft and/or
vehicular movements on runways and taxiways.
There are three ASDE systems deployed in the NAS:
a. ASDE-3- a Surface Movement Radar.
b. ASDE-X- a system that uses a X-band Surface
Movement Radar and multilateration. Data from
these two sources are fused and presented on a digital
display.
c. ASDE-3X- an ASDE-X system that uses the
ASDE-3 Surface Movement Radar.
AIRPORT SURVEILLANCE RADAR- Approach
control radar used to detect and display an aircraft's
position in the terminal area. ASR provides range and
azimuth information but does not provide elevation
data. Coverage of the ASR can extend up to 60 miles.
AIRPORT TAXI CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.)
AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE- A
service provided by a control tower for aircraft
operating on the movement area and in the vicinity of
an airport.
(See MOVEMENT AREA.)
(See TOWER.)
(See ICAO term AERODROME CONTROL
SERVICE.)
AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER(See TOWER.)
AIRSPACE CONFLICT- Predicted conflict of an
aircraft and active Special Activity Airspace (SAA).
AIRSPACE FLOW PROGRAM (AFP)- AFP is a
Traffic Management (TM) process administered by
the Air Traffic Control System Command Center
(ATCSCC) where aircraft are assigned an Expect
Departure Clearance Time (EDCT) in order to
manage capacity and demand for a specific area of the
National Airspace System (NAS). The purpose of the
program is to mitigate the effects of en route
constraints. It is a flexible program and may be
implemented in various forms depending upon the
needs of the air traffic system.
AIRSPACE HIERARCHY- Within the airspace
classes, there is a hierarchy and, in the event of an
overlap of airspace: Class A preempts Class B, Class
B preempts Class C, Class C preempts Class D, Class
D preempts Class E, and Class E preempts Class G.
AIRSPEED- The speed of an aircraft relative to its
surrounding air mass. The unqualified term
“airspeed” means one of the following:
a. Indicated Airspeed- The speed shown on the
aircraft airspeed indicator. This is the speed used in
pilot/controller communications under the general
term “airspeed.”
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 1.)
b. True Airspeed- The airspeed of an aircraft
relative to undisturbed air. Used primarily in flight
planning and en route portion of flight. When used in
pilot/controller communications, it is referred to as
“true airspeed” and not shortened to “airspeed.”
AIRSTART- The starting of an aircraft engine while
the aircraft is airborne, preceded by engine shutdown
during training flights or by actual engine failure.
AIRWAY- A Class E airspace area established in the
form of a corridor, the centerline of which is defined
by radio navigational aids.
(See FEDERAL AIRWAYS.)
(See ICAO term AIRWAY.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 71.)
(Refer to AIM.)
AIRWAY [ICAO]- A control area or portion thereof
established in the form of corridor equipped with
radio navigational aids.
AIRWAY BEACON- Used to mark airway segments
in remote mountain areas. The light flashes Morse
Code to identify the beacon site.
(Refer to AIM.)
AIT(See AUTOMATED INFORMATION
TRANSFER.)
7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary
2/14/08
PCG A-10
ALERFA (Alert Phase) [ICAO]- A situation wherein
apprehension exists as to the safety of an aircraft and
its occupants.
ALERT- A notification to a position that there
is an aircraft-to-aircraft or aircraft-to-airspace
conflict, as detected by Automated Problem
Detection (APD).
ALERT AREA(See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE.)
ALERT NOTICE- A request originated by a flight
service station (FSS) or an air route traffic control
center (ARTCC) for an extensive communication
search for overdue, unreported, or missing aircraft.
ALERTING SERVICE- A service provided to notify
appropriate organizations regarding aircraft in need
of search and rescue aid and assist such organizations
as required.
ALNOT(See ALERT NOTICE.)
ALONG-TRACK DISTANCE (ATD)- The distance
measured from a point-in-space by systems using
area navigation reference capabilities that are not
subject to slant range errors.
ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY- Letters and numer-
als used to show identification, altitude, beacon code,
and other information concerning a target on a radar
display.
(See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL
SYSTEMS.)
ALTERNATE AERODROME [ICAO]- An aero-
drome to which an aircraft may proceed when it
becomes either impossible or inadvisable to proceed
to or to land at the aerodrome of intended landing.
Note:_The aerodrome from which a flight departs
may also be an en-route or a destination alternate
aerodrome for the flight.
ALTERNATE AIRPORT- An airport at which an
aircraft may land if a landing at the intended airport
becomes inadvisable.
(See ICAO term ALTERNATE AERODROME.)
ALTIMETER SETTING- The barometric pressure
reading used to adjust a pressure altimeter for
variations in existing atmospheric pressure or to the
standard altimeter setting (29.92).
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
(Refer to AIM.)
ALTITUDE- The height of a level, point, or object
measured in feet Above Ground Level (AGL) or from
Mean Sea Level (MSL).
(See FLIGHT LEVEL.)
a. MSL Altitude- Altitude expressed in feet
measured from mean sea level.
b. AGL Altitude- Altitude expressed in feet
measured above ground level.
c. Indicated Altitude- The altitude as shown by an
altimeter. On a pressure or barometric altimeter it is
altitude as shown uncorrected for instrument error
and uncompensated for variation from standard
atmospheric conditions.
(See ICAO term ALTITUDE.)
ALTITUDE [ICAO]- The vertical distance of a level,
a point or an object considered as a point, measured
from mean sea level (MSL).
ALTITUDE READOUT- An aircraft's altitude,
transmitted via the Mode C transponder feature, that
is visually displayed in 100-foot increments on a
radar scope having readout capability.
(See ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY.)
(See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL
SYSTEMS.)
(Refer to AIM.)
ALTITUDE RESERVATION- Airspace utilization
under prescribed conditions normally employed for
the mass movement of aircraft or other special user
requirem ents which cannot otherwise be
accomplished. ALTRVs are approved by the
appropriate FAA facility.
(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM
COMMAND CENTER.)
ALTITUDE RESTRICTION- An altitude or alti-
tudes, stated in the order flown, which are to be
maintained until reaching a specific point or time.
Altitude restrictions may be issued by ATC due to
traffic, terrain, or other airspace considerations.
ALTITUDE RESTRICTIONS ARE CANCELED-
Adherence to previously imposed altitude restric-
tions is no longer required during a climb or descent.
ALTRV(See ALTITUDE RESERVATION.)
AMVER(See AUTOMATED MUTUAL-ASSISTANCE
VESSEL RESCUE SYSTEM.)
APB(See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION
BOUNDARY.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-11
APD(See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION.)
APDIA(See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION
INHIBITED AREA.)
APPROACH CLEARANCE- Authorization by
ATC for a pilot to conduct an instrument approach.
The type of instrument approach for which a
clearance and other pertinent information is provided
in the approach clearance when required.
(See CLEARED APPROACH.)
(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH
PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to AIM.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY- A terminal
ATC facility that provides approach control service in
a terminal area.
(See APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE.)
(See RADAR APPROACH CONTROL
FACILITY.)
APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE- Air traffic
control service provided by an approach control
facility for arriving and departing VFR/IFR aircraft
and, on occasion, en route aircraft. At some airports
not served by an approach control facility, the
ARTCC provides limited approach control service.
(See ICAO term APPROACH CONTROL
SERVICE.)
(Refer to AIM.)
APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE [ICAO]- Air
traffic control service for arriving or departing
controlled flights.
APPROACH GATE- An imaginary point used
within ATC as a basis for vectoring aircraft to the
final approach course. The gate will be established
along the final approach course 1 mile from the final
approach fix on the side away from the airport and
will be no closer than 5 miles from the landing
threshold.
APPROACH LIGHT SYSTEM(See AIRPORT LIGHTING.)
APPROACH SEQUENCE- The order in which
aircraft are positioned while on approach or awaiting
approach clearance.
(See LANDING SEQUENCE.)
(See ICAO term APPROACH SEQUENCE.)
APPROACH SEQUENCE [ICAO]- The order in
which two or more aircraft are cleared to approach to
land at the aerodrome.
APPROACH SPEED- The recommended speed
contained in aircraft manuals used by pilots when
making an approach to landing. This speed will vary
for different segments of an approach as well as for
aircraft weight and configuration.
APPROPRIATE ATS AUTHORITY [ICAO]- The
relevant authority designated by the State responsible
for providing air traffic services in the airspace
concerned. In the United States, the “appropriate ATS
authority” is the Program Director for Air Traffic
Planning and Procedures, ATP-1.
APPROPRIATE AUTHORITYa. Regarding flight over the high seas: the relevant
authority is the State of Registry.
b. Regarding flight over other than the high seas:
the relevant authority is the State having sovereignty
over the territory being overflown.
APPROPRIATE OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
MINIMUM ALTITUDE- Any of the following:
(See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE.)
(See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDE.)
(See MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE
ALTITUDE.)
(See MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE.)
APPROPRIATE TERRAIN CLEARANCE
MINIMUM ALTITUDE- Any of the following:
(See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE.)
(See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDE.)
(See MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE
ALTITUDE.)
(See MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE.)
APRON- A defined area on an airport or heliport
intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of
loading or unloading passengers or cargo, refueling,
parking, or maintenance. With regard to seaplanes, a
ramp is used for access to the apron from the water.
(See ICAO term APRON.)
APRON [IC AO]- A defined area, on a land
aerodrome, intended to accommodate aircraft for
purposes of loading or unloading passengers, mail or
cargo, refueling, parking or maintenance.
ARC- The track over the ground of an aircraft flying
at a constant distance from a navigational aid by
reference to distance measuring equipment (DME).
7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary
2/14/08
PCG A-12
AREA CONTROL CENTER [ICAO]- An air traffic
control facility primarily responsible for ATC
services being provided IFR aircraft during the en
route phase of flight. The U.S. equivalent facility is
an air route traffic control center (ARTCC).
AREA NAVIGATION- Area Navigation (RNAV)
provides enhanced navigational capability to the
pilot. RNAV equipment can compute the airplane
position, actual track and ground speed and then
provide meaningful information relative to a route of
flight selected by the pilot. Typical equipment will
provide the pilot with distance, time, bearing and
crosstrack error relative to the selected “TO” or
“active” waypoint and the selected route. Several
distinctly different navigational systems with
different navigational performance characteristics
are capable of providing area navigational functions.
Present day RNAV includes INS, LORAN, VOR/
DME, and GPS systems. Modern multi-sensor
systems can integrate one or more of the above
systems to provide a more accurate and reliable
navigational system. Due to the different levels of
performance, area navigational capabilities can
satisfy different levels of required navigational
performance (RNP). The major types of equipment
are:
a. VORTAC referenced or Course Line Computer
(CLC) systems, which account for the greatest
number of RNAV units in use. To function, the CLC
must be within the service range of a VORTAC.
b. OMEGA/VLF, although two separate systems,
can be considered as one operationally. A long-range
navigation system based upon Very Low Frequency
radio signals transmitted from a total of 17 stations
worldwide.
c. Inertial (INS) systems, which are totally
self-contained and require no information from
external references. They provide aircraft position
and navigation information in response to signals
resulting from inertial effects on components within
the system.
d. MLS Area Navigation (MLS/RNAV), which
provides area navigation with reference to an MLS
ground facility.
e. LORAN-C is a long-range radio navigation
system that uses ground waves transmitted at low
frequency to provide user position information at
ranges of up to 600 to 1,200 nautical miles at both en
route and approach altitudes. The usable signal
coverage areas are determined by the signal-to-noise
ratio, the envelope-to-cycle difference, and the
geometric relationship between the positions of the
user and the transmitting stations.
f. GPS is a space-base radio positioning,
navigation, and time-transfer system. The system
provides highly accurate position and velocity
information, and precise time, on a continuous global
basis, to an unlimited number of properly equipped
users. The system is unaffected by weather, and
provides a worldwide common grid reference
system.
(See ICAO term AREA NAVIGATION.)
AREA NAVIGATION [IC AO]- A method of
navigation which permits aircraft operation on any
desired flight path within the coverage of station-
referenced navigation aids or within the limits of the
capability of self-contained aids, or a combination of
these.
AREA NAVIGATION (RNAV) APPROACH
CONFIGURATION:
a. STANDARD T- An RNAV approach whose
design allows direct flight to any one of three initial
approach fixes (IAF) and eliminates the need for
procedure turns. The standard design is to align the
procedure on the extended centerline with the missed
approach point (MAP) at the runway threshold, the
final approach fix (FAF), and the initial approach/
intermediate fix (IAF/IF). The other two IAFs will be
established perpendicular to the IF.
b. MODIFIED T- An RNAV approach design for
single or multiple runways where terrain or
operational constraints do not allow for the standard
T. The “T” may be modified by increasing or
decreasing the angle from the corner IAF(s) to the IF
or by eliminating one or both corner IAFs.
c. STANDARD I- An RNAV approach design for
a single runway with both corner IAFs eliminated.
Course reversal or radar vectoring may be required at
busy terminals with multiple runways.
d. TERMINAL ARRIVAL AREA (TAA)- The
TAA is controlled airspace established in conjunction
with the Standard or Modified T and I RNAV
approach configurations. In the standard TAA, there
are three areas: straight-in, left base, and right base.
The arc boundaries of the three areas of the TAA are
published portions of the approach and allow aircraft
to transition from the en route structure direct to the
nearest IAF. TAAs will also eliminate or reduce
Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-13
feeder routes, departure extensions, and procedure
turns or course reversal.
1. STRAIGHT-IN AREA- A 30NM arc
centered on the IF bounded by a straight line
extending through the IF perpendicular to the
intermediate course.
2. LEFT BASE AREA- A 30NM arc centered
on the right corner IAF. The area shares a boundary
with the straight-in area except that it extends out for
30NM from the IAF and is bounded on the other side
by a line extending from the IF through the FAF to the
arc.
3. RIGHT BASE AREA- A 30NM arc centered
on the left corner IAF. The area shares a boundary
with the straight-in area except that it extends out for
30NM from the IAF and is bounded on the other side
by a line extending from the IF through the FAF to the
arc.
ARINC- An acronym for Aeronautical Radio, Inc.,
a corporation largely owned by a group of airlines.
ARINC is licensed by the FCC as an aeronautical
station and contracted by the FAA to provide
communications support for air traffic control and
meteorological services in portions of international
airspace.
ARMY AVIATION FLIGHT INFORMATION
BULLETIN- A bulletin that provides air operation
data covering Army, National Guard, and Army
Reserve aviation activities.
ARO(See AIRPORT RESERVATION OFFICE.)
ARRESTING SYSTEM- A safety device consisting
of two major components, namely, engaging or
catching devices and energy absorption devices for
the purpose of arresting both tailhook and/or
nontailhook-equipped aircraft. It is used to prevent
aircraft from overrunning runways when the aircraft
cannot be stopped after landing or during aborted
takeoff. Arresting systems have various names; e.g.,
arresting gear, hook device, wire barrier cable.
(See ABORT.)
(Refer to AIM.)
ARRIVAL AIRCRAFT INTERVAL- An internally
generated program in hundredths of minutes based
upon the AAR. AAI is the desired optimum interval
between successive arrival aircraft over the vertex.
ARRIVAL CENTER- The ARTCC having jurisdic-
tion for the impacted airport.
ARRIVAL DELAY- A parameter which specifies a
period of time in which no aircraft will be metered for
arrival at the specified airport.
ARRIVAL SECTOR- An operational control sector
containing one or more meter fixes.
ARRIVAL SECTOR ADVIS ORY LIS T- An
ordered list of data on arrivals displayed at the
PVD/MDM of the sector which controls the meter
fix.
ARRIVAL SEQUENCING PROGRAM- The auto-
mated program designed to assist in sequencing
aircraft destined for the same airport.
ARRIVAL TIME- The time an aircraft touches down
on arrival.
ARSR(See AIR ROUTE SURVEILLANCE RADAR.)
ARTCC(See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL
CENTER.)
ARTS(See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL
SYSTEMS.)
ASDA(See ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE
AVAILABLE.)
ASDA [ICAO]-
(See ICAO Term ACCELERATE-STOP
DISTANCE AVAILABLE.)
ASDE(See AIRPORT SURFACE DETECTION
EQUIPMENT.)
ASF(See AIRPORT STREAM FILTER.)
ASLAR(See AIRCRAFT SURGE LAUNCH AND
RECOVERY.)
ASP(See ARRIVAL SEQUENCING PROGRAM.)
ASR(See AIRPORT SURVEILLANCE RADAR.)
ASR APPROACH(See SURVEILLANCE APPROACH.)
7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary
2/14/08
PCG A-14
ASSOCIATED- A radar target displaying a data
block with flight identification and altitude
information.
(See UNASSOCIATED.)
ATC(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL.)
ATC ADVISES- Used to prefix a message of
noncontrol information when it is relayed to an
aircraft by other than an air traffic controller.
(See ADVISORY.)
ATC ASSIGNED AIRSPACE- Airspace of defined
vertical/lateral limits, assigned by ATC, for the
purpose of providing air traffic segregation between
the specified activities being conducted within the
assigned airspace and other IFR air traffic.
(See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE.)
ATC CLEARANCE(See AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE.)
ATC CLEARS- Used to prefix an ATC clearance
when it is relayed to an aircraft by other than an air
traffic controller.
ATC INSTRUCTIONS- Directives issued by air
traffic control for the purpose of requiring a pilot to
take specific actions; e.g., “Turn left heading two five
zero,” “Go around,” “Clear the runway.”
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
ATC PREFERRED ROUTE NOTIFICATION-
URET notification to the appropriate controller of the
need to determine if an ATC preferred route needs to
be applied, based on destination airport.
(See ROUTE ACTION NOTIFICATION.)
(See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.)
ATC PREFERRED ROUTES- Preferred routes that
are not automatically applied by Host.
ATC REQUESTS- Used to prefix an ATC request
when it is relayed to an aircraft by other than an air
traffic controller.
ATCAA(See ATC ASSIGNED AIRSPACE.)
ATCRBS(See RADAR.)
ATCSCC(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM
COMMAND CENTER.)
ATCT(See TOWER.)
ATD(See ALONG-TRACK DISTANCE.)
ATIS(See AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION
SERVICE.)
ATIS [ICAO]-
(See ICAO Term AUTOMATIC TERMINAL
INFORMATION SERVICE.)
ATS ROUTE [ICAO]- A specified route designed for
channelling the flow of traffic as necessary for the
provision of air traffic services.
Note:_The term “ATS Route” is used to mean vari-
ously, airway, advisory route, controlled or
uncontrolled route, arrival or departure, etc.
AUTOLAND APPROACH- An autoland approach
is a precision instrument approach to touchdown and,
in some cases, through the landing rollout. An
autoland approach is performed by the aircraft
autopilot which is receiving position information
and/or steering commands from onboard navigation
equipment.
Note:_Autoland and coupled approaches are flown
in VFR and IFR. It is common for carriers to require
their crews to fly coupled approaches and autoland
approaches (if certified) when the weather condi-
tions are less than approximately 4,000 RVR.
(See COUPLED APPROACH.)
AUTOMATED INFORMATION TRANSFER- A
precoordinated process, specifically defined in
facility directives, during which a transfer of altitude
control and/or radar identification is accomplished
without verbal coordination between controllers
using information communicated in a full data block.
AUTOMATED MUTUAL-ASSISTANCE VESSEL
RESCUE SYSTEM- A facility which can deliver, in
a matter of minutes, a surface picture (SURPIC) of
vessels in the area of a potential or actual search and
rescue incident, including their predicted positions
and their characteristics.
(See FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 10-6-4, INFLIGHT
CONTINGENCIES.)
AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION (APD)-
An Automation Processing capability that compares
trajectories in order to predict conflicts.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG A-15
AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION
BOUNDARY (APB)- The adapted distance beyond
a facilities boundary defining the airspace within
which URET performs conflict detection.
(See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.)
AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION IN-
HIBITED AREA (APDIA)- Airspace surrounding a
terminal area within which APD is inhibited for all
flights within that airspace.
AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS
(ARTS)- A generic term for several tracking systems
included in the Terminal Automation Systems (TAS).
ARTS plus a suffix roman numeral denotes a major
modification to that system.
a. ARTS IIIA. The Radar Tracking and Beacon
Tracking Level (RT&BTL) of the modular,
programmable automated radar terminal system.
ARTS IIIA detects, tracks, and predicts primary as
well as secondary radar-derived aircraft targets. This
more sophisticated computer-driven system up-
grades the existing ARTS III system by providing
improved tracking, continuous data recording, and
fail-soft capabilities.
b. Common ARTS. Includes ARTS IIE, ARTS
IIIE; and ARTS IIIE with ACD (see DTAS) which
combines functionalities of the previous ARTS
systems.
c. Program mable Indicator Data Processor
(P IDP). The PIDP is a modification to the
AN/TPX-42 interrogator system currently installed
in fixed RAPCONs. The PIDP detects, tracks, and
predicts secondary radar aircraft targets. These are
displayed by means of computer-generated symbols
and alphanumeric characters depicting flight identifi-
cation, aircraft altitude, ground speed, and flight plan
data. Although primary radar targets are not tracked,
they are displayed coincident with the secondary
radar targets as well as with the other symbols and
alphanumerics. The system has the capability of
interfacing with ARTCCs.
AUTOMATED WEATHER SYSTEM- Any of the
automated weather sensor platforms that collect
weather data at airports and disseminate the weather
information via radio and/or landline. The systems
currently consist of the Automated Surface Observ-
ing System (ASOS), Automated Weather Sensor
System (AWSS) and Automated Weather Observa-
tion System (AWOS).
AUTOMATED UNICOM- Provides completely
automated weather, radio check capability and airport
advisory information on an Automated UNICOM
system. These systems offer a variety of features,
typically selectable by microphone clicks, on the
UNICOM frequency. Availability will be published
in the Airport/Facility Directory and approach charts.
AUTOMATIC ALTITUDE REPORT(See ALTITUDE READOUT.)
AUTOMATIC ALTITUDE REPORTING- That
function of a transponder which responds to Mode C
interrogations by transmitting the aircraft's altitude
in 100-foot increments.
AUTOMATIC CARRIER LANDING SYSTEM-
U.S. Navy final approach equipment consisting of
precision tracking radar coupled to a computer data
link to provide continuous information to the aircraft,
monitoring capability to the pilot, and a backup
approach system.
AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE
(ADS) [ICAO]- A surveillance technique in which
aircraft automatically provide, via a data link, data
derived from on-board navigation and position
fixing systems, including aircraft identification, four
dimensional position and additional data as
appropriate.
AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE-
BROADCAST (ADS-B)- A surveillance system in
which an aircraft or vehicle to be detected is fitted
with cooperative equipment in the form of a data link
transmitter. The aircraft or vehicle periodically
broadcasts its GPS-derived position and other
information such as velocity over the data link, which
is received by a ground-based transmitter/receiver
(transceiver) for processing and display at an air
traffic control facility.
(See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM.)
(See GROUND-BASED TRANSCEIVER.)
AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE-
CONTRACT (ADS-C)- A data link position
reporting system, controlled by a ground station, that
establishes contracts with an aircraft's avionics that
occur automatically whenever specific events occur,
or specific time intervals are reached.
AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER- An aircraft
radio navigation system which senses and indicates
the direction to a L/MF nondirectional radio beacon
(NDB) ground transmitter. Direction is indicated to
7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary
2/14/08
PCG A-16
the pilot as a magnetic bearing or as a relative bearing
to the longitudinal axis of the aircraft depending on
the type of indicator installed in the aircraft. In certain
applications, such as military, ADF operations may
be based on airborne and ground transmitters in the
VHF/UHF frequency spectrum.
(See BEARING.)
(See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:28
AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION
SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSSs ONLY- The
continuous broadcast of recorded non-control
information at airports in Alaska where a FSS
provides local airport advisory service. The AFIS
broadcast automates the repetitive transmission of
essential but routine information such as weather,
wind, altimeter, favored runway, breaking action,
airport NOTAMs, and other applicable information.
The information is continuously broadcast over a
discrete VHF radio frequency (usually the ASOS
frequency.)
AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION
SERVICE- The continuous broadcast of recorded
noncontrol information in selected terminal areas. Its
purpose is to improve controller effectiveness and to
relieve frequency congestion by automating the
repetitive transmission of essential but routine
information; e.g., “Los Angeles information Alfa.
One three zero zero Coordinated Universal Time.
Weather, measured ceiling two thousand overcast,
visibility three, haze, smoke, temperature seven one,
dew point five seven, wind two five zero at five,
altimeter two niner niner six. I-L-S Runway Two Five
Left approach in use, Runway Two Five Right closed,
advise you have Alfa.”
(See ICAO term AUTOMATIC TERMINAL
INFORMATION SERVICE.)
(Refer to AIM.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:37
AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION
SERVICE [ICAO]- The provision of current, routine
information to arriving and departing aircraft by
means of continuous and repetitive broadcasts
throughout the day or a specified portion of the day.
AUTOROTATION- A rotorcraft flight condition in
which the lifting rotor is driven entirely by action of
the air when the rotorcraft is in motion.
a. Autorotative Landing/Touchdown Autorota-
tion. Used by a pilot to indicate that the landing will
be made without applying power to the rotor.
b. Low Level Autorotation. Commences at an
altitude well below the traffic pattern, usually below
100 feet AGL and is used primarily for tactical
military training.
c. 180 degrees Autorotation. Initiated from a
downwind heading and is commenced well inside the
normal traffic pattern. “Go around” may not be
possible during the latter part of this maneuver.
AVAILABLE LANDING DISTANCE (ALD)- The
portion of a runway available for landing and roll-out
for aircraft cleared for LAHSO. This distance is
measured from the landing threshold to the
hold-short point.
AVIATION WEATHER SERVIC E- A service
provided by the National Weather Service (NWS) and
FAA which collects and disseminates pertinent
weather information for pilots, aircraft operators, and
ATC. Available aviation weather reports and
forecasts are displayed at each NWS office and FAA
FSS.
(See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY
SERVICE.)
(See TRANSCRIBED WEATHER BROADCAST.)
(See WEATHER ADVISORY.)
(Refer to AIM.)
AWW(See SEVERE WEATHER FORECAST
ALERTS.)
AZIMUTH (MLS)- A magnetic bearing extending
from an MLS navigation facility.
Note:_Azimuth bearings are described as magnetic
and are referred to as “azimuth” in radio telephone
communications.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG B-1作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:48
B
BACK-TAXI- A term used by air traffic controllers
to taxi an aircraft on the runway opposite to the traffic
flow. The aircraft may be instructed to back-taxi to
the beginning of the runway or at some point before
reaching the runway end for the purpose of departure
or to exit the runway.
BASE LEG(See TRAFFIC PATTERN.)
BEACON(See AERONAUTICAL BEACON.)
(See AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON.)
(See AIRWAY BEACON.)
(See MARKER BEACON.)
(See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON.)
(See RADAR.)
BEARING- The horizontal direction to or from any
point, usually measured clockwise from true north,
magnetic north, or some other reference point
through 360 degrees.
(See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON.)
BELOW MINIMUMS- Weather conditions below
the minimums prescribed by regulation for the
particular action involved; e.g., landing minimums,
takeoff minimums.
BLAST FENCE- A barrier that is used to divert or
dissipate jet or propeller blast.
BLIND SPEED- The rate of departure or closing of
a target relative to the radar antenna at which
cancellation of the primary radar target by moving
target indicator (MTI) circuits in the radar equipment
causes a reduction or complete loss of signal.
(See ICAO term BLIND VELOCITY.)
BLIND SPOT- An area from which radio
transmissions and/or radar echoes cannot be
received. The term is also used to describe portions
of the airport not visible from the control tower.
BLIND TRANSMISSION(See TRANSMITTING IN THE BLIND.)
BLIND VELOCITY [ICAO]- The radial velocity of
a moving target such that the target is not seen on
primary radars fitted with certain forms of fixed echo
suppression.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:55
BLIND ZONE(See BLIND SPOT.)
BLOCKED- Phraseology used to indicate that a
radio transmission has been distorted or interrupted
due to multiple simultaneous radio transmissions.
BOUNDARY LIGHTS(See AIRPORT LIGHTING.)
BRAKING ACTION (GOOD, FAIR, POOR, OR
NIL)- A report of conditions on the airport
movement area providing a pilot with a degree/
quality of braking that he/she might expect. Braking
action is reported in terms of good, fair, poor, or nil.
(See RUNWAY CONDITION READING.)
BRAKING ACTION ADVISORIES- When tower
controllers have received runway braking action
reports which include the terms “poor” or “nil,” or
whenever weather conditions are conducive to
deteriorating or rapidly changing runway braking
conditions, the tower will include on the ATIS
broadcast the statement, “BRAKING ACTION
ADVISORIES ARE IN EFFECT.” During the time
Braking Action Advisories are in effect, ATC will
issue the latest braking action report for the runway
in use to each arriving and departing aircraft. Pilots
should be prepared for deteriorating braking
conditions and should request current runway
condition inform ation if not volunteered by
controllers. Pilots should also be prepared to provide
a descriptive runway condition report to controllers
after landing.
BREAKOUT- A technique to direct aircraft out of
the approach stream. In the context of close parallel
operations, a breakout is used to direct threatened
aircraft away from a deviating aircraft.
BROADCAST- Transmission of information for
which an acknowledgement is not expected.
(See ICAO term BROADCAST.)
BROADCAST [ICAO]- A transmission of informa-
tion relating to air navigation that is not addressed to
a specific station or stations.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-1作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:03
C
CALCULATED LANDING TIME- A term that may
be used in place of tentative or actual calculated
landing time, whichever applies.
CALL FOR RELEASE- Wherein the overlying
ARTCC requires a terminal facility to initiate verbal
coordination to secure ARTCC approval for release
of a departure into the en route environment.
CALL UP- Initial voice contact between a facility
and an aircraft, using the identification of the unit
being called and the unit initiating the call.
(Refer to AIM.)
CANADIAN MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFOR-
MANCE SPECIFICATION AIRSPACE- That
portion of Canadian domestic airspace within which
MNPS separation may be applied.
CARDINAL ALTITUDES - “Odd” or “Even”
thousand-foot altitudes or flight levels; e.g., 5,000,
6,000, 7,000, FL 250, FL 260, FL 270.
(See ALTITUDE.)
(See FLIGHT LEVEL.)
CARDINAL FLIGHT LEVELS(See CARDINAL ALTITUDES.)
CAT(See CLEAR-AIR TURBULENCE.)
CATCH POINT- A fix/waypoint that serves as a
transition point from the high altitude waypoint
navigation structure to an arrival procedure (STAR)
or the low altitude ground-based navigation
structure.
CEILING- The heights above the earth's surface of
the lowest layer of clouds or obscuring phenomena
that is reported as “broken, ” “overcast,” or
“obscuration,” and not classified as “thin” or
“partial.”
(See ICAO term CEILING.)
CEILING [ICAO]- The height above the ground or
water of the base of the lowest layer of cloud below
6,000 meters (20,000 feet) covering more than half
the sky.
CENRAP(See CENTER RADAR ARTS
PRESENTATION/PROCESSING.)
CENRAP-PLUS(See CENTER RADAR ARTS
PRESENTATION/PROCESSING-PLUS.)
CENTER(See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL
CENTER.)
CENTER'S AREA- The specified airspace within
which an air route traffic control center (ARTCC)
provides air traffic control and advisory service.
(See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL
CENTER.)
(Refer to AIM.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:11
CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION/
PROCESSING- A computer program developed to
provide a back-up system for airport surveillance
radar in the event of a failure or malfunction. The
program uses air route traffic control center radar for
the processing and presentation of data on the ARTS
IIA or IIIA displays.
CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION/
PROCESSING-PLUS- A computer program
developed to provide a back-up system for airport
surveillance radar in the event of a terminal secondary
radar system failure. The program uses a combination
of Air Route Traffic Control Center Radar and
terminal airport surveillance radar primary targets
displayed simultaneously for the processing and
presentation of data on the ARTS IIA or IIIA
displays.
CENTER TRACON AUTOMATION SYSTEM
(CTAS)- A computerized set of programs designed
to aid Air Route Traffic Control Centers and
TRACONs in the management and control of air
traffic.
CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY- An unsched-
uled weather advisory issued by Center Weather
Service Unit meteorologists for ATC use to alert
pilots of existing or anticipated adverse weather
conditions within the next 2 hours. A CWA may
modify or redefine a SIGMET.
(See AWW.)
(See AIRMET.)
(See CONVECTIVE SIGMET.)
(See SIGMET.)
(Refer to AIM.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-2
CENTRAL EAST PACIFIC- An organized route
system between the U.S. West Coast and Hawaii.
CEP(See CENTRAL EAST PACIFIC.)
CERAP(See COMBINED CENTER-RAPCON.)
CERTIFIED TOWER RADAR DISPLAY (CTRD)-
A FAA radar display certified for use in the NAS.
CFR(See CALL FOR RELEASE.)
CHAFF- Thin, narrow metallic reflectors of various
lengths and frequency responses, used to reflect radar
energy. These reflectors when dropped from aircraft
and allowed to drift downward result in large targets
on the radar display.
CHARTED VFR FLYWAYS- Charted VFR Fly-
ways are flight paths recommended for use to bypass
areas heavily traversed by large turbine-powered
aircraft. Pilot compliance with recommended
flyways and associated altitudes is strictly voluntary.
VFR Flyway Planning charts are published on the
back of existing VFR Terminal Area charts.
CHARTED VISUAL FLIGHT PROCEDURE
APPROACH- An approach conducted while
operating on an instrument flight rules (IFR) flight
plan which authorizes the pilot of an aircraft to
proceed visually and clear of clouds to the airport via
visual landmarks and other information depicted on
a charted visual flight procedure. This approach must
be authorized and under the control of the appropriate
air traffic control facility. Weather minimums
required are depicted on the chart.
CHASE- An aircraft flown in proximity to another
aircraft normally to observe its performance during
training or testing.
CHASE AIRCRAFT(See CHASE.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:26
CIRCLE-TO-LAND MANEUVER- A maneuver
initiated by the pilot to align the aircraft with a
runway for landing when a straight-in landing from
an instrument approach is not possible or is not
desirable. At tower controlled airports, this maneuver
is made only after ATC authorization has been
obtained and the pilot has established required visual
reference to the airport.
(See CIRCLE TO RUNWAY.)
(See LANDING MINIMUMS.)
(Refer to AIM.)
CIRCLE TO RUNWAY (RUNWAY NUMBER)-
Used by ATC to inform the pilot that he/she must
circle to land because the runway in use is other than
the runway aligned with the instrument approach
procedure. When the direction of the circling
maneuver in relation to the airport/runway is
required, the controller will state the direction (eight
cardinal compass points) and specify a left or right
downwind or base leg as appropriate; e.g., “Cleared
VOR Runway Three Six Approach circle to Runway
Two Two,” or “Circle northwest of the airport for a
right downwind to Runway Two Two.”
(See CIRCLE-TO-LAND MANEUVER.)
(See LANDING MINIMUMS.)
(Refer to AIM.)
CIRCLING APPROACH(See CIRCLE-TO-LAND MANEUVER.)
CIRCLING MANEUVER(See CIRCLE-TO-LAND MANEUVER.)
CIRCLING MINIMA(See LANDING MINIMUMS.)
CLASS A AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.)
CLASS B AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.)
CLASS C AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.)
CLASS D AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.)
CLASS E AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.)
CLASS G AIRSPACE- That airspace not designated
as Class A, B, C, D or E.
CLEAR AIR TURBULENCE (CAT)- Turbulence
encountered in air where no clouds are present. This
term is commonly applied to high-level turbulence
associated with wind shear. CAT is often encountered
in the vicinity of the jet stream.
(See WIND SHEAR.)
(See JET STREAM.)
CLEAR OF THE RUNWAYa. Taxiing aircraft, which is approaching a
runway, is clear of the runway when all parts of the
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-3
aircraft are held short of the applicable runway
holding position marking.
b. A pilot or controller may consider an aircraft,
which is exiting or crossing a runway, to be clear of
the runway when all parts of the aircraft are beyond
the runway edge and there are no restrictions to its
continued movement beyond the applicable runway
holding position marking.
c. Pilots and controllers shall exercise good
judgement to ensure that adequate separation exists
between all aircraft on runways and taxiways at
airports with inadequate runway edge lines or
holding position markings.
CLEARANCE(See AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE.)
CLEARANCE LIMIT- The fix, point, or location to
which an aircraft is cleared when issued an air traffic
clearance.
(See ICAO term CLEARANCE LIMIT.)
CLEARANCE LIMIT [ICAO]- The point of which
an aircraft is granted an air traffic control clearance.
CLEARANCE VOID IF NOT OFF BY (TIME)-
Used by ATC to advise an aircraft that the departure
clearance is automatically canceled if takeoff is not
made prior to a specified time. The pilot must obtain
a new clearance or cancel his/her IFR flight plan if not
off by the specified time.
(See ICAO term CLEARANCE VOID TIME.)
CLEARANCE VOID TIME [IC AO]- A time
specified by an air traffic control unit at which a
clearance ceases to be valid unless the aircraft
concerned has already taken action to comply
therewith.
CLEARED APPROACH- ATC authorization for an
aircraft to execute any standard or special instrument
approach procedure for that airport. Normally, an
aircraft will be cleared for a specific instrument
approach procedure.
(See CLEARED (Type of) APPROACH.)
(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH
PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
(Refer to AIM.)
CLEARED (Type of) APPROACH- ATC authoriza-
tion for an aircraft to execute a specific instrument
approach procedure to an airport; e.g., “Cleared ILS
Runway Three Six Approach.”
(See APPROACH CLEARANCE.)
(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH
PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
(Refer to AIM.)
CLEARED AS FILED- Means the aircraft is cleared
to proceed in accordance with the route of flight filed
in the flight plan. This clearance does not include the
altitude, DP, or DP Transition.
(See REQUEST FULL ROUTE CLEARANCE.)
(Refer to AIM.)
CLEARED FOR TAKEOFF- ATC authorization
for an aircraft to depart. It is predicated on known
traffic and known physical airport conditions.
CLEARED FOR THE OPTION- ATC authoriza-
tion for an aircraft to make a touch-and-go, low
approach, missed approach, stop and go, or full stop
landing at the discretion of the pilot. It is normally
used in training so that an instructor can evaluate a
student's performance under changing situations.
(See OPTION APPROACH.)
(Refer to AIM.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:35
CLEARED THROUGH- ATC authorization for an
aircraft to make intermediate stops at specified
airports without refiling a flight plan while en route
to the clearance limit.
CLEARED TO LAND- ATC authorization for an
aircraft to land. It is predicated on known traffic and
known physical airport conditions.
CLEARWAY- An area beyond the takeoff runway
under the control of airport authorities within which
terrain or fixed obstacles may not extend above
specified limits. These areas may be required for
certain turbine-powered operations and the size and
upward slope of the clearway will differ depending on
when the aircraft was certificated.
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 1.)
CLIMB TO VFR- ATC authorization for an aircraft
to climb to VFR conditions within Class B, C, D, and
E surface areas when the only weather limitation is
restricted visibility. The aircraft must remain clear of
clouds while climbing to VFR.
(See SPECIAL VFR CONDITIONS.)
(Refer to AIM.)
CLIMBOUT- That portion of flight operation
between takeoff and the initial cruising altitude.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-4
CLOSE PARALLEL RUNWAYS- Two parallel
runways whose extended centerlines are separated by
less than 4,300 feet, having a Precision Runway
Monitoring (PRM) system that permits simultaneous
independent ILS approaches.
CLOSED RUNWAY- A runway that is unusable for
aircraft operations. Only the airport management/
military operations office can close a runway.
CLOSED TRAFFIC- Successive operations involv-
ing takeoffs and landings or low approaches where
the aircraft does not exit the traffic pattern.
CLOUD- A cloud is a visible accumulation of
minute water droplets and/or ice particles in the
atmosphere above the Earth's surface. Cloud differs
from ground fog, fog, or ice fog only in that the latter
are, by definition, in contact with the Earth's surface.
CLT(See CALCULATED LANDING TIME.)
CLUTTER- In radar operations, clutter refers to the
reception and visual display of radar returns caused
by precipitation, chaff, terrain, numerous aircraft
targets, or other phenomena. Such returns may limit
or preclude ATC from providing services based on
radar.
(See CHAFF.)
(See GROUND CLUTTER.)
(See PRECIPITATION.)
(See TARGET.)
(See ICAO term RADAR CLUTTER.)
CMNPS(See CANADIAN MINIMUM NAVIGATION
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION AIRSPACE.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:43
COASTAL FIX- A navigation aid or intersection
where an aircraft transitions between the domestic
route structure and the oceanic route structure.
CODES- The number assigned to a particular
multiple pulse reply signal transmitted by a
transponder.
(See DISCRETE CODE.)
COMBINED CENTER-RAPCON- An air traffic
facility which combines the functions of an ARTCC
and a radar approach control facility.
(See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL
CENTER.)
(See RADAR APPROACH CONTROL
FACILITY.)
COMMON POINT- A significant point over which
two or more aircraft will report passing or have
reported passing before proceeding on the same or
diverging tracks. To establish/maintain longitudinal
separation, a controller may determine a common
point not originally in the aircraft's flight plan and
then clear the aircraft to fly over the point.
(See SIGNIFICANT POINT.)
COMMON PORTION(See COMMON ROUTE.)
COMMON ROUTE- That segment of a North
American Route between the inland navigation
facility and the coastal fix.
OR
COMMON ROUTE- Typically the portion of a
RNAV STAR between the en route transition end
point and the runway transition start point; however,
the common route may only consist of a single point
that joins the en route and runway transitions.
COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY
(CTAF)- A frequency designed for the purpose of
carrying out airport advisory practices while
operating to or from an airport without an operating
control tower. The CTAF may be a UNICOM,
Multicom, FSS, or tower frequency and is identified
in appropriate aeronautical publications.
(Refer to AC 90-42, Traffic Advisory Practices at
Airports Without Operating Control Towers.)
COMPASS LOCATOR- A low power, low or
medium frequency (L/MF) radio beacon installed at
the site of the outer or middle marker of an instrument
landing system (ILS). It can be used for navigation at
distances of approximately 15 miles or as authorized
in the approach procedure.
a. Outer Compass Locator (LOM)- A compass
locator installed at the site of the outer marker of an
instrument landing system.
(See OUTER MARKER.)
b. Middle Compass Locator (LMM)- A compass
locator installed at the site of the middle marker of an
instrument landing system.
(See MIDDLE MARKER.)
(See ICAO term LOCATOR.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:49
COMPASS ROSE- A circle, graduated in degrees,
printed on some charts or marked on the ground at an
airport. It is used as a reference to either true or
magnetic direction.
COMPLY WITH RESTRIC TIONS - An ATC
instruction that requires an aircraft being vectored
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-5
back onto an arrival or departure procedure to comply
with all altitude and/or speed restrictions depicted on
the procedure. This term may be used in lieu of
repeating each remaining restriction that appears on
the procedure.
COMPOSITE FLIGHT PLAN- A flight plan which
specifies VFR operation for one portion of flight and
IFR for another portion. It is used primarily in
military operations.
(Refer to AIM.)
COMPOSITE ROUTE SYSTEM- An organized
oceanic route structure, incorporating reduced lateral
spacing between routes, in which composite
separation is authorized.
COMPOSITE SEPARATION- A method of separat-
ing aircraft in a composite route system where, by
management of route and altitude assignments, a
combination of half the lateral minimum specified for
the area concerned and half the vertical minimum is
applied.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:55
COMPULSORY REPORTING POINTS- Reporting
points which must be reported to ATC. They are
designated on aeronautical charts by solid triangles or
filed in a flight plan as fixes selected to define direct
routes. These points are geographical locations
which are defined by navigation aids/fixes. Pilots
should discontinue position reporting over compul-
sory reporting points when informed by ATC that
their aircraft is in “radar contact.”
CONFLICT ALERT- A function of certain air traffic
control automated systems designed to alert radar
controllers to existing or pending situations between
tracked targets (known IFR or VFR aircraft) that
require his/her immediate attention/action.
(See MODE C INTRUDER ALERT.)
CONFLICT RESOLUTION- The resolution of
potential conflictions between aircraft that are radar
identified and in communication with ATC by
ensuring that radar targets do not touch. Pertinent
traffic advisories shall be issued when this procedure
is applied.
Note:_This procedure shall not be provided utilizing
mosaic radar systems.
CONFORMANCE- The condition established when
an aircraft's actual position is within the conformance
region constructed around that aircraft at its position,
according to the trajectory associated with the
aircraft's Current Plan.
CONFORMANCE REGION- A volume, bounded
laterally, vertically, and longitudinally, within which
an aircraft must be at a given time in order to be in
conformance with the Current Plan Trajectory for that
aircraft. At a given time, the conformance region is
determined by the simultaneous application of the
lateral, vertical, and longitudinal conformance
bounds for the aircraft at the position defined by time
and aircraft's trajectory.
CONSOLAN- A low frequency, long-distance
NAVAID used principally for transoceanic naviga-
tions.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:04
CONTACTa. Establish communication with (followed by the
name of the facility and, if appropriate, the frequency
to be used).
b. A flight condition wherein the pilot ascertains
the attitude of his/her aircraft and navigates by visual
reference to the surface.
(See CONTACT APPROACH.)
(See RADAR CONTACT.)
CONTACT APPROACH- An approach wherein an
aircraft on an IFR flight plan, having an air traffic
control authorization, operating clear of clouds with
at least 1 mile flight visibility and a reasonable
expectation of continuing to the destination airport in
those conditions, may deviate from the instrument
approach procedure and proceed to the destination
airport by visual reference to the surface. This
approach will only be authorized when requested by
the pilot and the reported ground visibility at the
destination airport is at least 1 statute mile.
(Refer to AIM.)
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY- A runway is
considered contaminated whenever standing water,
ice, snow, slush, frost in any form, heavy rubber, or
other substances are present. A runway is contami-
nated with respect to rubber deposits or other
friction-degrading substances when the average
friction value for any 500-foot segment of the runway
within the ALD fails below the recommended
minimum friction level and the average friction value
in the adjacent 500-foot segments falls below the
maintenance planning friction level.
CONTERMINOUS U.S.- The 48 adjoining States
and the District of Columbia.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-6
CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES- The 49 States
located on the continent of North America and the
District of Columbia.
CONTINUE- When used as a control instruction
should be followed by another word or words
clarifying what is expected of the pilot. Example:
“continue taxi,” “continue descent,” “continue
inbound,” etc.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:11
CONTROL AREA [ICAO]- A controlled airspace
extending upwards from a specified limit above the
earth.
CONTROL SECTOR- An airspace area of defined
horizontal and vertical dimensions for which a
controller or group of controllers has air traffic
control responsibility, normally within an air route
traffic control center or an approach control facility.
Sectors are established based on predominant traffic
flows, altitude strata, and controller workload.
Pilot-communications during operations within a
sector are normally maintained on discrete frequen-
cies assigned to the sector.
(See DISCRETE FREQUENCY.)
CONTROL SLASH- A radar beacon slash repre-
senting the actual position of the associated aircraft.
Normally, the control slash is the one closest to the
interrogating radar beacon site. When ARTCC radar
is operating in narrowband (digitized) mode, the
control slash is converted to a target symbol.
CONTROLLED AIR SPACE- An airspace of
defined dimensions within which air traffic control
service is provided to IFR flights and to VFR flights
in accordance with the airspace classification.
a. Controlled airspace is a generic term that covers
Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, and Class E
airspace.
b. Controlled airspace is also that airspace within
which all aircraft operators are subject to certain pilot
qualifications, operating rules, and equipment
requirem ents in 14 CFR Part 91 (for specific
operating requirements, please refer to 14 CFR
Part 91). For IFR operations in any class of controlled
airspace, a pilot must file an IFR flight plan and
receive an appropriate ATC clearance. Each Class B,
Class C, and Class D airspace area designated for an
airport contains at least one primary airport around
which the airspace is designated (for specific
designations and descriptions of the airspace classes,
please refer to 14 CFR Part 71).
c. Controlled airspace in the United States is
designated as follows:
1. CLASS A- Generally, that airspace from
18,000 feet MSL up to and including FL 600,
including the airspace overlying the waters within 12
nautical miles of the coast of the 48 contiguous States
and Alaska. Unless otherwise authorized, all persons
must operate their aircraft under IFR.
2. CLASS B- Generally, that airspace from the
surface to 10,000 feet MSL surrounding the nation's
busiest airports in terms of airport operations or
passenger enplanements. The configuration of each
Class B airspace area is individually tailored and
consists of a surface area and two or more layers
(some Class B airspaces areas resemble upside-down
wedding cakes), and is designed to contain all
published instrument procedures once an aircraft
enters the airspace. An ATC clearance is required for
all aircraft to operate in the area, and all aircraft that
are so cleared receive separation services within the
airspace. The cloud clearance requirement for VFR
operations is “clear of clouds.”作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:23
3. CLASS C- Generally, that airspace from the
surface to 4,000 feet above the airport elevation
(charted in MSL) surrounding those airports that
have an operational control tower, are serviced by a
radar approach control, and that have a certain
number of IFR operations or passenger enplane-
ments. Although the configuration of each Class C
area is individually tailored, the airspace usually
consists of a surface area with a 5 nautical mile (NM)
radius, a circle with a 10NM radius that extends no
lower than 1,200 feet up to 4,000 feet above the
airport elevation and an outer area that is not charted.
Each person must establish two-way radio commu-
nications with the ATC facility providing air traffic
services prior to entering the airspace and thereafter
maintain those communications while within the
airspace. VFR aircraft are only separated from IFR
aircraft within the airspace.
(See OUTER AREA.)
4. CLASS D- Generally, that airspace from the
surface to 2,500 feet above the airport elevation
(charted in MSL) surrounding those airports that
have an operational control tower. The configuration
of each Class D airspace area is individually tailored
and when instrument procedures are published, the
airspace will normally be designed to contain the
procedures. Arrival extensions for instrument
approach procedures may be Class D or Class E
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-7
airspace. Unless otherwise authorized, each person
must establish two-way radio communications with
the ATC facility providing air traffic services prior to
entering the airspace and thereafter maintain those
communications while in the airspace. No separation
services are provided to VFR aircraft.
5. CLASS E- Generally, if the airspace is not
Class A, Class B, Class C, or Class D, and it is
controlled airspace, it is Class E airspace. Class E
airspace extends upward from either the surface or a
designated altitude to the overlying or adjacent
controlled airspace. When designated as a surface
area, the airspace will be configured to contain all
instrument procedures. Also in this class are Federal
airways, airspace beginning at either 700 or 1,200
feet AGL used to transition to/from the terminal or en
route environment, en route domestic, and offshore
airspace areas designated below 18,000 feet MSL.
Unless designated at a lower altitude, Class E
airspace begins at 14,500 MSL over the United
States, including that airspace overlying the waters
within 12 nautical miles of the coast of the 48
contiguous States and Alaska, up to, but not
including 18,000 feet MSL, and the airspace above
FL 600.
CONTROLLED AIRSPACE [ICAO]- An airspace
of defined dimensions within which air traffic control
service is provided to IFR flights and to VFR flights
in accordance with the airspace classification.
Note:_Controlled airspace is a generic term which
covers ATS airspace Classes A, B, C, D, and E.
CONTROLLED TIME OF ARRIVAL- Arrival time
assigned during a Traffic Management Program. This
time may be modified due to adjustments or user
options.
CONTROLLER(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST.)
CONTROLLER [ICAO]- A person authorized to
provide air traffic control services.
CONTROLLER PILOT DATA LINK COMMU-
NICATIONS (CPDLC)- A two-way digital very
high frequency (VHF) air/ground communications
system that conveys textual air traffic control
messages between controllers and pilots.作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:33
CONVECTIVE SIGMET- A weather advisory
concerning convective weather significant to the
safety of all aircraft. Convective SIGMETs are issued
for tornadoes, lines of thunderstorms, embedded
thunderstorms of any intensity level, areas of
thunderstorms greater than or equal to VIP level 4
with an area coverage of 4
/10 (40%) or more, and hail
3
/4 inch or greater.
(See AIRMET.)
(See AWW.)
(See CWA.)
(See SIGMET.)
(Refer to AIM.)
CONVECTIVE SIGNIFICANT METEOROLOG-
ICAL INFORMATION(See CONVECTIVE SIGMET.)
COORDINATES- The intersection of lines of
reference, usually expressed in degrees/minutes/
seconds of latitude and longitude, used to determine
position or location.
COORDINATION FIX- The fix in relation to which
facilities will handoff, transfer control of an aircraft,
or coordinate flight progress data. For terminal
facilities, it may also serve as a clearance for arriving
aircraft.
COPTER(See HELICOPTER.)
CORRECTION- An error has been made in the
transmission and the correct version follows.
COUPLED APPROACH- A coupled approach is an
instrument approach performed by the aircraft
autopilot which is receiving position information
and/or steering commands from onboard navigation
equipment. In general, coupled nonprecision ap-
proaches must be discontinued and flown manually
at altitudes lower than 50 feet below the minimum
descent altitude, and coupled precision approaches
must be flown manually below 50 feet AGL.
Note:_Coupled and autoland approaches are flown
in VFR and IFR. It is common for carriers to require
their crews to fly coupled approaches and autoland
approaches (if certified) when the weather
conditions are less than approximately 4,000 RVR.
(See AUTOLAND APPROACH.)
COURSEa. The intended direction of flight in the horizontal
plane measured in degrees from north.
b. The ILS localizer signal pattern usually
specified as the front course or the back course.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-8
c. The intended track along a straight, curved, or
segmented MLS path.
(See BEARING.)
(See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM.)
(See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM.)
(See RADIAL.)
CPDLC(See CONTROLLER PILOT DATA LINK
COMMUNICATIONS.)
CPL [ICAO]-
(See ICAO term CURRENT FLIGHT PLAN.)
CRITICAL ENGINE- The engine which, upon
failure, would most adversely affect the performance
or handling qualities of an aircraft.
CROSS (FIX) AT (ALTITUDE)- Used by ATC
when a specific altitude restriction at a specified fix
is required.
CROSS (FIX) AT OR ABOVE (ALTITUDE)- Used
by ATC when an altitude restriction at a specified fix
is required. It does not prohibit the aircraft from
crossing the fix at a higher altitude than specified;
however, the higher altitude may not be one that will
violate a succeeding altitude restriction or altitude
assignment.
(See ALTITUDE RESTRICTION.)
(Refer to AIM.)
CROSS (FIX) AT OR BELOW (ALTITUDE)-
Used by ATC when a maximum crossing altitude at
a specific fix is required. It does not prohibit the
aircraft from crossing the fix at a lower altitude;
however, it must be at or above the minimum IFR
altitude.
(See ALTITUDE RESTRICTION.)
(See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDES.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
CROSSWINDa. When used concerning the traffic pattern, the
word means “crosswind leg.”
(See TRAFFIC PATTERN.)
b. When used concerning wind conditions, the
word means a wind not parallel to the runway or the
path of an aircraft.
(See CROSSWIND COMPONENT.)
CROSSWIND COMPONENT- The wind compo-
nent measured in knots at 90 degrees to the
longitudinal axis of the runway.
CRUISE- Used in an ATC clearance to authorize a
pilot to conduct flight at any altitude from the
minimum IFR altitude up to and including the
altitude specified in the clearance. The pilot may
level off at any intermediate altitude within this block
of airspace. Climb/descent within the block is to be
made at the discretion of the pilot. However, once the
pilot starts descent and verbally reports leaving an
altitude in the block, he/she may not return to that
altitude without additional ATC clearance. Further, it
is approval for the pilot to proceed to and make an
approach at destination airport and can be used in
conjunction with:
a. An airport clearance limit at locations with a
standard/special instrument approach procedure. The
CFRs require that if an instrument letdown to an
airport is necessary, the pilot shall make the letdown
in accordance with a standard/special instrument
approach procedure for that airport, or
b. An airport clearance limit at locations that are
within/below/outside controlled airspace and with-
out a standard/special instrument approach
procedure. Such a clearance is NOT AUTHORIZA-
TION for the pilot to descend under IFR conditions
below the applicable minimum IFR altitude nor does
it imply that ATC is exercising control over aircraft
in Class G airspace; however, it provides a means for
the aircraft to proceed to destination airport, descend,
and land in accordance with applicable CFRs
governing VFR flight operations. Also, this provides
search and rescue protection until such time as the
IFR flight plan is closed.
(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH
PROCEDURE.)
CRUISE CLIMB- A climb technique employed by
aircraft, usually at a constant power setting, resulting
in an increase of altitude as the aircraft weight
decreases.
CRUISING ALTITUDE- An altitude or flight level
maintained during en route level flight. This is a
constant altitude and should not be confused with a
cruise clearance.
(See ALTITUDE.)
(See ICAO term CRUISING LEVEL.)
CRUISING LEVEL(See CRUISING ALTITUDE.)
CRUISING LEVEL [ICAO]- A level maintained
during a significant portion of a flight.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG C-9
CT MESSAGE- An EDCT time generated by the
ATCSCC to regulate traffic at arrival airports.
Normally, a CT message is automatically transferred
from the Traffic Management System computer to the
NAS en route computer and appears as an EDCT. In
the event of a communication failure between the
TMS and the NAS, the CT message can be manually
entered by the TMC at the en route facility.
CTA(See CONTROLLED TIME OF ARRIVAL.)
(See ICAO term CONTROL AREA.)
CTAF(See COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY
FREQUENCY.)
CTAS(See CENTER TRACON AUTOMATION
SYSTEM.)
CTRD(See CERTIFIED TOWER RADAR DISPLAY.)
CURRENT FLIGHT PLAN [ICAO]- The flight
plan, including changes, if any, brought about by
subsequent clearances.
CURRENT PLAN- The ATC clearance the aircraft
has received and is expected to fly.
CVFP APPROACH(See CHARTED VISUAL FLIGHT PROCEDURE
APPROACH.)
CWA(See CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY and
WEATHER ADVISORY.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG D-1
D
D-ATIS(See DIGITAL-AUTOMATIC TERMINAL
INFORMATION SERVICE.)
DA [ICAO]-
(See ICAO Term DECISION
ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT.)
DAIR(See DIRECT ALTITUDE AND IDENTITY
READOUT.)
DANGER AREA [ICAO]- An airspace of defined
dimensions within which activities dangerous to the
flight of aircraft may exist at specified times.
Note:_The term “Danger Area” is not used in
reference to areas within the United States or any
of its possessions or territories.
DAS(See DELAY ASSIGNMENT.)
DATA BLOCK(See ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY.)
DEAD RECKONING- Dead reckoning, as applied
to flying, is the navigation of an airplane solely by
means of computations based on airspeed, course,
heading, wind direction, and speed, groundspeed,
and elapsed time.
DECIS ION ALTITUDE/DECIS ION HEIGHT
[ICAO]- A specified altitude or height (A/H) in the
precision approach at which a missed approach must
be initiated if the required visual reference to
continue the approach has not been established.
Note 1:_Decision altitude [DA] is referenced to
mean sea level [MSL] and decision height [DH] is
referenced to the threshold elevation.
Note 2:_The required visual reference means that
section of the visual aids or of the approach area
which should have been in view for sufficient time
for the pilot to have made an assessment of the
aircraft position and rate of change of position, in
relation to the desired flight path.
DECISION HEIGHT- With respect to the operation
of aircraft, means the height at which a decision must
be made during an ILS, MLS, or PAR instrument
approach to either continue the approach or to execute
a missed approach.
(See ICAO term DECISION
ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT.)
DECODER- The device used to decipher signals
received from ATCRBS transponders to effect their
display as select codes.
(See CODES.)
(See RADAR.)
DEFENSE VIS UAL FLIGHT RULES- Rules
applicable to flights within an ADIZ conducted under
the visual flight rules in 14 CFR Part 91.
(See AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 99.)
DELAY ASSIGNMENT (DAS)- Delays are distrib-
uted to aircraft based on the traffic management
program parameters. The delay assignment is
calculated in 15-minute increments and appears as a
table in Enhanced Traffic Management System
(ETMS).
DELAY INDEFINITE (REASON IF KNOWN)
EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE (TIME)- Used
by ATC to inform a pilot when an accurate estimate
of the delay time and the reason for the delay cannot
immediately be determined; e.g., a disabled aircraft
on the runway, terminal or center area saturation,
weather below landing minimums, etc.
(See EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE (TIME).)
DELAY TIME- The amount of time that the arrival
must lose to cross the meter fix at the assigned meter
fix time. This is the difference between ACLT and
VTA.
DEPARTURE CENTER- The ARTCC having
jurisdiction for the airspace that generates a flight to
the impacted airport.
DEPARTURE CONTROL- A function of an
approach control facility providing air traffic control
service for departing IFR and, under certain
conditions, VFR aircraft.
(See APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY.)
(Refer to AIM.)
DEPARTURE SEQUENCING PROGRAM- A
program designed to assist in achieving a specified
interval over a common point for departures.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG D-2
DEPARTURE TIME- The time an aircraft becomes
airborne.
DESCENT SPEED ADJUSTMENTS- Speed decel-
eration calculations made to determine an accurate
VTA. These calculations start at the transition point
and use arrival speed segments to the vertex.
DESIRED COURSEa. True- A predetermined desired course direction
to be followed (measured in degrees from true north).
b. Magnetic- A predetermined desired course
direction to be followed (measured in degrees from
local magnetic north).
DESIRED TRACK- The planned or intended track
between two waypoints. It is measured in degrees
from either magnetic or true north. The instantaneous
angle may change from point to point along the great
circle track between waypoints.
DETRESFA (DISTRESS PHASE) [ICAO]- The
code word used to designate an emergency phase
wherein there is reasonable certainty that an aircraft
and its occupants are threatened by grave and
imminent danger or require immediate assistance.
DEVIATIONSa. A departure from a current clearance, such as an
off course maneuver to avoid weather or turbulence.
b. Where specifically authorized in the CFRs and
requested by the pilot, ATC may permit pilots to
deviate from certain regulations.
(Refer to AIM.)
DF(See DIRECTION FINDER.)
DF APPROACH PROCEDURE- Used under
emergency conditions where another instrument
approach procedure cannot be executed. DF guidance
for an instrument approach is given by ATC facilities
with DF capability.
(See DF GUIDANCE.)
(See DIRECTION FINDER.)
(Refer to AIM.)
DF FIX- The geographical location of an aircraft
obtained by one or more direction finders.
(See DIRECTION FINDER.)
DF GUIDANCE- Headings provided to aircraft by
facilities equipped with direction finding equipment.
These headings, if followed, will lead the aircraft to
a predetermined point such as the DF station or an
airport. DF guidance is given to aircraft in distress or
to other aircraft which request the service. Practice
DF guidance is provided when workload permits.
(See DIRECTION FINDER.)
(See DF FIX.)
(Refer to AIM.)
DF STEER(See DF GUIDANCE.)
DH(See DECISION HEIGHT.)
DH [ICAO]-
(See ICAO Term DECISION ALTITUDE/
DECISION HEIGHT.)
DIGITAL-AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMA-
TION SERVICE (D-ATIS)- The service provides
text messages to aircraft, airlines, and other users
outside the standard reception range of conventional
ATIS via landline and data link communications to
the cockpit. Also, the service provides a computersynthesized voice message that can be transmitted to
all aircraft within range of existing transmitters. The
Term inal Data Link System (TDLS) D-ATIS
application uses weather inputs from local automated
weather sources or manually entered meteorological
data together with preprogrammed menus to provide
standard information to users. Airports with D-ATIS
capability are listed in the Airport/Facility Directory.
DIGITAL TARGET- A computer-generated symbol
representing an aircraft's position, based on a primary
return or radar beacon reply, shown on a digital
display.
DIGITAL TERMINAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM
(DTAS)- A system where digital radar and beacon
data is presented on digital displays and the
operational program monitors the system perfor-
mance on a real-time basis.
DIGITIZED TARGET- A computer-generated
indication shown on an analog radar display resulting
from a primary radar return or a radar beacon reply.
DIRECT- Straight line flight between two naviga-
tional aids, fixes, points, or any combination thereof.
When used by pilots in describing off-airway routes,
points defining direct route segments become
compulsory reporting points unless the aircraft is
under radar contact.
DIRECT ALTITUDE AND IDENTITY READ-
OUT- The DAIR System is a modification to the
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG D-3
AN/TPX-42 Interrogator System. The Navy has two
adaptations of the DAIR System-Carrier Air Traffic
Control Direct Altitude and Identification Readout
System for Aircraft Carriers and Radar Air Traffic
Control Facility Direct Altitude and Identity Readout
System for land-based terminal operations. The
DAIR detects, tracks, and predicts secondary radar
aircraft targets. Targets are displayed by means of
computer-generated symbols and alphanumeric
characters depicting flight identification, altitude,
ground speed, and flight plan data. The DAIR System
is capable of interfacing with ARTCCs.
DIRECTION FINDER- A radio receiver equipped
with a directional sensing antenna used to take
bearings on a radio transmitter. Specialized radio
direction finders are used in aircraft as air navigation
aids. Others are ground-based, primarily to obtain a
“fix” on a pilot requesting orientation assistance or to
locate downed aircraft. A location “fix” is established
by the intersection of two or more bearing lines
plotted on a navigational chart using either two
separately located Direction Finders to obtain a fix on
an aircraft or by a pilot plotting the bearing
indications of his/her DF on two separately located
ground-based transmitters, both of which can be
identified on his/her chart. UDFs receive signals in
the ultra high frequency radio broadcast band; VDFs
in the very high frequency band; and UVDFs in both
bands. ATC provides DF service at those air traffic
control towers and flight service stations listed in the
Airport/Facility Directory and the DOD FLIP IFR En
Route Supplement.
(See DF FIX.)
(See DF GUIDANCE.)
DIRECTLY BEHIND- An aircraft is considered to
be operating directly behind when it is following the
actual flight path of the lead aircraft over the surface
of the earth except when applying wake turbulence
separation criteria.
DISCRETE BEACON CODE(See DISCRETE CODE.)
DISCRETE CODE- As used in the Air Traffic
Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS), any one
of the 4096 selectable Mode 3/A aircraft transponder
codes except those ending in zero zero; e.g., discrete
codes: 0010, 1201, 2317, 7777; nondiscrete codes:
0100, 1200, 7700. Nondiscrete codes are normally
reserved for radar facilities that are not equipped with
discrete decoding capability and for other purposes
such as emergencies (7700), VFR aircraft (1200), etc.
(See RADAR.)
(Refer to AIM.)
DIS CRETE FREQUENCY- A separate radio
frequency for use in direct pilot-controller commu-
nications in air traffic control which reduces
frequency congestion by controlling the number of
aircraft operating on a particular frequency at one
time. Discrete frequencies are normally designated
for each control sector in en route/terminal ATC
facilities. Discrete frequencies are listed in the
Airport/Facility Directory and the DOD FLIP IFR En
Route Supplement.
(See CONTROL SECTOR.)
DISPLACED THRESHOLD- A threshold that is
located at a point on the runway other than the
designated beginning of the runway.
(See THRESHOLD.)
(Refer to AIM.)
DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT- Equip-
ment (airborne and ground) used to measure, in
nautical miles, the slant range distance of an aircraft
from the DME navigational aid.
(See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM.)
(See TACAN.)
(See VORTAC.)
DISTRESS- A condition of being threatened by
serious and/or imminent danger and of requiring
immediate assistance.
DIVE BRAKES(See SPEED BRAKES.)
DIVERSE VECTOR AREA- In a radar environ-
ment, that area in which a prescribed departure route
is not required as the only suitable route to avoid
obstacles. The area in which random radar vectors
below the MVA/MIA, established in accordance with
the TERPS criteria for diverse departures, obstacles
and terrain avoidance, may be issued to departing
aircraft.
DIVERSION (DVRSN)- Flights that are required to
land at other than their original destination for
reasons beyond the control of the pilot/company, e.g.
periods of significant weather.
DME(See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG D-4
DME FIX- A geographical position determined by
reference to a navigational aid which provides
distance and azimuth information. It is defined by a
specific distance in nautical miles and a radial,
azimuth, or course (i.e., localizer) in degrees
magnetic from that aid.
(See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT.)
(See FIX.)
(See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM.)
DME SEPARATION- Spacing of aircraft in terms of
distances (nautical miles) determined by reference to
distance measuring equipment (DME).
(See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT.)
DOD FLIP- Department of Defense Flight Informa-
tion Publications used for flight planning, en route,
and terminal operations. FLIP is produced by the
National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA) for
world-wide use. United States Government Flight
Information Publications (en route charts and
instrument approach procedure charts) are incorpo-
rated in DOD FLIP for use in the National Airspace
System (NAS).
DOMESTIC AIRSPACE- Airspace which overlies
the continental land mass of the United States plus
Hawaii and U.S. possessions. Domestic airspace
extends to 12 miles offshore.
DOWNBURST- A strong downdraft which induces
an outburst of damaging winds on or near the ground.
Damaging winds, either straight or curved, are highly
divergent. The sizes of downbursts vary from 1/2
mile or less to more than 10 miles. An intense
downburst often causes widespread damage. Damag-
ing winds, lasting 5 to 30 minutes, could reach speeds
as high as 120 knots.
DOWNWIND LEG(See TRAFFIC PATTERN.)
DP(See INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURE.)
DRAG CHUTE- A parachute device installed on
certain aircraft which is deployed on landing roll to
assist in deceleration of the aircraft.
DSP(See DEPARTURE SEQUENCING PROGRAM.)
DT(See DELAY TIME.)
DTAS(See DIGITAL TERMINAL AUTOMATION
SYSTEM.)
DUE REGARD- A phase of flight wherein an
aircraft commander of a State-operated aircraft
assumes responsibility to separate his/her aircraft
from all other aircraft.
(See also FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 1-2-1, WORD
MEANINGS.)
DUTY RUNWAY(See RUNWAY IN USE/ACTIVE RUNWAY/DUTY
RUNWAY.)
DVA(See DIVERSE VECTOR AREA.)
DVFR(See DEFENSE VISUAL FLIGHT RULES.)
DVFR FLIGHT PLAN- A flight plan filed for a VFR
aircraft which intends to operate in airspace within
which the ready identification, location, and control
of aircraft are required in the interest of national
security.
DVRSN(See DIVERSION.)
DYNAMIC- Continuous review, evaluation, and
change to meet demands.
DYNAMIC RESTRICTIONS- Those restrictions
imposed by the local facility on an “as needed” basis
to manage unpredictable fluctuations in traffic
demands.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG E-1
E
EAS(See EN ROUTE AUTOMATION SYSTEM.)
EDCT(See EXPECT DEPARTURE CLEARANCE
TIME.)
EFC(See EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE (TIME).)
ELT(See EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER.)
EMERGENCY- A distress or an urgency condition.
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER- A
radio transmitter attached to the aircraft structure
which operates from its own power source on
121.5 MHz and 243.0 MHz. It aids in locating
downed aircraft by radiating a downward sweeping
audio tone, 2-4 times per second. It is designed to
function without human action after an accident.
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
(Refer to AIM.)
E-MSAW(See EN ROUTE MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE
WARNING.)
EN ROUTE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SER-
VICES- Air traffic control service provided aircraft
on IFR flight plans, generally by centers, when these
aircraft are operating between departure and
destination terminal areas. When equipment, capa-
bilities, and controller workload permit, certain
advisory/assistance services may be provided to VFR
aircraft.
(See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL
CENTER.)
(Refer to AIM.)
EN ROUTE AUTOMATION SYSTEM (EAS)- The
complex integrated environment consisting of
situation display systems, surveillance systems and
flight data processing, remote devices, decision
support tools, and the related communications
equipment that form the heart of the automated IFR
air traffic control system. It interfaces with automated
terminal systems and is used in the control of en route
IFR aircraft.
(Refer to AIM.)
EN ROUTE CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.)
EN ROUTE DESCENT- Descent from the en route
cruising altitude which takes place along the route of
flight.
EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE- A
service specifically designed to provide, upon pilot
request, timely weather information pertinent to
his/her type of flight, intended route of flight, and
altitude. The FSSs providing this service are listed in
the Airport/Facility Directory.
(See FLIGHT WATCH.)
(Refer to AIM.)
EN ROUTE HIGH ALTITUDE CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.)
EN ROUTE LOW ALTITUDE CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.)
EN ROUTE MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE WARN-
ING- A function of the EAS that aids the controller
by providing an alert when a tracked aircraft is below
or predicted by the computer to go below a
predetermined minimum IFR altitude (MIA).
EN ROUTE SPACING PROGRAM (ESP)- A
program designed to assist the exit sector in
achieving the required in-trail spacing.
EN ROUTE TRANSITIONa. Conventional STARs/SIDs. The portion of a
SID/STAR that connects to one or more en route
airway/jet route.
b. RNAV STARs/SIDs. The portion of a STAR
preceding the common route or point, or for a SID the
portion following, that is coded for a specific en route
fix, airway or jet route.
ESP(See EN ROUTE SPACING PROGRAM.)
ESTABLISHED-To be stable or fixed on a route,
route segment, altitude, heading, etc.
ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME [IC AO]- The
estimated time required to proceed from one
significant point to another.
(See ICAO Term TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED
TIME.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG E-2
ESTIMATED OFF-BLOCK TIME [ICAO]- The
estimated time at which the aircraft will commence
movement associated with departure.
ESTIMATED POSITION ERROR (EPE)-
(See Required Navigation Performance)
ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL- The time the
flight is estimated to arrive at the gate (scheduled
operators) or the actual runway on times for
nonscheduled operators.
ESTIMATED TIME EN ROUTE- The estimated
flying time from departure point to destination
(lift-off to touchdown).
ETA(See ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL.)
ETE(See ESTIMATED TIME EN ROUTE.)
EXECUTE MISSED APPROACH- Instructions
issued to a pilot making an instrument approach
which means continue inbound to the missed
approach point and execute the missed approach
procedure as described on the Instrument Approach
Procedure Chart or as previously assigned by ATC.
The pilot may climb immediately to the altitude
specified in the missed approach procedure upon
making a missed approach. No turns should be
initiated prior to reaching the missed approach point.
When conducting an ASR or PAR approach, execute
the assigned missed approach procedure immediately
upon receiving instructions to “execute missed
approach.”
(Refer to AIM.)
EXPECT (ALTITUDE) AT (TIME) or (FIX)- Used
under certain conditions to provide a pilot with an
altitude to be used in the event of two-way
communications failure. It also provides altitude
information to assist the pilot in planning.
(Refer to AIM.)
EXPECT DEPARTURE CLEARANCE TIME
(EDCT)- The runway release time assigned to an
aircraft in a traffic management program and shown
on the flight progress strip as an EDCT.
(See GROUND DELAY PROGRAM.)
EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE (TIME)- The
time a pilot can expect to receive clearance beyond a
clearance limit.
EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE VIA (AIR-
WAYS, ROUTES OR FIXES)- Used to inform a
pilot of the routing he/she can expect if any part of the
route beyond a short range clearance limit differs
from that filed.
EXPEDITE- Used by ATC when prompt com-
pliance is required to avoid the development of an
imminent situation. Expedite climb/descent normal-
ly indicates to a pilot that the approximate best rate
of climb/descent should be used without requiring an
exceptional change in aircraft handling characteris-
tics.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG F-1
F
FAF(See FINAL APPROACH FIX.)
FAST FILE- A system whereby a pilot files a flight
plan via telephone that is tape recorded and then
transcribed for transmission to the appropriate air
traffic facility. Locations having a fast file capability
are contained in the Airport/Facility Directory.
(Refer to AIM.)
FAWP- Final Approach Waypoint
FCLT(See FREEZE CALCULATED LANDING TIME.)
FEATHERED PROPELLER- A propeller whose
blades have been rotated so that the leading and
trailing edges are nearly parallel with the aircraft
flight path to stop or minimize drag and engine
rotation. Normally used to indicate shutdown of a
reciprocating or turboprop engine due to malfunc-
tion.
FEDERAL AIRWAYS(See LOW ALTITUDE AIRWAY STRUCTURE.)
FEEDER FIX- The fix depicted on Instrument
Approach Procedure Charts which establishes the
starting point of the feeder route.
FEEDER ROUTE- A route depicted on instrument
approach procedure charts to designate routes for
aircraft to proceed from the en route structure to the
initial approach fix (IAF).
(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH
PROCEDURE.)
FERRY FLIGHT- A flight for the purpose of:
a. Returning an aircraft to base.
b. Delivering an aircraft from one location to
another.
c. Moving an aircraft to and from a maintenance
base.- Ferry flights, under certain conditions, may be
conducted under terms of a special flight permit.
FIELD ELEVATION(See AIRPORT ELEVATION.)
FILED- Normally used in conjunction with flight
plans, meaning a flight plan has been submitted to
ATC.
FILED EN ROUTE DELAY- Any of the following
preplanned delays at points/areas along the route of
flight which require special flight plan filing and
handling techniques.
a. Terminal Area Delay. A delay within a terminal
area for touch-and-go, low approach, or other
terminal area activity.
b. Special Use Airspace Delay. A delay within a
Military Operations Area, Restricted Area, Warning
Area, or ATC Assigned Airspace.
c. Aerial Refueling Delay. A delay within an
Aerial Refueling Track or Anchor.
FILED FLIGHT PLAN- The flight plan as filed with
an ATS unit by the pilot or his/her designated
representative without any subsequent changes or
clearances.
FINAL- Commonly used to mean that an aircraft is
on the final approach course or is aligned with a
landing area.
(See FINAL APPROACH COURSE.)
(See FINAL APPROACH-IFR.)
(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
FINAL APPROACH [ICAO]- That part of an
instrument approach procedure which commences at
the specified final approach fix or point, or where
such a fix or point is not specified.
a. At the end of the last procedure turn, base turn
or inbound turn of a racetrack procedure, if specified;
or
b. At the point of interception of the last track
specified in the approach procedure; and ends at a
point in the vicinity of an aerodrome from which:
1. A landing can be made; or
2. A missed approach procedure is initiated.
FINAL APPROACH COURSE- A bearing/radial/
track of an instrument approach leading to a runway
or an extended runway centerline all without regard
to distance.
FINAL APPROACH FIX- The fix from which the
final approach (IFR) to an airport is executed and
which identifies the beginning of the final approach
segment. It is designated on Government charts by
the Maltese Cross symbol for nonprecision
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG F-2
approaches and the lightning bolt symbol for
precision approaches; or when ATC directs a
lower-than-published glideslope/path intercept alti-
tude, it is the resultant actual point of the
glideslope/path intercept.
(See FINAL APPROACH POINT.)
(See GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE.)
(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
FINAL APPROACH-IFR- The flight path of an
aircraft which is inbound to an airport on a final
instrument approach course, beginning at the final
approach fix or point and extending to the airport or
the point where a circle-to-land maneuver or a missed
approach is executed.
(See FINAL APPROACH COURSE.)
(See FINAL APPROACH FIX.)
(See FINAL APPROACH POINT.)
(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
(See ICAO term FINAL APPROACH.)
FINAL APPROACH POINT- The point, applicable
only to a nonprecision approach with no depicted
FAF (such as an on airport VOR), where the aircraft
is established inbound on the final approach course
from the procedure turn and where the final approach
descent may be commenced. The FAP serves as the
FAF and identifies the beginning of the final
approach segment.
(See FINAL APPROACH FIX.)
(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
FINAL APPROACH SEGMENT(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
FINAL APPROACH SEGMENT [ICAO]- That
segment of an instrument approach procedure in
which alignment and descent for landing are
accomplished.
FINAL CONTROLLER- The controller providing
information and final approach guidance during PAR
and ASR approaches utilizing radar equipment.
(See RADAR APPROACH.)
FINAL GUARD SERVICE- A value added service
provided in conjunction with LAA/RAA only during
periods of significant and fast changing weather
conditions that may affect landing and takeoff
operations.
FINAL MONITOR AID- A high resolution color
display that is equipped with the controller alert
system hardware/software which is used in the
precision runway monitor (PRM) system. The
display includes alert algorithms providing the target
predictors, a color change alert when a target
penetrates or is predicted to penetrate the no
transgression zone (NTZ), a color change alert if the
aircraft transponder becomes inoperative, synthe-
sized voice alerts, digital mapping, and like features
contained in the PRM system.
(See RADAR APPROACH.)
FINAL MONITOR CONTROLLER- Air Traffic
Control Specialist assigned to radar monitor the
flight path of aircraft during simultaneous parallel
and simultaneous close parallel ILS approach
operations. Each runway is assigned a final monitor
controller during simultaneous parallel and simulta-
neous close parallel ILS approaches. Final monitor
controllers shall utilize the Precision Runway
Monitor (PRM) system during simultaneous close
parallel ILS approaches.
FIR(See FLIGHT INFORMATION REGION.)
FIRST TIER CENTER- The ARTCC immediately
adjacent to the impacted center.
FIX- A geographical position determined by visual
reference to the surface, by reference to one or more
radio NAVAIDs, by celestial plotting, or by another
navigational device.
FIX BALANCING- A process whereby aircraft are
evenly distributed over several available arrival fixes
reducing delays and controller workload.
FLAG- A warning device incorporated in certain
airborne navigation and flight instruments indicating
that:
a. Instruments are inoperative or otherwise not
operating satisfactorily, or
b. Signal strength or quality of the received signal
falls below acceptable values.
FLAG ALARM(See FLAG.)
FLAMEOUT- An emergency condition caused by a
loss of engine power.
FLAMEOUT PATTERN- An approach normally
conducted by a single-engine military aircraft
experiencing loss or anticipating loss of engine
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG F-3
power or control. The standard overhead approach
starts at a relatively high altitude over a runway
(“high key”) followed by a continuous 180 degree
turn to a high, wide position (“low key”) followed by
a continuous 180 degree turn final. The standard
straight-in pattern starts at a point that results in a
straight-in approach with a high rate of descent to the
runway. Flameout approaches terminate in the type
approach requested by the pilot (normally fullstop).
FLIGHT CHECK- A call-sign prefix used by FAA
aircraft engaged in flight inspection/certification of
navigational aids and flight procedures. The word
“recorded” may be added as a suffix; e.g., “Flight
Check 320 recorded” to indicate that an automated
flight inspection is in progress in terminal areas.
(See FLIGHT INSPECTION.)
(Refer to AIM.)
FLIGHT FOLLOWING(See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES.)
FLIGHT INFORMATION REGION- An airspace of
defined dimensions within which Flight Information
Service and Alerting Service are provided.
a. Flight Information Service. A service provided
for the purpose of giving advice and information
useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights.
b. Alerting Service. A service provided to notify
appropriate organizations regarding aircraft in need
of search and rescue aid and to assist such
organizations as required.
FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE- A service
provided for the purpose of giving advice and
information useful for the safe and efficient conduct
of flights.
FLIGHT INSPECTION- Inflight investigation and
evaluation of a navigational aid to determine whether
it meets established tolerances.
(See FLIGHT CHECK.)
(See NAVIGATIONAL AID.)
FLIGHT LEVEL- A level of constant atmospheric
pressure related to a reference datum of 29.92 inches
of mercury. Each is stated in three digits that represent
hundreds of feet. For example, flight level (FL) 250
represents a barometric altimeter indication of
25,000 feet; FL 255, an indication of 25,500 feet.
(See ICAO term FLIGHT LEVEL.)
FLIGHT LEVEL [ICAO]- A surface of constant
atmospheric pressure which is related to a specific
pressure datum, 1013.2 hPa (1013.2 mb), and is
separated from other such surfaces by specific
pressure intervals.
Note 1:_A pressure type altimeter calibrated in
accordance with the standard atmosphere:
a. When set to a QNH altimeter setting, will
indicate altitude;
b. When set to a QFE altimeter setting, will
indicate height above the QFE reference datum;
and作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:45
c. When set to a pressure of 1013.2 hPa
(1013.2 mb), may be used to indicate flight levels.
Note 2:_The terms `height' and `altitude,' used in
Note 1 above, indicate altimetric rather than
geometric heights and altitudes.
FLIGHT LINE- A term used to describe the precise
movement of a civil photogrammetric aircraft along
a predetermined course(s) at a predetermined altitude
during the actual photographic run.
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS- A comput-
er system that uses a large data base to allow routes
to be preprogrammed and fed into the system by
means of a data loader. The system is constantly
updated with respect to position accuracy by
reference to conventional navigation aids. The
sophisticated program and its associated data base
insures that the most appropriate aids are automati-
cally selected during the information update cycle.
FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROCE-
DURE- An arrival, departure, or approach procedure
developed for use by aircraft with a slant (/) E or slant
(/) F equipment suffix.
FLIGHT PATH- A line, course, or track along which
an aircraft is flying or intended to be flown.
(See COURSE.)
(See TRACK.)
FLIGHT PLAN- Specified information relating to
the intended flight of an aircraft that is filed orally or
in writing with an FSS or an ATC facility.
(See FAST FILE.)
(See FILED.)
(Refer to AIM.)
FLIGHT PLAN AREA- The geographical area
assigned by regional air traffic divisions to a flight
service station for the purpose of search and rescue
for VFR aircraft, issuance of NOTAMs, pilot
briefing, in-flight services, broadcast, emergency
services, flight data processing, international opera-
tions, and aviation weather services. Three letter
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG F-4
identifiers are assigned to every flight service station
and are annotated in AFDs and FAAO JO 7350.8,
LOCATION IDENTIFIERS, as tie-in facilities.
(See FAST FILE.)
(See FILED.)
(Refer to AIM.)
FLIGHT RECORDER- A general term applied to
any instrument or device that records information
about the performance of an aircraft in flight or about
conditions encountered in flight. Flight recorders
may make records of airspeed, outside air
temperature, vertical acceleration, engine RPM,
manifold pressure, and other pertinent variables for a
given flight.
(See ICAO term FLIGHT RECORDER.)
FLIGHT RECORDER [ICAO]- Any type of
recorder installed in the aircraft for the purpose of
complementing accident/incident investigation.
Note:_See Annex 6 Part I, for specifications relating
to flight recorders.
FLIGHT SERVICE STATION- Air traffic facilities
which provide pilot briefing, en route communica-
tions and VFR search and rescue services, assist lost
aircraft and aircraft in emergency situations, relay
ATC clearances, originate Notices to Airmen,
broadcast aviation weather and NAS information,
and receive and process IFR flight plans. In addition,
at selected locations, FSSs provide En Route Flight
Advisory Service (Flight Watch), issue airport
advisories, and advise Customs and Immigration of
transborder flights. Selected Flight Service Stations
in Alaska also provide TWEB recordings and take
weather observations.
(Refer to AIM.)
FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE- An
FAA field office serving an assigned geographical
area and staffed with Flight Standards personnel who
serve the aviation industry and the general public on
matters relating to the certification and operation of
air carrier and general aviation aircraft. Activities
include general surveillance of operational safety,
certification of airmen and aircraft, accident
prevention, investigation, enforcement, etc.
FLIGHT TEST- A flight for the purpose of:
a. Investigating the operation/flight characteris-
tics of an aircraft or aircraft component.
b. Evaluating an applicant for a pilot certificate or
rating.
FLIGHT VISIBILITY(See VISIBILITY.)
FLIGHT WATCH- A shortened term for use in
air-ground contacts to identify the flight service
station providing En Route Flight Advisory Service;
e.g., “Oakland Flight Watch.”
(See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY
SERVICE.)
FLIP(See DOD FLIP.)
FLY HEADING (DEGREES)- Informs the pilot of
the heading he/she should fly. The pilot may have to
turn to, or continue on, a specific compass direction
in order to comply with the instructions. The pilot is
expected to turn in the shorter direction to the heading
unless otherwise instructed by ATC.
FLY-BY WAYPOINT- A fly-by waypoint requires
the use of turn anticipation to avoid overshoot of the
next flight segment.
FLY-OVER WAYPOINT- A fly-over waypoint
precludes any turn until the waypoint is overflown
and is followed by an intercept maneuver of the next
flight segment.
FMA(See FINAL MONITOR AID.)
FMS(See FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.)
FMSP(See FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
PROCEDURE.)
FORMATION FLIGHT- More than one aircraft
which, by prior arrangement between the pilots,
operate as a single aircraft with regard to navigation
and position reporting. Separation between aircraft
within the formation is the responsibility of the flight
leader and the pilots of the other aircraft in the flight.
This includes transition periods when aircraft within
the formation are maneuvering to attain separation
from each other to effect individual control and
during join-up and breakaway.
a. A standard form ation is one in which a
proximity of no more than 1 mile laterally or
longitudinally and within 100 feet vertically from the
flight leader is maintained by each wingman.
b. Nonstandard formations are those operating
under any of the following conditions:
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG F-5
1. When the flight leader has requested and ATC
has approved other than standard form ation
dimensions.
2. When operating within an authorized altitude
reservation (ALTRV) or under the provisions of a
letter of agreement.
3. When the operations are conducted in
airspace specifically designed for a special activity.
(See ALTITUDE RESERVATION.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
FRC(See REQUEST FULL ROUTE CLEARANCE.)
FREEZE/FROZEN- Terms used in referring to
arrivals which have been assigned ACLTs and to the
lists in which they are displayed.
FREEZE CALCULATED LANDING TIME- A
dynamic parameter number of minutes prior to the
meter fix calculated time of arrival for each aircraft
when the TCLT is frozen and becomes an ACLT (i.e.,
the VTA is updated and consequently the TCLT is
modified as appropriate until FCLT minutes prior to
meter fix calculated time of arrival, at which time
updating is suspended and an ACLT and a frozen
meter fix crossing time (MFT) is assigned).
FREEZE HORIZON- The time or point at which an
aircraft's STA becomes fixed and no longer fluctuates
with each radar update. This setting insures a constant
time for each aircraft, necessary for the metering
controller to plan his/her delay technique. This
setting can be either in distance from the meter fix or
a prescribed flying time to the meter fix.
FREEZE SPEED PARAMETER- A speed adapted
for each aircraft to determine fast and slow aircraft.
Fast aircraft freeze on parameter FCLT and slow
aircraft freeze on parameter MLDI.
FRICTION MEASUREMENT- A measurement of
the friction characteristics of the runway pavement
surface using continuous self-watering friction
measurement equipment in accordance with the
specifications, procedures and schedules contained
in AC 150/5320-12, Measurement, Construction,
and Maintenance of Skid Resistant Airport Pavement
Surfaces.
FSDO(See FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE.)
FSPD(See FREEZE SPEED PARAMETER.)
FSS(See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION.)
FUEL DUMPING- Airborne release of usable fuel.
This does not include the dropping of fuel tanks.
(See JETTISONING OF EXTERNAL STORES.)
FUEL REMAINING- A phrase used by either pilots
or controllers when relating to the fuel remaining on
board until actual fuel exhaustion. When transmitting
such information in response to either a controller
question or pilot initiated cautionary advisory to air
traffic control, pilots will state the APPROXIMATE
NUMBER OF MINUTES the flight can continue
with the fuel remaining. All reserve fuel SHOULD
BE INCLUDED in the time stated, as should an
allowance for established fuel gauge system error.
FUEL SIPHONING- Unintentional release of fuel
caused by overflow, puncture, loose cap, etc.
FUEL VENTING(See FUEL SIPHONING.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG G-1
G
GATE HOLD PROCEDURES- Procedures at
selected airports to hold aircraft at the gate or other
ground location whenever departure delays exceed or
are anticipated to exceed 15 minutes. The sequence
for departure will be maintained in accordance with
initial call-up unless modified by flow control
restrictions. Pilots should monitor the ground
control/clearance delivery frequency for engine
start/taxi advisories or new proposed start/taxi time
if the delay changes.
GBT(See GROUND-BASED TRANSCEIVER.)
GCA(See GROUND CONTROLLED APPROACH.)
GDP(See GROUND DELAY PROGRAM.)
GENERAL AVIATION- That portion of civil
aviation which encompasses all facets of aviation
except air carriers holding a certificate of public
convenience and necessity from the Civil Aeronau-
tics Board and large aircraft commercial operators.
(See ICAO term GENERAL AVIATION.)
GENERAL AVIATION [ICAO]- All civil aviation
operations other than scheduled air services and
nonscheduled air transport operations for remunera-
tion or hire.
GEO MAP- The digitized map markings associated
with the ASR-9 Radar System.
GLIDEPATH(See GLIDESLOPE.)
GLIDEPATH [ICAO]- A descent profile determined
for vertical guidance during a final approach.
GLIDEPATH INTERCEPT ALTITUDE(See GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE.)
GLIDESLOPE- Provides vertical guidance for
aircraft during approach and landing. The glideslope/
glidepath is based on the following:
a. Electronic components emitting signals which
provide vertical guidance by reference to airborne
instruments during instrument approaches such as
ILS/MLS, or
b. Visual ground aids, such as VASI, which
provide vertical guidance for a VFR approach or for
the visual portion of an instrument approach and
landing.
c. PAR. Used by ATC to inform an aircraft making
a PAR approach of its vertical position (elevation)
relative to the descent profile.
(See ICAO term GLIDEPATH.)
GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE- The
minimum altitude to intercept the glideslope/path on
a precision approach. The intersection of the
published intercept altitude with the glideslope/path,
designated on Government charts by the lightning
bolt symbol, is the precision FAF; however, when the
approach chart shows an alternative lower glideslope
intercept altitude, and ATC directs a lower altitude,
the resultant lower intercept position is then the FAF.
(See FINAL APPROACH FIX.)
(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)- A
space-base radio positioning, navigation, and
time-transfer system. The system provides highly
accurate position and velocity information, and
precise time, on a continuous global basis, to an
unlimited number of properly equipped users. The
system is unaffected by weather, and provides a
worldwide common grid reference system. The GPS
concept is predicated upon accurate and continuous
knowledge of the spatial position of each satellite in
the system with respect to time and distance from a
transmitting satellite to the user. The GPS receiver
automatically selects appropriate signals from the
satellites in view and translates these into three-
dimensional position, velocity, and time. System
accuracy for civil users is normally 100 meters
horizontally.
GO AHEAD- Proceed with your message. Not to be
used for any other purpose.
GO AROUND- Instructions for a pilot to abandon
his/her approach to landing. Additional instructions
may follow. Unless otherwise advised by ATC, a
VFR aircraft or an aircraft conducting visual
approach should overfly the runway while climbing
to traffic pattern altitude and enter the traffic pattern
via the crosswind leg. A pilot on an IFR flight plan
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG G-2
making an instrument approach should execute the
published missed approach procedure or proceed as
instructed by ATC; e.g., “Go around” (additional
instructions if required).
(See LOW APPROACH.)
(See MISSED APPROACH.)
GPD(See GRAPHIC PLAN DISPLAY.)
GPS(See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM.)
GRAPHIC PLAN DIS PLAY (GPD)- A view
available with URET that provides a graphic display
of aircraft, traffic, and notification of predicted
conflicts. Graphic routes for Current Plans and Trial
Plans are displayed upon controller request.
(See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.)
GROUND-BASED TRANSCEIVER (GBT)- The
ground-based transmitter/receiver (transceiver) re-
ceives automatic dependent surveillance-broadcast
messages, which are forwarded to an air traffic
control facility for processing and display with other
radar targets on the plan position indicator (radar
display).
(See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT
SURVEILLANCE-BROADCAST.)
GROUND CLUTTER- A pattern produced on the
radar scope by ground returns which may degrade
other radar returns in the affected area. The effect of
ground clutter is minimized by the use of moving
target indicator (MTI) circuits in the radar equipment
resulting in a radar presentation which displays only
targets which are in motion.
(See CLUTTER.)
GROUND COMMUNICATION OUTLET (GCO)-
An unstaffed, remotely controlled, ground/ground
communications facility. Pilots at uncontrolled
airports may contact ATC and FSS via VHF to a
telephone connection to obtain an instrument
clearance or close a VFR or IFR flight plan. They may
also get an updated weather briefing prior to takeoff.
Pilots will use four “key clicks” on the VHF radio to
contact the appropriate ATC facility or six “key
clicks” to contact the FSS. The GCO system is
intended to be used only on the ground.
GROUND CONTROLLED APPROACH- A radar
approach system operated from the ground by air
traffic control personnel transmitting instructions to
the pilot by radio. The approach may be conducted
with surveillance radar (ASR) only or with both
surveillance and precision approach radar (PAR).
Usage of the term “GCA” by pilots is discouraged
except when referring to a GCA facility. Pilots should
specifically request a “PAR” approach when a
precision radar approach is desired or request an
“ASR” or “surveillance” approach when a nonpreci-
sion radar approach is desired.
(See RADAR APPROACH.)
GROUND DELAY PROGRAM (GDP)- A traffic
management process administered by the ATCSCC;
when aircraft are held on the ground. The purpose of
the program is to support the TM mission and limit
airborne holding. It is a flexible program and may be
implemented in various forms depending upon the
needs of the AT system. Ground delay programs
provide for equitable assignment of delays to all
system users.
GROUND SPEED- The speed of an aircraft relative
to the surface of the earth.
GROUND STOP (GS)- The GS is a process that
requires aircraft that meet a specific criteria to remain
on the ground. The criteria may be airport specific,
airspace specific, or equipment specific; for example,
all departures to San Francisco, or all departures
entering Yorktown sector, or all Category I and II
aircraft going to Charlotte. GSs normally occur with
little or no warning.
GROUND VISIBILITY(See VISIBILITY.)
GS(See GROUND STOP.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG H-1
H
HAA(See HEIGHT ABOVE AIRPORT.)
HAL(See HEIGHT ABOVE LANDING.)
HANDOFF- An action taken to transfer the radar
identification of an aircraft from one controller to
another if the aircraft will enter the receiving
controller's airspace and radio communications with
the aircraft will be transferred.
HAR(See HIGH ALTITUDE REDESIGN.)
HAT(See HEIGHT ABOVE TOUCHDOWN.)
HAVE NUMBERS- Used by pilots to inform ATC
that they have received runway, wind, and altimeter
information only.
HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISO-
RY SERVICE- Continuous recorded hazardous
inflight weather forecasts broadcasted to airborne
pilots over selected VOR outlets defined as an
HIWAS BROADCAST AREA.
HAZARDOUS WEATHER INFORMATION-
Summary of significant meteorological information
(SIGMET/WS), convective significant meteorologi-
cal information (convective SIGMET/WST), urgent
pilot weather reports (urgent PIREP/UUA), center
weather advisories (CWA), airmen's meteorological
information (AIRMET/WA) and any other weather
such as isolated thunderstorms that are rapidly
developing and increasing in intensity, or low
ceilings and visibilities that are becoming wide-
spread which is considered significant and are not
included in a current hazardous weather advisory.
HEAVY (AIRCRAFT)-
(See AIRCRAFT CLASSES.)
HEIGHT ABOVE AIRPORT- The height of the
Minimum Descent Altitude above the published
airport elevation. This is published in conjunction
with circling minimums.
(See MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE.)
HEIGHT ABOVE LANDING- The height above a
designated helicopter landing area used for helicopter
instrument approach procedures.
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 97.)
HEIGHT ABOVE TOUCHDOWN- The height of
the Decision Height or Minimum Descent Altitude
above the highest runway elevation in the touchdown
zone (first 3,000 feet of the runway). HAT is
published on instrument approach charts in conjunc-
tion with all straight-in minimums.
(See DECISION HEIGHT.)
(See MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE.)
HELICOPTER- Rotorcraft that, for its horizontal
motion, depends principally on its engine-driven
rotors.
(See ICAO term HELICOPTER.)
HELICOPTER [ICAO]- A heavier-than-air aircraft
supported in flight chiefly by the reactions of the air
on one or more power-driven rotors on substantially
vertical axes.
HELIPAD- A small, designated area, usually with a
prepared surface, on a heliport, airport, landing/take-
off area, apron/ramp, or movement area used for
takeoff, landing, or parking of helicopters.
HELIPORT- An area of land, water, or structure used
or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of
helicopters and includes its buildings and facilities if
any.
HELIPORT REFERENCE POINT (HRP)- The
geographic center of a heliport.
HERTZ- The standard radio equivalent of frequency
in cycles per second of an electromagnetic wave.
Kilohertz (kHz) is a frequency of one thousand cycles
per second. Megahertz (MHz) is a frequency of one
million cycles per second.
HF(See HIGH FREQUENCY.)
HF COMMUNICATIONS(See HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS.)
HIGH ALTITUDE REDESIGN (HAR)- A level of
non-restrictive routing (NRR) service for aircraft
that have all waypoints associated with the HAR
program in their flight management systems or
RNAV equipage.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG H-2
HIGH FREQUENCY- The frequency band between
3 and 30 MHz.
(See HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS.)
HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS- High
radio frequencies (HF) between 3 and 30 MHz used
for air-to-ground voice communication in overseas
operations.
HIGH SPEED EXIT(See HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY.)
HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY- A long radius taxiway
designed and provided with lighting or marking to
define the path of aircraft, traveling at high speed (up
to 60 knots), from the runway center to a point on the
center of a taxiway. Also referred to as long radius
exit or turn-off taxiway. The high speed taxiway is
designed to expedite aircraft turning off the runway
after landing, thus reducing runway occupancy time.
HIGH SPEED TURNOFF(See HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY.)
HIWAS(See HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER
ADVISORY SERVICE.)
HIWAS AREA(See HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER
ADVISORY SERVICE.)
HIWAS BROADCAST AREA- A geographical area
of responsibility including one or more HIWAS
outlet areas assigned to an AFSS/FSS for hazardous
weather advisory broadcasting.
HIWAS OUTLET AREA- An area defined as a 150
NM radius of a HIWAS outlet, expanded as necessary
to provide coverage.
HOLD FOR RELEASE- Used by ATC to delay an
aircraft for traffic management reasons; i.e., weather,
traffic volume, etc. Hold for release instructions
(including departure delay information) are used to
inform a pilot or a controller (either directly or
through an authorized relay) that an IFR departure
clearance is not valid until a release time or additional
instructions have been received.
(See ICAO term HOLDING POINT.)
HOLD IN LIEU OF PROCEDURE TURN- A hold
in lieu of procedure turn shall be established over a
final or intermediate fix when an approach can be
made from a properly aligned holding pattern. The
hold in lieu of procedure turn permits the pilot to
align with the final or intermediate segment of the
approach and/or descend in the holding pattern to an
altitude that will permit a normal descent to the final
approach fix altitude. The hold in lieu of procedure
turn is a required maneuver (the same as a procedure
turn) unless the aircraft is being radar vectored to the
final approach course, when “NoPT” is shown on the
approach chart, or when the pilot requests or the
controller advises the pilot to make a “straight-in”
approach.
HOLD PROCEDURE- A predetermined maneuver
which keeps aircraft within a specified airspace while
awaiting further clearance from air traffic control.
Also used during ground operations to keep aircraft
within a specified area or at a specified point while
awaiting further clearance from air traffic control.
(See HOLDING FIX.)
(Refer to AIM.)
HOLDING FIX- A specified fix identifiable to a
pilot by NAVAIDs or visual reference to the ground
used as a reference point in establishing and
maintaining the position of an aircraft while holding.
(See FIX.)
(See VISUAL HOLDING.)
(Refer to AIM.)
HOLDING POINT [ICAO]- A specified location,
identified by visual or other means, in the vicinity of
which the position of an aircraft in flight is
maintained in accordance with air traffic control
clearances.
HOLDING PROCEDURE(See HOLD PROCEDURE.)
HOLD-SHORT POINT- A point on the runway
beyond which a landing aircraft with a LAHSO
clearance is not authorized to proceed. This point
may be located prior to an intersecting runway,
taxiway, predetermined point, or approach/departure
flight path.
HOLD-SHORT POSITION LIGHTS- Flashing
in-pavement white lights located at specified
hold-short points.
HOLD-SHORT POSITION MARKING- The
painted runway marking located at the hold-short
point on all LAHSO runways.
HOLD-SHORT POSITION SIGNS- Red and white
holding position signs located alongside the
hold-short point.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG H-3
HOMING- Flight toward a NAVAID, without
correcting for wind, by adjusting the aircraft heading
to maintain a relative bearing of zero degrees.
(See BEARING.)
(See ICAO term HOMING.)
HOMING [ICAO]- The procedure of using the
direction-finding equipment of one radio station with
the emission of another radio station, where at least
one of the stations is mobile, and whereby the mobile
station proceeds continuously towards the other
station.
HOVER CHECK- Used to describe when a
helicopter/VTOL aircraft requires a stabilized hover
to conduct a performance/power check prior to hover
taxi, air taxi, or takeoff. Altitude of the hover will
vary based on the purpose of the check.
HOVER TAXI- Used to describe a helicopter/VTOL
aircraft movement conducted above the surface and
in ground effect at airspeeds less than approximately
20 knots. The actual height may vary, and some
helicopters may require hover taxi above 25 feet AGL
to reduce ground effect turbulence or provide
clearance for cargo slingloads.
(See AIR TAXI.)
(See HOVER CHECK.)
(Refer to AIM.)
HOW DO YOU HEAR ME?- A question relating to
the quality of the transmission or to determine how
well the transmission is being received.
HZ(See HERTZ.)
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG I-1
I
I SAY AGAIN- The message will be repeated.
IAF(See INITIAL APPROACH FIX.)
IAP(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH
PROCEDURE.)
IAWP- Initial Approach Waypoint
ICAO(See ICAO Term INTERNATIONAL CIVIL
AVIATION ORGANIZATION.)
ICING- The accumulation of airframe ice.
Types of icing are:
a. Rime Ice- Rough, milky, opaque ice formed by
the instantaneous freezing of small supercooled
water droplets.
b. Clear Ice- A glossy, clear, or translucent ice
formed by the relatively slow freezing or large
supercooled water droplets.
c. Mixed- A mixture of clear ice and rime ice.
Intensity of icing:
a. Trace- Ice becomes perceptible. Rate of
accumulation is slightly greater than the rate of
sublimation. Deicing/anti-icing equipment is not
utilized unless encountered for an extended period of
time (over 1 hour).
b. Light- The rate of accumulation may create a
problem if flight is prolonged in this environment
(over 1 hour). Occasional use of deicing/anti-icing
equipment removes/prevents accumulation. It does
not present a problem if the deicing/anti-icing
equipment is used.
c. Moderate- The rate of accumulation is such that
even short encounters become potentially hazardous
and use of deicing/anti-icing equipment or flight
diversion is necessary.
d. Severe- The rate of accumulation is such that
deicing/anti-icing equipment fails to reduce or
control the hazard. Immediate flight diversion is
necessary.
IDENT- A request for a pilot to activate the aircraft
transponder identification feature. This will help the
controller to confirm an aircraft identity or to identify
an aircraft.
(Refer to AIM.)
IDENT FEATURE- The special feature in the Air
Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS)
equipment. It is used to immediately distinguish one
displayed beacon target from other beacon targets.
(See IDENT.)
IF(See INTERMEDIATE FIX.)
IFIM(See INTERNATIONAL FLIGHT INFORMATION
MANUAL.)
IF NO TRANSMISSION RECEIVED FOR
(TIME)- Used by ATC in radar approaches to prefix
procedures which should be followed by the pilot in
event of lost communications.
(See LOST COMMUNICATIONS.)
IFR(See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES.)
IFR AIRCRAFT- An aircraft conducting flight in
accordance with instrument flight rules.
IFR CONDITIONS- Weather conditions below the
minimum for flight under visual flight rules.
(See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL
CONDITIONS.)
IFR DEPARTURE PROCEDURE(See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND
DEPARTURE PROCEDURES.)
(Refer to AIM.)
IFR FLIGHT(See IFR AIRCRAFT.)
IFR LANDING MINIMUMS(See LANDING MINIMUMS.)
IFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES (IR)- Routes
used by the Department of Defense and associated
Reserve and Air Guard units for the purpose of
conducting low-altitude navigation and tactical
training in both IFR and VFR weather conditions
below 10,000 feet MSL at airspeeds in excess of 250
knots IAS.
IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE
PROCEDURES- Title 14 Code of Federal
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG I-2
Regulations Part 91, prescribes standard takeoff rules
for certain civil users. At some airports, obstructions
or other factors require the establishm ent of
nonstandard takeoff minimums, departure proce-
dures, or both to assist pilots in avoiding obstacles
during climb to the minimum en route altitude. Those
airports are listed in FAA/DOD Instrument Approach
Procedures (IAPs) Charts under a section entitled
“IFR Takeoff Minimums and Departure Procedures.”
The FAA/DOD IAP chart legend illustrates the
symbol used to alert the pilot to nonstandard takeoff
minimums and departure procedures. When depart-
ing IFR from such airports or from any airports where
there are no departure procedures, DPs, or ATC
facilities available, pilots should advise ATC of any
departure limitations. Controllers may query a pilot
to determine acceptable departure directions, turns,
or headings after takeoff. Pilots should be familiar
with the departure procedures and must assure that
their aircraft can meet or exceed any specified climb
gradients.
IF/IAWP- Intermediate Fix/Initial Approach Way-
point. The waypoint where the final approach course
of a T approach meets the crossbar of the T. When
designated (in conjunction with a TAA) this
waypoint will be used as an IAWP when approaching
the airport from certain directions, and as an IFWP
when beginning the approach from another IAWP.
IFWP- Intermediate Fix Waypoint
ILS(See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM.)
ILS CATEGORIES- 1. ILS Category I. An ILS
approach procedure which provides for approach to
a height above touchdown of not less than 200 feet
and with runway visual range of not less than 1,800
feet.- 2. ILS Category II. An ILS approach procedure
which provides for approach to a height above
touchdown of not less than 100 feet and with runway
visual range of not less than 1,200 feet.- 3. ILS
Category III:
a. IIIA.-An ILS approach procedure which
provides for approach without a decision height
minimum and with runway visual range of not less
than 700 feet.
b. IIIB.-An ILS approach procedure which
provides for approach without a decision height
minimum and with runway visual range of not less
than 150 feet.
c. IIIC.-An ILS approach procedure which
provides for approach without a decision height
minimum and without runway visual range
minimum.
ILS PRM APPROACH- An instrument landing
system (ILS) approach conducted to parallel runways
whose extended centerlines are separated by less than
4,300 feet and the parallel runways have a Precision
Runway Monitoring (PRM) system that permits
simultaneous independent ILS approaches.
IM(See INNER MARKER.)
IMC(See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL
CONDITIONS.)
IMMEDIATELY- Used by ATC or pilots when such
action compliance is required to avoid an imminent
situation.
INCERFA (Uncertainty Phase) [ICAO]- A situation
wherein uncertainty exists as to the safety of an
aircraft and its occupants.
INCREASE SPEED TO (SPEED)-
(See SPEED ADJUSTMENT.)
INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM- An RNAV
system which is a form of self-contained navigation.
(See Area Navigation/RNAV.)
INFLIGHT REFUELING(See AERIAL REFUELING.)
INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISORY(See WEATHER ADVISORY.)
INFORMATION REQUEST- A request originated
by an FSS for information concerning an overdue
VFR aircraft.
INITIAL APPROACH FIX- The fixes depicted on
instrument approach procedure charts that identify
the beginning of the initial approach segment(s).
(See FIX.)
(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
INITIAL APPROACH SEGMENT(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
INITIAL APPROACH SEGMENT [ICAO]- That
segment of an instrument approach procedure
between the initial approach fix and the intermediate
approach fix or, where applicable, the final approach
fix or point.
Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08
PCG I-3
INLAND NAVIGATION FACILITY- A navigation
aid on a North American Route at which the common
route and/or the noncommon route begins or ends.
INNER MARKER- A marker beacon used with an
ILS (CAT II) precision approach located between the
middle marker and the end of the ILS runway,
transmitting a radiation pattern keyed at six dots per
second and indicating to the pilot, both aurally and
visually, that he/she is at the designated decision
height (DH), normally 100 feet above the touchdown
zone elevation, on the ILS CAT II approach. It also
marks progress during a CAT III approach.
(See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM.)
(Refer to AIM.)作者: 帅哥 时间: 2008-12-21 20:38:00
INNER MARKER BEACON(See INNER MARKER.)
INREQ(See INFORMATION REQUEST.)
INS(See INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM.)
INSTRUMENT APPROACH(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH
PROCEDURE.)
INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE- A
series of predetermined maneuvers for the orderly
transfer of an aircraft under instrument flight
conditions from the beginning of the initial approach
to a landing or to a point from which a landing may
be made visually. It is prescribed and approved for a
specific airport by competent authority.
(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT
APPROACH PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.)
(Refer to AIM.)
a. U.S. civil standard instrument approach
procedures are approved by the FAA as prescribed
under 14 CFR Part 97 and are available for public
use.
b. U.S. military standard instrument approach
procedures are approved and published by the
Department of Defense.
c. Special instrument approach procedures are
approved by the FAA for individual operators but are
not published in 14 CFR Part 97 for public use.
(See ICAO term INSTRUMENT APPROACH
PROCEDURE.)
INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE
[ICAO]- A series of predetermined maneuvers by
reference to flight instruments with specified
protection from obstacles from the initial approach
fix, or where applicable, from the beginning of a
defined arrival route to a point from which a landing
can be completed and thereafter, if a landing is not
completed, to a position at which holding or en route
obstacle clearance criteria apply.
INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURES
CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.)
INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURE
(DP)- A preplanned instrument flight rule (IFR)
departure procedure published for pilot use, in
graphic or textual format, that provides obstruction
clearance from the terminal area to the appropriate en
route structure. There are two types of DP, Obstacle
Departure Procedure (ODP), printed either textually
or graphically, and, Standard Instrument Departure
(SID), which is always printed graphically.
(See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND
DEPARTURE PROCEDURES.)
(See OBSTACLE DEPARTURE PROCEDURES.)
(See STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES.)
(Refer to AIM.)